ISAM R2 2 CLI Command Guide

Status
Change Note
Short Title
Released
Released
CD CLI CMD GUIDE
All rigths reserved. Passing on and copying of this
document, use and communication of its contents not
permitted without written authorization from Alcatel.
3HH-01016-AAAA-TCZZA
Edition 03
Contents
Contents
1- ISAM CLI
1.1 Preface . . . . . . . . .
1.2 CLI Commands . . . . .
1.3 Nodes . . . . . . . . . .
1.4 Parameters . . . . . . .
1.5 Filters . . . . . . . . . .
1.6 Printers . . . . . . . . .
1.7 Getting help . . . . . . .
1.8 The CLI Prompt . . . .
1.9 Entering CLI Commands
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. 2
. 3
. 4
. 5
. 8
. 9
. 10
. 11
. 12
2- CLI Information
2.1 Help Command . . . .
2.2 Logout Command . .
2.3 History Command . .
2.4 Echo Command . . .
2.5 Telnet Command . . .
2.6 Exec Command . . .
2.7 Sleep Command . . .
2.8 Tree Command . . . .
2.9 Poll Command . . . .
2.10 Write Command . . .
2.11 Help Command . . .
2.12 Info Command . . .
2.13 Exit Command . . .
2.14 Back Command . . .
2.15 Delete Command . .
2.16 In Command . . . .
2.17 Configure Command
2.18 Action Command . .
2.19 Sample Command .
2.20 Show Command . .
2.21 Discard . . . . . . .
13
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
3- Environment Configuration Commands
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
3.1 Environment Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
4- Alarm Configuration Commands

4.1 Alarm Log Configuration Command . . . .
4.2 Alarm Entries Configuration Command . .
4.3 Alarm Delta Log Configuration Command
4.4 SHub Alarm Configuration Command . . .
37
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
5- Trap Configuration Commands
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
38
39
43
44
46
5.1 Trap Definition Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

5.2 Trap Manager Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
5.3 SHub Trap Manager Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
6- Equipment Configuration Commands
3HH-01016-AAAA-TCZZA Edition 03
54
Released
Contents
6.1 Slot Configuration Command . . . . . . . .

6.2 Applique Configuration Command . . . . . .
6.3 Protection Group Configuration Command .
6.4 Protection Element Configuration Command
6.5 ISAM Configuration Command . . . . . . .
6.6 Rack Configuration Command . . . . . . . .
6.7 Shelf Configuration Command . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
7- xDSL Configuration Commands
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
7.1 xDSL Common Service Profile Configuration Command . . . . .

7.2 xDSL Common Spectrum Profile Configuration Command . . . .
7.3 xDSL Spectrum Profile for ADSL/ADSL2 Configuration Command
7.4 xDSL Spectrum Profile for RE-ADSL2 Configuration Command .
7.5 xDSL Spectrum Profile for ADSL2 Plus Configuration Command .
7.6 xDSL Spectrum Profile for VDSL Configuration Command . . . .
7.7 xDSL Line Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.8 xDSL Line TCA Threshold Configuration Command . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
8- ATM Configuration Commands
63
65
68
70
72
74
77
80
82
8.1 ATM PVC Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
9- Interface Management Configuration Commands
85
9.1 Network Interface Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . .

9.2 Extend Interface Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . .
9.3 Interface Alarm Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.4 SHub Management Interface Configuration Command . . . .
9.5 SHub IP Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.6 SHub Multi-Network Configuration Command . . . . . . . . .
9.7 SHub ICMP Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.8 SHub Port Control Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . .
9.9 SHub Interface Uplink Group Configuration Command . . . .
9.10 SHub Interface Uplink Group Portlist Configuration Command
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
10- Error Configuration Commands

10.1 Error Log Configuration Command
98
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
11- System Configuration Commands
100
11.1 System Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

11.2 System Management Host IP-Address Configuration Command . . . . .
11.3 System Management Default Route Configuration Command . . . . . . .
11.4 System SNTP Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.5 SHub System SNTP Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.6 SHub System ICMP Filter Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.7 SHub System ICMP Filter In Port List Configuration Command . . . . . .
11.8 SHub System ICMP Filter Out Port List Configuration Command . . . . .
11.9 SHub System TCP Filter Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.10 SHub System TCP Filter In Port List Configuration Command . . . . . .
11.11 SHub System TCP Filter Out Port List Configuration Command . . . . .
11.12 SHub System UDP Filter Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.13 SHub System UDP Filter In Port List Configuration Command . . . . . .
11.14 SHub System UDP Filter Out Port List Configuration Command . . . . .
11.15 SHub System other Protocol Filter Configuration Command . . . . . . .
11.16 SHub System other Protocol Filter In Port List Configuration Command .
11.17 SHub System other Protocol Filter Out Port List Configuration Command
11.18 SHub System Vlan Filter Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.19 SHub System IP Group Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ii
Released
86
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
96
97
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
101
103
104
105
106
107
109
110
111
113
114
115
117
118
119
121
122
123
124
Edition 03
Contents
11.20 SHub System ID Configuration Command . . . . . . . .

11.21 SHub System Software Group Configuration Command
11.22 SHub System VLAN Group Configuration Command . .
11.23 SHub System HTTP Configuration Command . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
12- Security Configuration Commands
.
.
.
.
125
126
127
128
129
12.1 Security Banner Configuration Commmand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

12.2 Operator Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12.3 Profile Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12.4 Security SNMP Community Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . .
12.5 SHub Security SNMP Community Configuration Command . . . . . . . .
12.6 Security Domain Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12.7 Security Domain IP Pool Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12.8 Security Domain User Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12.9 Security Connection Profile Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . .
12.10 Security Connection Policy Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . .
12.11 Security IP Address Pool Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . .
12.12 Security IP Address Pool Reserve Configuration Command . . . . . . .
12.13 Security Radius Client Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12.14 Security Radius AUTH Server Configuration Command . . . . . . . . .
12.15 Security Radius Accounting Server Configuration Command . . . . . . .
12.16 Security Radius Dynamic AUTH Client Configuration Command . . . . .
12.17 Security Radius Policy Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12.18 Security Radius Server Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12.19 Security 802.1x PAE System Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . .
12.20 Security 802.1x Port Authentication Configuration Command . . . . . .
12.21 Security 802.1x Extension, Port Authentication Configuration Command
12.22 Security 802.1x Port Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12.23 Security Password Policy Configuration Commmand . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
13- Transaction Configuration Commands
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
130
131
133
136
137
139
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
150
152
153
155
156
157
159
160
161
162
13.1 Transaction Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
14- Software Management Configuration Commands
164
14.1 Software Management Overall Software Package Configuration Command . . . . . . . . 165
15- Ethernet Configuration Commands
168
15.1 Ethernet IP Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . .

15.2 SHub Ethernet MAC-Filter Configuration Command . . . . .
15.3 SHub Ethernet MAC-Filter Port List Configuration Command
15.4 SHub Ethernet Rate Configuration Command . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
16- IGMP Configuration Commands

16.1 IGMP Channel Sources Configuration Command . . . .
16.2 IGMP Package Bitmaps Configuration Command . . .
16.3 IGMP System Configuration Command . . . . . . . . .
16.4 SHub IGMP IGS System Configuration Command . . .
16.5 SHub IGMP Response Timer Configuration Command
16.6 SHub IGMP Router Port Configuration Command . . .
16.7 SHub IGMP Vlan Filter Configuration Command . . . .
169
170
171
172
173
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
17- Multicast Configuration Commands
174
175
176
178
179
180
181
182
17.1 Multicast General Group Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183

17.2 Multicast Capacity Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
17.3 Multicast Sources Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Released
iii
Contents
18- IP Configuration Commands
186
18.1 VRF Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

18.2 VRF Route Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . .
18.3 VLAN Bundle Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . .
18.4 IP SHub VRF Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . .
18.5 IP SHub VRF Route Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
18.6 IP SHub VRF route preference command . . . . . . . . . .
18.7 IP SHub VRF Route Configuration Command . . . . . . .
18.8 IP Shub Arp Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . .
18.9 IP Shub Arp Configuration Command Per Vlan . . . . . . .
18.10 IP Interface Network Configuration Command . . . . . . .
18.11 IP Interface Network VRF Configuration Command . . . .
18.12 IP Interface Network Numbered Configuration Command
18.13 IP Interface User Port Configuration Command . . . . . .
18.14 IP Interface User Port VRF Configuration Command . . .
18.15 IP Interface User Bridge Port Configuration Command . .
18.16 IP Interface User Port VRF Configuration Command . . .
18.17 IP User Gateway Interface VRF Configuration Command
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
19- VLAN Configuration Commands
187
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
19.1 VLAN General Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

19.2 VLAN Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
19.3 VLAN Filtering Database Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . .
19.4 VLAN Protocol based Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . .
19.5 SHub VLAN Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
19.6 SHub Static Egress Port for VLAN Configuration Command . . . . . .
19.7 SHub Static Untagged Egress Port for VLAN Configuration Command
19.8 SHub Multicast MAC Filtering Database Configuration Command . . .
19.9 SHub Multicast Filtering Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
20- Bridge Configuration Commands

20.1 Bridge General Configuration Command . . . . . . . . .
20.2 Bridge Port Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . .
20.3 Bridge Port to VLAN Association Configuration Command
20.4 SHub Bridge Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . .
20.5 SHub Bridge Port Configuration Command . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
206
207
209
210
212
214
215
216
217
218
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
21- Link Aggregation Configuration Commands
.
.
.
.
.
219
220
222
224
225
226
21.1 Link Aggregation Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227

21.2 Link Aggregation Group Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
22- Rapid Spanning Tree Configuration Commands
230
22.1 RSTP Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231

22.2 RSTP Port Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
23- QoS Configuration Commands
233
23.1 QoS Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

23.2 QoS Single Dot1P Marker Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
23.3 QoS Single DSCP Marker Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
23.4 QoS DSCP Contract Table Marker Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . .
23.5 QoS DSCP Contract Table Codepoint Configuration Command For Dscp-contract
23.6 QoS Dot1P And DSCP Contract Table Marker Configuration Command . . . . . .
23.7 DSCP Contract Table Codepoint Configuration Command For D1p-dscp-contract .
23.8 QoS Dot1P And Single DSCP Marker Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . .
23.9 QoS Dot1P Alignment Marker Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
iv
Released
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
Edition 03
Contents
23.10 QoS Policer profile Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . .

23.11 QoS Queue Profile Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . .
23.12 QoS Scheduler Profile Configuration Command . . . . . . . . .
23.13 QoS CAC Profile Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . .
23.14 QoS Session Profile Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . .
23.15 QoS 802.1P Class to Queue Mapping Configuration Command
23.16 QoS DSL Link Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . .
23.17 QoS LIM Queue Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . .
23.18 QoS DSCP to Dot1P L3 Traffic Configuration Command . . . .
23.19 SHub QoS Queue Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . .
23.20 SHub QoS Traffic Class Configuration Command . . . . . . . .
23.21 SHub QoS Ingress Policing on Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
23.22 SHub QoS Flows to be Policed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
23.23 SHub QoS Policer Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
24- PPPoX-Relay Configuration Commands
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
243
244
245
246
247
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
24.1 PPPoX CC Global Configuration Command . . . . . . . . .

24.2 PPPoX CC Engine Configuration Command . . . . . . . .
24.3 PPPoX CC Engine Monitoring Configuration Command . .
24.4 PPPoX CC Client Port Configuration Command . . . . . .
24.5 PPPoX CC Client Port Monitoring Configuration Command
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
25- PPPoE Configuration Commands
.
.
.
.
.
259
260
261
262
263
264
25.1 PPPoE Server Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265

25.2 PPPoE Profile Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
25.3 PPPoX Interface Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
26- DHCP Relay Configuration Commands
268
26.1 DHCP Relay Agent Configuration Command . . . . . . . . .

26.2 DHCP Relay SHub Configuration Command . . . . . . . . .
26.3 DHCP Relay SHub Server Configuration Command per VRF
26.4 DHCP Relay SHub Agent Configuration Command per VRF .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
27- OSPF Configuration Commands

27.1 OSPF Parameters Configuration Command . . . . .
27.2 OSPF Area Configuration Command . . . . . . . . .
27.3 OSPF Interface Configuration Command . . . . . . .
27.4 OSPF Interface Timers Configuration Command . . .
27.5 OSPF Interface MD5 Key Configuration Command . .
27.6 OSPF Interface Metric Configuration Command . . .
27.7 OSPF Aggregate Configuration Command . . . . . .
27.8 OSPF Stub Area Configuration Command . . . . . .
27.9 OSPF Interface Configuration Command . . . . . . .
27.10 OSPF Interface Timers Configuration Command . .
27.11 OSPF Interface MD5 Key Configuration Command .
27.13 OSPF Nssa Area Configuration Command . . . . .
27.14 OSPF Interface Configuration Command . . . . . .
27.15 OSPF Interface Timers Configuration Command . .
27.16 OSPF Interface MD5 Key Configuration Command .
27.18 OSPF NSSA Aggregate Configuration Command . .
27.19 OSPF Redistribution Configuration Command . . . .
27.20 OSPF Redistribution Route Configuration Command
269
271
272
273
274
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
28- RIP Configuration Commands
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
275
276
277
278
279
281
282
283
284
285
286
288
289
290
291
292
294
295
296
297
298
Released
Contents
28.1 RIP Common Configuration Command . . . . .

28.2 RIP Redistribution Configuration Command . . .
28.3 RIP Interface Configuration Command . . . . .
28.4 RIP Interface Timers Configuration Command .
28.5 RIP Interface MD5 Key Configuration Command
28.6 RIP Route Aggregation Command . . . . . . . .
28.7 RIP Route Map Command . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
29- XDSL Bonding Configuration Commands
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
29.1 xDSL Bonding Group Profile Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307

29.2 xDSL Bonding Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
30- CPE Remote Configuration Commands
310
30.1 CPE Remote Management System Configuration Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
31- Equipment Status Commands

31.1 Slot Status Command . . . . . . . .
31.2 Applique Status Command . . . . . .
31.3 Shelf Summary Status Command . .
31.4 Protection Element Status Command
31.5 Protection Group Status Command .
31.6 ISAM Status Command . . . . . . . .
31.7 Rack Status Command . . . . . . . .
31.8 Shelf Status Command . . . . . . . .
312
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
32- Trap Status Commands
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
313
316
319
321
322
324
325
327
329
32.1 Trap Manager Queue Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
33- Alarm Log Status Commands
331
33.1 Alarm Log Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

33.2 Alarm Equipment Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
33.3 Alarm Equipment Holder Status Command . . . . . . . . . .
33.4 Alarm Plug in Unit Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
33.5 Alarm ATM Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
33.6 Alarm Ethernet Interface Log Status Command . . . . . . . .
33.7 Alarm Software Management Status Command . . . . . . .
33.8 Alarm xDSL Common Status Command . . . . . . . . . . .
33.9 Alarm xDSL Near End Status Command . . . . . . . . . . .
33.10 Alarm xDSL Far End Status Command . . . . . . . . . . .
33.11 Alarm TCA-xDSL Log Status Command . . . . . . . . . . .
33.12 Alarm log Electrical to Optical Conversion Status Command
33.13 Alarm Authentication Status Command . . . . . . . . . . .
33.14 Alarm xDSL Bonding Status Command . . . . . . . . . . .
33.15 Alarm Redundancy Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . .
33.16 Alarm Custom Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
34- Current Alarm Status Commands

34.1 Alarm Current Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . .
34.2 Alarm Current Equipment Status Command . . . . . .
34.3 Alarm Equipment Holder Status Command . . . . . . .
34.4 Alarm Plug In Unit Status Command . . . . . . . . . .
34.5 Alarm Current ATM Status Command . . . . . . . . . .
34.6 Alarm Current Ethernet Interface Status Command . . .
34.7 Alarm Current Software Management Status Command
34.8 Alarm Current xDSL Status Command . . . . . . . . .
34.9 Alarm TCA-xDSL Log Status Command . . . . . . . . .
vi
Released
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
332
334
336
339
342
344
345
347
349
352
355
359
361
363
365
366
368
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
369
371
372
374
376
378
379
380
383
Edition 03
Contents
34.10 Alarm Electrical to Optical Conversion Status Command

34.11 Alarm Current Authentication Status Command . . . . .
34.12 Alarm Current xDSL Bonding Status Command . . . . .
34.13 Alarm Redundancy Status Command . . . . . . . . . .
34.14 Alarm Custom Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
35.1 Alarm Snap-shot Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

35.2 Alarm Snap-shot Equipment Status Command . . . . . . . . .
35.3 Alarm Equipment Holder Status Command . . . . . . . . . . .
35.4 Alarm Plug In Unit Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
35.5 Alarm ATM Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
35.6 Alarm Snap-shot Ethernet Interface Status Command . . . . .
35.7 Alarm Snap-shot Software Management Status Command . .
35.8 Alarm xDSL Snap-shot Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . .
35.9 Alarm TCA-xDSL Log Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . .
35.10 Alarm Electrical to Optical Conversion for Snap-shot . . . . .
35.11 Alarm Authentication Alarms for Snap-shot Status Command
35.12 Alarm xDSL Bonding Snap Shot Status Command . . . . . .
35.13 Alarm IPoX Snap-shot Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . .
35.14 Alarm Redundancy Snap Shot Status Command . . . . . . .
35.15 Alarm Custom Snap Shot Status Command . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
35- Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands
394
36- Alarm Delta Log Status Commands

36.1 Alarm Generic Delta Alarm Log Status Command . . .
36.2 Alarm Indeterminate Delta Alarm Log Status Command
36.3 Alarm Warning Delta Alarm Log Status Command . . .
36.4 Alarm Minor Delta Alarm Log Status Command . . . . .
36.5 Alarm Major Delta Alarm Log Status Command . . . . .
36.6 Alarm Critical Delta Alarm Log Status Command . . . .
386
387
389
391
392
395
398
399
401
403
405
406
407
410
413
414
416
418
419
420
422
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
37- SHub Alarm Status Command

37.1 SHub Alarm Current Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . .
37.2 SHub Alarm Current Equipment Status Command . . . . . .
37.3 SHub Alarm Current Ethernet Interface Status Command . .
37.4 SHub Alarm Snap-shot Status Command . . . . . . . . . . .
37.5 SHub Alarm Equipment Snap-shot Status Command . . . .
37.6 SHub Alarm Snap-shot Ethernet Interface Status Command .
37.7 SHub Alarm RIP Snap-shot Status Command . . . . . . . .
37.8 SHub Alarm OSPF Snap-shot Status Command . . . . . . .
37.9 SHub Alarm Uplink group Snap-shot Status Command . . .
37.10 SHub Alarm Delta-Log Changes Status Command . . . . .
37.11 SHub Alarm Entries Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . .
423
424
428
432
436
440
444
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
38- Alarm Status Commands
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
445
447
449
450
452
454
455
456
458
459
460
462
38.1 Alarm Entries Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463
39- ATM Status Commands
467
39.1 ATM Interface Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

39.2 PVC Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
39.3 TC Adaptor Protocol Interval Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
39.4 TC Adaptor Protocol Current Quarter Performance Data . . . . . . . .
39.5 TC Adaptor Protocol Current Day Performance Data . . . . . . . . . .
39.6 TC Adaptor Protocol Performance Data for Previous Quarter Intervals
39.7 TC Adaptor Protocol Performance Data for Previous Day Intervals . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Released
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
468
469
470
471
473
475
477
vii
Contents
40- Bridge Status Commands

40.1 Bridge Port Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . .
40.2 Bridge Port to ATM PVC mapping Status Command
40.3 SHub Bridge Status Command . . . . . . . . . . .
40.4 SHub Bridge Port Status Command . . . . . . . . .
479
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
41.1 Global VLAN Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

41.2 Residential Bridge VLAN Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
41.3 Cross-connect VLAN Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
41.4 Stacked VLAN Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
41.5 Stacked QoS VLAN Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
41.6 Layer-2 terminated VLAN Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
41.7 VLAN Name mapping Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
41.8 VLAN Filtering Database Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
41.9 Bridge Port Filtering Database Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . .
41.10 Port VLAN association Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
41.11 VLAN Priority Regeneration Profile Status Command . . . . . . . . .
41.12 Duplicate Mac Alarm Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
41.13 Port Event Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
41.14 Port Statistics for Current Quarter Status Command . . . . . . . . .
41.15 Port Statistics for Current Day Status Command . . . . . . . . . . .
41.16 Port Statistics for Previous Quarter Intervals Status Command . . . .
41.17 Port Statistics for Previous Day Intervals Status Command . . . . . .
41.18 VLAN Port Statistics for Current Quarter Status Command . . . . . .
41.19 VLAN Port Statistics for Current Day Status Command . . . . . . . .
41.20 VLAN Port Statistics for Previous Quarter Intervals Status Command
41.21 VLAN Port Statistics for Previous Day Intervals Status Command . .
41.22 SHub Port VLAN association Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . .
41.23 SHub VLAN Name mapping Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . .
41.24 SHub VLAN Filtering Database Status Command . . . . . . . . . . .
41.25 SHub Filtering Database Entry Status Command . . . . . . . . . . .
41.26 SHub Duplicate Mac Alarm Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
41- VLAN Status Commands
480
482
483
484
487
42- Link Aggregation Status Commands
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
497
499
500
502
503
505
507
509
511
513
515
517
519
521
522
523
525
527
528
42.1 Link Aggregation Group Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 529

42.2 Link Aggregation Member List Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 532
42.3 Link Aggregate Member Link Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 533
43- RSTP Status Commands
537
43.1 RSTP Bridge and Port Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 538
44- QOS Status Commands

44.1 QoS Session Profile Status Command . . . . . . . . .
44.2 QoS Marker Profile Status Command . . . . . . . . . .
44.3 QoS Policer Profile Status Command . . . . . . . . . .
44.4 QoS Queue Profile Status Command . . . . . . . . . .
44.5 QoS Scheduler Profile Status Command . . . . . . . .
44.6 QoS CAC Profile Status Command . . . . . . . . . . .
44.7 QoS DSL Bandwidth Status Command . . . . . . . . .
44.8 QoS Buffer Overflow Statistics for Previous Quarter . .
44.9 QoS Buffer Overflow Statistics for Current Quarter . . .
44.10 QoS Buffer Overflow Statistics for Previous Day . . .
44.11 QoS Buffer Overflow Statistics for Current Day . . . .
44.12 QoS Buffer Overflow Statistics Total Status Command
viii
Released
542
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
551
553
555
557
559
Edition 03
Contents
44.13 QoS SHub Meter Statistics Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 562

44.14 QoS SHub Flow Statistics Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 563
45- IP Status Commands

45.1 IP VRF Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
45.2 IP Interface Status Command . . . . . . . . . .
45.3 IP VRF Interface User Port Status Command . .
45.4 IP VRF Interface User Port Status Command . .
45.5 IP VRF Routes Status Command . . . . . . . .
45.6 IP VRF Net To Media Statistics . . . . . . . . .
45.7 IP VRF Mapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
45.8 IP VRF Next Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
45.9 IP SHub VRF Status Command . . . . . . . . .
45.10 IP SHub VRF Route Status Command . . . . .
45.11 IP SHub ARP VRF Based Statistics Command
45.12 IP Traceroute Status Command . . . . . . . .
564
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
46.1 xDSL Profiles Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

46.2 xDSL PM Interval Per Interface Status Command . . . . . .
46.3 xDSL Operational Data Near End Line Status Command . .
46.4 xDSL Operational Data Near End Channel Status Command
46.5 xDSL Operational Data Far End Line Status Command . . .
46.6 xDSL Operational Data Far End Channel Status Command .
46.7 xDSL Operational Data Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
46.8 xDSL Carrier Data Near End Status Command . . . . . . . .
46.9 xDSL Carrier Data Far End Status Command . . . . . . . . .
46.10 xDSL Failure Status Near End Status Command . . . . . .
46.11 xDSL Failure Status Far End Status Command . . . . . . .
46.12 xDSL Counters Near End Line Current 15 Min . . . . . . .
46.13 xDSL Counters Near End Line Current Day . . . . . . . . .
46.14 xDSL Counters Near End Line Previous 15 Min . . . . . . .
46.15 xDSL Counters Near End Of Line Previous Day . . . . . . .
46.16 xDSL Counters Near End Channel Current 15 Min . . . . .
46.17 xDSL Counters Near End Channel Current Day . . . . . . .
46.18 xDSL Counters Near End Channel Previous 15 Min . . . .
46.19 xDSL Counters Near End Channel Previous Day . . . . . .
46.20 xDSL Counters Far End Line Current 15 Min . . . . . . . .
46.21 xDSL Counters Far End Line Current Day . . . . . . . . . .
46.22 xDSL Counters Far End Line Previous 15 Min . . . . . . . .
46.23 xDSL Counters Far End Line Previous Day . . . . . . . . .
46.24 xDSL Counters Far End Channel Current 15 Min . . . . . .
46.25 xDSL Counters Far End Channel Current Day . . . . . . . .
46.26 xDSL Counters Far End Channel Previous 15 Min . . . . .
46.27 xDSL Counters Far End Channel Previous Day . . . . . . .
46.28 xDSL Inventory XT/RT Status Command . . . . . . . . . .
46.29 xDSL Board Capability Status Command . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
46- xDSL Status Commands
582
47- xDSL Bonding Status Commands

47.1 xDSL Bonding Profiles Status Command . . . . . . . . . . .
47.2 xDSL Bonding Near End Operational Data Status Command
47.3 xDSL Bonding Far End Operational Data Status Command .
47.4 xDSL Bonding Near End Failure Status Command . . . . . .
47.5 xDSL Bonding Far End Failure Status Command . . . . . . .
565
566
569
571
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
581
583
584
586
590
591
595
596
598
600
602
603
604
606
608
610
612
613
614
615
616
618
620
622
624
625
626
627
628
629
632
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
48- PPPoE Status Commands
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
633
634
635
636
638
640
48.1 PPPoE Sessions Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 641
Released
ix
Contents
48.2 PPPoE Sessions/Connection Status Command

48.3 PPPoE Interface Status Command . . . . . . .
48.4 PPPoX Interface Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . .
48.5 PPPoE Interface Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . .
48.6 PPPoE Interface Received Statistics . . . . . .
48.7 PPPoE Interface Transmitted Statistics . . . . .
48.8 PPPoE Profile Status Command . . . . . . . . .
48.9 Ip-address Related PPP Status Command . . .
48.10 Mac-address Related PPP Status Command .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
49- Interface Status Commands
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
642
643
645
647
648
650
651
653
654
655
49.1 Interface Alarm Status Command . . . . . . .

49.2 Physical Interface Status Command . . . . . .
49.3 Interface Status Command . . . . . . . . . . .
49.4 Interface Test Status Command . . . . . . . .
49.5 Interface Stack Status Command . . . . . . .
49.6 SHub Interface Status Command . . . . . . .
49.7 SHub Interface Port Control Status Command
49.8 SHub Interface Uplink Group Status Command
49.9 Interface Extensive Status Command . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
50- SNTP Status Commands
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
656
657
658
661
663
665
666
668
669
670
50.1 SNTP Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 671
51- System Status Commands

51.1 SHub System IP Status Command . . . .
51.2 SHub System Version Status Command .
51.3 SHub System HTTP Status Command . .
51.4 SHub System Common Status Command .
51.5 SHub System Control Status Command . .
51.6 SHub IP Filter Status Command . . . . . .
51.7 SHub System Manager Status Command .
51.8 System Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
51.9 System Licenses Status Command . . . .
672
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
52- Transaction Status Commands
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
673
674
675
676
677
678
681
682
683
685
52.1 Transaction Log Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 686

52.2 Transaction Log Entry Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 687
53- Error Status Command
688
53.1 Error Log Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 689
54- Software Status Commands

54.1 Database Status Command . . . . . . . . . . .
54.2 Disk Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
54.3 Overall Software Package Status Command . .
54.4 Software Package Status Command . . . . . .
54.5 File Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
54.6 Upload/Download Status Command . . . . . . .
54.7 SHub Software Management Status Command .
54.8 SHub Configuration File Status Command . . .
54.9 Status of the SHub Boot ROM update . . . . . .
691
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
55- IGMP Status Commands
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
692
693
694
696
697
699
701
702
703
704
55.1 IGMP System Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 705
Released
Edition 03
Contents
55.2 IGMP Channel Sources Status Command . . .

55.3 IGMP Channel Miscellaneous Status Command
55.4 IGMP Multicast Sources Statistics . . . . . . . .
55.5 IGMP Module Counter Status Commands . . . .
55.6 IGMP Module Time Status Command . . . . . .
55.7 IGMP Module Misc Status Command . . . . . .
55.8 SHub IGMP Vlan Router Port Status Command
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
56- Transport Status Commands

56.1 ICMP Status Command . . . . . . . .
56.2 IP Address Status Command . . . . .
56.3 IP Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
56.4 IP Route Status Command . . . . . . .
56.5 IP Net-To-Media Status Command . .
56.6 SNMP Status Command . . . . . . . .
56.7 System Status Command . . . . . . .
56.8 UDP Status Command . . . . . . . . .
56.9 UDP Listener Status Command . . . .
56.10 Ethernet Dot3 Status Command . . .
56.11 Interface MAU Status Command . . .
56.12 SHub Ethernet Dot3 Status Command
56.13 SHub Dot3 Control Status Command
56.14 SHub Dot3 Pause Status Command .
56.16 SHub L2 Filter Status Command . . .
56.17 SHub Rate Status Command . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
706
708
709
711
713
714
715
716
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
57- DHCP Relay Status Commands
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
717
719
720
722
724
725
728
729
730
731
734
736
737
738
740
743
745
746
57.1 DHCP Relay Port Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 747

57.2 DHCP Relay SHub Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 748
58- Multicast Status Commands
749
58.1 Multicast VLAN FWD Port Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 750
59- CPE Remote Status Commands
751
59.1 CPE Remote Management System Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 752
60- Session Status Commands
753
60.1 Session Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 754
61- PPPoX-Relay Status Commands
756
61.1 PPPoX CC Engine Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . .

61.2 PPPoX CC Client Port Statistics . . . . . . . . . .
61.3 PPPoX CC Engine Monitor Statistics . . . . . . .
61.4 PPPoX CC Client Port Monitor Statistics . . . . .
61.5 PPPoX CC Session Engine Status Command . .
61.6 PPPoX CC Session Client Port Status Command
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
62- OSPF Status Commands

62.1 OSPF Area Status Command . . . . . . . .
62.2 OSPF LSA Status Command . . . . . . . .
62.3 OSPF External Link State Status Command
62.4 OSPF Interface Status Command . . . . . .
62.5 OSPF Neighbour Status Command . . . . .
62.6 OSPF Routing Status Command . . . . . . .
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Released
764
766
767
768
770
772
xi
Contents
62.7 OSPF Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 773

62.8 OSPF Parameter Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 774
63- RIP Status Commands

63.1 RIP Statistics . . . . . . . . .
63.2 RIP Peer Status Command .
63.3 RIP Routing Status Command
63.4 RIP Global Status Command .
775
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
64- Security Status Commands
776
777
778
779
780
64.1 Operator Information Status Command . . . . . . . . . . .

64.2 Domain Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
64.3 User Sessions Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
64.4 Connection Profile Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . .
64.5 Local IP Pool Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
64.6 IP Address Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
64.7 RADIUS Authentication Server Statistics . . . . . . . . . .
64.8 RADIUS Authenticating Server Status Command . . . . . .
64.9 RADIUS Accounting Server Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . .
64.10 RADIUS Accounting Server Status Command . . . . . . .
64.11 RADIUS Dynamic Authentication Client Status Command
64.12 RADIUS Next Available Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
64.13 RADIUS Client Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
64.14 PAE Authenticator Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . .
64.15 EAPOL Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
64.16 Diagnostic Information Status Command . . . . . . . . .
64.17 Session Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
64.18 PAE Port System Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . .
64.19 Mac-address Related Eapol Status Command . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
65- Alarm Management Commands

65.1 Alarm Management Command . . . . . . .
65.2 Snap Shot Management Command . . . .
65.3 SHub Snap Shot Management Command .
65.4 Alarm Delta Log Management Command .
65.5 Log Management Command . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
781
782
783
785
786
787
788
790
791
793
794
796
797
798
800
802
805
807
808
809
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
66- ATM Management Commands
810
811
812
813
814
815
66.1 ATM Port Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 816
67- IGMP Management Commands

67.1 IGMP Management Command . . . . . . . . . . .
67.2 IGMP Multicast Sources Management Command
67.3 IGMP Slot Management Command . . . . . . . .
67.4 IGMP Channel Management Command . . . . . .
817
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
68- PPPoX Management Commands
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
818
819
820
821
822
68.1 PPPoX Engine Port Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 823
69- xDSL Management Commands
824
69.1 xDSL Line Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 825
70- Software Management Commands
826
70.1 Software Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 827
xii
Released
Edition 03
Contents
70.2 OSWP Software Management Command . .

70.3 Database Management Command . . . . .
70.4 File Management Command . . . . . . . . .
70.5 SHub Software Management Command . .
70.6 SHub Database Management Command . .
70.7 SHub SWPackage Administration Command
70.8 Update the SHub Boot ROM . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
71- OSPF Management Commands
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
71.1 OSPF Interface MD5 Key Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 836
72- RIP Management Commands
837
72.1 RIP Interface MD5 Key Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 838
73- Equipment Management Commands
839
73.1 Equipment Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 840

73.2 Slot Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 841
73.3 SHub Port Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 842
74- Bridge Management Commands
843
74.1 Learned Unicast Mac Address Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 844

74.2 VLAN Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 845
74.3 Port Related RSTP Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 846
75- Trap Management Commands
847
75.1 Trap Manager Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 848
76- IP Management Commands
849
76.1 Slot Related VRF Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 850

76.2 IP VRF Interface Reset Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 851
76.3 Traceroute Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 852
77- DHCP Management Command
853
77.1 DHCP Relay User Port Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 854
78- Transport Management Commands
855
78.1 IP Net to Media Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 856
79- SNTP Management Commands

79.1 SNTP Management Command
857
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 858
80- Transactions Management Commands
859
80.1 Transaction Configuration Managemant Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 860
81- Security Management Commands
861
81.1 Security 802.1x Port Authentication Management Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 862
82- Support Commands
863
82.1 Ping Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 864
Released
xiii
Contents
Commands
Error List
874
Abbreviations
893
Index
895
xiv
Released
Edition 03
1- ISAM CLI
1.1 Preface
1.2 CLI Commands
1.3 Nodes
1.4 Parameters
1.5 Filters
1.6 Printers
1.7 Getting help
1.8 The CLI Prompt
1-2
1-3
1-4
1-5
1-8
1-9
1-10
1-11
1-12
Released
1 ISAM CLI
1.1 Preface
Scope
This user guide describes the Command Line Interface (CLI) commands supported by the Alcatel 7302 ISAM.
These commands are used for installation, configuration, management and troubleshooting.
User Profile
The guide is intended for operating personnel (sometimes called craft persons).
The CLI Structure

The ISAM CLI is a command-driven interface accessible via telnet or via the craft terminal.
The CLI can be used to configure and manage ISAM equipment.
Released
Edition 03
1 ISAM CLI
1.2 CLI Commands

Command Types
The commands of the CLI language can be divided into two groups: global and environmental commands.
Global commands (such as the logout command) can be entered in any context and have the same effect in each
context.
Environmental commands (such as the info command) can only be entered in some contexts (for example, the info
command cannot be used in the show node) and have a different effect in each context. The purpose of the
command (for example, showing the configuration) is the same but the implementation or the generated output is
different.
Some commands are also implicit. For example, when you enter only the node name configure system security
snmp community fden, you run an implicit command that changes your context to the specified node and that
creates this node if it did not previously exist.
The available commands are discussed in a separate chapter.
Access Rights
Not every operator can execute every command.
Access to commands is granted via the operator profile.
It is possible that an operator can execute a given command in one context and not in another.
Options and Parameters

Commands can have options and parameters.
Options are special parameters that are context insensitive. For example, you can enter the option detail after info
in any context.
Options must be given at the end of the command preceeding the filter and printer specifications.
Released
1 ISAM CLI
1.3 Nodes
Node Definition
A command definition tree, further abbreviated to "command tree" is a structure of nested command nodes from
which CLI commands can be derived. A command node consists of a node name and zero or more resource
identifiers. The resource identifiers behave like parameters, but identify a particular resource. For example, public
in configure system security snmp community public is an unnamed resource identifier of the node community.
One such command node identifies a context. A CLI command can be derived from a command tree starting from
the root node, but a command with the same meaning and impact can also be derived from a lower level node or
subnode. The following are examples of equivalent commands:
info configure system security snmp community public in any node.
info system security snmp community public in node configure
info security snmp community public in node configure system
info snmp community public in node configure system security
info community public in node configure system security snmp
info in node configure system security snmp community public
The root node is the highest level. Directly below the root node are important command nodes such as configure
and show.
Node Creation
A dynamic node is a sub-node of the configure node that corresponds to a configurable resource that an operator
can create.
An operator can create a dynamic node by navigating to it. The system will automatically create the node. The
operator can configure its prompt in such a way that it shows if the operator navigated to an existing or a new node.
The ability to create nodes is limited by the access rights of the user.
It is also possible that the system creates additional subnodes in other nodes, for example, in the show node due to
the creation of a new dynamic node in the configure node.
Node Deletion
A dynamic node can be deleted by placing no in front of the node name. For example, configure system security
snmp no community public deletes the specified node and all its subnodes. The ability to delete nodes is limited
by the access rights of the operator.
Resource Attributes
The value of resource attributes can be changed by entering the name of the resource attribute followed by the new
value. For example, password plain:secret sets the value of the resource attribute named password to the plain
text string secret.
Resource attributes can be set to their default value by entering no followed by the name of the resource attribute.
For example, no password sets the value of the resource attribute named password to the default value (no
password required).
Released
Edition 03
1 ISAM CLI
1.4 Parameters
Named and Unnamed Parameters
Parameters are characterised by a name and a type.
Parameters can be named or unnamed.
Named parameters are entered as two tokens: a keyword and a value (for example, password plain:secret). Some
commands (such as info) require only the keyword.
Only the value token is entered for unnamed parameters (for example, public in the node name community
public).
Most options and first resource identifiers are unnamed.
Parameters can be entered in any order. Only unnamed keys must be entered directly after the node name.
Parameter Types
Parameter values belong to a parameter type. Parameter types limit the parameter values to strings that the system
can understand.
Parameter types consists of 1 to N fields with separators in between. Each field belongs to a basic type. The
separator is in most cases a colon : or a slash /.
The name of parameter types always starts with an uppercase character and can contain an optional domain name.
The domain name is separated from the parameter name by ::.
The sequence in which the fields appear can differ in case one of the fields belongs to an enumeration type. For
example, if provided some possible values for the parameter type ExtendedFileName (the first field is an
enumeration field with possible values file and ftp, host-name, user-name, password and local-file are also fields):
file: local-file
ftp: host-name @ user-name : password / local-file
Parameter types are built by combining 1 to N basic types.
Basic Types
Basic types can be divided in two groups: fixed length basic types and variable length basic types.
Examples of variable length basic types are:
integers
printable strings (representing operator chosen names or descriptions)
SNMP object identifiers
binary strings
The length of a variable length basic type is in most cases limited. The definition of logical length depends on the
basic type: number of characters for printable strings, number of bytes for binary strings, and number of numbers in
the object identfier for SNMP object identifiers.
Examples of fixed length basic types are:
ip-address
fixed-length printable strings
enumeration types (limited list of allowed strings)
Released
1 ISAM CLI
Basic Type Formatting Rules

Integers can be entered in a decimal format. Large integers can be abbreviated as follows:
decimal-number k which is equal to decimal-number *1000 (For example: 3k is equal to 3000)
decimal-number M which is equal to decimal-number *1000000
decimal-number G which is equal to decimal-number *1000000000
Binary strings must be entered as: hex-byte : hex-byte :...: hex-byte. hex-byte is a number between 0 and 255 in
hexadecimal format (all lowercase).For example, 3f:23:ff:b2 is a valid binary string.
Object identifiers and ipv4-addresses must be entered as: decimal-number . decimal-number .....
decimal-number.For example, 128.17.32.45 is a valid object identifier.
The values of all fields may be placed within double quotes. A field separator can never be placed within double
quotes. For example, "1"/"1" is a valid shelf identifier, but "1/1" is not a valid shelf identifier.
A field value can contain multiple double quotes. For example, "hallo world" is equivalent to hallo" "world or to
"hallo"" ""world".
Printable strings must be placed within double quotes if they contain special characters: double quote ", a backslash
\, a cross #, a space, a tab, a carriage return, or a new line. The \ is the escape character. The \ char is equivalent to
char with the following exceptions:
\r : carriage-return
\t : tab
\n : new-line
In some cases it is possible that a command is ambiguous. For example, info operator detail can be interpreted in
two ways: list the configuration of the operator with the name detail or list the configuration of all operators in
detail.
The ambiguity is solved by the parser in the following way: if the string contains quotes, it is interpreted as a
printable string, otherwise it is interpreted as a keyword. For example, info operator "detail" lists the
configuration of the operator with the name detail and info operator detail lists the configuration of all operators
in detail.
Syntax Check
The system verifies if each typed character is syntactically correct.
In case the system detects a syntax error, it will position the cursor at the offending character and beep.
This can give strange effects if you are entering characters in the 'insert mode': the invalid characters will shift to
the right and any newly entered character will be inserted in front of the faulty characters.
To avoid this strange effect, it is recommended to work in the (default) overwrite mode.
Loops
The values of some resource identifiers may contain numerical ranges for some commands. Numerical ranges are
entered as [ start...end ] in which start and end are integers for which 0 <= end - start <= 1000.
The system will execute a command with a numerical range end - start times in which the numerical range is each
time replaced by a number out of the range.
Numerical ranges have following restrictions:
One command can only contain 1 numerical range.
Ranges between quotes are not interpreted as a numerical range.
Command completion may refuse to work once a numerical range is entered.
Commands that normally change the context, don't do this once they contain a numerical range.
Released
Edition 03
1 ISAM CLI
Released
1 ISAM CLI
1.5 Filters
The language provides filters to manipulate the output of commands.
The available filters are discussed in detail in a separate chapter.
Filters can be specified in case the command generates output. They are separated from the basic command with a
pipe character |.
The user can specify a sequence of filters as in following example: info | match exact:1/1 | count lines.
Released
Edition 03
1 ISAM CLI
1.6 Printers
The language provides printers to allow the user to decide how the output must be printed on his terminal.
The available printers are discussed in detail in a separate chapter.
Printers can be specified in case the command generates output. They are separated from the basic command with a
pipe character |.
The user can specify maximum one printer as in following example: info | match exact:1/1 | more
The default printer can be specified for the CLI session or the operator.
Released
1 ISAM CLI
1.7 Getting help

The user can get help in two ways.
The first is using the help command. This gives an extensive explanation on the command.
The user can also enter a question-mark ? at each position in the command. He will then get a short explanation on
what he can enter at this position in the command.
For example: configure system security operator ? gives following output:
<Sec::OperatorName>
: the name of the operator [a-z0-9] (1<=x<=11)
This has the following meaning:

Sec::OperatorName is the name of the parameter type. This indicates that the user must enter a parameter value.
: indicates that the concerned object is a parameter. Nodes are indicated with a +, commands with a -.
the name of the operator explains how the parameter will be interpreted by the system.
[a-z0-9] indicates that the value may consist of the lower-case alfanumeric characters, the ASCII characters a till
z and 0 till 9.
(1<=x<=11) indicates that the name must consist of at least 1 character and maximum 11 characters.
10
Released
Edition 03
1 ISAM CLI
1.8 The CLI Prompt

The prompt can be configured by the user. The prompt can be specified for the session, for an operator or for an
operator profile. If no specific prompt is specified for the session, the prompt specified for the operator is taken and
the prompt specified for the operator profile is taken if no prompt is specified for the operator.
The prompt can be composed with following components :
%n : the name of the current operator.
%! : the current history number.
% num d : the current context.
- num is the maximum number of components (starting from the last) that are shown (default is all).
- each component will be separated from the next one with a >.
- a > is also added in front of the first component.
%% : a %
%c : # if the current node was an existing node or $ if it is newly created.
any other character is just added to the prompt as is.
The default prompt is "%n%d%c "

The system will add a > at the end of each empty prompt or each prompt that consists purely out of white-space
Released
11
1 ISAM CLI

Following key strokes are treated in a special way while entering commands:
arrow-left : move the cursor one position to the left.
arrow-right : move the cursor one position to the right.
arrow-up : get the previous stored command (round-robin, starts with the last stored command).
arrow-down : get the next stored command (round-robin, starts with the oldest stored command).
insert : toggle between insert and overwrite mode.
backspace : delete the character before the cursor and move the cursor one position to the left.
delete : delete the character under the cursor.
control-c : interrupt the current command or clear the current entered string.
control-a : move the cursor to the beginning of the line.
control-p : get the previous stored command (round-robin, starts with the last stored command).
control-n : get the next stored command (round-robin, starts with the oldest stored command).
control-k : delete all characters starting from the position of the cursor.
control-u : delete all entered characters.
control-w : delete one word before the cursor.
control-l : clear screen.
tab : trigger command completion.
space : terminate a token and trigger command completion, unless it is placed between double quotes.
# : treat all following commands as comment, unless they are placed between double quotes.
? : trigger online-help, unless it is placed between double quotes.
Entering a tab triggers command completion.
The system will try to expand the existing entered string until an ambiguity is found. If there is no ambiguity, a space
will be added behind the token.
Entering a space behind an entered string has - for keywords - the same effect as the tab.
For example: entering c followed by a tab in the root node will expand to configure.
For example: entering c followed by a space in the root node will expand to configure.
For example: entering configure system security operator admin pr followed by a tab will expand to configure
system security operator admin pro because there is still an ambiguity here between prompt and profile.
12
Released
Edition 03
2- CLI Information
2.1 Help Command

2.2 Logout Command
2.3 History Command
2.4 Echo Command
2.5 Telnet Command
2.6 Exec Command
2.7 Sleep Command
2.8 Tree Command
2.9 Poll Command
2.10 Write Command
2.11 Help Command
2.12 Info Command
2.13 Exit Command
2.14 Back Command
2.15 Delete Command
2.16 In Command
2.18 Action Command
2.19 Sample Command
2.20 Show Command
2.21 Discard
2-14
2-15
2-16
2-17
2-18
2-19
2-20
2-21
2-22
2-23
2-24
2-25
2-26
2-27
2-28
2-29
2-30
2-31
2-32
2-33
2-34
Released
13
2 CLI Information
2.1 Help Command

Command Description
This command displays detailed information on a particular topic.
By default, this command gives information on the current node.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with help privileges.
This command can be executed by each user. A user will only be able to get help for nodes for which the user has
read or write access.
Command Syntax
The command has the following syntax:
> help cli commands
14
Released
Edition 03
2 CLI Information
2.2 Logout Command

Command Description
This command logs out the user.
User Level
This command can be executed by any user.
Command Syntax
> help cli commands logout
Released
15
2 CLI Information
2.3 History Command

Command Description
This command displays the last commands entered at the terminal.
A maximum of 20 commands can be stored. A command that is identical to the previous command is not stored.
Commands containing syntax and semantic errors are also stored in the history buffer. This way a user can correct
a command without retyping the command completely.
User Level
This command can be executed by all users.
Command Syntax
> help cli commands history
16
Released
Edition 03
2 CLI Information
2.4 Echo Command

Command Description
This command echoes a string to the standard output.
User Level
This command can be accessed by any user.
Command Syntax
> help cli commands echo
Released
17
2 CLI Information
2.5 Telnet Command

Command Description
This command establishes a telnet session to another server.
The telnet session will last until the connection is closed by the telnet server or when the operator enters the
character Control-^.
The session inactivity-time protection will not display any messages on the screen when the user executes the telnet
command. The user's connection will be broken without warning if the inactivity timeout expires.
User Level
This command can only be executed by users wtih read or write access to functions located in the SHub.
The command can only be executed from a telnet terminal and not from a craft terminal.
Command Syntax
> help cli commands telnet
18
Released
Edition 03
2 CLI Information
2.6 Exec Command

Command Description
This command executes CLI commands found in a text file. A file containing CLI commands is called a script file.
A script file must follow the same syntax rules as commands entered interactively. Only the tab and the question
mark lose their special meaning in a script, so command expansion and single-line help are not available.
The script will be aborted if one of the commands in the script fails. A command may be preceded by a minus '-' to
prevent the script from being aborted in case of a semantic error; for example, when you try to delete a node
instance that does not exist.
By default, a command script does not interact with the user. The execution of the script will be aborted if a
command or filter requires interaction with the user. Interactivity can be enabled by specifying the interactive
option with the exec command.
The exec command may not be used in a command script, so command scripts may not be nested.
Script files are typically stored in the /var/cmd directory.
A script file can be used to restore a configuration. The complete configuration of the system can be stored in a
script with the name /var/cmd/config and with the command info configure | tee config. The configuration can be
restored on an empty system with the command exec /var/cmd/config.
Warning: the /var/cmd is cleaned when the system resets, so the configuration file must be transferred to another
system with tftp before resetting the system.
Note: saving and restoring the configuration will not work for areas in which resource identifiers are assigned
dynamically by the system.
User Level
This command can be executed by all users. However, the execution of the script will be aborted when the CLI
parser tries to execute the first command in the script for which the user does not have authorization.
Command Syntax
> help cli commands exec
Released
19
2 CLI Information
2.7 Sleep Command

Command Description
This command pauses the execution for the specified number of seconds.
This command is typically used in scripts (see the exec command).
User Level
This command can be executed by any user.
Command Syntax
> help cli commands sleep
20
Released
Edition 03
2 CLI Information
2.8 Tree Command

Command Description
This command displays the structure of a node and its subnodes.
User Level
This command can be executed by any user on a node to which the user has read or write access.
The output does not contain any information related to subnodes to which the user does not have access.
Command Syntax
> help cli commands tree
Released
21
2 CLI Information
2.9 Poll Command

Command Description
This command cannot be directly executed by the user. It is the default command for some nodes related to testing.
This command starts a test and displays the test results during the specified time period at regular intervals.
User Level
Command Syntax
> help cli commands poll
22
Released
Edition 03
2 CLI Information
2.10 Write Command

Command Description
This command writes a message to the terminal of the adressee.
The message can be directed to a user, to all users with the same user profile, or to all users.
Messages are only delivered to users that are logged in. Users that are not logged in will not receive the message.
The sender will also receive the message if it is one of the addressees.
User Level
This command can be used by any user.
Command Syntax
> help cli commands write
Released
23
2 CLI Information
2.11 Help Command

Command Description
This command displays detailed information on a particular topic.
By default, this command gives information on the current node.
User Level
This command can be executed by each user. A user will only be able to get help for nodes for which the user has
read or write access.
Command Syntax
> help cli commands help
24
Released
Edition 03
2 CLI Information
2.12 Info Command

Command Description
This command shows the configuration of the current node and all of its subnodes.
User Level
This command can be accessed in all nodes to which the user has read access. It is not available in admin and
show nodes or their subnodes.
The output will only contain information for the nodes for which the user has read access.
Command Syntax
> help cli commands info
Released
25
2 CLI Information
2.13 Exit Command

Command Description
This command changes the current position to the parent node of the current position. This command always
succeeds, even if the current position is the top node. If the current position is the top node, the command does not
have an effect.
The all option changes the current position to the top node.
User Level
This command can be executed by all users
Command Syntax
> help cli commands exit
26
Released
Edition 03
2 CLI Information
2.14 Back Command

Command Description
This command changes the current position to the previous position.
This command will always succeed, even if the previous position no longer exists. If the previous position no longer
exists, the command changes the current position to the top node.
User Level
This command can be executed by all users.
Command Syntax
> help cli commands back
Released
27
2 CLI Information
2.15 Delete Command

Command Description
This command deletes a file from the directory /var/cmd. This file is typically created with the tee filter.
The command will always succeed, even if the specified file does not exist.
User Level
The command can be executed by all users.
Command Syntax
> help cli commands delete
28
Released
Edition 03
2 CLI Information
2.16 In Command
Command Description
This command cannot be directly executed by the operator. It is the default command for all nodes when node
attributes are not specified, with the exception of all subnodes of configure and the leaf nodes of show.
User Level
This command can be executed by any user for the nodes to which the user has read or write access.
Command Syntax
> help cli commands in
Released
29
2 CLI Information

Command Description
This command cannot be directly executed by the user. It is the default command for the configuration node and
most of its subnodes.
This command serves four purposes:
changes the current position to a node
creates a node. The current position will be changed to the newly created node.
modifies one or more attributes of a node. The current position will be changed to the modified node.
deletes a node
The command changes the current position to a node if the user specifies an existing node and no parameters, for
example, configure equipment shelf 1/1. The last character in the default prompt will be #.
The command creates a node if the node is dynamic and the specified node instance does not exist, for example,
configure system security operator new_user password plain:"hallo#". Parameter values must be supplied for all
mandatory parameters. Parameter values may be supplied for optional parameters. The command changes the
current position to the newly created node. The last character in the default prompt will be $.
The command modifies the attributes of a node if the node instance exists and if the user supplies parameters, for
example, configure system security operator existing description "a new description".
The command will delete a node when it is a dynamic node and the node name is preceeded by no, for example,
configure system security no operator existing.
User Level
A user can change the current position to each node to which the user has read access.
A user can create, modify, and delete nodes to which the user has write access.
Command Syntax
> help cli commands configure
30
Released
Edition 03
2 CLI Information
2.18 Action Command

Command Description
This command cannot be directly executed by the user. It is the default command for the admin node and most of
its subnodes.
This command serves two purposes:
changes the current position to a node
executes an action
This command changes the current position to a node if the operator specifies an existing node and no parameters.
If the user specifies a parameter, it will try to execute the corresponding action.
User Level
The user can change the current position to each node to which the user has read access.
The user can execute the action to each node to which the user has access.
Command Syntax
> help cli commands action
Released
31
2 CLI Information
2.19 Sample Command

Command Description
This command executes a test and shows the result.
This command cannot be executed directly by the user. It is the default command for some leaf nodes of show. It
shows the runtime data.
User Level
The user can execute this command for all nodes to which the user has read access.
Command Syntax
> help cli commands sample
32
Released
Edition 03
2 CLI Information
2.20 Show Command

Command Description
This command shows the runtime data.
This command cannot be executed directly by the user. It is the default command for the leaf nodes of show. It
shows the runtime data.
User Level
The user can execute this command for all nodes to which the user has read access.
Command Syntax
> help cli commands show
Released
33
2 CLI Information
2.21 Discard
Command Description
This printer discards all output. This can be useful in some scripts.
User Level
This command can be used by any operator.
Command Syntax
> help cli printers discard
34
Released
Edition 03
3- Environment Configuration Commands
3.1 Environment Configuration Command
3-36
Released
35
3 Environment Configuration Commands
3.1 Environment Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the session-specific parameters. These parameters are only valid for
a specific session and are lost when the user logs out.
The default values for prompt and print can be found in configure system security operator operator-name.
The default value for terminal-timeout can be found in configure system security profile profile-name.
The procedure on how to specify a prompt is described in the ISAM CLI - The CLI Prompt chapter.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges, and executed by operators with all privileges.
Command Syntax
> environment [ no prompt | prompt <Sec::Prompt> ][ no terminal-timeout |
terminal-timeout default | timeout : <Sec::InactivityTimeout> ][ no print | print
<Sec::EnvMore> ]
Command Parameters
Table 3.1-2 "Environment Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
Type
[ no ] prompt
[ no
terminal-timeout
[ no ] print
36
<Sec::Prompt>
length: x<19
] default
|
timeout
:
<Sec::InactivityTimeout>
unit: minutes
<Sec::EnvMore>
Possible values are :
- more : the output is passed via the more
filter
- no-more : the output is put directly on
the terminal
- default : use the method as specified by
the profile
Released
Description
optional parameter with default value: ""
the specification of the prompt
optional parameter with default value: "timeout :
0"
the maximum time a terminal may be inactive
optional parameter with default value: "default"
specifies the way the output is printed on the
terminal
Edition 03
4- Alarm Configuration Commands
4.1 Alarm Log Configuration Command

4.2 Alarm Entries Configuration Command
4.4 SHub Alarm Configuration Command
4-38
4-39
4-43
4-44
Released
37
4 Alarm Configuration Commands
4.1 Alarm Log Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to maintain a log containing all state changes of alarms by enabling the logging
mode and setting the severity level equal to or higher than the severity level for which the operator is interested.
The alarm log allows the operator to keep track of XDSL lines and to maintain a log of them.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges, and executed by operators with alarm
privileges.
Command Syntax
> configure alarm log-sev-level <Alarm::alarmSeverity> log-full-action
<Alarm::alarmLogFullAction> non-itf-rep-sev-level <Alarm::alarmSeverity>
Command Parameters
Table 4.1-2 "Alarm Log Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
log-sev-level
log-full-action
non-itf-rep-sev-level
38
Type
Description
<Alarm::alarmSeverity>
- indeterminate : not a definite known
severity level
- warning : just to inform as a warning
- minor : not service affecting
- major : service affecting
- critical : service breaking
<Alarm::alarmLogFullAction>
- wrap : older log records are overwritten
by recent ones
- halt : logging is stopped until the log
buffer is reset
severity level
optional parameter
set the lowest severity level to log alarms
Released
optional parameter
set the action if log buffer is full
optional parameter
set minimum severity level to report non itf alarms
Edition 03
4.2 Alarm Entries Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage local alarm entries.
User Level
privileges.
Command Syntax
> configure alarm entry (index) severity <Alarm::alarmSeverity> [ no service-affecting
| service-affecting ][ no reporting | reporting ][ no logging | logging ]
Command Parameters
Table 4.2-1 "Alarm Entries Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
<Alarm::alarmIndex>
alarm type
- eo-conv-loss : loss of signal in eo
conversion module
- eo-conv-tx : transmission fault in eo
conversion module
- xtca-ne-es : xdsl near end TCA alarm errored seconds in 15 min
- xtca-ne-ses : xdsl near end TCA alarm severely errored seconds in 15 min
- xtca-ne-uas : xdsl near end TCA alarm unavailable seconds in 15 min
- xtca-ne-day-es : xdsl near end TCA
alarm - errored seconds in 1 day
- xtca-ne-day-ses : xdsl near end TCA
alarm - severely errored seconds in 1 day
- xtca-ne-day-uas : xdsl near end TCA
alarm - unavailable seconds in 1 day
- xtca-fe-es : xdsl far end TCA alarm errored seconds in 15 min
- xtca-fe-ses : xdsl far end TCA alarm severely errored secs in 15 min
- xtca-fe-uas : xdsl far end TCA alarm unavailable seconds in 15 min
- xtca-fe-day-es : xdsl far end TCA alarm errored seconds in 1 day
- xtca-fe-day-ses : xdsl far end TCA alarm
- severely errored secs in 1 day
Released
39
Resource Identifier
Type
Description
- xtca-fe-day-uas : xdsl far end TCA alarm

- unavailable seconds in 1 day
- xdsl-ne-los : xdsl near end - loss of
signal
- xdsl-ne-lof : xdsl near end - loss of frame
- xdsl-ne-lom : xdsl near end - loss of
margin
- xdsl-ne-ese : xdsl near end - excessive
server errors
- xdsl-act-cfg-error : xdsl - line
configuration data cannot be used
- xdsl-act-not-feas : xdsl - line capacity not
enough to setup requested profile
- xdsl-up-br-reach : xdsl upstream planned bitrate not reached after
initialization
- xdsl-ne-ncd : xdsl near end - no cell
delineation
- xdsl-ne-lcd : xdsl near end - loss of cell
delineation
- xdsl-fe-los : xdsl far end - loss of signal
- xdsl-fe-lof : xdsl far end - loss of frame
- xdsl-fe-lpr : xdsl far end - loss of power
- xdsl-fe-lol : xdsl far end - loss of link
- xdsl-fe-lom : xdsl far end - loss of
margin
- xdsl-fe-ese : xdsl far end - excessive
server errors
- xdsl-act-comm : xdsl - init not successful
due to communications problem
- xdsl-act-modem : xdsl - no peer modem
detected
- xdsl-do-br-reach : xdsl downstream planned bitrate not reached after init
- xdsl-fe-ncd : xdsl far end - no cell
delineation
- xdsl-fe-lcd : xdsl far end - loss of cell
delineation
- sw-rollback : non active oswp, db cannot
be operational - will rollback
- db-rollback : selected oswp and db
cannot be operational - will rollback
- ether-linkdown : ethernet link down
- cell-discard-up : cell discarded in the
upstream direction
- cell-discard-down : cell discarded in the
downstream direction
- mac-conflict : duplcate mac addess from
this pvc
- persit-data-loss : all data lost after restart
- system not configured
- sntp-comm-lost : sntp server not
responding
- nt-disk-90%full : nt disk 90% full
- shub-loc : communication lost with shub
- rack-power : power fuse broken
- rack-fan-unit1 : fan unit rack 1 failing
40
Released
Edition 03
Resource Identifier
Type
Description

- shelf-mismatch : shelf type different
from planned type
- ext-chain-instl : consistancy problem for
extension chain installation
- door : open cabinet door
- fuse : one power feed gone
- single-fan-fail : one or more fan of a
certain shelf failed
- double-fan-fail : two or more fans of the
main shelf failed
- ac-power-fail : external power failure shelf shutdown in 15 minutes
- board-mismatch : board inserted
different from planned
- waiting-for-sw : not able to download all
the applicable sw files
- temp-exceeded : temperature threshold
exceeded on the board
- temp-shutdown : board powered down
itself - too high temperature
- defense : plugin unit disconnected from
system by defense
- board-missing : board detected after
planning - now missing
- board-instl-missing : board never
detected after planning
- board-init : board initialisation failure
- board-reset-prot : number of resets
exceeded
- board-reset-cf : board reset and/or
communication failure
- vrf-assign-fail : failure to assigna VRF
for a user session
- vlan-assign-fail : failure to assign VLAN
for a user session
- ip-pool-assign-fail : failure to assign an
IP address pool
- qos-assign-fail : failure to assign a QoS
for a user session
- ip-addr-assign-fail : failure to assign IP
address for a user session
- missing-attributes : radius should always
specify pool id when it returns a VRF
- ip-addr-preempt : IP address preemption
- up-plan-bitrate : upstream bitrate is
above min and below planned
- up-min-bitrate : upstream bitrate is below
min bitrate
- up-config-not-feas : upstream bitrate is
not enough to set up config group
- down-plan-bitrate : downstream bitrate is
- down-min-bitrate : downstream bitrate is
below min bitrate
- down-config-not-feas : downstream
bitrate is not enough to set up config
Released
41
Resource Identifier
Type
Description
group
- custom1 : customizable alarm 1
- loss-over-cap : switch over capability in
a redundant system
Table 4.2-2 "Alarm Entries Configuration Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
Type
severity
[ no
service-affecting
[ no ] reporting
[ no ] logging
42
Description
optional parameter
assign a severity level to this alarm
severity level
] <Alarm::alarmServAffect>
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"noservice-affecting"
defines whether an alarm is service affecting or not
<Alarm::alarmRepMode>
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"noreporting"
enable or disable reporting of the alarm
<Alarm::alarmLogMode>
optional parameter with default value: "nologging"
enable or disable logging of the alarm
Released
Edition 03

Command Description
This command configures the buffer size in the alarm table.
The operator defines the action to be taken when the alarm log buffer is completely full. If the log is set to wrap,
older log records are overwritten by recent records. If the log is set to halt, then logging is stopped until the log
buffer is reset.
User Level
privileges.
Command Syntax
> configure alarm delta-log indet-log-full-action <Alarm::alarmDeltaLogFullAction>
warn-log-full-action <Alarm::alarmDeltaLogFullAction> minor-log-full-action
<Alarm::alarmDeltaLogFullAction> major-log-full-action
<Alarm::alarmDeltaLogFullAction> crit-log-full-act <Alarm::alarmDeltaLogFullAction>
Command Parameters
Table 4.3-2 "Alarm Delta Log Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
indet-log-full-action
warn-log-full-action
minor-log-full-action
major-log-full-action
crit-log-full-act
Type
Description
<Alarm::alarmDeltaLogFullAction>
- wrap : wrap around when log is full
- halt : halt logging when log is full
optional parameter
set the action when indeterminate log buffer is full
optional parameter
set the action when indeterminate delta log buffer is
full
optional parameter
set the action when minor delta log buffer is full
optional parameter
set action when major delta log buffer is full
optional parameter
set action when critical delta log buffer is full
Released
43
4.4 SHub Alarm Configuration Command

Command Description
This command configures alarm SHub parameters.
User Level
privileges.
Command Syntax
> configure alarm shub entry (index) severity <Alarm::alarmSeverity> [ no
service-affecting | service-affecting ][ no reporting | reporting ]
Command Parameters
Table 4.4-1 "SHub Alarm Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
44
Type
Description
<Alarm::ShubAlarmIndex>
alarm type
- fan : shub fan failure
- power-fan : shub power fan failure
- db-restore : shub DB restore
- reboot : shub reboot from emergency
boot package
- sntp-comm : shub SNTP communication
- eth-link-down : shub ethernet link down
status
- mac-conflict : MAC conflict
- no-arp-reply : no ARP reply
ospf-itf-err
:
OSPF
interface
configuration error
- ospf-auth-err : OSPF interface
authetication error
- ospf-rx-bad-err : bad packets received on
OSPF interface
- ospf-lsdb-oflow-90 : external LSA
database reached 90% of the limit
- ospf-lsdb-oflow : external LSA database
reached 90% of the limit
- ospf-nhbr-statchg : OSPF neighbor state
change
- ospf-itf-statchg : OSPF interface state
change
rip-config-err
:
RIP
interface
configuration error
Released
Edition 03
Resource Identifier
Type
Description
rip-auth-fail
:
RIP
interface
authentication failure
- rip-rcv-bad-pkt : bad packet received on
RIP interface
- uplink-down : uplink group down
Table 4.4-2 "SHub Alarm Configuration Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
severity
[ no
service-affecting
[ no ] reporting
Type
Description
optional parameter
assign a severity level to this alarm
severity level
] <Alarm::alarmServAffect>
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"noservice-affecting"
defines whether an alarm is service affecting or not
<Alarm::alarmRepMode>
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"noreporting"
enable or disable reporting of the alarm
Released
45
5- Trap Configuration Commands
5.1 Trap Definition Configuration Command

5.2 Trap Manager Configuration Command
5.3 SHub Trap Manager Configuration Command
46
Released
5-47
5-49
5-52
Edition 03
5 Trap Configuration Commands
5.1 Trap Definition Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to define the priority of a given trap.
User Level
privileges.
Command Syntax
> configure trap definition (name) priority <Trap::Priority>
Command Parameters
Table 5.1-1 "Trap Definition Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(name)
Type
Description
<Trap::Name>
the name of the trap
- cold-start : entry for cold start trap
- unused-1 : entry for cold start trap
- link-down : entry for link down trap
- link-up : entry for link up trap
- auth-failure : entry for authentication
failure trap
- change-occured : entry for change
occured trap
- init-started : entry for initialization
started trap
- lic-key-chg-occr : entry for license key
change occured trap
Table 5.1-2 "Trap Definition Configuration Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
priority
Type
Description
<Trap::Priority>
optional parameter
the trap priority
- urgent : urgent - needs to be informed
immediately
- high : high priority trap
- medium : medium priority trap
- low : low priority trap
Released
47
48
Released
Edition 03
5.2 Trap Manager Configuration Command

Command Description
This command configures an SNMP manager. This SNMP manager will receive traps when an event occurs in the
system.
The SNMP manager can be easily flooded by events if something happens with the system. This command allows
the operator to specify in which traps the manager is interested (trap filtering) and how the traps must be spread in
time (trap shaping).
Traps that cannot be delivered will be dropped.
User Level
privileges.
Command Syntax
> configure trap [[no] manager (address) [ no priority | priority <Trap::Priority> ][
no cold-start-trap | cold-start-trap ][ no link-down-trap | link-down-trap ][ no
link-up-trap | link-up-trap ][ no auth-fail-trap | auth-fail-trap ][ no change-trap |
change-trap ][ no init-started-trap | init-started-trap ][ no lic-key-chg-occr |
lic-key-chg-occr ][ no phys-line-trap | phys-line-trap ][ no eqpt-change-trap |
eqpt-change-trap ][ no success-set-trap | success-set-trap ][ no other-alarm-trap |
other-alarm-trap ][ no warning-trap | warning-trap ][ no minor-trap | minor-trap ][ no
major-trap | major-trap ][ no critical-trap | critical-trap ][ no redundancy-trap |
redundancy-trap ][ no eqpt-prot-trap | eqpt-prot-trap ][ no max-per-window |
max-per-window <Trap::WindowCount> ][ no window-size | window-size <Trap::WindowSize>
][ no max-queue-size | max-queue-size <Trap::QueueSize> ][ no min-interval |
min-interval <Trap::Interval> ][ no min-severity | min-severity <Alarm::alarmSeverity>
]]
Command Parameters
Table 5.2-1 "Trap Manager Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(address)
Type
Description
<Ip::V4Address> : <Trap::Port>
the address of the manager
<Ip::V4Address>: <Trap::Port>= range:
[1...65535]
Table 5.2-2 "Trap Manager Configuration Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
[ no ] priority
[ no ] cold-start-trap
Type
Description
<Trap::Priority>
optional parameter with default value: "medium"
lowest priority a trap should have to be reported
- urgent : urgent - needs to be informed
immediately
- high : high priority trap
- medium : medium priority trap
- low : low priority trap
<Trap::ColdStart>
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"no-cold-start"
Released
49
Parameter
Type
[ no ] link-down-trap
<Trap::LinkDown>
[ no ] link-up-trap
<Trap::LinkUp>
[ no ] auth-fail-trap
<Trap::AuthenticationFailure>
[ no ] change-trap
<Trap::ChangeOccured>
[ no ] init-started-trap
<Trap::InitStarted>
[ no
lic-key-chg-occr
] <Trap::LicenceKeyChange>
[ no ] phys-line-trap
[ no
eqpt-change-trap
<Trap::PhysLine>
] <Trap::Equipment>
[ no ] success-set-trap
<Trap::SuccessfullSet>
[ no ] other-alarm-trap <Trap::IndeterminateAlarm>
[ no ] warning-trap
<Trap::Warning>
[ no ] minor-trap
<Trap::Minor>
[ no ] major-trap
<Trap::Major>
[ no ] critical-trap
<Trap::Critical>
[ no ] redundancy-trap <Trap::Redundancy>
[ no ] eqpt-prot-trap
<Trap::EqptProt>
[ no ] <Trap::WindowCount>
max-per-window
range: [1...20] unit: traps
[ no ] window-size
<Trap::WindowSize>
range: [0...3600] unit: s
[ no ] max-queue-size <Trap::QueueSize>
range: [1...20] unit: traps
[ no ] min-interval
<Trap::Interval>
50
Released
Description
enable sending cold start trap
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"no-link-down"
enable sending link down trap
optional parameter with default value: "no-link-up"
enable sending of link up trap
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"no-auth-failure"
enable sending authentication failure trap
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"no-change-trap"
enable sending of change occured trap
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"no-init-start"
enable sending init started trap
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"no-lic-key-chg-occr"
enable sending licence key change occured trap
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"no-phy-line-chg"
enable sending physical line state change trap
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"no-eqpt-change"
enable sending equipment config or state change
trap
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"no-success-set"
enable sending successful sets trap
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"no-other-alarm"
enable sending indeterminate alarm changes trap
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"no-warn-trap"
enable sending warning alarm changes trap
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"no-minor-trap"
enable sending minor alarm changes trap
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"no-major-trap"
enable sending major alarm changes trap
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"no-critical-trap"
enable sending critical alarm changes trap
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"no-redundancy-trap"
enable sending redundancy alarm changes trap
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"no-eqpt-prot-trap"
enable sending eqpt protection switch alarm
changes trap
optional parameter with default value: 2
maximum allowed number of traps per window
the size of a time window for traps in seconds
maximum number of traps that can be queued
Edition 03
Parameter
[ no ] min-severity
Type
Description
range: [0...3600] unit: s

the minimum time between two traps
optional parameter with default value: "major"
lowest severity an alarm must have, to be reported
severity level
Released
51
5.3 SHub Trap Manager Configuration Command

Command Description
This node allows to configure a SNMP manager of the SHub.
User Level
privileges.
Command Syntax
> configure trap shub [[no] manager (address) [ no cold-start-trap | cold-start-trap
][ no auth-fail-trap | auth-fail-trap ][ no change-trap | change-trap ][ no
community-string | community-string <PrintableString-0-255> ][ no snmp-version |
snmp-version <Snmp::SHubVersion> ][ no min-severity | min-severity
<Snmp::SHubAlarmSeverity> ]]
Command Parameters
Table 5.3-1 "SHub Trap Manager Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(address)
Type
Description
address of the manager
[1...65535]
Table 5.3-2 "SHub Trap Manager Configuration Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
Type
Description
[ no ] cold-start-trap
<Trap::SHubColdStart>
[ no ] auth-fail-trap
<Trap::SHubAuthenticationFailure>
[ no ] change-trap
<Trap::SHubChangeOccured>
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"no-cold-start"
enable sending cold start trap
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"no-auth-failure"
enable sending authentication failure trap
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"no-change-trap"
enable sending of change occured trap
optional parameter with default value: "public"
the community string to be used
optional parameter with default value: "v2"
manager type
[ no ] <PrintableString-0-255>
community-string
length: x<255
[ no ] snmp-version
<Snmp::SHubVersion>
- v1 : snmp V1 manager type
- v2 : snmp V2 manager type
[ no ] min-severity
<Snmp::SHubAlarmSeverity>
- indeterminate : indeterminate
- warning : warning
- minor : minor
52
Released
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"indeterminate"
lowest severity an alarm must have, to be reported
Edition 03
Parameter
Type
Description
- major : major
- critical : critical
Command Output
Table 5.3-3 "SHub Trap Manager Configuration Command" Display parameters
Specific Information
name
row-status
Type
Description
<WaitRowStatus>
the status of the instance
This element is only shown in detail mode.
- active : instance is in use
- not-in-service : instance exists but is not
used
- not-ready : instance exists but can not be
used
Released
53
6- Equipment Configuration Commands
6.1 Slot Configuration Command

6.2 Applique Configuration Command
6.3 Protection Group Configuration Command
6.5 ISAM Configuration Command
6.6 Rack Configuration Command
6.7 Shelf Configuration Command
54
Released
6-55
6-56
6-57
6-58
6-59
6-60
6-61
Edition 03
6 Equipment Configuration Commands
6.1 Slot Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a slot.
The slot is identified by the physical slot number. The left-most slot in the shelf is number 1. The following
parameters can be configured for the slot:
planned-type: the unit type that will be inserted into the slot. The not-planned parameter indicates that a unit
will not be inserted into that slot.
power-down: the operator can power-up or power-down slots. This is only applicable to LSM.
unlock: the operator can lock or unlock a unit. A unit in thelocked state cannot be used. This attribute is only
supported for the NT (the system will refuse to lock the NT of a simplex system), EXT, and a managed LSM.
overrule-sw: the operator can overrule the default software version for this unit. This is only supported for
managed LSMs.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges, and executed by operators with equipment
privileges.
Command Syntax
> configure equipment slot (index) [ no planned-type | planned-type ][ no power-down |
power-down ][ no unlock | unlock ]
Command Parameters
Table 6.1-1 "Slot Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/ the physical number of the slot
<Eqpt::Slot>
<Eqpt::Rack>=
range:
[1...1]/
<Eqpt::Shelf>=
range:
[1...1]/
<Eqpt::Slot>= range: [1...21]
Table 6.1-2 "Slot Configuration Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
Type
Description
[ no ] power-down
Possible values are depending on the

actual configuration and software,values
can be shown at online-help.
<Equipm::SlotPowerStatus>
[ no ] unlock
<Equipm::BoardAdminStatus>
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"not-planned"
type of board intended to be in this position
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"nopower-down"
used to power-up or power-down an LSM slot (not
supported for other type of slots)
optional parameter with default value: "lock"
changes the administration-status to unlock
[ no ] planned-type
Released
55
6.2 Applique Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure an applique.
The applique is identified by the physical slot number. The left-most slot in the shelf is number 1. The following
parameter can be configured for the slot:
planned-type: the applique type to be inserted into the slot. The not-planned parameter indicates that an
applique will not be inserted into that slot.
User Level
privileges.
Command Syntax
> configure equipment applique (index) [ no planned-type | planned-type ]
Command Parameters
Table 6.2-1 "Applique Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/ the physical number of the applique
<Eqpt::Applique>
<Eqpt::Rack>=
range:
[1...1]/
<Eqpt::Shelf>=
range:
[1...1]/
<Eqpt::Applique>= range: [1...21]
Table 6.2-2 "Applique Configuration Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
Type
[ no ] planned-type
56
Description
Possible values are depending on the optional

parameter
with
default
value:
actual configuration and software,values "not-planned"
type of applique intended to be in this position
Released
Edition 03
6.3 Protection Group Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a protection group.
The protection group is identified by the eqptProtGroupId attribute. The value 1 is reserved for the extension chain
protection group which is always present and cannot be deleted.
The protection group is identified by an index, the value 1 is reserved for the extension chain protection
group,which is always present and cannot be deleted.
User Level
privileges.
Command Syntax
> configure equipment protection-group (index) [ no admin-status | admin-status
<Equipm::PortGroupAdminStatus> ][ no eps-quenchfactor | eps-quenchfactor <TimeTicks> ]
Command Parameters
Table 6.3-1 "Protection Group Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
<SignedInteger>
Index in eqpt Prot Group Table
Table 6.3-2 "Protection Group Configuration Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
[ no ] admin-status
[ no
eps-quenchfactor
Type
<Equipm::PortGroupAdminStatus>
- unlock : unlock
- lock : lock
] <TimeTicks>
unit: msec
Description
optional parameter with default value: "unlock"
changes the administration-status to lock or unlock
optional parameter with default value: "1440000"
timervalue of quenching mechanism
Released
57

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a protection element.
The protection group is identified by the eqptProtGroupId attribute. The value 1 is reserved for the extension chain
protection group which is always present and cannot be deleted.
The redcy-ctrl-status parameter is used to force a switchover between elements of a protection group or to keep one
of the elements active. The forced-active parameter indicates that the NTA or NTB slot is configured as active.
User Level
privileges.
Command Syntax
> configure equipment protection-element (index) [ no redcy-ctrl-status |
redcy-ctrl-status <Equipm::ProtElementRedcyCtrlStatus> ]
Command Parameters
Table 6.4-1 "Protection Element Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/ Index in eqpt Prot Element Table
<Eqpt::Slot>
<Eqpt::Rack>=
range:
[1...1]/
<Eqpt::Shelf>=
range:
[1...1]/
Table 6.4-2 "Protection Element Configuration Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
Type
[ no
redcy-ctrl-status
58
] <Equipm::ProtElementRedcyCtrlStatus>
- normal : normal
- forced_active : forced active
Released
Description
optional parameter with default value: "normal"
changes the redcy-ctrl-status
Edition 03
6.5 ISAM Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the ISAM. The operator can configure the following parameter:
description: text that describes the location of the ISAM.
User Level
privileges.
Command Syntax
> configure equipment isam [ no description | description <Description-127> ]
Command Parameters
Table 6.5-2 "ISAM Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
[ no ] description
Type
Description
<Description-127>
length: x<127

any description to be used by the operator
Released
59
6.6 Rack Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the rack. The operator can configure the following parameter:
description: text that describes the location of the rack.
User Level
privileges.
Command Syntax
> configure equipment rack (index) [ no description | description <Description-127> ]
Command Parameters
Table 6.6-1 "Rack Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
range: [1...1]
the physcial position of the rack
Table 6.6-2 "Rack Configuration Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
[ no ] description
60
Type
Description
<Description-127>
length: x<127

Released
Edition 03
6.7 Shelf Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the shelf. The operator can configure the following parameters:
class: the classification of the shelf. The following shelf classes are supported:
- main-ethernet: supports Ethernet-based traffic. Shelves in this class can contain NT and LT units. There
must be at least one shelf of this class in the system.
- ext-ethernet: supports Ethernet-based traffic. Shelves in this class can only contain LT units.
planned-type: the type planned for this shelf. The not-planned parameter indicates that a shelf will not be
inserted at this position.
unlock: locks or unlocks the shelf.
description: text that describes the location of the shelf.
User Level
privileges.
Command Syntax
> configure equipment shelf (index) class <Equipm::ShelfClass> [ no planned-type |
planned-type ][ no unlock | unlock ][ no description | description <Description-127> ]
Command Parameters
Table 6.7-1 "Shelf Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
<Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf>
<Eqpt::Rack>=
range:
<Eqpt::Shelf>= range: [1...1]
Description
the physical identification of the shelf
[1...1]/
Table 6.7-2 "Shelf Configuration Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
class
[ no ] planned-type
[ no ] unlock
[ no ] description
Type
Description
<Equipm::ShelfClass>
optional parameter
the class to which the shelf belongs
Possible values are depending on the optional
parameter
with
default
value:
actual configuration and software,values "not-planned"
the planned type of the shelf
<Equipm::HolderAdminStatus>
optional parameter with default value: "lock"
changes the administration-status to unlock
<Description-127>
length: x<127
Released
61
7- xDSL Configuration Commands
7.1 xDSL Common Service Profile Configuration

Command
7.2 xDSL Common Spectrum Profile Configuration
Command
7.3 xDSL Spectrum Profile for ADSL/ADSL2 Configuration
Command
7.4 xDSL Spectrum Profile for RE-ADSL2 Configuration
Command
7.5 xDSL Spectrum Profile for ADSL2 Plus Configuration
Command
7.6 xDSL Spectrum Profile for VDSL Configuration
Command
7.7 xDSL Line Configuration Command
7.8 xDSL Line TCA Threshold Configuration Command
62
Released
7-63
7-65
7-68
7-70
7-72
7-74
7-77
7-80
Edition 03
7 xDSL Configuration Commands
7.1 xDSL Common Service Profile Configuration

Command
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the DSL service profile. The service profile groups all parameters on
DSL service level (data rates, Rate Adaption mode, delay, ...). The service parameters are common for all DSL
flavors.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges, and executed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
> configure xdsl [[no] service-profile (index) name <AsamProfileName> [(scope)
][version <SignedInteger> ][ no ra-mode-down | ra-mode-down <Xdsl::RAModeDownType> ][
no ra-mode-up | ra-mode-up <Xdsl::RAModeUpType> ][ no min-bitrate-down |
min-bitrate-down <Xdsl::BitRate> ][ no min-bitrate-up | min-bitrate-up <Xdsl::BitRate>
][ no plan-bitrate-down | plan-bitrate-down <Xdsl::BitRate> ][ no plan-bitrate-up |
plan-bitrate-up <Xdsl::BitRate> ][ no max-bitrate-down | max-bitrate-down
<Xdsl::BitRate> ][ no max-bitrate-up | max-bitrate-up <Xdsl::BitRate> ][ no
max-delay-down | max-delay-down <Xdsl::InterleavingDelay> ][ no max-delay-up |
max-delay-up <Xdsl::InterleavingDelay> ][ no imp-noise-prot-dn | imp-noise-prot-dn
<Xdsl::ImpNoiseProtection> ][ no imp-noise-prot-up | imp-noise-prot-up
<Xdsl::ImpNoiseProtection> ][ no activate | activate ]]
Command Parameters
Table 7.1-1 "xDSL Common Service Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
<Xdsl::ProfileIndex>
range: [1...100]
index of the profile
Table 7.1-2 "xDSL Common Service Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
name
(scope)
version
[ no ] ra-mode-down
Type
Description
<AsamProfileName>
range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_]length: 1<=x<32
<AsamProfileScope>
- local-profile : the local profile
- network-profile : the network profile
<SignedInteger>
mandatory parameter
profile name
optional parameter
scope of the profile
<Xdsl::RAModeDownType>
- operator-ctrld : operator controlled rate
adaptive mode in downstream
optional parameter
version maintained by manager, usually 1 for new
profile
optional parameter with default value: "automatic"
rate adaptation mode for down stream
Released
63
Parameter
Type
[ no ] ra-mode-up
[ no ]
min-bitrate-down
[ no ] min-bitrate-up
[ no ]
plan-bitrate-down
[ no ] plan-bitrate-up
[ no ]
max-bitrate-down
[ no ] max-bitrate-up
[ no
max-delay-down
[ no ] max-delay-up
[ no
imp-noise-prot-dn
[ no
imp-noise-prot-up
[ no ] activate
64
- automatic : automatic rate adaptive mode

at startup in downstream
<Xdsl::RAModeUpType>
- operator-ctrld : operator controlled rate
adaptive mode in upstream
- automatic : automatic rate adaptive mode
at startup in upstream
<Xdsl::BitRate>
range: [0...65535] unit: kbps
<Xdsl::BitRate>
<Xdsl::BitRate>
<Xdsl::BitRate>
<Xdsl::BitRate>
<Xdsl::BitRate>
<Xdsl::InterleavingDelay>
range: [1...63] unit: msec
<Xdsl::InterleavingDelay>
range: [1...63] unit: msec
] <Xdsl::ImpNoiseProtection>
range: [0...80] unit: 1/10 symbols
] <Xdsl::ImpNoiseProtection>
range: [0...80] unit: 1/10 symbols
<Xdsl::ActivateRowStatus>
Released
Description
rate adaptation mode for up stream

minimum downstream bit rate to be maintained
minimum upstream bit rate to be maintained
planned bitrate in downstream
planned bitrate in upstream
maximum bitrate in downstream
maximum bitrate in upstream
maximum delay for interleaving function in
downstream
maximum delay for interleaving function in
upstream
minimum impulse noise protection in downstream
minimum impulse noise protection in upstream
optional parameter with default value: "not-active"
The parameter is not visible during creation.
to activate the profile
Edition 03
7.2 xDSL Common Spectrum Profile Configuration

Command
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the DSL spectrum profile. The spectrum profiles groups all
parameters on DSL on physical level. These parameters are mainly related to the environmental conditions of the
line (spectrum management).
The Spectrum Configuration profile contains parameters which have a common value for all DSL flavors
(Common) and parameters which have a specific value depending on the DSL flavor used (ADSL1/2, READSL2,
ADSL2Plus, VDSL).
The specific values depending on the DSL flavor can be configured via:
configure xdsl spectrum-profile adsl-adsl2
configure xdsl spectrum-profile re-adsl
configure xdsl spectrum-profile adsl2-plus
configure xdsl spectrum-profile vdsl
The actual selected operating mode determines which set of DSL specific parameters is used. In case a common
parameter is not supported for a specific DSL flavor, this parameter will be ignored for that flavor.
When all the DSL specific flavors are configure the complete profile has to be activated.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure xdsl [[no] spectrum-profile (index) name <AsamProfileName> [(scope)
][version <SignedInteger> ][ no dis-ansi-t1413 | dis-ansi-t1413 ][ no dis-etsi-dts |
dis-etsi-dts ][ no dis-g992-1-a | dis-g992-1-a ][ no dis-g992-1-b | dis-g992-1-b ][ no
dis-g992-2-a | dis-g992-2-a ][ no dis-g992-3-a | dis-g992-3-a ][ no dis-g992-3-b |
dis-g992-3-b ][ no g992-3-l1 | g992-3-l1 ][ no g992-3-l2 | g992-3-l2 ][ no g992-3-am |
g992-3-am ][ no g992-5-a | g992-5-a ][ no g992-5-b | g992-5-b ][ no ansi-t1.424 |
ansi-t1.424 ][ no dis-etsi-ts | dis-etsi-ts ][ no itu-g993-1 | itu-g993-1 ][ no
ieee-802.3ah | ieee-802.3ah ][ no g992-5-am | g992-5-am ][ no min-noise-down |
min-noise-down <Xdsl::NoiseMargin> ][ no min-noise-up | min-noise-up
<Xdsl::NoiseMargin> ][ no trgt-noise-down | trgt-noise-down <Xdsl::NoiseMargin> ][ no
trgt-noise-up | trgt-noise-up <Xdsl::NoiseMargin> ][ no max-noise-down |
max-noise-down <Xdsl::NoiseMarginPlus> ][ no max-noise-up | max-noise-up
<Xdsl::NoiseMarginPlus> ][ no carrier-mask-down | carrier-mask-down
<Xdsl::CarrierMaskDown> ][ no carrier-mask-up | carrier-mask-up <Xdsl::CarrierMaskUp>
][ no rf-band-list | rf-band-list <Xdsl::RFBand> ][ no modification | modification
<Xdsl::ModifyStatus> ][ no activate | activate ]]
Command Parameters
Table 7.2-1 "xDSL Common Spectrum Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
range: [1...100]
index of the profile.
Released
65
Table 7.2-2 "xDSL Common Spectrum Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
Type
Description
mandatory parameter
profile name
optional parameter
version
<AsamProfileName>
<AsamProfileScope>
<SignedInteger>
[ no ] dis-ansi-t1413
<Xdsl::T1413>
[ no ] dis-etsi-dts
<Xdsl::Etsidts>
[ no ] dis-g992-1-a
<Xdsl::G21potsnos>
[ no ] dis-g992-1-b
<Xdsl::G21isdnnos>
[ no ] dis-g992-2-a
<Xdsl::G22potsnos>
[ no ] dis-g992-3-a
<Xdsl::G23potsnos>
[ no ] dis-g992-3-b
<Xdsl::G23isdnnos>
[ no ] g992-3-l1
<Xdsl::G23PotsnosUs1>
[ no ] g992-3-l2
<Xdsl::G23PotsNosUs2>
[ no ] g992-3-am
<Xdsl::G23ExtPotsNos>
[ no ] g992-5-a
<Xdsl::G25PotsNos>
[ no ] g992-5-b
<Xdsl::G25IsdnNos>
[ no ] ansi-t1.424
<Xdsl::AnsiT1424>
[ no ] dis-etsi-ts
<Xdsl::EtsiTs>
[ no ] itu-g993-1
<Xdsl::ItuG9931>
[ no ] ieee-802.3ah
<Xdsl::Ieee802.3Ah>
[ no ] g992-5-am
name
(scope)
66
Released
optional parameter
profile
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"ansi-t1413-1998"
ANSI T1.413-1998
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"etsi-dts-tm06006"
ETSI DTS/TM06006
optional parameter with default value: "g992-1-a"
G.992.1 POTS non-overlapped spectrum
optional parameter with default value: "g992-1-b"
G.992.1 ISDN non-overlapped spectrum
optional parameter with default value: "g992-3-b"
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"dis-g992-3-l1"
G.992.3 POTS non-overlapped spectrum US mask
1
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"dis-g992-3-l2"
2
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"dis-g992-3-am"
G.992.3 extended POTS with non-overlapped
spectrum
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"dis-g992-5-a"
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"dis-g992-5-b"
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"dis-ansi-t1.424"
ansi T1.424
optional parameter with default value: "etsi-ts"
ETSI TS 101 270
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"dis-itu-g993-1"
ITU G993-1
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"dis-ieee-802.3ah"
IEEE 802.3ah
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
Edition 03
Parameter
Type
[ no ] <Xdsl::NoiseMargin>
min-noise-down
range: [0...310] unit: 1/10 db
[ no ] min-noise-up
<Xdsl::NoiseMargin>
range: [0...310] unit: 1/10 db
[ no ] <Xdsl::NoiseMargin>
trgt-noise-down
range: [0...310] unit: 1/10 db
[ no ] trgt-noise-up
<Xdsl::NoiseMargin>
range: [0...310] unit: 1/10 db
[ no ] <Xdsl::NoiseMarginPlus>
max-noise-down
range: [0...310,511] unit: 1/10 db
[ no ] max-noise-up
<Xdsl::NoiseMarginPlus>
range: [0...310,511] unit: 1/10 db
[ no ] <Xdsl::CarrierMaskDown>
carrier-mask-down
length: 64
[
carrier-mask-up
no
] <Xdsl::CarrierMaskUp>
length: 8
[ no ] rf-band-list
<Xdsl::RFBand>
length: x<40
[ no ] modification
<Xdsl::ModifyStatus>
- start : to start modifying the profile
- cancel : to cancel the modifications done
- complete : to complete the modifications
[ no ] activate
Description
"dis-g992-5-am"
G.992.5 extended POTS non-overlapped spectrum
minimum noise margin in downstream
minimum noise margin in upstream
target noise margin in downstream
maximum noise margin in upstream
target noise margin in downstream
maximum noise margin in upstream
optional parameter with default value: "00 : 00 :
00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 :
00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 :
00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 :
00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 :
00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 :
00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00"
the downstream carrier mask pattern
00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00"
the upstream carrier mask pattern
07 : d0 : 19 : 0d : ac : 0e : d8 : 19 : 1b : 58 : 1b :
bc : 19 : 27 : 74 : 27 : a6 : 19"
list of RF bands
optional parameter with default value: "complete"
to modify the profile

Released
67
7.3 xDSL Spectrum Profile for ADSL/ADSL2

Configuration Command
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the ADSL and ADSL2 specific part of the DSL spectrum profile. The
spectrum profiles groups all parameters on DSL on physical level. These parameters are mainly related to the
environmental conditions of the line (spectrum management).
The Spectrum Configuration Profile contains parameters which have a common value for all DSL flavors
ADSL2Plus, VDSL).
This chapter contains the ADSL-ADSL2 flavor specific parameters.
Note: the activation of the profile has to be done via configure xdsl spectrum-profile.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure xdsl spectrum-profile (index) adsl-adsl2 [ no proprietary-feat |
proprietary-feat ][ no max-agpowlev-down | max-agpowlev-down <Xdsl::PowerLevel> ][ no
max-agpowlev-up | max-agpowlev-up <Xdsl::PowerLevel> ][ no max-psd-down | max-psd-down
<Xdsl::Adsl2PowerSpectralDensityDown> ][ no max-psd-up | max-psd-up
<Xdsl::Adsl2PowerSpectralDensityUp> ][ no pbo-mode | pbo-mode ][ no max-recv-power-up
| max-recv-power-up <Xdsl::RxPowerLevel> ]
Command Parameters
Table 7.3-1 "xDSL Spectrum Profile for ADSL/ADSL2 Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
range: [1...100]
Table 7.3-2 "xDSL Spectrum Profile for ADSL/ADSL2 Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter
Type
[ no ] proprietary-feat
Description
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"no-proprietary"
enable proprietary features of the modem
[ no ] <Xdsl::PowerLevel>
max-agpowlev-down
range: [0...255] unit: 1/10 * dBm
maximum aggregate power allowed in downstream
max-agpowlev-up
range: [0...255] unit: 1/10 * dBm
maximum aggregate power allowed in upstream
[ no ] max-psd-down <Xdsl::Adsl2PowerSpectralDensityDown> optional parameter with default value: -400
68
<Xdsl::FeatureDisable>
Released
Edition 03
Parameter
Type
Description
range: [-600...-400] unit: 1/10 * dBm/Hz
maximum power spectral density allowed in

downstream
optional parameter with default value: -380
upstream
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"pbo-mode-down"
upstream power backoff mode
the maximum receive power allowed in upstream
[ no ] max-psd-up
<Xdsl::Adsl2PowerSpectralDensityUp>
range: [-600...-380] unit: 1/10 * dBm/Hz
[ no ] pbo-mode
<Xdsl::PboMode>
[ no
max-recv-power-up
] <Xdsl::RxPowerLevel>
range: [-255...255]
Released
69
7.4 xDSL Spectrum Profile for RE-ADSL2

Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the Reach Extented ADSL2 specific part of the DSL spectrum profile.
The spectrum profiles groups all parameters on DSL on physical level. These parameters are mainly related to the
ADSL2Plus, VDSL).
This chapter contains the Reach Extended DSL2 flavor specific parameters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure xdsl spectrum-profile (index) re-adsl [ no proprietary-feat |
proprietary-feat ][ no max-agpowlev-down | max-agpowlev-down <Xdsl::PowerLevel> ][ no
<Xdsl::ReAdsl2PowerSpectralDensityDown> ][ no max-psd-up | max-psd-up
<Xdsl::ReAdsl2PowerSpectralDensityUp> ][ no pbo-mode | pbo-mode ][ no
max-recv-power-up | max-recv-power-up <Xdsl::RxPowerLevel> ]
Command Parameters
Table 7.4-1 "xDSL Spectrum Profile for RE-ADSL2 Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
range: [1...100]
Table 7.4-2 "xDSL Spectrum Profile for RE-ADSL2 Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter
Type
Description
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"no-proprietary"
max-agpowlev-down
range: [0...255] unit: 1/10 * dBm
max-agpowlev-up
range: [0...255] unit: 1/10 * dBm
[ no ] max-psd-down <Xdsl::ReAdsl2PowerSpectralDensityDown>optional parameter with default value: -370
70
Released
Edition 03
Parameter
Type
Description
range: [-600...-370] unit: 1/10 * dBm/Hz
[ no ] max-psd-up
[ no ] pbo-mode
[ no
max-recv-power-up

downstream
<Xdsl::ReAdsl2PowerSpectralDensityUp> optional parameter with default value: -329
range: [-600...-329] unit: 1/10 * dBm/Hz
upstream
<Xdsl::PboMode>
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"pbo-mode-down"
range: [-255...255]
Released
71
7.5 xDSL Spectrum Profile for ADSL2 Plus

Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the ADSL2-plus specific part of the DSL spectrum profile. The
spectrum profiles groups all parameters on DSL on physical level. These parameters are mainly related to the
ADSL2Plus, VDSL).
This chapter contains the ADSL2-plus flavor specific parameters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure xdsl spectrum-profile (index) adsl2-plus [ no proprietaty-feat |
proprietaty-feat ][ no max-agpowlev-down | max-agpowlev-down <Xdsl::PowerLevel> ][ no
<Xdsl::Adsl2PowerSpectralDensityDown> ][ no max-psd-up | max-psd-up
<Xdsl::Adsl2PowerSpectralDensityUp> ][ no pbo-mode | pbo-mode ][ no max-recv-power-up
| max-recv-power-up <Xdsl::RxPowerLevel> ]
Command Parameters
Table 7.5-1 "xDSL Spectrum Profile for ADSL2 Plus Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
range: [1...100]
Table 7.5-2 "xDSL Spectrum Profile for ADSL2 Plus Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter
Type
[ no ] proprietaty-feat
Description
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"no-proprietary"
max-agpowlev-down
range: [0...255] unit: 1/10 * dBm
max-agpowlev-up
range: [0...255] unit: 1/10 * dBm
[ no ] max-psd-down <Xdsl::Adsl2PowerSpectralDensityDown> optional parameter with default value: -400
72
Released
Edition 03
Parameter
Type
Description
range: [-600...-400] unit: 1/10 * dBm/Hz

downstream
optional parameter with default value: -380
upstream
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"pbo-mode-down"
[ no ] max-psd-up
<Xdsl::Adsl2PowerSpectralDensityUp>
range: [-600...-380] unit: 1/10 * dBm/Hz
[ no ] pbo-mode
<Xdsl::PboMode>
[ no
max-recv-power-up
range: [-255...255]
Released
73
7.6 xDSL Spectrum Profile for VDSL Configuration

Command
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the VDSL specific part of the DSL spectrum profile. The spectrum
profiles groups all parameters on DSL on physical level. These parameters are mainly related to the environmental
conditions of the line (spectrum management).
ADSL2Plus, VDSL).
This chapter contains the VDSL flavor specific parameters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure xdsl spectrum-profile (index) vdsl [ no proprietary-feat |
proprietary-feat ][ no vdsl-band-plan | vdsl-band-plan <Xdsl::VdslBandPlan> ][ no
optional-band | optional-band <Xdsl::OptionalBandUsage> ][ no optional-endfreq |
optional-endfreq <Xdsl::OptionalBandEndFreq> ][ no adsl-band | adsl-band ][ no
max-agpowlev-down | max-agpowlev-down <Xdsl::VdslPowerLevel> ][ no max-agpowlev-up |
max-agpowlev-up <Xdsl::VdslPowerLevel> ][ no psd-shape-down | psd-shape-down
<Xdsl::VdslPsdShapeDown> ][ no psd-shape-up | psd-shape-up <Xdsl::VdslPsdShapeUp> ][
no pbo-mode | pbo-mode ][ no recv-psd-shape-up | recv-psd-shape-up
<Xdsl::RxVdslPsdShapeUp> ]
Command Parameters
Table 7.6-1 "xDSL Spectrum Profile for VDSL Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
range: [1...100]
Table 7.6-2 "xDSL Spectrum Profile for VDSL Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
Type
[ no ] vdsl-band-plan
74
Description
optional
parameter
with
default
"no-proprietary"
proprietary features of the modem
<Xdsl::VdslBandPlan>
optional
parameter
with
default
"band-plan-b3"
- band-plan-a4 : 4 bands of frequency 998 the VDSL band plan
(ITU-T)
- band-plan-a3 : 3 bands of frequency 998
Released
Edition 03
value:
value:
Parameter
Type
- band-plan-a2 : 2 bands of frequency 998

- band-plan-b4 : 4 bands of frequency 997
(ITU-T)
- a3-china : 3 bands of china band plan 1
- a2-china : 2 bands of china band plan 1
- b3-china : 3 bands of china band plan 2
- b2-china : 2 bands of china band plan 2
[ no ] optional-band
<Xdsl::OptionalBandUsage>
- off : usage of optional band is not
allowed
- up : optional band can be used for
upstream
- down : optional band can be used for
downstream
[ no ] <Xdsl::OptionalBandEndFreq>
optional-endfreq
range: [138...276]
[ no ] adsl-band
<Xdsl::AdslBandUsage>
[ no
max-agpowlev-down
[ no
max-agpowlev-up
[ no
psd-shape-down
Description
optional parameter with default value: "off"

optional band Usage

optional band end frequency
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"adsl-band-notallowed"
adsl band Usage
] <Xdsl::VdslPowerLevel>
range: [-310...255] unit: 1/10 * dBm
maximum power allowed on the line in
downstream
] <Xdsl::VdslPowerLevel>
range: [-310...255] unit: 1/10 * dBm
maximum power allowed on the line in upstream
] <Xdsl::VdslPsdShapeDown>
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"etsi-p-cab-m1"
- ansi-ftt-ex-m1 : ANSI standard spectral power spectral density shape in downstream
density in downstream
- ansi-ftt-ex-m2 : ANSI standard spectral
- ansi-ftt-cab-m1 : ANSI standard spectral
- ansi-ftt-cab-m2 : ANSI standard spectral
- etsi-p-ex-p1-m1 : ETSI standard spectral
- etsi-p-cab-m1 : ETSI standard spectral
- etsi-p-cab-m2 : ETSI standard spectral
- etsi-p-ex-m2-s1 : ETSI proprietary
spectral density in downstream
Released
75
Parameter
[ no ] psd-shape-up
[ no ] pbo-mode
[ no
recv-psd-shape-up
76
Type
Description
<Xdsl::VdslPsdShapeUp>
- ansi-ftt-ex-m1 : ANSI standard
density in upstream
- ansi-ftt-ex-m2 : ANSI standard
density in upstream
- ansi-ftt-cab-m1 : ANSI standard
density in upstream
- ansi-ftt-cab-m2 : ANSI standard
density in upstream
- etsi-p-m1 : ETSI standard
density in upstream
- etsi-p-m2 : ETSI standard
density in upstream
<Xdsl::PboMode>
optional parameter with default value: "etsi-p-m1"

power spectral density shape in upstream
spectral
spectral
spectral
spectral
spectral
spectral
] <Xdsl::RxVdslPsdShapeUp>
- ansi-a : ansi standard spectral density
shape in upstream
- ansi-f : ansi standard spectral density
shape in upstream
- ansi-custom-ex : ansi custom spectral
density shape in upstream
- ansi-custom-cab : ansi custom spectral
- etsi-a : etsi standard spectral density
shape in upstream
- etsi-b : etsi standard spectral density
shape in upstream
- etsi-c : etsi standard spectral density
shape in upstream
- etsi-d : etsi standard spectral density
shape in upstream
- etsi-e : etsi standard spectral density
shape in upstream
- etsi-f : etsi standard spectral density
shape in upstream
- etsi-custom-ex : etsi custom spectral
- etsi-custom-cab : etsi custom standard
spectral density shape in upstream
Released
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"pbo-mode-up"
optional parameter with default value: "etsi-a"
the reference RX PSD shape for upstream
Edition 03
7.7 xDSL Line Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the oparetor to configure the xDSL line.
For the configuration one should associate a spectrum and a service profile to the line. The op-mode controls the
operational modes allowed on the line. It can be used to disable an operational mode that is enabled in the
spectrum profile but is not allowed on the line. It uses the same bitmap coding as op-mode in the xDSL
spectrum-profile.'0' is used as special value to indicate that all the modes supported by the line are allowed.
The modes which are not supported by the line must be disabled.
An operational mode is allowed on the line when it is enabled in the op-mode of the line configuration and the
op-mode in the xDSL spectrum-profile.
The configuration of the TCA line threshold is part of the XDSL line configuration. This can be configured by the
following command: configure xdsl line (if-index) tca-line-threshold.
To deconfigure a line the service-profile and spectrum-profile has to be put to 0.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure xdsl line (if-index) service-profile <AsamProfilePointer> spectrum-profile
<AsamProfilePointer> [ no ansi-t1413 | ansi-t1413 ][ no etsi-dts | etsi-dts ][ no
g992-1-a | g992-1-a ][ no g992-1-b | g992-1-b ][ no g992-2-a | g992-2-a ][ no g992-3-a
| g992-3-a ][ no g992-3-b | g992-3-b ][ no g992-3-l1 | g992-3-l1 ][ no g992-3-l2 |
g992-3-l2 ][ no g992-3-am | g992-3-am ][ no g992-5-a | g992-5-a ][ no g992-5-b |
g992-5-b ][ no ansi-t1.424 | ansi-t1.424 ][ no etsi-ts | etsi-ts ][ no itu-g993-1 |
itu-g993-1 ][ no ieee-802.3ah | ieee-802.3ah ][ no g992-5-am | g992-5-am ][ no
carrier-data-mode | carrier-data-mode <Xdsl::CarrierDataMode> ][ no admin-up |
admin-up ][ no bonding-mode | bonding-mode <Xdsl::BondingMode> ]
Command Parameters
Table 7.7-1 "xDSL Line Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
Type
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
<Eqpt::LtSlot> / <Eqpt::Port>
Description
/ interface index of the port
Table 7.7-2 "xDSL Line Configuration Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
service-profile
spectrum-profile
[ no ] ansi-t1413
Type
Description
<AsamProfilePointer>
range: [0...65535]
<AsamProfilePointer>
range: [0...65535]
<Xdsl::T1413>
optional parameter
service profile to be configured on this port
optional parameter
spectrum profile to be configured on this port
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"dis-ansi-t1413-1998"
ANSI T1.413-1998
Released
77
Parameter
Type
Description
[ no ] etsi-dts
<Xdsl::Etsidts>
[ no ] g992-1-a
<Xdsl::G21potsnos>
[ no ] g992-1-b
<Xdsl::G21isdnnos>
[ no ] g992-2-a
<Xdsl::G22potsnos>
[ no ] g992-3-a
<Xdsl::G23potsnos>
[ no ] g992-3-b
<Xdsl::G23isdnnos>
[ no ] g992-3-l1
[ no ] g992-3-l2
[ no ] g992-3-am
[ no ] g992-5-a
<Xdsl::G25PotsNos>
[ no ] g992-5-b
<Xdsl::G25IsdnNos>
[ no ] ansi-t1.424
<Xdsl::AnsiT1424>
[ no ] etsi-ts
<Xdsl::EtsiTs>
[ no ] itu-g993-1
<Xdsl::ItuG9931>
[ no ] ieee-802.3ah
<Xdsl::Ieee802.3Ah>
[ no ] g992-5-am
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"dis-etsi-dts-tm06006"
ETSI DTS/TM06006
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"dis-g992-1-a"
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"dis-g992-1-b"
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"dis-g992-2-a"
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"dis-g992-3-a"
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"dis-g992-3-b"
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"dis-g992-3-l1"
1
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"dis-g992-3-l2"
2
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"dis-g992-3-am"
spectrum
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"dis-g992-5-a"
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"dis-g992-5-b"
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"dis-ansi-t1.424"
ansi T1.424
optional parameter with default value: "dis-etsi-ts"
ETSI TS 101 270
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"dis-itu-g993-1"
ITU G993-1
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"dis-ieee-802.3ah"
IEEE 802.3ah
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"dis-g992-5-am"
optional parameter with default value: "off"
carrier data measurement collection
[ no
carrier-data-mode
[ no ] admin-up
78
] <Xdsl::CarrierDataMode>
- off : disable the collection
- on : enable the collection
- on-init : enable and re-initialize the line
<Xdsl::LineAdminStatus>
Released
optional
parameter
"admin-down"
with
default
Edition 03
value:
Parameter
[ no ] bonding-mode
Type
Description
adminstrative status of the xdsl line

<Xdsl::BondingMode>
optional
parameter
with
default
"native-bonding"
- native-bonding : native bonding mode channel-1 bonding mode
for channel-1
- atm-bonding : atm bonding mode for
channel-1
Released
79
value:
7.8 xDSL Line TCA Threshold Configuration

Command
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the Threshold Crossing Alert (TCA) thresholds. The configuration
is specific per xdsl line.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure xdsl line (if-index) tca-line-threshold [ no enable | enable ][ no
es-nearend | es-nearend <Xdsl::IntervalTcaThreshold> ][ no ses-nearend | ses-nearend
<Xdsl::IntervalTcaThreshold> ][ no uas-nearend | uas-nearend
<Xdsl::IntervalTcaThreshold> ][ no es-day-nearend | es-day-nearend
<Xdsl::DayTcaThreshold> ][ no ses-day-nearend | ses-day-nearend
<Xdsl::DayTcaThreshold> ][ no uas-day-nearend | uas-day-nearend
<Xdsl::DayTcaThreshold> ][ no es-farend | es-farend <Xdsl::IntervalTcaThreshold> ][ no
ses-farend | ses-farend <Xdsl::IntervalTcaThreshold> ][ no uas-farend | uas-farend
<Xdsl::IntervalTcaThreshold> ][ no es-day-farend | es-day-farend
<Xdsl::DayTcaThreshold> ][ no ses-day-farend | ses-day-farend <Xdsl::DayTcaThreshold>
][ no uas-day-farend | uas-day-farend <Xdsl::DayTcaThreshold> ]
Command Parameters
Table 7.8-1 "xDSL Line TCA Threshold Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
Type
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
Description
Table 7.8-2 "xDSL Line TCA Threshold Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
[ no ] enable
Type
Description
<Xdsl::TcaEnable>
optional parameter with default value: "disable"

enable the reporting of TCA's for this XDSL line
errored seconds at the near end
severely errored seconds at the near end
unavailable seconds at the near end
errored seconds at the near end for a day
severely errored seconds at the near end for a day
unavailable seconds at the near end for a day
[ no ] es-nearend
<Xdsl::IntervalTcaThreshold>
range: [0...900]
[ no ] ses-nearend
range: [0...900]
[ no ] uas-nearend
range: [0...900]
[ no ] es-day-nearend <Xdsl::DayTcaThreshold>
range: [0...86400]
[ no ] <Xdsl::DayTcaThreshold>
ses-day-nearend
range: [0...86400]
[ no ] <Xdsl::DayTcaThreshold>
uas-day-nearend
range: [0...86400]
80
Released
Edition 03
Parameter
[ no ] es-farend
[ no ] ses-farend
[ no ] uas-farend
[ no ] es-day-farend
[ no ] ses-day-farend
[ no ] uas-day-farend
Type
Description
range: [0...900]
range: [0...900]
range: [0...900]
<Xdsl::DayTcaThreshold>
range: [0...86400]
range: [0...86400]
range: [0...86400]

errored seconds at the far end
severely errored seconds at the far end
unavailable seconds at the far end
errored seconds at the far end for a day
severely errored seconds at the far end for a day
unavailable seconds at the far end for a day
Released
81
8- ATM Configuration Commands
8.1 ATM PVC Configuration Command
82
Released
8-83
Edition 03
8 ATM Configuration Commands
8.1 ATM PVC Configuration Command

Command Description
This command configures an ATM PVC.
The admin status will allow or disallow traffic flowing on the PVC
The encapsulation type configures the way higher layer traffic is encapsulated in the AAL5 container.
The "LLC Encapsulation" method allows multiplexing of multiple protocols over a single ATM virtual connection
(VC). The protocol type of each PDU is identified by a prefixed IEEE 802.2 Logical Link Control (LLC) header.
In the "VC Multiplexing" method, each ATM VC carries PDUs of exactly one protocol type. When multiple
protocols need to be transported, there is a separate VC for each.
Usage of the encapsulations :
llc-snap and vc-mux-bridged-8023 can be used for cross-connects, ibridge, PPPoE and IPoE
llc-snap-routed and vc-mux-routed can be used for IPoA
llc-nlpid and vc-mux-pppoa can be used for PPPoA
It is also possible to automatically detect the used encapsulation type on the link.
automatic:ip is used for auto-detection between llc-snap, vc-mux-bridged-8023, llc-snap-routed and
vc-mux-routed
automatic:ppp is used for auto-detection between llc-snap, vc-mux-bridged-8023, llc-nlpid and vc-mux-pppoa
automatic:pppoa is used for auto-detection between llc-nlpid and vc-mux-pppoa.
The only encapsulation type supported on L2 LT's is llc-snap.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with atm privileges, and executed by operators with atm privileges.
Command Syntax
> configure atm [[no] pvc (port-index) [ no admin-down | admin-down ][ no
aal5-encap-type | aal5-encap-type llc-snap | llc-snap-routed | llc-nlpid |
vc-mux-bridged-8023 | vc-mux-routed | vc-mux-pppoa | automatic : ip | ppp | pppoa ]]
Command Parameters
Table 8.1-1 "ATM PVC Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port-index)
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/ the atm static Interface with vpi and vci
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
:
<Atm::DefaultVpi> : <Atm::DefaultVci>
Table 8.1-2 "ATM PVC Configuration Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
[ no ] admin-down
Type
Description
<Atm::adminStatus>
optional parameter with default value: "admin-up"

enables or disables the traffic flow
Released
83
8 ATM Configuration Commands
Parameter
[
aal5-encap-type
84
Type
no
] llc-snap | llc-snap-routed | llc-nlpid |

vc-mux-bridged-8023 | vc-mux-routed |
vc-mux-pppoa | automatic : ip | ppp |
pppoa
- llc-snap : logical link control
encapsulation bridged protocol
- llc-snap-routed : logical link control
encapsulation routed protocol
- llc-nlpid : logical link control
encapsulation pppoa protocol
- vc-mux-bridged-8023 : virtual channel
multiplex bridged protocol
- vc-mux-routed : virtual channel
multiplex routed protocol
- vc-mux-pppoa : virtual channel
multiplex pppoa protocol
- automatic : automatic detection of
encapsulation type
- ip : autodetection of the used ip
encapsulation
- ppp : autodetection of the used ppp
encapsulation
- pppoa : autodetection of the used pppoa
encapsulation
Released
Description
optional parameter with default value: "llc-snap"
describes the different encapsulations methods for
carrying network interconnect traffic over AAL
type 5 over ATM
Edition 03
9- Interface Management Configuration Commands
9.1 Network Interface Configuration Command

9.2 Extend Interface Configuration Command
9.3 Interface Alarm Configuration Command
9.4 SHub Management Interface Configuration Command
9.5 SHub IP Configuration Command
9.6 SHub Multi-Network Configuration Command
9.7 SHub ICMP Configuration Command
9.8 SHub Port Control Configuration Command
9.9 SHub Interface Uplink Group Configuration Command
9.10 SHub Interface Uplink Group Portlist Configuration
Command
9-86
9-88
9-89
9-90
9-91
9-92
9-93
9-94
9-96
9-97
Released
85
9 Interface Management Configuration Commands
9.1 Network Interface Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure interface management parameters.
User Level
privileges.
Command Syntax
> configure interface port (port) [ no (admin-up) ][ no (link-updown-trap) ][ no user
| user <Itf::asamIfExtCustomerId> ][ no severity | severity
<Itf::asamIfExtAlmReportingSeverity> ]
Command Parameters
Table 9.1-1 "Network Interface Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
86
Type
Description
xdsl-line : <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / the interface index

<Eqpt::LtSlot> / <Eqpt::Port> | slip :
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/
<Eqpt::NtSlot> | ethernet : <Eqpt::Rack> /
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/
<Eqpt::NtSlot>
:
<Itf::EthernetId>
|
pppoeses
:
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
:
<Atm::DefaultVci>
:
<PPPoE::LogicalSesId> | <Eqpt::Rack> /
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
|
xdsl-channel
:
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/
<Eqpt::LtSlot> / <Eqpt::Port> | atm-if :
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/
<Eqpt::LtSlot> / <Eqpt::Port> | atm-pvc :
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
:
<Atm::DefaultVpi> : <Atm::DefaultVci> |
bridge-port
:
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port> : <Atm::DefaultVpi> :
<Atm::DefaultVci>
|
pppoe
:
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
:
l2-vlan : <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> /
<Eqpt::NtSlot> : <Vlan::VlanIndex> | ip :
Released
Edition 03
Resource Identifier
Type
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
<Eqpt::NtSlot> : <Ip::LogicalId>
sw-loopback
:
<Eqpt::Rack>
<Eqpt::Shelf> / <Eqpt::NtSlot>
Description
/
|
/
Table 9.1-2 "Network Interface Configuration Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
[ no ] (admin-up)
[ no
(link-updown-trap)
[ no ] user
[ no ] severity
Type
Description
<Itf::ifAdminStatus>
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"admin-down"
the desired state of the interface
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"no-link-updown-trap"
indicate whether link-up/link-down traps should be
generated
optional parameter with default value: "available"
description of the user connected to this interface
optional parameter with default value: "default"
set minimum severity for alarm to be reported
] <Itf::ifLinkUpDownTrapEnable>
<Itf::asamIfExtCustomerId>
length: x<32
<Itf::asamIfExtAlmReportingSeverity>
severity
- no-alarms : do not report alarm
- default : take default as specified in
asamIfExtAlmReportingSeverityDefaultTable
Released
87
9.2 Extend Interface Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure extended interface management parameters.
User Level
privileges.
Command Syntax
> configure interface atm-pvc (pvc-index) [ no customer-id | customer-id
<Itf::asamIfExtCustomerId> ]
Command Parameters
Table 9.2-1 "Extend Interface Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(pvc-index)
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/ the ATM PVC interface index
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
:
Table 9.2-2 "Extend Interface Configuration Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
[ no ] customer-id
88
Type
Description
<Itf::asamIfExtCustomerId>
length: x<32
optional parameter with default value: "available"

Config the customerId per PVC
Released
Edition 03
9.3 Interface Alarm Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the default severity for an alarm on this type of interface.
User Level
privileges.
Command Syntax
> configure interface alarm (index) [ no default-severity | default-severity
<Itf::asamIfExtAlmReportingSeverityDefault> ]
Command Parameters
Table 9.3-1 "Interface Alarm Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
<Itf::AlarmItfType>
index of the IANA ifType
Table 9.3-2 "Interface Alarm Configuration Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
Type
Description
[ no ] default-severity <Itf::asamIfExtAlmReportingSeverityDefault>
optional parameter with default value: "major"
default severity to be reported
severity
Released
89
9.4 SHub Management Interface Configuration

Command
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure parameters related to SHub interface management.
User Level
privileges.
Command Syntax
> configure interface shub [[no] vlan-id (vlan-id) [ no mtu | mtu <Shub::ifMainMtu> ][
no admin-status | admin-status <Shub::AdminStatus> ]]
Command Parameters
Table 9.4-1 "SHub Management Interface Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(vlan-id)
Type
Description
<Vlan::VlanOamIndex>
range: [1...4093]
vlan id
Table 9.4-2 "SHub Management Interface Configuration Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
[ no ] mtu
[ no ] admin-status
90
Type
Description
<Shub::ifMainMtu>
range: [90...9100]
<Shub::AdminStatus>
- up : up
- down : down
- auto-up : autoup

MTU for the vlan interface
optional parameter with default value: "down"
administrative state of the vlan interface
Released
Edition 03
9.5 SHub IP Configuration Command

Command Description
This node allows the operator to configure IP parameters related to SHub.
User Level
privileges.
Command Syntax
> configure interface shub ip (vlan-id) vrf-id <Vrf::ShubVrfID>
Command Parameters
Table 9.5-1 "SHub IP Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(vlan-id)
Type
Description
range: [1...4093]
vlan id
Table 9.5-2 "SHub IP Configuration Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
vrf-id
Type
Description
<Vrf::ShubVrfID>
range: [0...127]
optional parameter
the VRF instance to which this interface is
associated
Released
91
9.6 SHub Multi-Network Configuration Command

Command Description
This node allows the operator to configure multinet IP parameters related to SHub.
User Level
privileges.
Command Syntax
> configure interface shub ip (vlan-id) [[no] ip-addr (ip-addr) ]
Command Parameters
Table 9.6-1 "SHub Multi-Network Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(vlan-id)
(ip-addr)
92
Type
Description
vlan id
range: [1...4093]
<Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLengthFull> ip-address
Released
Edition 03
9.7 SHub ICMP Configuration Command

Command Description
This node allows the operator to configure ICMP parameters related to SHub.
User Level
privileges.
Command Syntax
> configure interface shub ip (vlan-id) icmp [ no err-msg-suppres | err-msg-suppres ][
no ping-msg-suppres | ping-msg-suppres ]
Command Parameters
Table 9.7-1 "SHub ICMP Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(vlan-id)
Type
Description
range: [1...4093]
vlan id
Table 9.7-2 "SHub ICMP Configuration Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
Type
[ no ] err-msg-suppres <Shub::IcmpErrMsgSuppression>
[ no
ping-msg-suppres
] <Shub::PingMsgSuppression>
Description
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"no-err-msg-suppress"
suppress the sending of ICMP error messages
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"no-ping-msg-suppress"
suppress PING packets
Released
93
9.8 SHub Port Control Configuration Command

Command Description
This node allows the user to configure parameters related to port control configuration of an SHub interface.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure interface shub port (network-port) [ no mode | mode automatic | [10mbps |
100mbps | 1gbps] : full | half ][ no admin-status | admin-status <Shub::AdminStatus>
][ no port-type | port-type <Sys::Type> ][ no (mc-flooding) ]
Command Parameters
Table 9.8-1 "SHub Port Control Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(network-port)
Type
Description
<Shub::NetworkPort>
range: [1...7]
identifier of the port interface
Table 9.8-2 "SHub Port Control Configuration Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
[ no ] mode
[ no ] admin-status
[ no ] port-type
94
Type
Description
automatic | [10mbps | 100mbps | 1gbps] :

full | half
- automatic : determine the parameters of
interface automatically
- 10mbps : mode of interface is 10Mbps
- 1gbps : mode of interface is 1Gbps
- full : data transfer in full duplex
- half : data transfer in half duplex
<Shub::AdminStatus>
- up : up
- down : down
- auto-up : autoup
<Sys::Type>
- user : port to a directly connected user
- subtending : port to a subtended ISAM
- network : port to the service provider
(ISP)
- unused : port is not in use
- outband-mngt : port is used for
outband-management

negotiation mode of the port interface parameters
Released
optional parameter with default value: "down"

administrative state of the port
optional parameter with default value: "unused"

the type of port interface
Edition 03
Parameter
[ no ] (mc-flooding)
Type
Description
<Sys::FloodMode>
optional
parameter
with
"no-mc-flooding"
enable multicast flooding
Released
default
95
value:
9.9 SHub Interface Uplink Group Configuration

Command
Command Description
This node allows the user to configure parameters related to uplink group configuration of an interface.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure interface shub [[no] group (group-id) [ no threshold | threshold
<Itf::Threshold> ]]
Command Parameters
Table 9.9-1 "SHub Interface Uplink Group Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(group-id)
Type
Description
<Itf::GroupId>
range: [1...7]
A unique number for each logical uplink group
Table 9.9-2 "SHub Interface Uplink Group Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
[ no ] threshold
96
Type
Description
<Itf::Threshold>
range: [0...7]
optional parameter with default value: 0L

the min nbr of links to be operational UP in grp
Released
Edition 03
9.10 SHub Interface Uplink Group Portlist

Command Description
This node allows the user to configure parameters related to uplink group portlist configuration of an interface.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure interface shub group (group-id) [[no] port (port) ]
Command Parameters
Table 9.10-1 "SHub Interface Uplink Group Portlist Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier
(group-id)
(port)
Type
Description
<Itf::GroupId>
range: [1...7]
<Shub::NetworkPort>
range: [1...7]
A unique number for each logical uplink group
the port
Released
97
10- Error Configuration Commands
98
Released
10-99
Edition 03
10 Error Configuration Commands

Command Description
This command configures parameters related to the error log.
User Level
privileges.
Command Syntax
> configure error [ no log-full-action | log-full-action <Error::errorLogFullAction> ]
Command Parameters
Table 10.1-2 "Error Log Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
[ no ] log-full-action
Type
Description
<Error::errorLogFullAction>
optional parameter with default value: "wrap"
set the action when error log buffer is full
by recent ones
buffer is reset
Released
99
11- System Configuration Commands
11.1 System Configuration Command

11.2 System Management Host IP-Address Configuration
Command
11.3 System Management Default Route Configuration
Command
11.4 System SNTP Configuration Command
11.5 SHub System SNTP Configuration Command
11.6 SHub System ICMP Filter Configuration Command
11.7 SHub System ICMP Filter In Port List Configuration
Command
11.8 SHub System ICMP Filter Out Port List Configuration
Command
11.9 SHub System TCP Filter Configuration Command
11.10 SHub System TCP Filter In Port List Configuration
Command
11.11 SHub System TCP Filter Out Port List Configuration
Command
11.12 SHub System UDP Filter Configuration Command
11.13 SHub System UDP Filter In Port List Configuration
Command
11.14 SHub System UDP Filter Out Port List Configuration
Command
11.15 SHub System other Protocol Filter Configuration
Command
11.16 SHub System other Protocol Filter In Port List
11.17 SHub System other Protocol Filter Out Port List
11.18 SHub System Vlan Filter Configuration Command
11.19 SHub System IP Group Configuration Command
11.20 SHub System ID Configuration Command
11.21 SHub System Software Group Configuration
Command
11.22 SHub System VLAN Group Configuration Command
11.23 SHub System HTTP Configuration Command
100
Released
11-101
11-103
11-104
11-105
11-106
11-107
11-109
11-110
11-111
11-113
11-114
11-115
11-117
11-118
11-119
11-121
11-122
11-123
11-124
11-125
11-126
11-127
11-128
Edition 03
11 System Configuration Commands
11.1 System Configuration Command

Command Description
The id represents the SID (System ID) of the NE and is used to identify the NE in TL1 messages. The System ID may
only include letters, digits and hyphens, and must be unique for each NE in a managed network. The name is an
administratively-assigned name for this managed node. By convention, this is the node's fully-qualified domain
name. The location is the physical location of this node.The textual identification of the contact person for this
managed node, together with information on how to contact this person is given by contact-person.
The snmp-auth-traps indicates whether the SNMP agent process is permitted to generate authentication-failure
traps.The ether-shape-rate indicates ethernet frame shaping rate in kbit/s.
The system-mac is used to configure the system MAC address in ISAM. The systemMacAddr is the MAC address of
LANX interface on NT board. The lanxBaseMacAddr is the first MAC address of the consecutive MAC addresses
used by the LANX. The lanxRangeMac is the number of MAC addresses supported in LANX.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure system [ no id | id <Sys::systemId> ]name <PrintableString-0-255> location
<PrintableString-0-255> contact-person <PrintableString-0-255> [ no en-snmp-auth-trap
| en-snmp-auth-trap ][ no ether-shape-rate | ether-shape-rate <Sys::etherShapeRate>
]mgnt-vlan-id <Vlan::VlanOamIndex> system-mac <Sys::MacAddr> / <Sys::MacAddr> /
<Sys::Range>
Command Parameters
Table 11.1-2 "System Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
[ no ] id
name
location
contact-person
[ no
en-snmp-auth-trap
[ no
ether-shape-rate
mgnt-vlan-id
system-mac
Type
Description
<Sys::systemId>
range: [a-zA-Z0-9-]length: x<20
<PrintableString-0-255>
length: x<255
length: x<255
length: x<255
] <Transport::SnmpAuthTraps>
optional parameter with default value: """"

the system ID of the NE
optional parameter
fully-qualified domain name of the system
optional parameter
location of this system
optional parameter
info about the contact person for this system
uniquely identifies a particular access server
] <Sys::etherShapeRate>
outgoing ethernet frames shaping rate on
management itf
optional parameter
range: [1...4093]
configure management vlan id
<Sys::MacAddr> / <Sys::MacAddr> / optional parameter
<Sys::Range>
system mac address
Released
101
102
Released
Edition 03
11.2 System Management Host IP-Address

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the IP-address of the system.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.
Command Syntax
> configure system management host-ip-address bootp | manual : <Ip::V4Address> /
<Ip::PrefixLengthHost>
Command Parameters
Table 11.2-2 "System Management Host IP-Address Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter
host-ip-address
Type
Description
bootp | manual : <Ip::V4Address> / optional parameter

<Ip::PrefixLengthHost>
the host ip-address specification
Released
103
11.3 System Management Default Route

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the default route of the system. Before the default route can be
configured the ip-address of the system must be set
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with transport privileges, and executed by operators with transport
privileges.
Command Syntax
> configure system management [[no] default-route (default-route) ]
Command Parameters
Table 11.3-2 "System Management Default Route Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
(default-route)
104
Type
Description
<Ip::V4Address>
mandatory parameter
IP-address of the default-route
Released
Edition 03
11.4 System SNTP Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the sntp and its related parameters
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure system sntp server-ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> [ no server-port | server-port
<Sys::portNumber> ][ no polling-rate | polling-rate <Sys::pollingRate> ][ no enable |
enable ]
Command Parameters
Table 11.4-2 "System SNTP Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
Type
Description
server-ip-addr
<Ip::V4Address>
[ no ] server-port
<Sys::portNumber>
range: [0...65535]
<Sys::pollingRate>
unit: seconds
<Sys::sntpStatus>
optional parameter
configure the sntp ip address of the snmp agent
configure the sntp port number of the snmp agent
polling rate for the snmp agent
enables or disables the sntp application
[ no ] polling-rate
[ no ] enable
Released
105
11.5 SHub System SNTP Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the of the SNTP SHub and its related parameters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure system shub sntp server-ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> [ no server-port |
server-port <Sys::portNumber> ][ no polling-rate | polling-rate <Sys::pollingRate> ][
no enable | enable ]
Command Parameters
Table 11.5-2 "SHub System SNTP Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
Type
Description
server-ip-addr
<Ip::V4Address>
[ no ] server-port
<Sys::portNumber>
range: [0...65535]
<Sys::pollingRate>
unit: seconds
<Sys::sntpStatus>
optional parameter
configure the sntp ip address of the snmp agent
configure the sntp port number of the snmp agent
polling rate for the snmp agent
enables or disables the sntp application
[ no ] polling-rate
[ no ] enable
106
Released
Edition 03
11.6 SHub System ICMP Filter Configuration

Command
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure an ICMP filter on the SHub. The ICMP filter takes into account
source and/or destination IP addresses; either or both must be specified. Optionally the ICMP message type and/or
the ICMP message code can be specified.
The physical ports where the filters have to be applied are configured subsequently, by means of dedicated
configuration commands.
When the filter is to be applied to incoming traffic, the command to configure the in-port is to be used. When the
filter is to be applied to outgoing traffic, the command to configure the out-port is to be used.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure system shub filter ip-filter [[no] icmp (index-num) [ no action-drop |
action-drop ][ no dst-ip-addr | dst-ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLengthFull>
][ no src-ip-addr | src-ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLengthFull> ][ no
msg-type | msg-type <Sys::MsgType> ][ no msg-code | msg-code <Sys::MsgCode> ][ no
direction | direction <Sys::Direction> ]]
Command Parameters
Table 11.6-1 "SHub System ICMP Filter Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index-num)
Type
Description
<Sys::Number>
range: [1...65535]
L3 Filter rule number
Table 11.6-2 "SHub System ICMP Filter Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
[ no ] action-drop
[ no ] dst-ip-addr
[ no ] src-ip-addr
[ no ] msg-type
Type
Description
<Sys::L3Action>
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"action-allow"
specifies the action to be taken on the packet
<Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLengthFull> optional parameter with default value: "0.0.0.0/0"
destination IP address to be matched with the
packet
source IP address to be matched with the packet
<Sys::MsgType>
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"no-icmp-type"
- echo-reply :
message type to be checked against the packet
- dest-unreach :
Released
107
Parameter
Type
- src-quench :
- redirect :
- echo-request :
- time-exceeded :
- param-prob :
- time-stamp-req :
- time-stamp-reply :
- infor-req :
- infor-reply :
- addr-mask-req :
- addr-mask-reply :
- no-icmp-type :
<Sys::MsgCode>
- network-unreach :
- host-unreach :
- protocol-unreach :
- port-unreach :
- fragment-need :
- src-route-fail :
- dest-nwk-unknown :
- dest-host-unknown :
- src-host-isolated :
- dest-nwk-prohibit :
- dest-host-prohibit :
- nwk-unreach-tos :
- host-unreach-tos :
- no-icmp-code :
<Sys::Direction>
- in : incoming packets
- out : outgoing packets
[ no ] msg-code
[ no ] direction
Description
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"no-icmp-code"
message code to be checked against the packet
optional parameter with default value: "in"

specifies in which direction the filters are applied
Command Output
Table 11.6-3 "SHub System ICMP Filter Configuration Command" Display parameters
name
row-status
108
Type
Description
<WaitRowStatus>
used
used
Released
Edition 03
11.7 SHub System ICMP Filter In Port List

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the physical ports where the ICMP filter is to be applied. It is used
for ICMP filters related to incoming traffic.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure system shub filter ip-filter icmp (index-num) [[no] in-port (network-port)
]
Command Parameters
Table 11.7-1 "SHub System ICMP Filter In Port List Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index-num)
(network-port)
Type
Description
<Sys::Number>
range: [1...65535]
<Shub::NetworkPort>
range: [1...7]
the network port
Released
109
11.8 SHub System ICMP Filter Out Port List

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the physical ports where the ICMP filter is to be applied. It is used
for ICMP filters related to outgoing traffic.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure system shub filter ip-filter icmp (index-num) [[no] out-port (port) ]
Command Parameters
Table 11.8-1 "SHub System ICMP Filter Out Port List Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index-num)
(port)
110
Type
Description
<Sys::Number>
range: [1...65535]
lt : <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / the port
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
|
network
:
<Shub::NetworkPort> | nt
Released
Edition 03
11.9 SHub System TCP Filter Configuration

Command
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a TCP filter on the SHub. The TCP filter takes into account source
and/or destination IP addresses; either or both must be specified.
When both source and destination protocol ports need to be configured, the latter must be performed through
seperate commands.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure system shub filter ip-filter [[no] tcp (index-num) [ no action-drop |
min-dst-port | min-dst-port <Sys::Port> ][ no max-dst-port | max-dst-port <Sys::Port>
][ no min-src-port | min-src-port <Sys::Port> ][ no max-src-port | max-src-port
<Sys::Port> ][ no ack | ack <Sys::AckBit> ][ no rst | rst <Sys::RstBit> ][ no tos |
tos <Sys::Tos> ][ no direction | direction <Sys::Direction> ]]
Command Parameters
Table 11.9-1 "SHub System TCP Filter Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index-num)
Type
Description
<Sys::Number>
range: [1...65535]
Table 11.9-2 "SHub System TCP Filter Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
[ no ] action-drop
[ no ] dst-ip-addr
[ no ] src-ip-addr
[ no ] min-dst-port
Type
Description
<Sys::L3Action>
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"action-allow"
packet
<Sys::Port>
Released
111
Parameter
[ no ] max-dst-port
[ no ] min-src-port
[ no ] max-src-port
[ no ] ack
[ no ] rst
[ no ] tos
[ no ] direction
Type
Description
range: [0...65535]
minimum port in the destination port

range(TCP/UDP ports)
maximum port in the destination port range
minimum port in the source port range
maximum port in the source port range
optional parameter with default value: "any"
tcp ACK bit to be checked against the packet
<Sys::Port>
range: [0...65535]
<Sys::Port>
range: [0...65535]
<Sys::Port>
range: [0...65535]
<Sys::AckBit>
- establish : establish the bit
- not-establish : not establish the bit
- any : default value
<Sys::RstBit>
- set : set the bit
- not-set : not set the bit
<Sys::Tos>
- any : any
- high-reliable : high reliable
- high-throughput : high through put
- high-relia-thro : high reliable and
through put
- low-delay : low delay
- low-delay-high-relai : low delay and high
reliability
- low-delay-high-thro : low delay and high
through put
- best-tos : low delay, high reliability and
through put
<Sys::Direction>

tcp RST bit to be checked against the packet

IP TOS bit to be checked against the packet

specifies the direction in which the filters are
applied
Command Output
Table 11.9-3 "SHub System TCP Filter Configuration Command" Display parameters
name
row-status
112
Type
Description
<WaitRowStatus>
used
used
Released
Edition 03
11.10 SHub System TCP Filter In Port List

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the physical ports where the TCP filter is to be applied. It is used
for TCP filters related to incoming traffic.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure system shub filter ip-filter tcp (index-num) [[no] in-port (network-port)
]
Command Parameters
Table 11.10-1 "SHub System TCP Filter In Port List Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index-num)
(network-port)
Type
Description
<Sys::Number>
range: [1...65535]
<Shub::NetworkPort>
range: [1...7]
the network port
Released
113
11.11 SHub System TCP Filter Out Port List

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the physical ports where the TCP filter is to be applied. It is used
for TCP filters related to outgoing traffic.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure system shub filter ip-filter tcp (index-num) [[no] out-port (port) ]
Command Parameters
Table 11.11-1 "SHub System TCP Filter Out Port List Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index-num)
(port)
114
Type
Description
<Sys::Number>
range: [1...65535]
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
|
network
:
Released
Edition 03
11.12 SHub System UDP Filter Configuration

Command
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a UDP filter on the SHub. The UDP filter takes into account
source and/or destination IP addresses; either or both must be specified.
When both source and destination protocol ports need to be configured, the latter must be performed through
seperate commands.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure system shub filter ip-filter [[no] udp (index-num) [ no action-drop |
min-dst-port | min-dst-port <Sys::Port> ][ no max-dst-port | max-dst-port <Sys::Port>
][ no min-src-port | min-src-port <Sys::Port> ][ no max-src-port | max-src-port
<Sys::Port> ][ no direction | direction <Sys::Direction> ]]
Command Parameters
Table 11.12-1 "SHub System UDP Filter Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index-num)
Type
Description
<Sys::Number>
range: [1...65535]
Table 11.12-2 "SHub System UDP Filter Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
[ no ] action-drop
[ no ] dst-ip-addr
[ no ] src-ip-addr
[ no ] min-dst-port
Type
Description
<Sys::L3Action>
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"action-allow"
packet
<Sys::Port>
range: [0...65535]
minimum port in the destination port
Released
115
Parameter
Type
[ no ] max-dst-port
[ no ] min-src-port
[ no ] max-src-port
[ no ] direction
<Sys::Port>
range: [0...65535]
<Sys::Port>
range: [0...65535]
<Sys::Port>
range: [0...65535]
<Sys::Direction>
Description
range(TCP/UDP ports)
maximum port in the destination port range
minimum port in the source port range
maximum port in the source port range
specifies in which direction the filters are applied
Command Output
Table 11.12-3 "SHub System UDP Filter Configuration Command" Display parameters
name
row-status
116
Type
Description
<WaitRowStatus>
used
used
Released
Edition 03
11.13 SHub System UDP Filter In Port List

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the physical ports where the UDP filter is to be applied. It is used
for UDP filters related to incoming traffic.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure system shub filter ip-filter udp (index-num) [[no] in-port (network-port)
]
Command Parameters
Table 11.13-1 "SHub System UDP Filter In Port List Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index-num)
(network-port)
Type
Description
<Sys::Number>
range: [1...65535]
<Shub::NetworkPort>
range: [1...7]
the network port
Released
117
11.14 SHub System UDP Filter Out Port List

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the physical ports where the UDP filter is to be applied. It is used
for UDP filters related to outgoing traffic.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure system shub filter ip-filter udp (index-num) [[no] out-port (port) ]
Command Parameters
Table 11.14-1 "SHub System UDP Filter Out Port List Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index-num)
(port)
118
Type
Description
<Sys::Number>
range: [1...65535]
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
|
network
:
Released
Edition 03
11.15 SHub System other Protocol Filter

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure an IP filter on the SHub, for protocols other than ICMP, TCP or
UDP. The IP filter takes into account source and/or destination IP addresses; either or both must be specified.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure system shub filter ip-filter [[no] port-filter (filter-rule) [ no protocol
| protocol <Sys::RestrictedProtocol> ][ no action-drop | action-drop ][ no dst-ip-addr
| dst-ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLengthFull> ][ no src-ip-addr | src-ip-addr
<Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLengthFull> ][ no direction | direction <Sys::Direction>
]]
Command Parameters
Table 11.15-1 "SHub System other Protocol Filter Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(filter-rule)
Type
Description
<Sys::Number>
range: [1...65535]
L3 filter rule number
Table 11.15-2 "SHub System other Protocol Filter Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter
[ no ] protocol
Type
Description
<Sys::RestrictedProtocol>
- igmp : check the packet for igmp
- ggp : check the packet for ggp
- ip : check the packet for ip
- egp : check the packet for egp
- igp : check the packet for igp
- nvp : check the packet for nvp
- irtp : check the packet for irtp
- idrp : check the packet for idrp
- rsvp : check the packet for rsvp
- msrp : check the packet for msrp

type of protocol to be checked against the packet
Released
119
Parameter
Type
Description
- igrp : check the packet for igrp

- ospf : check the packet for ospf
- any : check the all packets
<Sys::L3Action>
[ no ] action-drop
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"action-allow"
packet
<Sys::Direction>
specifies in which direction the Filters are applied
[ no ] dst-ip-addr
[ no ] src-ip-addr
[ no ] direction
Command Output
Table 11.15-3 "SHub System other Protocol Filter Configuration Command" Display parameters
name
row-status
120
Type
Description
<WaitRowStatus>
used
used
Released
Edition 03
11.16 SHub System other Protocol Filter In Port

List Configuration Command
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the physical ports where the "other Protocol" filter is to be applied.
It is used for "other Protocol" filters related to incoming traffic.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure system shub filter ip-filter port-filter (filter-rule) [[no] in-port
(network-port) ]
Command Parameters
Table 11.16-1 "SHub System other Protocol Filter In Port List Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier
(filter-rule)
(network-port)
Type
Description
<Sys::Number>
range: [1...65535]
<Shub::NetworkPort>
range: [1...7]
the network port
Released
121
11.17 SHub System other Protocol Filter Out Port

List Configuration Command
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the physical ports where the "other Protocol" filter is to be applied.
It is used for "other Protocol" filters related to outgoing traffic.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure system shub filter ip-filter port-filter (filter-rule) [[no] out-port
(port) ]
Command Parameters
Table 11.17-1 "SHub System other Protocol Filter Out Port List Configuration Command"
Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(filter-rule)
(port)
122
Type
Description
<Sys::Number>
range: [1...65535]
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
|
network
:
Released
Edition 03
11.18 SHub System Vlan Filter Configuration

Command
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the management VLAN filter IP-address.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure system shub filter [[no] shub-manager (index) src-ip-addr <Ip::V4Address>
]
Command Parameters
Table 11.18-1 "SHub System Vlan Filter Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
<Sys::SrcIpIndex>
range: [1...100]
index number of the SrcIp
Table 11.18-2 "SHub System Vlan Filter Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
src-ip-addr
Type
Description
<Ip::V4Address>
mandatory parameter
MgmtVlan filter IP address to be matched with the
packet
Released
123
11.19 SHub System IP Group Configuration

Command
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the ip related parameter.
The default ip-address is used when manual mode is selected or when the system fails to obtain an ip-address
dynamically. Default ip-address, subnet mask and default gateway will only take only effect when the configuration
is stored and restored.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure system shub entry ip [ no ip-cfg-mode | ip-cfg-mode <Sys::DefIpAddr>
]def-ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLengthFull> def-gateway <Ip::V4Address>
Command Parameters
Table 11.19-2 "SHub System IP Group Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
Type
[ no ] ip-cfg-mode
def-ip-addr
def-gateway
124
Description
<Sys::DefIpAddr>
optional parameter with default value: "manual"
specifies how the system get the IP address
- manual : ip address got from the system
- dynamic : ip address got through
dynamic IP address
<Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLengthFull> optional parameter
default IP address of the system
<Ip::V4Address>
optional parameter
default gateway IP Address
Released
Edition 03
11.20 SHub System ID Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the PPP sessions.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure system shub entry id contact <PrintableString> location <PrintableString>
Command Parameters
Table 11.20-2 "SHub System ID Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
Type
Description
contact
<PrintableString>
location
<PrintableString>
optional parameter
textual identification of the contact person
optional parameter
physical location of this node
Released
125
11.21 SHub System Software Group Configuration

Command
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the software for SHub system.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure system shub entry software [ no sw-ver-name | sw-ver-name <Sys::FileName>
]sw-release-num <Sys::ReleaseNum>
Command Parameters
Table 11.21-2 "SHub System Software Group Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
[ no ] sw-ver-name
sw-release-num
126
Type
Description
<Sys::FileName>
length: 1<=x<256
<Sys::ReleaseNum>
length: 1<=x<7
optional parameter with default value: "shub"

identifies the Name of the shub Software release
optional parameter
identifies the software version number d.d.d.d
Released
Edition 03
11.22 SHub System VLAN Group Configuration

Command
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the SHub system vlan group.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure system shub entry vlan ext-vlan-id <Vlan::ExtVlanIndex>
Command Parameters
Table 11.22-2 "SHub System VLAN Group Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
ext-vlan-id
Type
Description
<Vlan::ExtVlanIndex>
range: [2...4093]
optional parameter
External Vlan id
Released
127
11.23 SHub System HTTP Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure HTTP access to the SHub system.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure system shub entry status [ no http-access | http-access ]
Command Parameters
Table 11.23-2 "SHub System HTTP Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
[ no ] http-access
128
Type
Description
<Sys::HttpStatus>
optional
parameter
with
"no-http-access"
enable http access for the users
Released
default
Edition 03
value:
12- Security Configuration Commands
12.1 Security Banner Configuration Commmand

12.2 Operator Configuration Command
12.3 Profile Configuration Command
12.4 Security SNMP Community Configuration Command
12.5 SHub Security SNMP Community Configuration
Command
12.6 Security Domain Configuration Command
12.7 Security Domain IP Pool Configuration Command
12.8 Security Domain User Configuration Command
12.9 Security Connection Profile Configuration Command
12.10 Security Connection Policy Configuration Command
12.11 Security IP Address Pool Configuration Command
12.12 Security IP Address Pool Reserve Configuration
Command
12.13 Security Radius Client Configuration Command
12.14 Security Radius AUTH Server Configuration
Command
12.15 Security Radius Accounting Server Configuration
Command
12.16 Security Radius Dynamic AUTH Client Configuration
Command
12.17 Security Radius Policy Configuration Command
12.18 Security Radius Server Configuration Command
12.19 Security 802.1x PAE System Configuration
Command
12.20 Security 802.1x Port Authentication Configuration
Command
12.21 Security 802.1x Extension, Port Authentication
12.22 Security 802.1x Port Configuration Command
12.23 Security Password Policy Configuration Commmand
12-130
12-131
12-133
12-136
12-137
12-139
12-141
12-142
12-143
12-144
12-145
12-146
12-147
12-148
12-150
12-152
12-153
12-155
12-156
12-157
12-159
12-160
12-161
Released
129
12 Security Configuration Commands
12.1 Security Banner Configuration Commmand

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the login or welcome banner.
User Level
privileges.
Command Syntax
> configure system security [ no login-banner | login-banner <Sec::Banner> ][ no
welcome-banner | welcome-banner <Sec::Banner> ]
Command Parameters
Table 12.1-2 "Security Banner Configuration Commmand" Command Parameters
Parameter
Type
Description
[ no ] login-banner
<Sec::Banner>
[ no
welcome-banner
] <Sec::Banner>

the banner to be shown before the operator enters
its name
the banner to be shown when the operator logged in
130
Released
Edition 03
12.2 Operator Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to specify an operator instance.
An operator can log into the system with the specified name and password once this instance is created.
Operators have a profile which determines most of the operator properties. The operator profile must be created
before the operator can be created.
The operator profile is assigned when the operator is created. The profile cannot be changed afterwards. If the
operator needs to change the profile, the operator must first delete the operator and then recreate it.
The default values for prompt can be found in configure system security profile profile-name. The procedure on
how to specify a prompt is described in the ISAM CLI - The CLI Prompt chapter.
The following rules apply to a plain text password:
The password must consist of a minimum of six and a maximum of 20 printable characters.
The password must contain at least one non-alphanumeric character.
A new password must be different from the last three passwords.
Never specify a new password using the encrypted option because you can mistakenly enter any hexadecimal string
which is not necessarily linked to a password and it is almost impossible to calculate a password from an encrypted
string. The encrypted method to specify passwords is only intented to restore an existing configuration.
An operator will be requested to enter a new password when the operator logs in for the first time after another
operator changed their password.
There is not a separate command to change a password. An operator must change the password in the operator's
operator node.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all,forAdmin privileges, and executed by operators with all
privileges.
The last operator with security write permissions cannot be deleted.
An operator can be deleted when that operator is still logged in. The operator instance will only be effectively
removed once the operator logs out or is logged out by the system.
Operators without security read or write permissions can never see other operators.
Operators without security write permissions can never create, delete, or modify another operator but they can
enter the commands to perform these actions. However, these commands will always fail when executed.
Command Syntax
> configure system security [[no] operator (name) profile <Sec::ProfileName> password
prompt | plain : <Sec::PlainPassword> | encrypted : <Sec::EncryptedPassword> [ no
prompt | prompt <Sec::Prompt> ][ no description | description <Sec::OperatorDesc> ][
no more | more ]]
Command Parameters
Released
131
Table 12.2-1 "Operator Configuration Command" Resource Parameters

Resource Identifier
(name)
Type
Description
<Sec::OperatorName>
range: [a-z0-9]length: 1<=x<11
the name of the operator
Table 12.2-2 "Operator Configuration Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
profile
password
[ no ] prompt
[ no ] description
[ no ] more
132
Type
Description
<Sec::ProfileName>
mandatory parameter
The parameter is not visible during modification.
the name of an operator profile
prompt | plain : <Sec::PlainPassword> | mandatory parameter
encrypted : <Sec::EncryptedPassword>
the password needed to log in
<Sec::Prompt>
length: x<19
<Sec::OperatorDesc>
length: x<31
<Sec::More>
optional parameter with default value: "no-more"
all output is by default passed through the more
printer
Released
Edition 03
12.3 Profile Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to specify an operator profile.
This operator profile determines most of the operator properties.
An operator profile is typically used to limit the commands that a group of operators can execute to those for which
they have the necessary skills and for which they are responsible.
The procedure on how to specify a prompt is described in the ISAM CLI - The CLI Prompt chapter.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all,forAdmin privileges.
The last operator with security write permissions cannot be deleted.
The permissions of a profile cannot be changed as long as one operator belongs to the profile.
Operators without security read or write permissions can never see other operator profiles.
Command Syntax
> configure system security [[no] profile (name) [ no prompt | prompt <Sec::Prompt> ][
no password-timeout | password-timeout <Sec::PasswordTimeout> ][ no terminal-timeout |
terminal-timeout <Sec::InactivityTimeout> ][ no description | description
<Sec::ProfileDesc> ][ no aaa | aaa <Sec::Aaa> ][ no atm | atm <Sec::Atm> ][ no alarm |
alarm <Sec::Alarm> ][ no cluster | cluster <Sec::Cluster> ][ no dhcp | dhcp
<Sec::Dhcp> ][ no equipment | equipment <Sec::Equipment> ][ no igmp | igmp <Sec::Igmp>
][ no ip | ip <Sec::Ip> ][ no ppoe | ppoe <Sec::Ppoe> ][ no qos | qos <Sec::Qos> ][ no
software-mngt | software-mngt <Sec::Sw> ][ no transport | transport <Sec::Transport>
][ no vlan | vlan <Sec::Vlan> ][ no xdsl | xdsl <Sec::Xdsl> ][ no security | security
<Sec::Security> ]]
Command Parameters
Table 12.3-1 "Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(name)
Type
Description
<Sec::ProfileName>
the name of the profile
Table 12.3-2 "Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
[ no ] prompt
[ no
password-timeout
[ no
terminal-timeout
[ no ] description
Type
Description
<Sec::Prompt>
length: x<19
optional parameter with default value: "\"%n%d%c

\""
the maximum time a password may be unchanged
the maximum time a terminal may be inactive
] <Sec::PasswordTimeout>
range: [0...365] unit: days
] <Sec::InactivityTimeout>
range: [0...120] unit: minutes
<Sec::ProfileDesc>
length: x<31
Released
133
Parameter
[ no ] aaa
[ no ] atm
[ no ] alarm
[ no ] cluster
[ no ] dhcp
[ no ] equipment
[ no ] igmp
[ no ] ip
[ no ] ppoe
[ no ] qos
[ no ] software-mngt
[ no ] transport
134
Type
Description
<Sec::Aaa>
- write : write and read access
- read : read access
- none : no access
<Sec::Atm>
- none : no access
<Sec::Alarm>
- none : no access
<Sec::Cluster>
- none : no access
<Sec::Dhcp>
- none : no access
<Sec::Equipment>
- none : no access
<Sec::Igmp>
- none : no access
<Sec::Ip>
- none : no access
<Sec::Ppoe>
- none : no access
<Sec::Qos>
- none : no access
<Sec::Sw>
- none : no access
<Sec::Transport>
optional parameter with default value: "none"

the access rights to AAA related commands
Released

the access rights to ATM related commands

the access rights to alarm related commands

the access rights to cluster related commands

the access rights to DHCP related commands

the access rights to equipment related commands

the access rights to IGMP related commands

the access rights to IP related commands

the access rights to PPOE related commands

the access rights to qos related commands

the access rights to software management related
commands
the access rights to transport related commands
Edition 03
Parameter
[ no ] vlan
[ no ] xdsl
[ no ] security
Type
- none : no access
<Sec::Vlan>
- none : no access
<Sec::Xdsl>
- none : no access
<Sec::Security>
- none : no access
Description

the access rights to VLAN related commands

the access rights to xDSL related commands

the access rights to security related commands
Released
135
12.4 Security SNMP Community Configuration

Command
Command Description
This command allows us to configure community names.
An existing community can not be modified
SNMP uses community names as a kind of password without user name to verify if a request may be executed or
not.
User Level
privileges.
There must be at least one community with read-write priviliges.
Command Syntax
> configure system security snmp [[no] community (name) [ no privilege | privilege
<Snmp::CommunityPrivilege> ]]
Command Parameters
Table 12.4-1 "Security SNMP Community Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(name)
Type
Description
<Snmp::CommunityName>
length: x<32
the name of the community
Table 12.4-2 "Security SNMP Community Configuration Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
[ no ] privilege
136
Type
Description
<Snmp::CommunityPrivilege>
- read-only : only read priviliges
- read-write : read and write priviliges
- write-only : only write privileges
optional parameter with default value: "read-only"

the priviliges we have when we use this community
Released
Edition 03
12.5 SHub Security SNMP Community

Command Description
This command allows us to configure community names.
There can be many entries with the same community name or ip-address.
SNMP uses community names as a kind of password without user name to verify if a request may be executed or
not.
It is possible to allow only a limited number of ip-adresses to use a given community name.
User Level
privileges.
The community used by the Command Language Interface (CLI) can not be deleted nor modified.
Command Syntax
> configure system security snmp shub [[no] community (index) name
<PrintableString-0-255> [ no privilege | privilege <Snmp::SHubCommunityPrivilege> ][
no ip-addr | ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> ]]
Command Parameters
Table 12.5-1 "SHub Security SNMP Community Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
<Snmp::SHubCommunityIndex>
range: [0...10]
number of the entry in the community table
Table 12.5-2 "SHub Security SNMP Community Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
name
[ no ] privilege
[ no ] ip-addr
Type
Description
length: x<255
<Snmp::SHubCommunityPrivilege>
- read-only : only read
- read-write : read and write
<Ip::V4Address>
mandatory parameter
the name of the community
optional parameter with default value: "read-only"
the priviliges we have when we use this community
optional parameter with default value: "0.0.0.0"
the ip-address from where we may use this
community
Command Output
Released
137
Table 12.5-3 "SHub Security SNMP Community Configuration Command" Display parameters
name
row-status
138
Type
Description
<WaitRowStatus>
used
used
Released
Edition 03
12.6 Security Domain Configuration Command

Command Description
This command configures the domain.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with aaa privileges, and executed by operators with aaa privileges.
Command Syntax
> configure system security [[no] domain (name) vrf-index <Aaa::DomainVrfIndex> [ no
vlan-id | vlan-id <Vlan::VlanIndexOrZero> ][ no primary-dns | primary-dns
<Ip::V4Address> ][ no second-dns | second-dns <Ip::V4Address> ][ no primary-nbns |
primary-nbns <Ip::V4Address> ][ no second-nbns | second-nbns <Ip::V4Address> ][ no
sess-timeout | sess-timeout <Aaa::DomainSessionTimeout> ][ no qos-policy | qos-policy
none | name : <Aaa::IgnoredQosProfileName> ]authenticator local | radius :
<Aaa::RadPolicyName> [ no admin-down | admin-down ]]
Command Parameters
Table 12.6-1 "Security Domain Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(name)
Type
Description
<Aaa::DomainName>
length: 6<=x<64
name of the domain
Table 12.6-2 "Security Domain Configuration Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
vrf-index
Type
[ no ] primary-dns
<Aaa::DomainVrfIndex>
range: [-1,1...127]
<Vlan::VlanIndexOrZero>
range: [0...4092]
<Ip::V4Address>
[ no ] second-dns
<Ip::V4Address>
[ no ] primary-nbns
<Ip::V4Address>
[ no ] second-nbns
<Ip::V4Address>
[ no ] sess-timeout
<Aaa::DomainSessionTimeout>
range: [0...2147483647]
none
|
name
<Aaa::IgnoredQosProfileName>
[ no ] vlan-id
[ no ] qos-policy
authenticator
local | radius : <Aaa::RadPolicyName>
[ no ] admin-down
<Aaa::AdminState>
Description
mandatory parameter
valid VRF index
a vlan id
IP address of primary DNS server
IP address of secondary DNS server
IP address of primary NBNS server
IP address of secondary NBNS server
maximum lifetime of a session
: optional parameter with default value: "none"
name of the QoS policy that must be applied to this
domain
mandatory parameter
type of authenticator
administrative state of the domain
Released
139
140
Released
Edition 03
12.7 Security Domain IP Pool Configuration

Command
Command Description
This command allows the operator to define the domain IP pool.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure system security domain (name) [[no] ip-pool (name) vrf-index
<Aaa::VrfIndex> priority <SignedInteger> ]
Command Parameters
Table 12.7-1 "Security Domain IP Pool Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(name)
(name)
vrf-index
Type
Description
<Aaa::DomainName>
length: 6<=x<64
<Aaa::IpAddrPoolName>
length: 1<=x<64
<Aaa::VrfIndex>
range: [0...127]
name of the domain

name of the IP address pool
vrf associated with this pool
Table 12.7-2 "Security Domain IP Pool Configuration Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
priority
Type
Description
<SignedInteger>
mandatory parameter
priority associated with this IP pool
Released
141
12.8 Security Domain User Configuration

Command
Command Description
This command configures the security domain for a user. A conceptual table lists the configurable parameters for a
user of a particular domain. This table will be used for authenticating users locally. If a domain is deleted, then all
the users of that domain will be deleted from this table.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure system security domain (name) [[no] user (name) password <Password> ]
Command Parameters
Table 12.8-1 "Security Domain User Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(name)
(name)
Type
Description
<Aaa::DomainName>
length: 6<=x<64
<Aaa::DisplayString>
length: 6<=x<64
name of the domain

name of the user of a particular domain
Table 12.8-2 "Security Domain User Configuration Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
password
142
Type
Description
<Password>
length: 6<=x<64
mandatory parameter
user password, minimum 6 characters
Released
Edition 03
12.9 Security Connection Profile Configuration

Command
Command Description
This command configures the connection profile parameters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure system security [[no] conn-profile (name) version <SignedInteger> [ no
reject-no-domain | reject-no-domain ][ no reject-inv-domain | reject-inv-domain
]domain-name <Aaa::DomainName> ]
Command Parameters
Table 12.9-1 "Security Connection Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(name)
Type
Description
<AsamProfileName>
name of connection profile
Table 12.9-2 "Security Connection Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
version
Type
Description
<SignedInteger>
mandatory parameter
version number to be associated to the Profile
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"accept-no-domain"
user session authentication if no domain name
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"accept-inv-domain"
user session authentication if domain name invalid
mandatory parameter
name of the domain
[ no
reject-no-domain
] <Aaa::ActNoDomain>
[ no
reject-inv-domain
] <Aaa::ActInDomain>
domain-name
<Aaa::DomainName>
length: 6<=x<64
Released
143
12.10 Security Connection Policy Configuration

Command
Command Description
This command configures a connection policy associated with the specified policy. The Operator should specify the
index indicating which connection policy has to be applied and the profile-index which provides the connection
profile associated with this policy.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure system security [[no] conn-policy conn-profile-name <AsamProfileName> ]
Command Parameters
Table 12.10-2 "Security Connection Policy Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
conn-profile-name
144
Type
Description
<AsamProfileName>
mandatory parameter
connection profile associated with this policy
Released
Edition 03
12.11 Security IP Address Pool Configuration

Command
Command Description
This is the (conceptual) table for Local IP Address Allocation for PPP users ONLY. Two IP pools in the same VRF
should not contain overlapping IP address spaces. The IP address space is determined by start and size. A row in
this table (an Ip Pool) can be deleted only when, No domains are using this Pool and no Ipaddresses are already
allocated to user sessions from this Pool. When a row is deleted in this table, then the corresponding rows in the IP
address pool reserve and status are also removed.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure system security [[no] ip-addr-pool (name) vrf-index <Aaa::IpVrfIndex>
start-addr <Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLength> [ no size | size
<Aaa::IpAddressPoolSize> ][ no admin-down | admin-down ]]
Command Parameters
Table 12.11-1 "Security IP Address Pool Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(name)
vrf-index
Type
Description
length: 1<=x<64
<Aaa::IpVrfIndex>
range: [1...255]

Table 12.11-2 "Security IP Address Pool Configuration Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
Type
Description
start-addr
<Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLength>
[ no ] size
<Aaa::IpAddressPoolSize>
range: [0...1000]
[ no ] admin-down
<Aaa::AdminState>
mandatory parameter
first address from where allocation of IP addresses
starts
number of IP addresses in the pool from the start
address
administrative state of this IP pool
Released
145
12.12 Security IP Address Pool Reserve

Command Description
This command configures the security IP address pool reserve address. A conceptual table is used for reserving
and unreserving an IP address from the specified pool. A entry can only be created when the corresponding entry
in the table (with the same IP address index) is created. An IP address can be reserved only when the IP address is
not allocated to any user session. Once the row is created in this table, the value for IP address pool status changes
to locally reserved. To unreserve an IP address, the corresponding entry should be deleted.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure system security ip-addr-pool (name) vrf-index <Aaa::IpVrfIndex> [[no]
reserve-address (ip-address) ]
Command Parameters
Table 12.12-1 "Security IP Address Pool Reserve Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(name)
vrf-index
(ip-address)
146
Type
Description
length: 1<=x<64
<Aaa::IpVrfIndex>
range: [1...255]
<Ip::V4Address>
Released

IP addess to be reserved/unreserved.
Edition 03
12.13 Security Radius Client Configuration

Command
Command Description
This command enables or disables the relay functionality on the SHub.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure system security radius [ no relay | relay ]
Command Parameters
Table 12.13-2 "Security Radius Client Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
[ no ] relay
Type
Description
<Aaa::RadiusRelay>
optional parameter with default value: "no-relay"

enable radius relay on shub
Released
147
12.14 Security Radius AUTH Server Configuration

Command
Command Description
This command configures the RADIUS authentication servers. The conceptual table lists the RADIUS
authentication servers with its configurable parameters. If an entry (server) has to be deleted, then it must not be
associated with any RADIUS policy. If an entry is associated with a policy, the deletion is not allowed.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure system security radius [[no] auth-server (name) vrf-index <Aaa::VrfIndex>
ip-address <Ip::V4Address> [ no port | port <Aaa::InetPortNumber> ]secret <Password> [
no retry-limit | retry-limit <Aaa::RadiusRetryLimit> ][ no timeout-limit |
timeout-limit <Aaa::RadiusTimeout> ][ no admin-down | admin-down ][ no dead-interval |
dead-interval <Aaa::RadiusDeadInterval> ]]
Command Parameters
Table 12.14-1 "Security Radius AUTH Server Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(name)
vrf-index
Type
Description
<Aaa::RadAuthServerName>
length: 1<=x<64
<Aaa::VrfIndex>
range: [0...127]
name of RADIUS authentication server

vrf to which this auth server belongs
Table 12.14-2 "Security Radius AUTH Server Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
148
Type
Description
ip-address
<Ip::V4Address>
[ no ] port
<Aaa::InetPortNumber>
range: [0...65535]
secret
<Password>
length: 6<=x<64
[ no ] retry-limit
<Aaa::RadiusRetryLimit>
range: [0...100]
[ no ] timeout-limit
<Aaa::RadiusTimeout>
range: [1...60]
[ no ] admin-down
<Aaa::AdminState>
mandatory parameter
IP address of RADIUS authentication server
UDP port to which RADIUS auth messages should
be sent
mandatory parameter
secret string used between RADIUS server and
client
no of times RADIUS server be tried before giving
up
time in sec between retransmission to RADIUS
server
Released
Edition 03
Parameter
[ no ] dead-interval
Type
Description
<Aaa::RadiusDeadInterval>
range: [0...3600]
administrative state of the authentication server

no of sec before setting oper state to unknown from
down
Released
149
12.15 Security Radius Accounting Server

Command Description
This command configures the RADIUS accounting servers. The conceptual table lists the RADIUS accounting
servers with its configurable parameters. If an entry (server) has to be deleted, then it must not be associated with
any RADIUS policy. If an entry is associated with a policy, the deletion is not allowed.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure system security radius [[no] acc-server (name) vrf-index <Aaa::VrfIndex>
ip-address <Ip::V4Address> [ no port | port <Aaa::InetPortNumber> ]secret <Password> [
no retry-limit | retry-limit <Aaa::RadiusRetryLimit> ][ no timeout-limit |
timeout-limit <Aaa::RadiusTimeout> ][ no admin-down | admin-down ][ no dead-interval |
dead-interval <Aaa::RadiusDeadInterval> ]]
Command Parameters
Table 12.15-1 "Security Radius Accounting Server Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(name)
vrf-index
Type
Description
<Aaa::RadAccServerName>
length: 1<=x<64
<Aaa::VrfIndex>
range: [0...127]
name of the RADIUS accounting server

vrf to which the RADIUS Acc Server belongs
Table 12.15-2 "Security Radius Accounting Server Configuration Command" Command

Parameters
Parameter
150
Type
Description
ip-address
<Ip::V4Address>
[ no ] port
<Aaa::InetPortNumber>
range: [0...65535]
secret
<Password>
length: 6<=x<64
[ no ] retry-limit
<Aaa::RadiusRetryLimit>
range: [0...100]
[ no ] timeout-limit
<Aaa::RadiusTimeout>
range: [1...60]
mandatory parameter
IP address of RADIUS accounting server
UDP port to which RADIUS accounting messages
be sent
mandatory parameter
client
no of times RADIUS server be tried before giving
up
time in sec between retransmission to RADIUS
server
Released
Edition 03
Parameter
Type
Description
[ no ] admin-down
<Aaa::AccAdminState>
<Aaa::RadiusDeadInterval>
range: [0...3600]

administrative state of the accounting server
no of sec before setting oper state to unknown from
down
Released
151
12.16 Security Radius Dynamic AUTH Client

Command Description
This command configures the RADIUS Dynamic Authorization Clients. The conceptual table lists the RADIUS
Dynamic Authorization Clients with its configurable parameters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure system security radius [[no] dyn-auth-client (name) vrf-index
<Aaa::VrfIndex> ip-address <Ip::V4Address> secret <Password> [ no admin-down |
admin-down ]]
Command Parameters
Table 12.16-1 "Security Radius Dynamic AUTH Client Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier
(name)
vrf-index
Type
Description
<Aaa::RadDynAuthClientName>
length: 1<=x<64
<Aaa::VrfIndex>
range: [0...127]
name of the RADIUS Dynamic Authorization

client
vrf to which the RADIUS Dyn Auth Client belongs
Table 12.16-2 "Security Radius Dynamic AUTH Client Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter
152
Type
Description
ip-address
<Ip::V4Address>
secret
<Password>
length: 6<=x<64
[ no ] admin-down
<Aaa::AdminState>
mandatory parameter
IP address of RADIUS authentication server
mandatory parameter
client
administrative state of the authentication server
Released
Edition 03
12.17 Security Radius Policy Configuration

Command
Command Description
This command configures RADIUS policies. The conceptual table lists the RADIUS policies with the parameters
that apply globally for the RADIUS policy. An entry in this table (policy) can be deleted only if it is not associated
with any of the domains. If this entry is deleted, then the corresponding entry in the RADIUS server will also be
deleted.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure system security radius [[no] policy (name) nas-id <Printable-0-64>
nas-ip-address <Ip::V4Address> [ no keep-domain-name | keep-domain-name ][ no
disable-accnt-msg | disable-accnt-msg ][ no acc-interval | acc-interval <Aaa::AccInt>
][ no eap | eap ]]
Command Parameters
Table 12.17-1 "Security Radius Policy Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(name)
Type
Description
<Aaa::RadPolicyName>
length: 1<=x<64
name of the RADIUS policy
Table 12.17-2 "Security Radius Policy Configuration Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
Type
Description
nas-id
<Printable-0-64>
length: x<64
nas-ip-address
<Ip::V4Address>
[ no
keep-domain-name
] <Aaa::StripDomain>
[ no
disable-accnt-msg
] <Aaa::BootFlag>
mandatory parameter
NAS-Identifier used in messages towards the
Radius servers
mandatory parameter
NAS-IP-Address used in messages towards the
Radius servers
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"strip-domain-name"
don't strip domain name when sending to RADIUS
server
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"enable-accnt-msg"
whether to send accounting messages on reboot
Interim Accounting Interval in seconds
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"enable-eap"
[ no ] acc-interval
[ no ] eap
<Aaa::AccInt>
range: [60...2147483647u,0...0u]
<Aaa::Eap>
Released
153
Parameter
Type
Description
enable/diasable EAP
154
Released
Edition 03
12.18 Security Radius Server Configuration

Command
Command Description
This command configures RADIUS servers. The conceptual table lists the set of RADIUS servers with the
parameters of that set. The servers that are placed in a set using this table must first be defined in the RADIUS
Authenticaion and Accounting server. The value returned by the RADIUS server is used by the management station
as the value for the index when creating a new entry in this table.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure system security radius policy (name) [[no] servers (index) auth-server
none | name : <Aaa::RadAuthServerName> vrf-index-auth <Aaa::VrfIndex> [ no acc-server
| acc-server none | name : <Aaa::RadAccServerName> ][ no vrf-index-acc | vrf-index-acc
<Aaa::VrfIndex> ]priority <Aaa::Priority> ]
Command Parameters
Table 12.18-1 "Security Radius Server Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(name)
(index)
Type
Description
length: 1<=x<64
<Aaa::RadServerSetIndex>
range: [1...2]

index of RADIUS profile
Table 12.18-2 "Security Radius Server Configuration Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
auth-server
vrf-index-auth
[ no ] acc-server
Type
Description
none
|
name
:
<Aaa::VrfIndex>
range: [0...127]
none | name : <Aaa::RadAccServerName>
mandatory parameter
the radius authentication server
mandatory parameter
vrf to which the RADIUS auth server belongs
the radius accounting server
vrf to which the RADIUS accounting server
belongs
mandatory parameter
priority of the set of RADIUS servers
[ no ] vrf-index-acc
<Aaa::VrfIndex>
range: [0...255]
priority
<Aaa::Priority>
range: [1...256]
Released
155
12.19 Security 802.1x PAE System Configuration

Command
Command Description
This command configures the administrative enable and disable state for port access control in a system.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure system security pae [ no port-access | port-access ]
Command Parameters
Table 12.19-2 "Security 802.1x PAE System Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
[ no ] port-access
156
Type
Description
<Aaa::AuthenticationEnabled>
optional
parameter
with
default
"no-port-access"
enable/disable state for port access control
Released
Edition 03
value:
12.20 Security 802.1x Port Authentication

Command Description
This command configures security 802.1x port authentication. A table contains the configuration objects for the
Authenticator PAE associated with each port. An entry appears in this table for each port that may authenticate
access to itself.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure system security pae authenticator (port) [ no controlled-port |
controlled-port <Aaa::PaeControlledPortControl> ][ no quiet-period | quiet-period
<Aaa::paeQuitTime> ][ no tx-period | tx-period <Aaa::paeTime> ][ no supp-timeout |
supp-timeout <Aaa::paeTime> ][ no server-timeout | server-timeout <Aaa::paeTime> ][ no
max-req | max-req <Aaa::paeMaxReq> ]
Command Parameters
Table 12.20-1 "Security 802.1x Port Authentication Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/ index (1/1/4/1..) of rack/shelf/slot/port
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
:
Table 12.20-2 "Security 802.1x Port Authentication Configuration Command" Command

Parameters
Parameter
[ no ] controlled-port
[ no ] quiet-period
[ no ] tx-period
[ no ] supp-timeout
Type
Description
<Aaa::PaeControlledPortControl>
- force-unauthorized : force unauthorized
control
- auto : automatic control
- force-authorized : force authorized
control
<Aaa::paeQuitTime>
range: [0...65535]
optional parameter with default value: "auto"

current value of the controlled Port
<Aaa::paeTime>
range: [1...65535]
<Aaa::paeTime>
range: [1...65535]

quietPeriod constant currently used, value in
seconds
txPeriod constant currently used, value in seconds
suppTimeout constant currently used, value in
Released
157
Parameter
158
Type
[ no ] server-timeout
<Aaa::paeTime>
range: [1...65535]
[ no ] max-req
<Aaa::paeMaxReq>
range: [1...10]
Released
Description
seconds
serverTimeout constant currently used, value in
seconds
maxReq constant currently used
Edition 03
12.21 Security 802.1x Extension, Port

Authentication Configuration Command
Command Description
This command configures the security 802.1x extension port authentication. A table contains the configuration
objects for the Authenticator PAE associated with each port. An entry appears in this table for each port that may
authenticate access to itself.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure system security pae ext-authenticator (port) [ no authentication |
authentication ][ no init-authreq-off | init-authreq-off ][ no handshake | handshake
][ no handshake-period | handshake-period <Aaa::PortHandShakePeriod> ]
Command Parameters
Table 12.21-1 "Security 802.1x Extension, Port Authentication Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
:
Table 12.21-2 "Security 802.1x Extension, Port Authentication Configuration Command"

Command Parameters
Parameter
Type
Description
[ no ] authentication
<Aaa::PortAuthState>
[ no ] init-authreq-off
<Aaa::PortAuthReq>
[ no ] handshake
<Aaa::PortHandShakeMode>
optional parameter with default value: "no-authen"

enable 802.1x authentication
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"initiate-authreq"
specify initiate authentication request to supplicant
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"no-handshake"
enable handshake for this port
specify the handshake time interval
[ no
handshake-period
] <Aaa::PortHandShakePeriod>
range: [5...90]
Released
159
12.22 Security 802.1x Port Configuration Command

Command Description
This command configures the security 802.1x port. A table contains the configuration objects for the Authenticator
PAE associated with each port. An entry appears in this table for each port that may authenticate access to itself.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure system security pae port (port) [ no initialize | initialize ]
Command Parameters
Table 12.22-1 "Security 802.1x Port Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
:
Table 12.22-2 "Security 802.1x Port Configuration Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
[ no ] initialize
160
Type
Description
<Aaa::InitCont>
optional
parameter
with
default
"no-initialize"
initialization control for this port
Released
Edition 03
value:
12.23 Security Password Policy Configuration

Commmand
Command Description
This node allows the operator to configure the password policy.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with security,all privileges, and executed by operators with security
privileges.
Command Syntax
> configure system security password min-length <Sec::PwdLength> min-num-numeric-char
<Sec::PwdNumChars> min-num-special-char <Sec::PwdSpeChars> [ no mixed-case |
mixed-case <Sec::MixCase> ]
Command Parameters
Table 12.23-2 "Security Password Policy Configuration Commmand" Command Parameters
Parameter
min-length
min-num-numeric-char
min-num-special-char
[ no ] mixed-case
Type
Description
<Sec::PwdLength>
range: [4...20] unit: characters
<Sec::PwdNumChars>
<Sec::PwdSpeChars>
<Sec::MixCase>
- mandatory : both upper and lower case
characters must be present
- not-mandatory : both upper and lower
case characters not mandatory
optional parameter
the minimum length of the password
optional parameter
minimum number of numerical characters
optional parameter
minimum number of special character
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"not-mandatory"
both upper and lower case charactersre must be
present
Released
161
13- Transaction Configuration Commands
13.1 Transaction Configuration Command
162
Released
13-163
Edition 03
13 Transaction Configuration Commands
13.1 Transaction Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure transaction parameters.
User Level
privileges.
Command Syntax
> configure system transaction [ no time-out-value | time-out-value <TimeTicks>
]log-full-action <Trans::logFullaction>
Command Parameters
Table 13.1-2 "Transaction Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
[ no ] time-out-value
log-full-action
Type
Description
<TimeTicks>
unit: msec
<Trans::logFullaction>
by recent ones
buffer is reset

set the timeout for transaction
optional parameter
set action to be taken when the log is full
Released
163
14- Software Management Configuration

Commands
14.1 Software Management Overall Software Package

164
Released
14-165
Edition 03
14 Software Management Configuration Commands
14.1 Software Management Overall Software

Package Configuration Command
Introduction
The Overall SoftWare Package (OSWP) can be in any one of the following states: operational, aborting,
downloading, enabled, disabled, activated, and committed. The operator can perform such functions as download
the OSWP or set of files, abort its download, or enable or disable its autofetch property. The operator can also
specify primary and secondary tftp-server ids for downloading the database.
The operator can also configure the download set or the set of files that are needed before triggering activation.
Download a new OSWP

To download an OSWP, the system must have only one enabled/active/committed OSWP, the management channel
between the system and the manager has been established, and the system is not involved in another software
download process.
The manager requests the system to download a new OSWP. The manager specifies the path name of the overall
descriptor file, the TFTP-servers where the overall descriptor files are located, and the set of files the manager
wants to have available on the system before activating the new OSWP.
The system downloads the overall descriptor files and stores them persistently. The system downloads the software
files that are specified in the downloaded SWP descriptor files on condition that sufficient resources are available
for their persistent storage. The manager can monitor the progress of the download process with granularity.
The download process can be implicitly or explicitly interrupted. The implicit interruption can occur due to reasons
such as the unavailability of enough resources to store SWP files, the system is not able to download or interpret
the overall descriptor file, or the system is not able to download a selected SWP descriptor file. The explicit
interruption can occur when the manager requests the system to abort the ongoing download process.
If there are no exceptions, the system will have two OSWPs; the Enabled/Active/Committed OSWP and the new
downloaded OSWP. The status of the new OSWP is Enabled/NotActive/UnCommitted.
Abort an OSWP
The manager can abort an OSWP when the system has two OSWPs. The status of the first OSWP is
Enabled/Active/Committed while the second OSWP will be in one of the following three states:
Enabled/NotActive/UnCommitted, Downloading/NotActive/UnCommitted, or Disabled/NotActive/UnCommitted.
The management channel between the system and the manager is established and the system is not involved in any
other software download process.
The manager requests the system to remove the NotActive/UnCommitted OSWP. The system removes all the
persistent stored files and databases not related to the Enabled/Active/Committed OSWP. The status of the OSWP
to be removed will be Aborting/NotActive/UnCommitted during the complete removal operation.
After a successful abort, the system will have only one OSWP. The status of this OSWP will be
Enabled/Active/Committed. Only files and databases related to this OSWP are stored persistently in the system.
Activate a Not-Active OSWP

To activate a not-active OSWP, the system has two OSWPs. One OSWP is Enabled/Active and the second OSWP
Released
165
is Enabled/NotActive. The management channel between the system and the manager is established and the system
is not involved in another software download process.
The manager requests the system to activate the Enabled/NotActive OSWP. Among the available databases, the
system first selects the database that is compatible with and linked to the Enabled/NotActive OSWP. The system
then starts the activation process of the NotActive OSWP.
Finally, after the successfull activation of the Not-active OSWP, the system has two OSWPs. The previous
Not-active OSWP is now active together with the selected compatible database. Also, the previous Active OSWP is
still available but NotActive.
Commit an OSWP
To commit an OSWP, the system has two OSWPs. The status of the first OSWP is Enabled/Active/UnCommited
and the status of the second OSWP is Enabled/NotActive/Committed.
The manager requests the system to commit the active OSWP. The system removes all the persistent stored files
and databases that do not belong to the Enabled/Active OSWP. The status of the OSWP to be committed will be
Enabled/Active/Committing during the complete commit operation.
Finally, after a successfull commit process, the system has only one OSWP. The status of this OSWP is
Enabled/Active/Committed. Only files related to this OSWP are stored persistently in the system.
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure various OSWP attributes and parameters.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with software management privileges, and executed by operators with
software management privileges.
Command Syntax
> configure software-mngt oswp (index) primary-file-server-id <Ip::V4Address>
second-file-server-id <Ip::V4Address> download-set <SwMngt::downloadSet> autofetch
<SwMngt::autoFetch>
Command Parameters
Table 14.1-1 "Software Management Overall Software Package Configuration Command"
Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
<SwMngt::swmOswpIdx>
range: [1...2]
index to the swm oswp table
Table 14.1-2 "Software Management Overall Software Package Configuration Command"

Command Parameters
Parameter
Type
primary-file-server-id <Ip::V4Address>
second-file-server-id
166
<Ip::V4Address>
Released
Description
optional parameter
tftp server address for overall descriptor file
optional parameter
second tftp server address for overall descriptor file
Edition 03
Parameter
download-set
autofetch
Type
Description
<SwMngt::downloadSet>
- min-set : minimum set of files needed to
activate
- actual-set : files applicable for the board
types
- complete-set : all the files
<SwMngt::autoFetch>
- disabled : disable autofetch feature
- missing-files-only : only missing files
are fetched
- all-files : all the files are fetched
optional parameter
set of files needed before triggering activation
optional parameter
enable or disable autofetch feature
Released
167
15- Ethernet Configuration Commands
15.1 Ethernet IP Configuration Command

15.2 SHub Ethernet MAC-Filter Configuration Command
15.3 SHub Ethernet MAC-Filter Port List Configuration
Command
15.4 SHub Ethernet Rate Configuration Command
168
Released
15-169
15-170
15-171
15-172
Edition 03
15 Ethernet Configuration Commands
15.1 Ethernet IP Configuration Command

Command Description
These parameters are configure to forwarding or not forwarding of the datagrams, along with whether the TTL
value has been provided by the transport layer or not.
The default value inserted into the Time-To-Live field of the IP header of datagrams originated at this entity,
whenever a TTL value is not supplied by the transport layer protocol. The indication of whether this entity is acting
as an IP router in respect to the forwarding of datagrams received by, but not addressed to, this entity. IP routers
forward datagrams, IP hosts do not.
User Level
privileges.
Command Syntax
> configure transport ip default-ttl <Ip::TTL>
Command Parameters
Table 15.1-2 "Ethernet IP Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
default-ttl
Type
Description
<Ip::TTL>
range: [1...255]
optional parameter
default value inserted into the time-to-live field of
the IP header
Released
169
15.2 SHub Ethernet MAC-Filter Configuration

Command
Command Description
This node allows the operator to configure MAC-filter.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure transport shub [[no] mac-filter (index-num) [ no protocol-type |
protocol-type <Sys::ProtocolType> ]filter any - <Sys::MacAddr> | <Sys::MacAddr> - any
| <Sys::MacAddr> - <Sys::MacAddr> [vlan-id <Sys::FilterVlanId> ][ no action-drop |
action-drop ]]
Command Parameters
Table 15.2-1 "SHub Ethernet MAC-Filter Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index-num)
Type
Description
<Sys::Number>
range: [1...65535]
Table 15.2-2 "SHub Ethernet MAC-Filter Configuration Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
[ no ] protocol-type
filter
vlan-id
[ no ] action-drop
170
Type
Description
<Sys::ProtocolType>
range: [0,1536...65535]
any - <Sys::MacAddr> | <Sys::MacAddr>
any
|
<Sys::MacAddr>
<Sys::MacAddr>
- any : all source MAC address
- <Sys::MacAddr> : source mac address
- any : all destination MAC address
- <Sys::MacAddr> : destination mac
address
<Sys::FilterVlanId>
range: [0...4094]
<Sys::L2Action>

specifies the non IP protocol type to be filtered
mandatory parameter
specifies to MAC addresses to be matched with the
packet
Released
optional parameter
Vlan Id to be filtered
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"action-allow"
Edition 03
15.3 SHub Ethernet MAC-Filter Port List

Command Description
This node allows the operator to configure MAC-filter to a port.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure transport shub mac-filter (index-num) [[no] in-port (port) ]
Command Parameters
Table 15.3-1 "SHub Ethernet MAC-Filter Port List Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index-num)
(port)
Type
Description
<Sys::Number>
range: [1...65535]
lt : <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / the port number
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
|
network
:
<Shub::NetworkPort>
Released
171
15.4 SHub Ethernet Rate Configuration Command

Command Description
This node allows the operator to configure the rate limit.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure transport shub rate-limit (ctrl-index) [ no lookup-enabled |
lookup-enabled ][ no bcast-pkt-enabled | bcast-pkt-enabled ][ no mcast-pkt-enabled |
mcast-pkt-enabled ]max-nbr-pkts <Sys::RateCtrlLimit>
Command Parameters
Table 15.4-1 "SHub Ethernet Rate Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(ctrl-index)
Type
Description
<Shub::NetworkPort>
range: [1...7]
control index of the rate
Table 15.4-2 "SHub Ethernet Rate Configuration Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
[ no ] lookup-enabled
Type
Description
<Sys::DlfStatus>
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"lookup-disabled"
destination lookup failure packet transmission
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"bcast-pkt-disabled"
broadcast packet control transmission
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"mcast-pkt-disabled"
multicast packet control transmission
optional parameter
limiting value for the maximum number of packets
[ no
bcast-pkt-enabled
] <Sys::BcastStatus>
[ no
mcast-pkt-enabled
] <Sys::McastStatus>
max-nbr-pkts
172
<Sys::RateCtrlLimit>
range: [1...65535]
Released
Edition 03
16- IGMP Configuration Commands
16.1 IGMP Channel Sources Configuration Command

16.2 IGMP Package Bitmaps Configuration Command
16.3 IGMP System Configuration Command
16.4 SHub IGMP IGS System Configuration Command
16.5 SHub IGMP Response Timer Configuration Command
16.6 SHub IGMP Router Port Configuration Command
16.7 SHub IGMP Vlan Filter Configuration Command
16-174
16-175
16-176
16-178
16-179
16-180
16-181
Released
173
16 IGMP Configuration Commands
16.1 IGMP Channel Sources Configuration

Command
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure pre-configured IGMP sources channel parameters.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges, and executed by operators with igmp privileges.
Command Syntax
> configure igmp channel (port) [ no perm-pkg-bitmap | perm-pkg-bitmap <Binary-08-08>
][ no max-num-group | max-num-group <Igmp::ChannelMaxNumGroup> ]
Command Parameters
Table 16.1-1 "IGMP Channel Sources Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/ index (1/1/4/1..) of rack/shelf/slot/port:vpi:vci
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
:
Table 16.1-2 "IGMP Channel Sources Configuration Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
Type
[ no
perm-pkg-bitmap
] <Binary-08-08>
length: 8
[ no
max-num-group
] <Igmp::ChannelMaxNumGroup>
range: [0...10]
174
Released
Description
00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00"
packages, the user is allowed to join
max group number this port (ADSL, PVC) can
support
Edition 03
16.2 IGMP Package Bitmaps Configuration

Command
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure IGMP package bitmaps. The package is intended primarily for use
by a network/element manager, such as an AWS, to support multiple sets of packages in different regions.
A package is a group of zero or more multicast sources that share a common access permission. By grouping the
source channels into one or more packages, it provides flexibility for the service provider to deliver different levels
of services to the end-users, for example, "Basic Package", "Middle-Tier Package", and "Premium Package".
NOTE:There is no requirement to configure the package. However, if it is modified, there is no effect on the
multicast source.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure igmp package (index) [ no name | name <PrintableString-0-32> ][ no
template-name | template-name <PrintableString-0-32> ]template-version
<Igmp::igmpPackageTemplateVersion>
Command Parameters
Table 16.2-1 "IGMP Package Bitmaps Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
<Igmp::PackageIndex>
range: [1...64]
index of the package
Table 16.2-2 "IGMP Package Bitmaps Configuration Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
[ no ] name
[ no ] template-name
template-version
Type
Description
length: x<32
length: x<32
<Igmp::igmpPackageTemplateVersion>
range: [0...2147483647]

name of the package
name of the service template containing this pkg
optional parameter
version of the service template containing this pkg
Released
175
16.3 IGMP System Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the IGMP system.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure igmp system src-ip-address <Ip::V4Address> [ no verify-checksum |
verify-checksum ][ no query-interval | query-interval <Igmp::SystemQueryInterval> ][
no max-rsp-time | max-rsp-time <Igmp::SystemQueryMaxResponseTime> ][ no robustness |
robustness <Igmp::SystemRobustness> ][ no mem-query-int | mem-query-int
<Igmp::MembQueryIntvl> ][ no last-memb-cnt | last-memb-cnt <Igmp::MembQueryCount> ][
no last-max-resp-tim | last-max-resp-tim <Igmp::SystemLastMembMaxRespTime> ][ no
host-report-intv | host-report-intv <Igmp::SystemUnsolicitedReportIntvl> ][ no start |
start ]
Command Parameters
Table 16.3-2 "IGMP System Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
src-ip-address
Type
Description
optional parameter
the source ip address which is transmitted in every
multicast IP datagram
[ no ] <Igmp::igmpSystemVerifyChecksum>
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
verify-checksum
"verify-checksum-false"
whether IGMP checksum verification is performed
on received IGMP frame or not
[ no ] query-interval <Igmp::SystemQueryInterval>
range: [1...900] unit: sec
interval at which general membership queries
transmitted
[ no ] max-rsp-time
<Igmp::SystemQueryMaxResponseTime> optional parameter with default value: 100
range: [1...255] unit: 1/10 sec
maximum query response time advertised in
IGMPv2 queries
[ no ] robustness
<Igmp::SystemRobustness>
range: [1...10]
expected pkt loss on subnet
[ no ] mem-query-int <Igmp::MembQueryIntvl>
range: [2...255] unit: 1/10 sec
minimum interval between group-specific queries
[ no ] last-memb-cnt <Igmp::MembQueryCount>
range: [1...10]
number of GSQs ( group-specific queries) to be
sent
[ no ] <Igmp::SystemLastMembMaxRespTime> optional parameter with default value: 2
last-max-resp-tim
range: [1...255] unit: 1/10 sec
allows shorter max response times
[ no ] host-report-intv <Igmp::SystemUnsolicitedReportIntvl>
interval of repetitions of host's report of group
membership
176
<Ip::V4Address>
Released
Edition 03
Parameter
[ no ] start
Type
Description
<Igmp::igmpSystemChangeOperStatus>
optional parameter with default value: "stop"

to start/stop the IGMP and mcast app module
Released
177
16.4 SHub IGMP IGS System Configuration

Command
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the IGS system-related parameters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure igmp shub igs-system [ no start-snooping | start-snooping ][ no
enable-status | enable-status ]self-ip-addr-mode <Igmp::SelfIpAddressMode>
self-ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> trace-selection <SignedInteger> [ no router-purge-intv |
router-purge-intv <Igmp::RouterInterval> ][ no host-purge-intv | host-purge-intv
<Igmp::HostInterval> ][ no report-fwd-intv | report-fwd-intv <Igmp::ForwardInterval> ]
Command Parameters
Table 16.4-2 "SHub IGMP IGS System Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
Type
Description
[ no ] start-snooping
<Igmp::SystemControl>
[ no ] enable-status
<Igmp::Status>
self-ip-addr-mode
self-ip-addr
<Igmp::SelfIpAddressMode>
- configure : query by configure
- from-ip : query by ip
<Ip::V4Address>
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"no-start-snooping"
start the snooping module
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"no-enable-snooping"
enable snooping in the system
optional parameter
sets the mode through which IP address can be got
trace-selection
<SignedInteger>
[ no ] <Igmp::RouterInterval>
router-purge-intv
[ no ] host-purge-intv <Igmp::HostInterval>
[ no ] report-fwd-intv <Igmp::ForwardInterval>
178
Released
optional parameter
source address while sending IGMP query
optional parameter
specifies what will be traced
interval after which router port entry be purged
interval after which host port entry be purged
interval within which next report msg forwarded
Edition 03
16.5 SHub IGMP Response Timer Configuration

Command
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the SHub response timer for each VLAN.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure igmp shub response-timer (vlan-id) [ no leave-rsp-timer | leave-rsp-timer
<Igmp::LeaveResponse> ]
Command Parameters
Table 16.5-1 "SHub IGMP Response Timer Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(vlan-id)
Type
Description
<Vlan::VlanIndex>
range: [1...4093]
VlanId for the leave response timer
Table 16.5-2 "SHub IGMP Response Timer Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
[ no ] leave-rsp-timer
Type
Description
<Igmp::LeaveResponse>
range: [0...10]

interval to wait for query response from host
Released
179
16.6 SHub IGMP Router Port Configuration

Command
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the router port which is reachable.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure igmp shub [[no] vlan-router-port (vlan-id) network-port
<Shub::NetworkPort> query-timer <Igmp::VlanRouterQueryTimer> ]
Command Parameters
Table 16.6-1 "SHub IGMP Router Port Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(vlan-id)
network-port
Type
Description
<Vlan::VlanId>
range: [1...4093]
<Shub::NetworkPort>
range: [1...7]
the id of a vlan for which a network port is

reachable
the network port that is reachable
Table 16.6-2 "SHub IGMP Router Port Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
query-timer
180
Type
Description
<Igmp::VlanRouterQueryTimer>
range: [60...600]
mandatory parameter
time interval to wait for query packet
Released
Edition 03
16.7 SHub IGMP Vlan Filter Configuration

Command
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the VLAN filter status to enable or diable the IGMP snooping on
that specific VLAN.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure igmp shub vlan-filter (filter-id) [ no snoop-filter | snoop-filter ]
Command Parameters
Table 16.7-1 "SHub IGMP Vlan Filter Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(filter-id)
Type
Description
<Igmp::VlanFilterIndex>
range: [1...4093]
Vlan Id for which IGMP features is to be disabled
Table 16.7-2 "SHub IGMP Vlan Filter Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
[ no ] snoop-filter
Type
Description
<Igmp::VlanFilterStatus>
optional
parameter
"no-snoop-filter"
enable the snoop filter
Released
with
default
181
value:
17- Multicast Configuration Commands
17.1 Multicast General Group Configuration Command

17.2 Multicast Capacity Configuration Command
17.3 Multicast Sources Configuration Command
182
Released
17-183
17-184
17-185
Edition 03
17 Multicast Configuration Commands
17.1 Multicast General Group Configuration

Command
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure general multicast parameters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure mcast general [ no fast-change | fast-change ][ no pkg-memb-bitmap |
pkg-memb-bitmap <Binary-08-08> ][ no max-bitrate | max-bitrate
<Igmp::GeneralMcastMaxBitRate> ][ no mean-bit-rate | mean-bit-rate
<Igmp::GeneralMcastMeanBitRate> ]
Command Parameters
Table 17.1-2 "Multicast General Group Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
Type
Description
[ no ] fast-change
<Igmp::generalMulticastFastChanChange> optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"dis-fast-change"
enable/disable fast channel changes
[ no ] <Binary-08-08>
optional parameter with default value: "ff : ff : ff :
pkg-memb-bitmap
length: 8
ff : ff : ff : ff : ff"
package(s) a class D address belongs
[ no ] max-bitrate
<Igmp::GeneralMcastMaxBitRate>
reasonable downstream max bitrate in ATM level
[ no ] mean-bit-rate
<Igmp::GeneralMcastMeanBitRate>
reasonable downstream mean bitrate in ATM level
Released
183
17.2 Multicast Capacity Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the multicast capacity parameters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure mcast capacity [ no max-num-group | max-num-group
<Igmp::McastCapacityMaxNumGroup> ][ no max-num-uncfg | max-num-uncfg
<Igmp::McastCapacityMaxNumUnCfg> ][ no cfg-res-time | cfg-res-time <Igmp::reserveTime>
][ no uncfg-res-time | uncfg-res-time <Igmp::reserveTime> ]
Command Parameters
Table 17.2-2 "Multicast Capacity Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
Type
[ no
max-num-group
] <Igmp::McastCapacityMaxNumGroup>
range: [0...256]
[
max-num-uncfg
] <Igmp::McastCapacityMaxNumUnCfg>
range: [0...128]
no
[ no ] cfg-res-time
[ no ] uncfg-res-time
184
<Igmp::reserveTime>
unit: sec
<Igmp::reserveTime>
unit: sec
Released
Description
no of grps the system supports in enough
bandwidth
no of uncfg grps the system supports in enough
bandwidth
time to reserve the unused configured groups
time to reserve the unused unconfigured groups
Edition 03
17.3 Multicast Sources Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the multicast source.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure mcast [[no] src (class-d-addr) [ no dis-fast-change | dis-fast-change ][
no pkg-mem-bitmap | pkg-mem-bitmap <Binary-08-08> ][ no name | name
<PrintableString-0-32> ][ no atm-peak-bit-rate | atm-peak-bit-rate
<Igmp::McastSrcAtmPeakBitRate> ][ no atm-sus-bit-rate | atm-sus-bit-rate
<Igmp::McastSrcAtmSustainBitRate> ]vlan-id <Igmp::McastSrcVLANID> [ no service-name |
service-name <PrintableString-0-32> ]]
Command Parameters
Table 17.3-1 "Multicast Sources Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(class-d-addr)
Type
Description
<MulticastAddress>
mcast
src
address
order(big-endian)
in
network-byte
Table 17.3-2 "Multicast Sources Configuration Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
Type
Description
[ no ] dis-fast-change
<Igmp::generalMulticastFastChanChange> optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"fast-change"
enable fast channel change
[ no ] <Binary-08-08>
pkg-mem-bitmap
length: 8
00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00 : 00"
indicates to which package(s) a class D address
belongs
[ no ] name
length: x<32
name of the source
[ no ] <Igmp::McastSrcAtmPeakBitRate>
atm-peak-bit-rate
range: [0...100000]
peak bit rate for transmit/downstream traffic
[ no ] atm-sus-bit-rate <Igmp::McastSrcAtmSustainBitRate>
range: [0...100000]
sustainable bit rate for transmit/downstream traffic
vlan-id
<Igmp::McastSrcVLANID>
mandatory parameter
range: [1...4093]
VLAN for this multicast source
[ no ] service-name
length: x<32
name of the service or service provider of this
mcast source
Released
185
18- IP Configuration Commands
18.1 VRF Configuration Command

18.2 VRF Route Configuration Command
18.3 VLAN Bundle Configuration Command
18.4 IP SHub VRF Configuration Command
18.5 IP SHub VRF Route Map
18.6 IP SHub VRF route preference command
18.7 IP SHub VRF Route Configuration Command
18.8 IP Shub Arp Configuration Command
18.9 IP Shub Arp Configuration Command Per Vlan
18.10 IP Interface Network Configuration Command
18.11 IP Interface Network VRF Configuration Command
18.12 IP Interface Network Numbered Configuration
Command
18.13 IP Interface User Port Configuration Command
18.14 IP Interface User Port VRF Configuration Command
18.15 IP Interface User Bridge Port Configuration
Command
18.16 IP Interface User Port VRF Configuration Command
18.17 IP User Gateway Interface VRF Configuration
Command
186
Released
18-187
18-189
18-190
18-191
18-192
18-193
18-194
18-195
18-196
18-197
18-198
18-199
18-200
18-201
18-202
18-203
18-204
Edition 03
18 IP Configuration Commands
18.1 VRF Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows an operator to create, delete, or modify a virtual routing and forwarding context for the data
plane. VRF index 0 is reserved and cannot be created, deleted, or modified.
The modification of my-ipaddress is not possible if there are still PPPoE connections established in the VRF.
The removal of VRF is not possible when there is an IP interface still attached or a PPPoE connection established
in the VRF.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges, and executed by operators with ip privileges.
Command Syntax
> configure ip [[no] vrf (index) name <Vrf::VrfName> [ no desc | desc
<Vrf::VrfDescription> ][ no contact | contact <Vrf::VrfContact> ][ no my-ipaddress |
my-ipaddress <Ip::V4Address> ][ no default-ttl | default-ttl <Vrf::DefaultTTL> ][ no
reassem-timeout | reassem-timeout <Gauge> ][ no mode | mode <Vrf::VrfMode> ]]
Command Parameters
Table 18.1-1 "VRF Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
<Vrf::VrfIndex>
range: [1...127]
the vrf index
Table 18.1-2 "VRF Configuration Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
name
[ no ] desc
[ no ] contact
[ no ] my-ipaddress
[ no ] default-ttl
[ no
reassem-timeout
[ no ] mode
Type
Description
<Vrf::VrfName>
length: 1<=x<22
<Vrf::VrfDescription>
length: x<32
<Vrf::VrfContact>
length: x<32
<Ip::V4Address>
mandatory parameter
the name
the description
contact information for administration of this VRF
Ip Address of the system within this VRF
default value for time-to-live
maximum seconds the fragments to be held for
reassembly
optional parameter with default value: "forwarder"
the mode
<Vrf::DefaultTTL>
range: [1...255]
] <Gauge>
<Vrf::VrfMode>
- forwarder : acting in forwarder mode
without user to user traffic
- router : acting in router mode
Released
187
188
Released
Edition 03
18.2 VRF Route Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to create or delete an indirect or direct route towards the network and a direct
route towards the user-side. The next hop address must match one of the IP interfaces towards the network.
Only one default route can be created for each VRF. Use an address of 0.0.0.0 to specify a default route.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure ip vrf (index) [[no] route-dest (dest-ip-address) next-hop direct :
user-port : <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / <Eqpt::LtSlot> / <Eqpt::Port> :
<Atm::DefaultVpi> : <Atm::DefaultVci> | <Ip::V4Address> : network : vlan : stacked :
<Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> | <Ip::V4Address> : network : vlan :
<Vlan::UVlanIndex> | <Ip::V4Address> : network : any | network : stacked :
<Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> | direct : network : <Vlan::UVlanIndex> |
direct : user-bridgeport : <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / <Eqpt::LtSlot> /
<Eqpt::Port> : <Atm::DefaultVpi> : <Atm::DefaultVci> ]
Command Parameters
Table 18.2-1 "VRF Route Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
(dest-ip-address)
next-hop
Type
Description
<Vrf::VrfIndex>
the vrf index
range: [1...127]
<Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLengthFull> inet-address with prefix
direct : user-port : <Eqpt::Rack> / the next hop IP-address
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Atm::DefaultVci> | <Ip::V4Address> :
network
:
vlan
:
stacked
:
<Vlan::SVlanIndex>
:
<Vlan::CVlanIndex> | <Ip::V4Address> :
network : vlan : <Vlan::UVlanIndex> |
<Ip::V4Address> : network : any |
network : stacked : <Vlan::SVlanIndex> :
<Vlan::CVlanIndex> | direct : network :
<Vlan::UVlanIndex>
|
direct
:
user-bridgeport
:
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Atm::DefaultVci>
Released
189
18.3 VLAN Bundle Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows an operator to create or delete a VLAN bundle.
If the operator deletes the last VLAN it will delete the VLAN bundle.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure ip [[no] vlan-bind (vlan-id) layer3-itf <Itf::IpoeInterface> ]
Command Parameters
Table 18.3-1 "VLAN Bundle Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(vlan-id)
Type
Description
<Vlan::VlanId>
range: [1...4093]
specifies the vlan ID.
Table 18.3-2 "VLAN Bundle Configuration Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
layer3-itf
190
Type
Description
<Itf::IpoeInterface>
- new : new ip interface
- <Ip::Layer3ID> : the layer3-itf
mandatory parameter
specifies the layer3 interface.
Released
Edition 03
18.4 IP SHub VRF Configuration Command

Command Description
This commands allows the operator to create, delete, or modify a virtual routing and forwarding context for the
control plane. VRF index 0 is reserved and cannot be created, deleted or modified.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure ip shub [[no] vrf (index) name <Vrf::ShubVrfName> (modeandcommstatus) ]
Command Parameters
Table 18.4-1 "IP SHub VRF Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
<Vrf::ShubVrfID>
range: [0...127]
the vrf id
Table 18.4-2 "IP SHub VRF Configuration Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
Type
name
<Vrf::ShubVrfName>
length: x<22
(modeandcommstatus) fast-path-mode : ena-user-user-com |
dis-user-user-com | slow-path-mode
- fast-path-mode : set fast-path mode
- slow-path-mode : set slow-path mode
- ena-user-user-com : set user to user
comm via service-hub
- dis-user-user-com : unset user to user
comm
Description
mandatory parameter
the name
mandatory parameter
some help
Released
191
18.5 IP SHub VRF Route Map

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the route map in IP SHub.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure ip shub vrf (index) routing-option [[no] route-map (dest-ip) source-proto
<Ip::SourceProto> (export) dest-proto <Ip::DestProto> ]
Command Parameters
Table 18.5-1 "IP SHub VRF Route Map" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
(dest-ip)
source-proto
Type
Description
<Vrf::ShubVrfID>
range: [0...127]
<Ip::V4Address>
<Ip::IpPrefixLengthInv>
<Ip::SourceProto>
- any : any routing protocol
- static : static routing
- rip : berkeley rip or rip2
- ospf : open shortest path first
the vrf id
/ ip address and mask of the destination route
source routing protocol
Table 18.5-2 "IP SHub VRF Route Map" Command Parameters

Parameter
(export)
dest-proto
192
Type
Description
<Ip::ExportFlag>
- permit : permit the route export
- deny : deny the route export
<Ip::DestProto>
- any : any routing protocol
- ospf : ospf routing protocol
- rip : rip routing protocol
- ospf-rip : ospf and rip routing protocol
mandatory parameter
route allowed for export
Released
mandatory parameter
destination routing protocol
Edition 03
18.6 IP SHub VRF route preference command

Command Description
This commands allows an operator to specify the preference for the route learned by dynamic routing protocols.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure ip shub vrf (index) routing-option preference route-type (index) value
<Vrf::ShubProtPref>
Command Parameters
Table 18.6-1 "IP SHub VRF route preference command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
(index)
Type
Description
<Vrf::ShubVrfID>
range: [0...127]
<Vrf::ShubProtId>
- static : static route
- rip : RIPv2 protocol
- ospf : open shortest path first
the vrf id
the routing protocol id
Table 18.6-2 "IP SHub VRF route preference command" Command Parameters
Parameter
value
Type
Description
<Vrf::ShubProtPref>
range: [0...255]
optional parameter
the preference for the route
Released
193
18.7 IP SHub VRF Route Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to create, delete, or modify a virtual routing and forwarding context for the
control plane. VRF index 0 is reserved and cannot be created, deleted, or modified.
The Ip-address of the route destination must be of type x.x.x.0/24.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure ip shub vrf (index) [[no] route-dest (dest) next-hop
<Ip::NextHopV4Address> vlan-id <Vlan::VlanId> [ no metric | metric
<Vrf::ShubRouteMetric> ]]
Command Parameters
Table 18.7-1 "IP SHub VRF Route Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
<Vrf::ShubVrfID>
the vrf id
range: [0...127]
<Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLengthFull> the destination ip address and mask of this route
<Ip::NextHopV4Address>
the next hop ip address of this route
(dest)
next-hop
Table 18.7-2 "IP SHub VRF Route Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
194
Type
Description
vlan-id
<Vlan::VlanId>
range: [1...4093]
[ no ] metric
<Vrf::ShubRouteMetric>
mandatory parameter
vlan id
the primary routing metric for this route
Released
Edition 03
18.8 IP Shub Arp Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the IP SHub ARP parameters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure ip shub arp [ no cache-timeout | cache-timeout <Ip::ArpCacheTimeOut> ][ no
cache-pending | cache-pending <Ip::ArpCachePendingTime> ][ no cache-refresh |
cache-refresh <Ip::ArpCacheRefreshTime> ][ no cache-retry-time | cache-retry-time
<Ip::ArpCacheRetryTime> ][ no max-retry-itvl | max-retry-itvl
<Ip::ArpCacheMaxRetryTime> ][ no max-retries | max-retries <Ip::ArpMaxRetries> ]
Command Parameters
Table 18.8-2 "IP Shub Arp Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
Type
[ no ] cache-timeout
<Ip::ArpCacheTimeOut>
range: [30...86400]
[ no ] cache-pending <Ip::ArpCachePendingTime>
range: [30...3000]
[ no ] cache-refresh
<Ip::ArpCacheRefreshTime>
range: [30...3600]
[ no ] <Ip::ArpCacheRetryTime>
cache-retry-time
range: [1...60]
[ no ] max-retry-itvl
<Ip::ArpCacheMaxRetryTime>
range: [600...18000]
[ no ] max-retries
<Ip::ArpMaxRetries>
range: [2...10]
Description
time after which the entry in cache is removed
time an unresolved entry will be held in cache
refresh interval for next hop ARP cache entries
retry time for next hop ARP cache entries
max retry time for next hop ARP cache entries
maximum number of retry attempts for ARP
resolution
Released
195
18.9 IP Shub Arp Configuration Command Per Vlan

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the IP SHub ARP parameters for each VLAN.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure ip shub arp vlan (vlanid) [ no gratuitous-arp | gratuitous-arp ]
Command Parameters
Table 18.9-1 "IP Shub Arp Configuration Command Per Vlan" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(vlanid)
Type
Description
<Vlan::VlanIndex>
range: [1...4093]
the vlan id
Table 18.9-2 "IP Shub Arp Configuration Command Per Vlan" Command Parameters
Parameter
[ no ] gratuitous-arp
196
Type
Description
<Shub::GratArp>
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"no-gratuitous-arp"
process gratuitous broadcast ARP messages
Released
Edition 03
18.10 IP Interface Network Configuration Command

Command Description
This command creates an IP interface on a netwotk port.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure ip interface [[no] network (vlanid) ]
Command Parameters
Table 18.10-1 "IP Interface Network Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(vlanid)
Type
<Vlan::UVlanIndex>
<Vlan::SVlanIndex>
<Vlan::CVlanIndex>
Description
| vlan id
:
Released
197
18.11 IP Interface Network VRF Configuration

Command
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure VRF IP interface parameters. An interface can be of type
Numbered or Unumbered. The creation of the IP address will be for the Numbered interface only.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure ip interface network (vlanid) [[no] vrf (vrf-index) [ no arp-policy |
arp-policy <Vrf::ArpPolicy> ][ no unnumbered | unnumbered ]]
Command Parameters
Table 18.11-1 "IP Interface Network VRF Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(vlanid)
Type
<Vlan::UVlanIndex>
<Vlan::SVlanIndex>
<Vlan::CVlanIndex>
Description
| vlan id
:
Table 18.11-2 "IP Interface Network VRF Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
(vrf-index)
[ no ] arp-policy
[ no ] unnumbered
198
Type
Description
<Vrf::VrfIndex>
range: [1...127]
<Vrf::ArpPolicy>
- not-trusted : not trusted ARP packets
- trusted : trusted ARP packets
<Vrf::Unnumbered>
mandatory parameter
the vrf index
optional
parameter
with
default
"not-trusted"
system behaviour to received ARP packets
Released
value:
optional parameter with default value: "numbered"

unnumbered interface
Edition 03
18.12 IP Interface Network Numbered Configuration

Command
Command Description
This command associates an IP address to the numbered interface.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure ip interface network (vlanid) [[no] ip-address (ip-address) ]
Command Parameters
Table 18.12-1 "IP Interface Network Numbered Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(vlanid)
(ip-address)
Type
<Vlan::UVlanIndex>
<Vlan::SVlanIndex>
<Vlan::CVlanIndex>
Description
| vlan id
:
inet-address
Released
199
18.13 IP Interface User Port Configuration

Command
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure user port interface (rack/shelf/Lt-slot/port/vpi:vci).
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure ip interface user [[no] port (port-interface) ]
Command Parameters
Table 18.13-1 "IP Interface User Port Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port-interface)
200
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/ index (1/1/4/1..) of rack/shelf/slot/port user-port
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
: identification
Released
Edition 03
18.14 IP Interface User Port VRF Configuration

Command
Command Description
This command allows an operator to configure VRF IP interface parameters. The operator enters the QoS Profile
Sessions parameter. For the network-side, the IP interfaces will always be 0.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure ip interface user port (port-interface) [[no] vrf (vrf-index) [ no
qos-profile | qos-profile none | name : <Vlan::IgnoredQosProfileName> ]]
Command Parameters
Table 18.14-1 "IP Interface User Port VRF Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port-interface)
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
: identification
Table 18.14-2 "IP Interface User Port VRF Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
(vrf-index)
[ no ] qos-profile
Type
<Vrf::VrfIndex>
range: [1...127]
none
|
name
<Vlan::IgnoredQosProfileName>
Description
mandatory parameter
the vrf index
qos profile name
Released
201
18.15 IP Interface User Bridge Port Configuration

Command
Command Description
This is used to configure user bridgeport(IPoE) interface (rack/shelf/Lt-slot/port/vpi:vci).
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure ip interface user [[no] bridgeport (port-interface) ]
Command Parameters
Table 18.15-1 "IP Interface User Bridge Port Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port-interface)
202
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/ index
(1/1/4/1..)
of
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
: user-bridgeport identification
Released
rack/shelf/slot/port
Edition 03
18.16 IP Interface User Port VRF Configuration

Command
Command Description
This command allows an operator to configure VRF IP interface parameters. The operator enters the QoS Profile
Sessions parameter. For the network-side, the IP interfaces will always be 0.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure ip interface user bridgeport (port-interface) [[no] vrf (vrf-index) [ no
qos-profile | qos-profile none | name : <Vlan::IgnoredQosProfileName> ]]
Command Parameters
Table 18.16-1 "IP Interface User Port VRF Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port-interface)
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/ index
(1/1/4/1..)
of
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
: user-bridgeport identification
rack/shelf/slot/port
Table 18.16-2 "IP Interface User Port VRF Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
(vrf-index)
[ no ] qos-profile
Type
<Vrf::VrfIndex>
range: [1...127]
none
|
name
Description
mandatory parameter
the vrf index
qos profile name
Released
203
18.17 IP User Gateway Interface VRF Configuration

Command
Command Description
This command creates a user gateway interface. Whenever a VRF is created, there will be an auto-generated entry
in the VRF IP interface table. Only the operator can associate multiple IP addresses to this interface.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure ip interface gateway [[no] vrf-id (user-gateway) ip-address
<Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLength> ]
Command Parameters
Table 18.17-1 "IP User Gateway Interface VRF Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(user-gateway)
ip-address
204
Type
Description
<Vrf::VrfIndex>
the vrf index

inet-address
Released
Edition 03
19- VLAN Configuration Commands
19.1 VLAN General Configuration Command

19.2 VLAN Configuration Command
19.3 VLAN Filtering Database Configuration Command
19.4 VLAN Protocol based Configuration Command
19.5 SHub VLAN Configuration Command
19.6 SHub Static Egress Port for VLAN Configuration
Command
19.7 SHub Static Untagged Egress Port for VLAN
19.8 SHub Multicast MAC Filtering Database Configuration
Command
19.9 SHub Multicast Filtering Configuration Command
19-206
19-207
19-209
19-210
19-212
19-214
19-215
19-216
19-217
Released
205
19 VLAN Configuration Commands
19.1 VLAN General Configuration Command

Command Description
This node allows to specify VLAN parameters which are globally applicable to all VLANs.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges, and executed by operators with vlan privileges.
Command Syntax
> configure vlan [ no broadcast-frames | broadcast-frames ]priority-policy
<Vlan::PriorityMap>
Command Parameters
Table 19.1-2 "VLAN General Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
Type
[ no
broadcast-frames
priority-policy
206
] <Vlan::BrdcastControl>
<Vlan::PriorityMap>
- vlan-specific : the priority of the vlan
- port-default : the default priority of the
port
Released
Description
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"no-broadcast"
switch broadcast frames for each vlan
optional parameter
specifies how to deal with ethernet priority of the
upstream frames
Edition 03
19.2 VLAN Configuration Command

Command Description
This node allows to specify a VLAN and its attributes.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure vlan [[no] id (vlanid) [ no name | name <Vlan::AdminString> ]mode
<Vlan::SystemMode> [ no priority | priority <Vlan::Priority> ][ no broadcast-frames |
broadcast-frames ][ no protocol-filter | protocol-filter <Vlan::ProtGroup> ][ no
pppoe-relay | pppoe-relay ](dhcp-opt-82) circuit-id <Vlan::CircuitId> remote-id
<Vlan::RemoteId> ]
Command Parameters
Table 19.2-1 "VLAN Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(vlanid)
Type
<Vlan::UVlanIndex>
<Vlan::SVlanIndex>
<Vlan::CVlanIndex>
Description
| vlan id
:
Table 19.2-2 "VLAN Configuration Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
[ no ] name
mode
[ no ] priority
[ no
broadcast-frames
[ no ] protocol-filter
Type
<Vlan::AdminString>
length: x<32
<Vlan::SystemMode>
- cross-connect : crossconnect vlan
- residential-bridge : residential bridge
vlan
- qos-aware : qos aware vlan
- layer2-terminated : layer2 terminated
vlan
<Vlan::Priority>
range: [0...7]
] <Vlan::StaticBrdcastControl>
<Vlan::ProtGroup>
- pass-all : pass all traffic
- pass-ipoe : pass traffic of IPoE protocol
group
- pass-pppoe : pass traffic of PPPoE
Description
name
mandatory parameter
mode

default frame priority
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"no-broadcast"
switch downstream broadcast frames
optional parameter with default value: "pass-all"
filter protocol groups
Released
207
Parameter
[ no ] pppoe-relay
(dhcp-opt-82)
circuit-id
remote-id
208
Type
Description
protocol group
- pass-pppoe-ipoe : pass PPPoE and IPoE
protocol groups
<Vlan::PppoeRelayEnable>
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"no-pppoe-relay"
enable pppoe relay
<Vlan::DhcpOption82>
mandatory parameter
- dhcp-opt-82 : enable dhcp option 82 enable dhcp option 82 (rb vlan)
(relay)
- dhcp-opt-82-off : disable dhcp option 82
(relay)
<Vlan::CircuitId>
mandatory parameter
- customer-id : add customerId as circuitId circuit id
- physical-id : add addPhysicalLineId as
circuitId
- notadd : not add circuitId
<Vlan::RemoteId>
mandatory parameter
- customer-id : add customerId as remote id
remoteId
- notadd : not add remoteId
Released
Edition 03
19.3 VLAN Filtering Database Configuration

Command
Command Description
This node allows to specify entries in the layer 2 Filtering Database for a specific VLAN and unicast MAC address.
This information is used by the bridge in determining how to propagate a received frame.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure vlan [[no] unicast-mac (unicast-mac) vlan-id <Vlan::UVlanIndex> |
<Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> forward-port <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> /
<Eqpt::LtSlot> / <Eqpt::Port> : <Atm::DefaultVpi> : <Atm::DefaultVci> ]
Command Parameters
Table 19.3-1 "VLAN Filtering Database Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(unicast-mac)
vlan-id
Type
Description
<Vlan::MacAddr>
length: 6
<Vlan::UVlanIndex>
<Vlan::SVlanIndex>
<Vlan::CVlanIndex>
unicast mac address

| vlan id
:
Table 19.3-2 "VLAN Filtering Database Configuration Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
forward-port
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/ mandatory parameter
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
: forward bridge port
Released
209
19.4 VLAN Protocol based Configuration Command

Command Description
For protocol based VLANs, this node allows to specify how incoming traffic on a port is allocated to a particular
VLAN and priority.
For Ethernet frames the mapping to either PPPoE or IPoE protocol is:
protocol value 0x8863: PPPoE
protocol value 0x0800: IPoE
For RFC_1042 frames the mapping to either PPPoE or IPoE protocol is:
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure vlan [[no] port-protocol (port) protocol-group <Vlan::GroupId> vlan-id
<Vlan::UVlanIndex> | <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> priority <Vlan::Priority>
]
Command Parameters
Table 19.4-1 "VLAN Protocol based Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
protocol-group
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/ identity of the PVC
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
:
<Vlan::GroupId>
protocol group
- pppoe : PPPoE
- ipoe : IPoE
Table 19.4-2 "VLAN Protocol based Configuration Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
vlan-id
priority
210
Type
<Vlan::UVlanIndex>
<Vlan::SVlanIndex>
<Vlan::CVlanIndex>
<Vlan::Priority>
Released
Description
| mandatory parameter
: protocol group vlan id
mandatory parameter
Edition 03
Parameter
Type
Description
range: [0...7]
priority of protocol based vlan
Released
211
19.5 SHub VLAN Configuration Command

Command Description
This node allows to specify a VLAN and its attributes on the Service Hub.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure vlan shub [[no] id (vlanid) [ no name | name <Vlan::AdminString> ]mode
<Shub::SystemMode> [ no mac-move-allow | mac-move-allow ]]
Command Parameters
Table 19.5-1 "SHub VLAN Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(vlanid)
Type
Description
range: [1...4093]
vlan id
Table 19.5-2 "SHub VLAN Configuration Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
Type
[ no ] name
mode
[ no
mac-move-allow
<Vlan::AdminString>
length: x<32
<Shub::SystemMode>
- cross-connect : crossconnect vlan
- residential-bridge : residential bridge
vlan
- layer2-terminated : layer2 terminated
vlan
- layer2-term-nwport : layer2 terminated
vlan on network port
- v-vlan : virtual vlan
- reserved : internal and external
communication via vlan
] <Shub::MacMoveStatus>
Description
name
mandatory parameter
mode
optional
parameter
"mac-move-deny"
mac movement status
with
default
Command Output
Table 19.5-3 "SHub VLAN Configuration Command" Display parameters
212
Released
Edition 03
value:
name
row-status
Type
Description
<WaitRowStatus>
used
used
Released
213
19.6 SHub Static Egress Port for VLAN

Command Description
This node allows to specify the set of ports which are statically allocated as egress ports for the specified VLAN.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure vlan shub id (vlanid) [[no] egress-port (port) ]
Command Parameters
Table 19.6-1 "SHub Static Egress Port for VLAN Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(vlanid)
(port)
214
Type
Description
vlan id
range: [1...4093]
lt : <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / egress port
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
|
network
:
Released
Edition 03
19.7 SHub Static Untagged Egress Port for VLAN

Command Description
This node allows to specify the egress ports which should transmit packets for this VLAN as untagged.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure vlan shub id (vlanid) [[no] untag-port (network-port) ]
Command Parameters
Table 19.7-1 "SHub Static Untagged Egress Port for VLAN Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier
(vlanid)
Type
Description
range: [1...4093]
vlan id
(network-port)
the untagged network port
Released
215
19.8 SHub Multicast MAC Filtering Database

Command Description
This node allows to specify entries in the layer 2 Filtering Database for a specific VLAN and multicast MAC
address. This configuration applies to the Service Hub.
This information is used by the bridge in determining how to propagate a received frame.
The configuration is used to prohibit flooding of unknown multicast traffic on the specific VLAN and multicast
MAC address.
This Filtering Database can hold up to 256 entries.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure vlan shub [[no] mcast-mac (mcast-mac) vlan-id <Vlan::VlanIndex> ]
Command Parameters
Table 19.8-1 "SHub Multicast MAC Filtering Database Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier
(mcast-mac)
vlan-id
216
Type
Description
<Vlan::MacAddr>
length: 6
<Vlan::VlanIndex>
range: [1...4093]
multicast mac address
Released
vlan id
Edition 03
19.9 SHub Multicast Filtering Configuration

Command
Command Description
This node allows to specify the egress ports for a entry in the layer 2 Filtering Database for multicast MAC address
on the SHub.
For a specific VLAN and multicast MAC address, the egress ports are configured. In case no ports are specified,
traffic destined to this particular multicast MAC will not be flooded.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure vlan shub mcast-mac (mcast-mac) vlan-id <Vlan::VlanIndex> [[no]
egress-port (port) ]
Command Parameters
Table 19.9-1 "SHub Multicast Filtering Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(mcast-mac)
vlan-id
(port)
Type
Description
<Vlan::MacAddr>
multicast mac address
length: 6
<Vlan::VlanIndex>
vlan id
range: [1...4093]
lt : <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / outbound port
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
|
network
:
<Shub::NetworkPort>
Released
217
20- Bridge Configuration Commands
20.1 Bridge General Configuration Command

20.2 Bridge Port Configuration Command
20.3 Bridge Port to VLAN Association Configuration
Command
20.4 SHub Bridge Configuration Command
20.5 SHub Bridge Port Configuration Command
218
Released
20-219
20-220
20-222
20-224
20-225
Edition 03
20 Bridge Configuration Commands
20.1 Bridge General Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to specify the aging time for dynamically learned MAC addresses in the filtering
database. The setting is applicable to the entire bridge.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure bridge [ageing-time <Vlan::AgingTime> ]
Command Parameters
Table 20.1-2 "Bridge General Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
ageing-time
Type
Description
<Vlan::AgingTime>
optional parameter
ageing timeout for dynamic mac entries
Released
219
20.2 Bridge Port Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to specify various parameters applicable to a specific bridge port. These
parameters determine the handling of frames on the bridge port.
Priority Regeneration Profile: these profiles are predetermined. Following profiles are available:
Profile 1: Trusted Port
Profile 2: Best Effort
Profile 3: Controlled Load, all priority 3 traffic
Profile 4: Controlled Load, all priority 4 traffic
Profile 5: Background
Profile 6: Best Effort, Controlled Load, Voice
Profile 7: Best Effort, Controlled Load, Voice according 802.1d Annex G
Profile 8: Best Effort, Voice
Profile 9: L2 VPN with 3 traffic classes
Profile 10: L2 VPN with 4 traffic classes
Details on these profiles can be obtained via a show command.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure bridge [[no] port (port) [ no pvid | pvid <Vlan::UVlanIndex> |
<Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> ][ no default-priority | default-priority
<Vlan::Priority> ][ no mac-learn-off | mac-learn-off ][ no max-unicast-mac |
max-unicast-mac <Vlan::MaxMac> ][ no accept-frame-type | accept-frame-type
<Vlan::VlanFrameTypes> ][ no qos-profile | qos-profile none | name :
<Vlan::IgnoredQosProfileName> ][ no prio-regen-prof | prio-regen-prof
<Vlan::PrioRegenProfile> ]]
Command Parameters
Table 20.2-1 "Bridge Port Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
:
Table 20.2-2 "Bridge Port Configuration Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
220
Type
[ no ] pvid
<Vlan::UVlanIndex>
<Vlan::SVlanIndex>
<Vlan::CVlanIndex>
[ no ] default-priority
<Vlan::Priority>
range: [0...7]
Released
Description
| optional parameter with default value: "stacked : 1
: : 1"
default vlan id for untagged frames
priority to be set in upstream frames
Edition 03
Parameter
[ no ] mac-learn-off
Type
Description
<Vlan::learnStatus>
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"mac-learning"
self learning of mac address
max unicast mac addresses
optional parameter with default value: "untagged"
accept frame types
[ no
max-unicast-mac
[ no
accept-frame-type
] <Vlan::MaxMac>
range: [1...64]
] <Vlan::VlanFrameTypes>
- single-tagged : admit only vlan tagged
- untagged : admit only vlan untagged
- mixed-tagged : admit vlan tagged and
vlan untagged
[ no ] qos-profile
none
|
name
:
[ no ] prio-regen-prof <Vlan::PrioRegenProfile>
- trusted-port : trusted port
- best-effort : best effort
- cl-all-prio-3 : controlled load, all priority
3 traffic
4 traffic
- background : background
- be-cl-voice : best effort, controlled load,
voice
- be-cl-1d-voice : best effort, controlled
load, 802.Id Annex G voice
- be-voice : best effort voice
- l2-vpn-3 : L2 VPN with 3 traffic classes

qos profile name
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"trusted-port"
priority regeneration profile
Released
221
20.3 Bridge Port to VLAN Association

Command Description
This command allows the operator to associate a VLAN to a bridge port and to define VLAN attributes on this port.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure bridge port (port) [[no] vlan-id (index) [ no tag | tag ][ no qos-profile
| qos-profile none | name : <Vlan::IgnoredQosProfileName> ][ no prior-best-effort |
prior-best-effort ][ no prior-background | prior-background ][ no prior-spare |
prior-spare ][ no prior-exc-effort | prior-exc-effort ][ no prior-ctrl-load |
prior-ctrl-load ][ no prior-less-100ms | prior-less-100ms ][ no prior-less-10ms |
prior-less-10ms ][ no prior-nw-ctrl | prior-nw-ctrl ]]
Command Parameters
Table 20.3-1 "Bridge Port to VLAN Association Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
:
<Vlan::UVlanIndex>
| vlan id
<Vlan::SVlanIndex>
:
<Vlan::CVlanIndex>
(index)
Table 20.3-2 "Bridge Port to VLAN Association Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
Type
[ no ] tag
<Vlan::PortUntagStatus>
[ no ] qos-profile
none
|
name
[ no ] prior-best-effort <Vlan::BestEffort>
[ no
prior-background
222
] <Vlan::Background>
[ no ] prior-spare
<Vlan::Spare>
[ no ] prior-exc-effort
<Vlan::ExcEffort>
Released
Description
optional parameter with default value: "untag"
tag control for egress port
qos profile name
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"no-prior-best-effort"
enable best effort priority
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"no-prior-background"
enable background priority
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"no-prior-spare"
enable spare priority
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
Edition 03
Parameter
Type
[ no ] prior-ctrl-load
[ no
prior-less-100ms
<Vlan::CtrlLoad>
] <Vlan::Less100ms>
[ no ] prior-less-10ms
<Vlan::Less10ms>
[ no ] prior-nw-ctrl
<Vlan::NetworkCtrl>
Description
"no-prior-exc-effort"
enable excellent effort priority
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"no-prior-ctrl-load"
enable controlled load priority
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"no-prior-less-100ms"
enable the video less than 100ms latency and jitter
priority
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"no-prior-less-10ms"
enable the video less than 10ms latency and jitter
priority
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"no-prior-nw-ctrl"
enable the network controlled priority
Released
223
20.4 SHub Bridge Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to specify the aging time for dynamically learned MAC addresses in the filtering
database. The setting is applicable to the entire SHub bridge.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure bridge shub ageing-time <Shub::AgingTime>
Command Parameters
Table 20.4-2 "SHub Bridge Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
ageing-time
224
Type
Description
<Shub::AgingTime>
range: [10...1000000] unit: sec
optional parameter
program ageing timeout for dynamic mac entries
Released
Edition 03
20.5 SHub Bridge Port Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to specify various parameters applicable to a specific bridge port on the SHub.
These parameters determine the handling of frames on the bridge port.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure bridge shub port (network-port) [ no default-priority | default-priority
<Shub::PortPriority> ][ no pvid | pvid <Vlan::VlanOamIndex> ][ no accept-frame-type |
accept-frame-type <Shub::VlanFrameTypes> ][ no enable-dual-tag | enable-dual-tag ][ no
enable-pbit-mode | enable-pbit-mode ]
Command Parameters
Table 20.5-1 "SHub Bridge Port Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(network-port)
Type
Description
<Shub::NetworkPort>
range: [1...7]
the network port
Table 20.5-2 "SHub Bridge Port Configuration Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
Type
[ no ] default-priority
<Shub::PortPriority>
range: [0...7]
[ no ] pvid
range: [1...4093]
[ no ] <Shub::VlanFrameTypes>
accept-frame-type
- all : admit all frame types
- tagged : admit only vlan tagged
[ no ] enable-dual-tag <Shub::IgnoreDT>
[ no
enable-pbit-mode
] <Shub::CopyPbitMode>
Description
default ingress user priority
port vlan id
optional parameter with default value: "all"
accept frame types
optional
parameter
with
default
"disable-dual-tag"
enable/disable dual tagging indication
optional
parameter
with
default
"disable-pbit-mode"
enable/disable the copy pbit mode
Released
225
value:
value:
21- Link Aggregation Configuration Commands
21.1 Link Aggregation Configuration Command

21.2 Link Aggregation Group Configuration Command
226
Released
21-227
21-228
Edition 03
21 Link Aggregation Configuration Commands
21.1 Link Aggregation Configuration Command

Command Description
This commands configures the Link Aggregation on the Service Hub. It merely allows to enable or disable the Link
Aggregation feature.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure la [ no disable-lacp | disable-lacp ]
Command Parameters
Table 21.1-2 "Link Aggregation Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
[ no ] disable-lacp
Type
Description
<Shub::LaModuleState>
optional
parameter
with
default
"enable-lacp"
link aggregation protocol operation
Released
227
value:
21.2 Link Aggregation Group Configuration

Command
Command Description
This node allows to specify the Link Aggregation Group parameters. The configuration should be performed for the
primary link. Note that a Link Aggregation Group is identified my means of the primary link, also referred to as
aggregator-port. The primary link for an Aggregation Group is the link with the lowest port number within the
group, provided the operational state of the link is UP.
The configuration should be performed for the primary link. The settings configured for the primarly link of the
Aggregation Group apply to each and every link that is a member of the Link Aggregation Group.
The link which is denoted as primary link may change during the lifetime of the aggregation group. To cope with
this phenomenon, the operator is advised to repeat the configurations described in this section for each link of the
Aggregation Group. Care shall be taken to configure identical settings for all links within the Aggregation Group.
The primary link can be learned using a show command.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure la aggregator-port (network-port) name <Shub::AggName> [ no
link-up-down-trap | link-up-down-trap ][ no actor-sys-prio | actor-sys-prio
<Shub::LaPortActorSysPriority> ]actor-key <Shub::LacpKey> [ no actor-port-prio |
actor-port-prio <Shub::LaPortActorPortPriority> ][ no active-lacp | active-lacp ][ no
short-timeout | short-timeout ][ no aggregatable | aggregatable ]lacp-mode
<Shub::LacpMode>
Command Parameters
Table 21.2-1 "Link Aggregation Group Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(network-port)
Type
Description
<Shub::NetworkPort>
range: [1...7]
interface index of network port
Table 21.2-2 "Link Aggregation Group Configuration Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
Type
name
[ no
link-up-down-trap
[ no ] actor-sys-prio
actor-key
228
<Shub::AggName>
length: x<20
] <Shub::LaTrap>
<Shub::LaPortActorSysPriority>
range: [0...255]
<Shub::LacpKey>
Released
Description
optional parameter
aggregate name
optional
parameter
with
default
"no-link-up-down"
enable link up down trap
actor system priority
optional parameter
Edition 03
value:
Parameter
[ no ] actor-port-prio
[ no ] active-lacp
[ no ] short-timeout
[ no ] aggregatable
lacp-mode
Type
Description
range: [0...65535]
<Shub::LaPortActorPortPriority>
range: [0...255]
<Shub::ActorAdminLacpActivityState>
key for the actor

port priority for the actor
optional
parameter
with
default
"passive-lacp"
set lacp active for the actor
<Shub::ActorAdminLacpTimeoutState>
optional
parameter
with
default
"long-timeout"
short timeout for the lacp protocol
<Shub::ActorAdminLacpAggregationState> optional
parameter
with
default
"non-aggregatable"
port is candidate to be aggregated
<Shub::LacpMode>
optional parameter
lacp mode
- enable-lacp : enable lacp
- disable-lacp : disable lacp
- manual : manual aggregation
Released
229
value:
value:
value:
22- Rapid Spanning Tree Configuration Commands
22.1 RSTP Configuration Command

22.2 RSTP Port Configuration Command
230
Released
22-231
22-232
Edition 03
22 Rapid Spanning Tree Configuration Commands
22.1 RSTP Configuration Command

Command Description
This node allows to specify Rapid Spanning Tree settings applicable to the SHub.
The parameters in this section are settings that apply to the bridge as a whole. Port specific RSTP parameters are
dealt with in subsequent chapters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure rstp [ no disable-rstp | disable-rstp ][ no priority | priority
<Shub::RstpPriority> ][ no max-age | max-age <Shub::RstpMaxAge> ][ no hello-time |
hello-time <Shub::RstpHello> ][ no forward-delay | forward-delay <Shub::RstpFwdDelay>
][ no version | version <Shub::RstpVersion> ][ no tx-hold-count | tx-hold-count
<Shub::RstpTxHold> ][path-cost-type <Shub::RstpPathCost> ]
Command Parameters
Table 22.1-2 "RSTP Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
Type
Description
[ no ] disable-rstp
<Shub::RstpModuleState>
[ no ] priority
<Shub::RstpPriority>
range: [0...61440]
<Shub::RstpMaxAge>
range: [600...4000] unit: 10msec
<Shub::RstpHello>
<Shub::RstpFwdDelay>
<Shub::RstpVersion>
- ieee-802.1d-stp : stp compatible
- ieee-802.1w-rstp : rstp compatible
<Shub::RstpTxHold>
range: [1...10]
<Shub::RstpPathCost>
- 16-bit : stp-8021d-1998 path cost
- 32-bit : stp-8021t-2001 path cost
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"enable-rstp"
rstp protocol operation
stp bridge priority(n*4096)
root bridge max age(1 sec. granularity)
root bridge hello timeout(1 sec. granularity)
root bridge forward delay time(1 sec. granularity)
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"ieee-802.1w-rstp"
bridge stp version
[ no ] max-age
[ no ] hello-time
[ no ] forward-delay
[ no ] version
[ no ] tx-hold-count
path-cost-type

max transmission rate for BPDUs
optional parameter
version for the default path cost
Released
231
22 Rapid Spanning Tree Configuration Commands
22.2 RSTP Port Configuration Command

Command Description
This node allows to specify Rapid Spanning Tree settings applicable to a particular port the Service Hub.
Note that RSTP operates on a port rather than on a VLAN.
In addition to this configuration command, there is a need to trigger a specific SHub Port to revert to RSTP
protocol, versus stp-compatible protocol. The latter command is found in the admin node.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure rstp network-port (port) [ no priority | priority <Shub::RstpPortPriority>
][ no disable-stp | disable-stp ][path-cost <Shub::PortPathCost> ][ no edge-port |
edge-port ][ no admin-p2p | admin-p2p <Shub::AdminP2p> ]
Command Parameters
Table 22.2-1 "RSTP Port Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
Type
Description
<Shub::NetworkPort>
range: [1...7]
identity of the network port
Table 22.2-2 "RSTP Port Configuration Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
[ no ] priority
[ no ] disable-stp
path-cost
[ no ] edge-port
[ no ] admin-p2p
232
Type
Description
<Shub::RstpPortPriority>
range: [0...240]
<Shub::RstpStatus>

priority(steps of 16)
optional parameter with default value: "enable-stp"
disable rstp for this port
optional parameter
port path cost
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"no-edge-port"
configure the port as an edge port
optional parameter with default value: "auto"
admin point to point status
<Shub::PortPathCost>
range: [1...200000000]
<Shub::AdminEdge>
<Shub::AdminP2p>
- force-true : point to point connection
- force-false : shared media connection
- auto : auto
Released
Edition 03
23- QoS Configuration Commands
23.1 QoS Configuration Command

23.2 QoS Single Dot1P Marker Configuration Command
23.3 QoS Single DSCP Marker Configuration Command
23.4 QoS DSCP Contract Table Marker Configuration
Command
23.5 QoS DSCP Contract Table Codepoint Configuration
Command For Dscp-contract
23.6 QoS Dot1P And DSCP Contract Table Marker
23.7 DSCP Contract Table Codepoint Configuration
Command For D1p-dscp-contract
23.8 QoS Dot1P And Single DSCP Marker Configuration
Command
23.9 QoS Dot1P Alignment Marker Configuration
Command
23.10 QoS Policer profile Configuration Command
23.11 QoS Queue Profile Configuration Command
23.12 QoS Scheduler Profile Configuration Command
23.13 QoS CAC Profile Configuration Command
23.14 QoS Session Profile Configuration Command
23.15 QoS 802.1P Class to Queue Mapping Configuration
Command
23.16 QoS DSL Link Configuration Command
23.17 QoS LIM Queue Configuration Command
23.18 QoS DSCP to Dot1P L3 Traffic Configuration
Command
23.19 SHub QoS Queue Configuration Command
23.20 SHub QoS Traffic Class Configuration Command
23.21 SHub QoS Ingress Policing on Port
23.22 SHub QoS Flows to be Policed
23.23 SHub QoS Policer Configuration Command
23-234
23-235
23-236
23-237
23-238
23-239
23-240
23-241
23-242
23-243
23-244
23-245
23-246
23-247
23-249
23-250
23-251
23-252
23-253
23-254
23-255
23-256
23-257
Released
233
23 QoS Configuration Commands
23.1 QoS Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to specify global QoS parameters.
The ATM overhead factor is used to calculate ATM bandwidth required by streams for which bandwidth
parameters are specified as Ethernet bandwidth. The ATM overhead factor specifies in terms of percentage what
part of a given raw ATM bit rate will be available for Ethernet frames. The default value is 85%, which means a
typical overhead of 15% for ATM/AAL5.
QoS management will use this value to deduct the available Ethernet rate on ATM-based DSL interfaces.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges, and executed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
> configure qos [ no atm-overhead-fact | atm-overhead-fact <Qos::AtmFactor> ][ no
enable-alignment | enable-alignment ]
Command Parameters
Table 23.1-2 "QoS Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
Type
[ no
atm-overhead-fact
[ no
enable-alignment
234
] <Qos::AtmFactor>
range: [1...100] unit: %
] <Qos::AlignmentStatus>
Released
Description
over head factor introduced by atm layer
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"disable-alignment"
DSCP to P-bit alignment for all forwarded L3
traffic
Edition 03
23.2 QoS Single Dot1P Marker Configuration

Command
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a marker for single dot1p.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure qos profiles marker [[no] d1p (name) default-dot1p <Qos::ExtVlanSysPrio> ]
Command Parameters
Table 23.2-1 "QoS Single Dot1P Marker Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(name)
Type
Description
<AsamProfileName>
A unique profile name
Table 23.2-2 "QoS Single Dot1P Marker Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
default-dot1p
Type
Description
<Qos::ExtVlanSysPrio>
range: [0...7]
mandatory parameter
the default dot-1p bit value to be applied on all
frames
Released
235
23.3 QoS Single DSCP Marker Configuration

Command
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a marker for a single DSCP.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure qos profiles marker [[no] dscp (name) default-dscp
<Qos::DscpToDot1PAlignmentDscpIndex> [ no alignment | alignment ]]
Command Parameters
Table 23.3-1 "QoS Single DSCP Marker Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(name)
Type
Description
<AsamProfileName>
Table 23.3-2 "QoS Single DSCP Marker Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
default-dscp
[ no ] alignment
236
Type
Description
<Qos::DscpToDot1PAlignmentDscpIndex> mandatory parameter

range: [0...63]
the default dscp value to be applied on all frames
<Qos::Alignment>
enable DSCP to P-bits alignment
Released
Edition 03
23.4 QoS DSCP Contract Table Marker

Command Description
This command allows an operator to configure a marker for a DSCP contract table.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure qos profiles marker [[no] dscp-contract (name) [ no alignment | alignment
]]
Command Parameters
Table 23.4-1 "QoS DSCP Contract Table Marker Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(name)
Type
Description
<AsamProfileName>
Table 23.4-2 "QoS DSCP Contract Table Marker Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
[ no ] alignment
Type
Description
<Qos::Alignment>

Released
237
23.5 QoS DSCP Contract Table Codepoint

Configuration Command For Dscp-contract
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a codepoint for a DSCP contract table.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure qos profiles marker dscp-contract (name) codepoint (codepoint) [ no
dscp-value | dscp-value <Qos::DscpToDot1PAlignmentDscpIndex> ]
Command Parameters
Table 23.5-1 "QoS DSCP Contract Table Codepoint Configuration Command For Dscp-contract"
Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(name)
(codepoint)
Type
Description
<AsamProfileName>
<Qos::DscpCodePoint>
range: [0...63]

the number of the codepoint
Table 23.5-2 "QoS DSCP Contract Table Codepoint Configuration Command For Dscp-contract"
Command Parameters
Parameter
[ no ] dscp-value
238
Type
Description
<Qos::DscpToDot1PAlignmentDscpIndex> optional parameter with default value: 0L

range: [0...63]
the dscp value to be assigned to the codepoint
Released
Edition 03
23.6 QoS Dot1P And DSCP Contract Table Marker

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a marker for Dot1P and the DSCP contract table.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure qos profiles marker [[no] d1p-dscp-contract (name) dot1p-value
<Qos::ExtVlanSysPrio> [ no alignment | alignment ]]
Command Parameters
Table 23.6-1 "QoS Dot1P And DSCP Contract Table Marker Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier
(name)
Type
Description
<AsamProfileName>
Table 23.6-2 "QoS Dot1P And DSCP Contract Table Marker Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter
Type
Description
dot1p-value
range: [0...7]
[ no ] alignment
<Qos::Alignment>
mandatory parameter
frames
Released
239
23.7 DSCP Contract Table Codepoint Configuration

Command For D1p-dscp-contract
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a codepoint for a DSCP contract table.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure qos profiles marker d1p-dscp-contract (name) codepoint (codepoint) [ no
dscp-value | dscp-value <Qos::DscpToDot1PAlignmentDscpIndex> ]
Command Parameters
Table 23.7-1 "DSCP Contract Table Codepoint Configuration Command For D1p-dscp-contract"
Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(name)
(codepoint)
Type
Description
<AsamProfileName>
<Qos::DscpCodePoint>
range: [0...63]

the number of the codepoint
Table 23.7-2 "DSCP Contract Table Codepoint Configuration Command For D1p-dscp-contract"
Command Parameters
Parameter
[ no ] dscp-value
240
Type
Description
<Qos::DscpToDot1PAlignmentDscpIndex> optional parameter with default value: 0L

range: [0...63]
the dscp value to be assigned to the codepoint
Released
Edition 03
23.8 QoS Dot1P And Single DSCP Marker

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a marker for Dot1P and single DSCP.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure qos profiles marker [[no] d1p-dscp (name) default-dscp
<Qos::DscpToDot1PAlignmentDscpIndex> default-dot1p <Qos::ExtVlanSysPrio> [ no
alignment | alignment ]]
Command Parameters
Table 23.8-1 "QoS Dot1P And Single DSCP Marker Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier
(name)
Type
Description
<AsamProfileName>
Table 23.8-2 "QoS Dot1P And Single DSCP Marker Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter
default-dscp
default-dot1p
[ no ] alignment
Type
Description
<Qos::DscpToDot1PAlignmentDscpIndex>
range: [0...63]
range: [0...7]
mandatory parameter
the default dscp value to be applied on all frames
mandatory parameter
frames
<Qos::Alignment>
Released
241
23.9 QoS Dot1P Alignment Marker Configuration

Command
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a marker for Dot1P alignment.
Default value for the global DSCP To Dot1P Alignment Table
DSCP Value
P-bit Value
0-7
8-15
16-23
24-31
32-39
40-47
48-55
56-63
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure qos profiles marker [[no] d1p-alignment (name) (alignment) ]
Command Parameters
Table 23.9-1 "QoS Dot1P Alignment Marker Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(name)
Type
Description
<AsamProfileName>
Table 23.9-2 "QoS Dot1P Alignment Marker Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
(alignment)
242
Type
Description
<Qos::Dot1PAlignment>
mandatory parameter
enable dot1p alignment
Released
Edition 03
23.10 QoS Policer profile Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a QoS policier profile. A QoS policer profile contains all settings
related to a policer. The ISAM supports single token bucket policers, where the action upon conformance is either
pass or discard.
The EBLT-C and EBLT-D units support both upstream and downstream policing. A policer profile can be used
within a QoS session profile for upstream and downstream policing.
The EALT-A and EBLT-A units do not support policing.
The SHub supports ingress policing but it does not use policer profiles. See the section about the QoS Ingress
Policing Configuration Command to set up ingress policing on the SHub.
The policer granularity on the EBLT-C and EBLT-D units is 8kbps. Values specified with 1kbps granularity are
always rounded upwards. A valid range is from 8kbps till 64Mbps, with a fixed granularity of 8kbps.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure qos profiles [[no] policer (name) committed-info-rate <Qos::InfoRate>
committed-burst-size <Qos::CommittedBurstSize> ]
Command Parameters
Table 23.10-1 "QoS Policer profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(name)
Type
Description
<AsamProfileName>
Table 23.10-2 "QoS Policer profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
committed-info-rate
committed-burst-size
Type
Description
<Qos::InfoRate>
unit: kbps
<Qos::CommittedBurstSize>
range: [64...262144] unit: bytes
mandatory parameter
committed information rate of a policer
mandatory parameter
committed burst size of a policer
Released
243
23.11 QoS Queue Profile Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the QoS queue profile. A queue profile or buffer acceptance control
(BAC) profile contains configuration information on data plane queues. BAC profiles can be used on the EBLT-C
and EBLT-D units.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure qos profiles [[no] queue (name) (bac-complex-type) ]
Command Parameters
Table 23.11-1 "QoS Queue Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(name)
Type
Description
<AsamProfileName>
Table 23.11-2 "QoS Queue Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
Type
(bac-complex-type)
244
Description
tail-drop : <Qos::MaxThreshold> | red : mandatory parameter

<Qos::MinThreshold>
: buffer acceptance control algorithm
<Qos::MaxThreshold>
:
<Qos::DiscardProbability>
Released
Edition 03
23.12 QoS Scheduler Profile Configuration

Command
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the QoS scheduler profile. The scheduler profiles contain
configuration settings for the data plane schedulers. These scheduler profiles are applicable on downstream
schedulers on the EBLT-C and EBLT-D units. The scheduler settings on the aggregation function can be modified
separately.
On the EALT-A and EBLT-A units the schedulers have static settings.
There are two queues with WFQ scheduling method, so the only parameter to tune is the weight of the second
queue (also known as the controlled load queue), while the weight for the first queue is auto-adjusted to yield a sum
of 100%.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure qos profiles [[no] scheduler (name) wfq-q1-weight <Qos::WfqQ1Weight> ]
Command Parameters
Table 23.12-1 "QoS Scheduler Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(name)
Type
Description
<AsamProfileName>
Table 23.12-2 "QoS Scheduler Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
wfq-q1-weight
Type
Description
<Qos::WfqQ1Weight>
range: [0...100]
mandatory parameter
weight of DSL link WFQ scheduler for Queue one
Released
245
23.13 QoS CAC Profile Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the connection admission control (CAC) profile. The CAC profiles
are used primarily for multicast video admission control. A CAC profile can be attached to each DSL line. The
context of a CAC profile is a DSL link (and not a PVC), regardless of the number of PVCs on a DSL link.
The system derives the guaranteed line rate from the modems and calculates an estimate of the available Ethernet
bandwidth. From this permanent available bandwidth, a part can be reserved for voice and data applications and
the remaining part will be kept by the system as the available bandwidth for multicast video. Only pre-configured
multicast streams are considered for CAC. Note that unicast video (regardless of whether it is premium content or
generic Internet streaming video) is ignored by the CAC function.
The maximum bandwidth that video will occupy can be further constrained via the maximum multicast bandwidth
max-mcast-bandwidth parameter.
CAC profiles are applicable on line cards but are not applicable to interfaces on the SHub.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure qos profiles [[no] cac (name) res-voice-bandwidth <Itf::mediumBandWidth>
max-mcast-bandwidth <Itf::mediumBandWidth> res-data-bandwidth <Itf::mediumBandWidth> ]
Command Parameters
Table 23.13-1 "QoS CAC Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(name)
Type
Description
<AsamProfileName>
Table 23.13-2 "QoS CAC Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
res-voice-bandwidth
max-mcast-bandwidth
res-data-bandwidth
246
Type
Description
<Itf::mediumBandWidth>
unit: kbps
unit: kbps
mandatory parameter
reserved bandwidth for the voice services
mandatory parameter
maximum allowed bandwidth for the multicast
video service
mandatory parameter
reserved bandwidth for all data services
unit: kbps
Released
Edition 03
23.14 QoS Session Profile Configuration Command

Command Description
This commmand allows the operator to configure the QoS session profile. The QoS session profile is the main
building block for conveying user traffic contractual rights and treatment. The QoS session profile is a
"macro"-profile, which consists of individual settings as well as references to smaller profiles.
The scope of a QoS session profile is always a user logical interface (for example, a session). The following
"logical interface" or "logical flow" types are supported:
VC : all frames on a PVC
PVC.VLAN : a VLAN on top of a PVC
PPP session : all frames on a locally terminated PPP session
802.1X session : all frames belonging to a 802.1X authenticated session
A QoS session profile is composed of a logical flow type, a marker profile, and two policer profiles for upstream
and downstream policing of the logical interface to which a certain session profile is attached.
The logical flow type will constrain the usage of a session profile to the intended interface type. However, if the
logical flow type is null, the session profile can be attached to any interface, provided that the settings inside the
profile can be configured on the target hardware. Operators must always create specific profiles for specific
interface types to avoid incorrect configurations.
QoS session profiles are supported on the EBLT-C and EBLT-D units.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure qos profiles [[no] session (name) logical-flow-type <Qos::LogicalFlowType>
[ no up-policer | up-policer none | name : <Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName> ][ no
down-policer | down-policer none | name : <Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName> ][ no up-marker
| up-marker none | name : <Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName> ]]
Command Parameters
Table 23.14-1 "QoS Session Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(name)
Type
Description
<AsamProfileName>
Table 23.14-2 "QoS Session Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
logical-flow-type
Type
Description
<Qos::LogicalFlowType>
mandatory parameter
a traffic stream up on which policy to be made
- generic : any defined logical flow
- pvc : all frames on a pvc
- dot-1x-session : frames on a pvc except
Released
247
Parameter
Type
[ no ] up-policer
[ no ] down-policer
[ no ] up-marker
248
Description
ppp frames
- pvc-vlan-combination : frames on
dot-1D port with the same vlan-id
- ppp-session : all frames on a ppp session
- ip-session : all frames in an IP session or
interface
none
|
name
<Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName>
policer profile name applicable on this session
upstream
none
|
name
policer profile applicable on this session
downstream
none
|
name
marker profile name applicable on this session
upstream
Released
Edition 03
23.15 QoS 802.1P Class to Queue Mapping

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the downstream traffic class mapping table. This table defines
which 802.1P codepoint is cast to which egress buffer on the EBLT-C and EBLT-D units.
There is a second class to the queue mapping table on the SHub but this class is independent (from the
configuration perspective) of this table. (See the traffic class configuration section for more information.) The
second class is used mainly for upstream traffic segregation into egress buffers on the SHub.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure qos tc-map-dot1p (index) queue <Qos::Queues>
Command Parameters
Table 23.15-1 "QoS 802.1P Class to Queue Mapping Configuration Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
<Qos::Dot1pValue>
range: [0...7]
value of 802.1p filed
Table 23.15-2 "QoS 802.1P Class to Queue Mapping Configuration Command" Command
Parameters
Parameter
queue
Type
Description
<Qos::Queues>
range: [0...3]
optional parameter
output dsl port queue number
Released
249
23.16 QoS DSL Link Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure DSL links. For each DSL link the operator can apply scheduling
and CAC settings.
A scheduler profile is used to configure egress scheduler settings for each egress DSL interface. A CAC profile is
used to configure CAC settings for each DSL interface.
The DSL link table can be configured on the EBLT-C and EBLT-D units.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure qos dsl-port (index) [scheduler-profile name :
<Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName> ][cac-profile name : <Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName> ]
Command Parameters
Table 23.16-1 "QoS DSL Link Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
Description
/ physical port of a dsl link
Table 23.16-2 "QoS DSL Link Configuration Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
250
Type
Description
scheduler-profile
name : <Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName>
cac-profile
name : <Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName>
optional parameter
the name of the scheduler profile to be mapped on
this dsl link
optional parameter
the name of the cac profile to be mapped on this dsl
link
Released
Edition 03
23.17 QoS LIM Queue Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the QoS LIM queue. On the EBLT-C and EBLT-D units, each DSL
interface supports four downstream buffers which can be configured independently via buffer acceptance control
(BAC) profiles.
The operator can configure downstream buffers such that the total buffer pool is oversubscribed, however this is
not recommended because this allows QoS un-aware packet discard. If the total downstream buffer pool is
over-subscribed, the system logs a warning message.
Upstream buffers on any unit cannot be configured because there is no bottleneck upstream on the units.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure qos dsl-port (index) queue (queue) [ no queue-profile | queue-profile none
| name : <Qos::IgnoredQosProfileName> ]
Command Parameters
Table 23.17-1 "QoS LIM Queue Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
<Qos::Queues>
range: [0...3]
(queue)
Description
the queue with in the scope of one dsl link on a
line-interface-module
Table 23.17-2 "QoS LIM Queue Configuration Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
[ no ] queue-profile
Type
none
|
name
Description
name of the queue profile
Released
251
23.18 QoS DSCP to Dot1P L3 Traffic Configuration

Command
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure DSCP to Dot1P traffic. When the alignment is enabled, it will align
the DSCP to P-bits for all the L3 forwarding traffic.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure qos dscp-map-dot1p (index) dot1p-value <Qos::DscpToDot1PAlign>
Command Parameters
Table 23.18-1 "QoS DSCP to Dot1P L3 Traffic Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
<Qos::DscpToDot1PAlignmentDscpIndex> the DSCP value

range: [0...63]
Table 23.18-2 "QoS DSCP to Dot1P L3 Traffic Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
dot1p-value
252
Type
Description
<Qos::DscpToDot1PAlign>
range: [0...7]
optional parameter
the DOT1P value
Released
Edition 03
23.19 SHub QoS Queue Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the SHub QoS queue. The SHub features seven network interfaces
that can be used for network, subtending, or directly attached customer interfaces (known as "user" interfaces on
the SHub) in any combination.
Each network interface features a hierarchical scheduler with queues (0, 1) scheduled as weighted round robin
(WRR) and queues (2,3) scheduled as strict priority. Queue 3 being the highest priority.
The WRR weights, egress shaping rate, and ingress policing rate can be configured for each SHub interface. See
the section on the QoS Ingress Policing Configuration Command for more information.
The SHub can also send and receive pause frames but it is configured such that it will never generate pause frames
as a result of congestion on an egress interface. However, the SHub can correctly honor backpressure from peer
nodes that cannot handle the traffic.
Note that all SHub port settings will be the same within a link aggregate group.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure qos shub queue-config (port) [ no queue0-weight | queue0-weight
<Qos::ShubQueueWeight1> ][ no queue1-weight | queue1-weight <Qos::ShubQueueWeight1> ][
no rx-pause | rx-pause ][ no egress-rate | egress-rate <Qos::ShubPortRate> ]
Command Parameters
Table 23.19-1 "SHub QoS Queue Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
Type
Description
<Shub::NetworkPort>
range: [1...7]
the unique id for the port
Table 23.19-2 "SHub QoS Queue Configuration Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
[ no ] queue0-weight
[ no ] queue1-weight
[ no ] rx-pause
[ no ] egress-rate
Type
Description
<Qos::ShubQueueWeight1>
range: [1...15]
<Qos::ShubQueueWeight1>
range: [1...15]
<Qos::ShubPauserxStatus>

queue zero weight
queue one weight
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"no-rx-pause"
enable qos pause for receive
port egress rate
<Qos::ShubPortRate>
range: [1...16383] unit: 64kbps
Released
253
23.20 SHub QoS Traffic Class Configuration

Command
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure SHub QoS traffic classes. The SHub has four defined traffic
classes. The mapping of frames with 802.1P codepoint to egress buffers determines how each traffic class will be
put into egress buffers and in a later step, how each traffic class will be scheduled on the SHub egress interfaces.
This traffic class mapping table is not applicable on the units.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure qos shub tc-map-dot1p (tc-priority) traffic-class <Qos::ShubTrafficClass>
Command Parameters
Table 23.20-1 "SHub QoS Traffic Class Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(tc-priority)
Type
Description
<Qos::ShubTcPriority>
range: [0...7]
priority value in the received frames
Table 23.20-2 "SHub QoS Traffic Class Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
traffic-class
254
Type
Description
<Qos::ShubTrafficClass>
range: [0...3]
optional parameter
the value of traffic class, the received frame is
mapped to
Released
Edition 03
23.21 SHub QoS Ingress Policing on Port

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the various policing parameter information. The objects can be
associated with any flow on a specific port.
The values 1 and 2 cannot be used as a meter index to configure a meter. If these values are used, the system
returns a "bad-value" error.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure qos shub [[no] meter (index) [name <Qos::DisplayString> ]max-ingress-rate
<Qos::MeterIngressRate> burst-size <Qos::MeterBurstSize> ]
Command Parameters
Table 23.21-1 "SHub QoS Ingress Policing on Port" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
<Qos::MeterIndex>
range: [1...64]
index used to identify a meter
Table 23.21-2 "SHub QoS Ingress Policing on Port" Command Parameters

Parameter
name
max-ingress-rate
burst-size
Type
Description
<Qos::DisplayString>
length: x<255
<Qos::MeterIngressRate>
range: [1...16383]
<Qos::MeterBurstSize>
range: [0...7]
optional parameter
name of the meter
mandatory parameter
the max ingress rate applied on a port
mandatory parameter
max ingress burst size allowed
Released
255
23.22 SHub QoS Flows to be Policed

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure various flows to be policed.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure qos shub [[no] flow (index) [name <Qos::DisplayString> ][(type) ]]
Command Parameters
Table 23.22-1 "SHub QoS Flows to be Policed" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
<Qos::FlowIndex>
range: [1...64]
index used to identify a flow
Table 23.22-2 "SHub QoS Flows to be Policed" Command Parameters

Parameter
name
(type)
256
Type
Description
<Qos::DisplayString>
optional parameter
length: x<255
name of the flow
port | vlan : <Qos::VlanId> | vlan-dot1p : optional parameter
<Qos::VlanId> : <Qos::FlowPriority> | type of qos flow
vlan-dscp
:
<Qos::VlanId>
:
<Qos::FlowDscp>
Released
Edition 03
23.23 SHub QoS Policer Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the policing association. Multiple ports can have the same policer
and the same policer can be applied to multiple ports.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure qos shub [[no] policer (port-id) flow <Qos::PolicerFlowIndex> meter
<Qos::PolicerMeterIndex> ]
Command Parameters
Table 23.23-1 "SHub QoS Policer Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port-id)
flow
Type
Description
<Qos::PortIndex>
range: [1...24]
<Qos::PolicerFlowIndex>
range: [0...64]
shub qos port index

index of an existing flow
Table 23.23-2 "SHub QoS Policer Configuration Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
meter
Type
Description
<Qos::PolicerMeterIndex>
range: [0...64]
mandatory parameter
index of an existing meter
Released
257
24- PPPoX-Relay Configuration Commands
24.1 PPPoX CC Global Configuration Command

24.2 PPPoX CC Engine Configuration Command
24.3 PPPoX CC Engine Monitoring Configuration
Command
24.4 PPPoX CC Client Port Configuration Command
24.5 PPPoX CC Client Port Monitoring Configuration
Command
258
Released
24-259
24-260
24-261
24-262
24-263
Edition 03
24 PPPoX-Relay Configuration Commands
24.1 PPPoX CC Global Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to specify the system wide configuration parameters applicable to all PPP
sessions.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ppoe privileges, and executed by operators with ppoe privileges.
Command Syntax
> configure pppox-relay cross-connect global-session [ no pado-timeout | pado-timeout
<PPPoX::PadTimeOut> ][ no pads-timeout | pads-timeout <PPPoX::PadTimeOut> ][ no
max-pad-attempts | max-pad-attempts <PPPoX::PadRRetrials> ][ no trans-max-age |
trans-max-age <PPPoX::TransactionMaxAge> ][ no cc-max-age | cc-max-age
<PPPoX::CcMaxAge> ]
Command Parameters
Table 24.1-2 "PPPoX CC Global Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
Type
[ no ] pado-timeout
<PPPoX::PadTimeOut>
[ no ] pads-timeout
<PPPoX::PadTimeOut>
[ no ] <PPPoX::PadRRetrials>
max-pad-attempts
range: [1...16]
[ no ] trans-max-age <PPPoX::TransactionMaxAge>
[ no ] cc-max-age
<PPPoX::CcMaxAge>
range: [300...3000]
Description
timeout for PAD-O message
timeout for PAD-S message
maximum number of PAD-R messages
maximum age of PPP transaction
maximum age of PPP cross connection
Released
259
24.2 PPPoX CC Engine Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the PPP cross-connect engine. The PPP cross-connect engine is
identified by a vlan-id. The name is the engine name used to identify the PPP cross-connect engine. The lock
command locks or unlocks the PPP control plane, for example, if the control plane is unlocked no new PPP cross
connections can be established but the existing connections remain until they are released by the PPP server or
client.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure pppox-relay cross-connect [[no] engine (vlan-id) [ no name | name
<PPPoX::EngineName> ][ no lock | lock ][ no service-name | service-name
<PPPoX::EngineName> ]]
Command Parameters
Table 24.2-1 "PPPoX CC Engine Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(vlan-id)
Type
Description
<Vlan::VlanId>
range: [1...4093]
vlan identity
Table 24.2-2 "PPPoX CC Engine Configuration Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
[ no ] name
[ no ] lock
[ no ] service-name
260
Type
Description
<PPPoX::EngineName>
length: 1<=x<32
<PPPoX::CtlPlaneState>

name to identify the engine
optional parameter with default value: "unlock"
lock the control plane engine
service name issued by engine in PAD-I message
<PPPoX::EngineName>
length: 1<=x<32
Released
Edition 03
24.3 PPPoX CC Engine Monitoring Configuration

Command
Command Description
This commands allows the operator to configure the exception event counters for the PPP cross-connect engine.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure pppox-relay cross-connect engine (vlan-id) [[no] monitor ]
Command Parameters
Table 24.3-1 "PPPoX CC Engine Monitoring Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(vlan-id)
Type
Description
<Vlan::VlanId>
range: [1...4093]
vlan identity
Released
261
24.4 PPPoX CC Client Port Configuration

Command
Command Description
This command allows the operator to specify the PPP cross-connect client port.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure pppox-relay cross-connect [[no] client-port (port) vlan-id
<Vlan::UVlanIndex> | <Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> default-priority
<PPPoX::DefaultPriority> [ no max-cc | max-cc <PPPoX::MaxNumPppCc> ][ no qos-profile |
qos-profile none | name : <PPPoX::IgnoredQosProfileName> ]]
Command Parameters
Table 24.4-1 "PPPoX CC Client Port Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/ client port identification
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
:
Table 24.4-2 "PPPoX CC Client Port Configuration Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
vlan-id
default-priority
[ no ] max-cc
[ no ] qos-profile
262
Type
<Vlan::UVlanIndex>
<Vlan::SVlanIndex>
<Vlan::CVlanIndex>
<PPPoX::DefaultPriority>
range: [0...7]
<PPPoX::MaxNumPppCc>
range: [0...3072]
none
|
name
<PPPoX::IgnoredQosProfileName>
Released
Description
| mandatory parameter
: The parameter is not visible during modification.
associates client port to cc-engine
mandatory parameter
indicates the p-bit for the client port
max no. of PPP cross connection on a port
qos profile name associated with client port
Edition 03
24.5 PPPoX CC Client Port Monitoring

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the exception event counters for the PPP cross-connect client port.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure pppox-relay cross-connect client-port (port) [[no] monitor ]
Command Parameters
Table 24.5-1 "PPPoX CC Client Port Monitoring Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
:
Released
263
25- PPPoE Configuration Commands
25.1 PPPoE Server Configuration Command

25.2 PPPoE Profile Configuration Command
25.3 PPPoX Interface Configuration Command
264
Released
25-265
25-266
25-267
Edition 03
25 PPPoE Configuration Commands
25.1 PPPoE Server Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the PPPoE access concentrator and admin state.
The access concentrator (server name) is used to send the AC_NAME tag in the PADO that is sent to host. The
default AC name is set to AlcatelPppoeServer.
The server admin state, when disabled, locks the PPPoE server and no more new PPPoE sessions are established.
When this value is set to disabled from the enabled state, it will not tear down the existing PPPoE sessions.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure pppoe server-name <PPPoE::ServerName> [ no enable-server | enable-server ]
Command Parameters
Table 25.1-2 "PPPoE Server Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
server-name
[ no ] enable-server
Type
Description
<PPPoE::ServerName>
length: 1<=x<32
<PPPoE::pppoeServerAdminState>
optional parameter
name of the access server
optional
parameter
with
"disable-server"
admin state of the server
Released
default
265
value:
25.2 PPPoE Profile Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure PPP profile parameters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure pppoe [[no] ppp-profile (index) [ no auth-type | auth-type
<PPPoE::pppProfileAuthenType> ][ no keep-alive-intvl | keep-alive-intvl
<PPPoE::ProfileKeepAliveInterval> ]]
Command Parameters
Table 25.2-1 "PPPoE Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
<AsamProfileName>
name of the profile
Table 25.2-2 "PPPoE Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
Type
[ no ] auth-type
<PPPoE::pppProfileAuthenType>
- pap : only PAP negotiation
- chap : only CHAP negotiation
- pap-chap : negotiate PAP first, if it fails,
attempt CHAP
- chap-pap : negotiate CHAP first, if it
fails, attempt PAP
[ no ] keep-alive-intvl <PPPoE::ProfileKeepAliveInterval>
266
Released
Description
optional parameter with default value: "chap"
the type of PPP authentication used

keepalive timeout value, after sending echo request
packet
Edition 03
25.3 PPPoX Interface Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the PPP sessions.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure pppoe [[no] pppox-interface (port) [ no max-num-session | max-num-session
<PPPoE::MaxNumSessions> ][ no ppp-profile-name | ppp-profile-name <AsamProfileName> ]]
Command Parameters
Table 25.3-1 "PPPoX Interface Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/ configure the pppox interafce
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
:
Table 25.3-2 "PPPoX Interface Configuration Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
Type
[ no
max-num-session
] <PPPoE::MaxNumSessions>
range: [-1...2147483647]
[ no
ppp-profile-name
] <AsamProfileName>
Description
max no of PPP sessions established in PPPoX
interface
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"DefaultPppProfile"
the PPP profile to be used for PPP interface
Released
267
26- DHCP Relay Configuration Commands
26.1 DHCP Relay Agent Configuration Command

26.2 DHCP Relay SHub Configuration Command
26.3 DHCP Relay SHub Server Configuration Command
per VRF
26.4 DHCP Relay SHub Agent Configuration Command per
VRF
268
Released
26-269
26-271
26-272
26-273
Edition 03
26 DHCP Relay Configuration Commands
26.1 DHCP Relay Agent Configuration Command

vrfid
The vrfid is a unique value for each VRF assigned by the management.
bcast-vlan
The bcase-vlan is an index that represents a VLAN that is used for forwarding upstream broadcast DHCP packets
when the DHCP relay agent is disabled.
option-82
The operator can enable or disable option 82 information insertion in the upstream broadcast DHCP packets.
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the DHCP relay agent for each VRF interface.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with dhcp privileges, and executed by operators with dhcp privileges.
Command Syntax
> configure dhcp-relay agent (vrfid) bcast-vlan none | l2-vlan : <Vlan::VlanIndex> [
no option-82 | option-82 ][ no circuit-id | circuit-id <Dhcp::CircuitId> ][ no
remote-id | remote-id <Dhcp::RemoteId> ]
Command Parameters
Table 26.1-1 "DHCP Relay Agent Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(vrfid)
Type
Description
<Vrf::VrfIndex>
range: [1...127]
vrf index
Table 26.1-2 "DHCP Relay Agent Configuration Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
Type
Description
bcast-vlan
none | l2-vlan : <Vlan::VlanIndex>
[ no ] option-82
<Dhcp::Option82>
[ no ] circuit-id
<Dhcp::CircuitId>
- customer-id : add customerId as circuitId
optional parameter
vlan used to forward upstream bcast DHCP packets
enable option82 info insertions in upstream bcast
pkts
optional parameter with default value: "notadd"
circuit id
Released
269
Parameter
[ no ] remote-id
270
Type
Description
- physical-id : add addPhysicalLineId as

circuitId
- notadd : not add circuitId
<Dhcp::RemoteId>
optional parameter with default value: "notadd"
remote id
- customer-id : add customerId as
remoteId
- notadd : not add remoteId
Released
Edition 03
26.2 DHCP Relay SHub Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the DHCP SHub parameters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure dhcp-relay shub [ no relaying | relaying ]
Command Parameters
Table 26.2-2 "DHCP Relay SHub Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
[ no ] relaying
Type
Description
<Dhcp::Relaying>
optional
parameter
with
"no-relaying"
relay agent active or not
Released
default
271
value:
26.3 DHCP Relay SHub Server Configuration

Command per VRF
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the list of DHCP relay servers to a particular VRF.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure dhcp-relay shub [[no] server (index) ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> server-name
<PrintableString-0-32> ]
Command Parameters
Table 26.3-1 "DHCP Relay SHub Server Configuration Command per VRF " Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
ip-addr
Type
Description
<Vrf::ShubVrfID>
range: [0...127]
<Ip::V4Address>
the vrf id
IP address given to this interface
Table 26.3-2 "DHCP Relay SHub Server Configuration Command per VRF " Command
Parameters
Parameter
server-name
272
Type
Description
length: x<32
mandatory parameter
The name of the Relay Server
Released
Edition 03
26.4 DHCP Relay SHub Agent Configuration

Command per VRF
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the DHCP relay agent to a particular VRF.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure dhcp-relay shub agent (index) [ no enable-relaying | enable-relaying ][ no
secs-threshold | secs-threshold <Dhcp::SecsThreshold> ][ no hops-threshold |
hops-threshold <Dhcp::HopThreshold> ][ no context-lifetime | context-lifetime
<Dhcp::ContextLife> ][ no agent-ip-addr | agent-ip-addr <Ip::V4Address> ]
Command Parameters
Table 26.4-1 "DHCP Relay SHub Agent Configuration Command per VRF" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
<Vrf::ShubVrfID>
range: [0...127]
the vrf id
Table 26.4-2 "DHCP Relay SHub Agent Configuration Command per VRF" Command Parameters
Parameter
[ no ] enable-relaying
Type
Description
<Dhcp::RelayingPerVrf>
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"disable-relaying"
relay agent status for this vrf
the time within a request must be answered
max nbr of hops the request may go through
availability of application context
agent IP address
[ no ] secs-threshold
<Dhcp::SecsThreshold>
range: [0...5] unit: second
[ no ] hops-threshold <Dhcp::HopThreshold>
range: [1...16]
[ no ] <Dhcp::ContextLife>
context-lifetime
range: [1...120] unit: seconds
[ no ] agent-ip-addr
<Ip::V4Address>
Released
273
27- OSPF Configuration Commands
27.1 OSPF Parameters Configuration Command

27.2 OSPF Area Configuration Command
27.3 OSPF Interface Configuration Command
27.4 OSPF Interface Timers Configuration Command
27.5 OSPF Interface MD5 Key Configuration Command
27.6 OSPF Interface Metric Configuration Command
27.7 OSPF Aggregate Configuration Command
27.8 OSPF Stub Area Configuration Command
27.13 OSPF Nssa Area Configuration Command
27.18 OSPF NSSA Aggregate Configuration Command
27.19 OSPF Redistribution Configuration Command
27.20 OSPF Redistribution Route Configuration Command
274
Released
27-275
27-276
27-277
27-278
27-279
27-281
27-282
27-283
27-284
27-285
27-286
27-288
27-289
27-290
27-291
27-292
27-294
27-295
27-296
27-297
Edition 03
27 OSPF Configuration Commands
27.1 OSPF Parameters Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the OSPF parameters and attributes.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure ospf [ no enable | enable ]router-id <Ip::V4Address> [ no as-border-router
| as-border-router ][ no enable-opaque-lsa | enable-opaque-lsa ][ no overflow-state-it
| overflow-state-it <Ospf::OvrflowIntrvl> ][ no dis-rfc1583-comp | dis-rfc1583-comp ][
no abr-type | abr-type <Ospf::AbrType> ][ no passive-interface | passive-interface ]
Command Parameters
Table 27.1-2 "OSPF Parameters Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
Type
Description
[ no ] enable
<Ospf::EnableStatus>
router-id
<Ip::V4Address>

enable OSPF on the SHub
optional parameter
uniquely identifying the Shub in the autonomous
system
optional parameter with default value: "false"
shub configured as a autonomous system border
router
configure route to opaque capable
time the router attempts to leave the overflow state
optional parameter with default value: "enable"
LSA advertisements compatible with RFC 1583
optional parameter with default value: "standard"
type of area border router
[ no ] as-border-router <Ospf::ASBdrRtrStatus>
[ no
enable-opaque-lsa
[ no
overflow-state-it
[ no
dis-rfc1583-comp
[ no ] abr-type
[ no
passive-interface
] <Ospf::LSAOpaqueStatus>
] <Ospf::OvrflowIntrvl>
] <Ospf::rfc1583Compatblty>
<Ospf::AbrType>
- standard : standard abr
- cisco : cisco abr
- ibm : ibm abr
] <Ospf::PassiveIntf>
optional
parameter
with
"non-passive"
sets OSPF interface to passive
Released
default
275
value:
27.2 OSPF Area Configuration Command

Command Description
This command shows information describing the configured parameters and cumulative statistics of the router's
attached areas.
The area identifier is a 32-bit represented in decimal dotted notation.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure ospf [[no] area (area-id) ]
Command Parameters
Table 27.2-1 "OSPF Area Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(area-id)
276
Type
Description
<Ip::V4Address>
ospf area identifier
Released
Edition 03

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure an OSPF interface.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure ospf area (area-id) [[no] interface (ip-addr) [ no disable | disable ][ no
router-priority | router-priority <Ospf::Priority> ][ no passive | passive ][ no
itf-type | itf-type <Ospf::ITFType> ][ no authentication | authentication none | md5 |
plain : prompt | plain : plain : <Ospf::Key> ]]
Command Parameters
Table 27.3-1 "OSPF Interface Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(area-id)
(ip-addr)
Type
Description
<Ip::V4Address>
<Ip::V4Address>

ip address identifying the interface
Table 27.3-2 "OSPF Interface Configuration Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
Type
Description
[ no ] disable
<Ospf::InterfaceStatus>
[ no ] router-priority
<Ospf::Priority>
range: [0...255]
<Ospf::PassiveIntface>

OSPF interface status
priority used in router election algorithm
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"non-passive"
sets the interface as passive
optional parameter with default value: "broadcast"
ospf interface type
[ no ] passive
[ no ] itf-type
<Ospf::ITFType>
- broadcast : broadcast lans like ethernet
- nbma : non broadcast multiple access
- point-point : point to point
- point-multipoint : point to multi point
none | md5 | plain : prompt | plain : plain : optional parameter with default value: "none"
<Ospf::Key>
indicates the OSPF interface authentication
Released
277
27.4 OSPF Interface Timers Configuration

Command
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the OSPF interface timers.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure ospf area (area-id) interface (ip-addr) timers [ no transit-delay |
transit-delay <Ospf::TransDelay> ][ no retransmit-itvl | retransmit-itvl
<Ospf::RetransIntvl> ][ no hello-interval | hello-interval <Ospf::HelloIntvl> ][ no
dead-interval | dead-interval <Ospf::DeadIntvl> ][ no poll-interval | poll-interval
<Ospf::PollIntvl> ]
Command Parameters
Table 27.4-1 "OSPF Interface Timers Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(area-id)
(ip-addr)
Type
Description
<Ip::V4Address>
<Ip::V4Address>

Table 27.4-2 "OSPF Interface Timers Configuration Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
[ no ] transit-delay
[ no ] retransmit-itvl
[ no ] hello-interval
[ no ] poll-interval
278
Type
Description
<Ospf::TransDelay>
<Ospf::RetransIntvl>
<Ospf::HelloIntvl>
<Ospf::DeadIntvl>
<Ospf::PollIntvl>

time to transmit link update packets
interval between LSA retransmission
interval between sending hello packets
interval when no hello pkts are received
time between hello pkts sent to neighbour
Released
Edition 03
27.5 OSPF Interface MD5 Key Configuration

Command
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a MD5 key for an OSPF interface.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure ospf area (area-id) interface (ip-addr) [[no] md5-key (index) key prompt |
plain : <Ospf::Key> [ no accept-starts | accept-starts <Ospf::MD5startDelay> ][ no
generate-starts | generate-starts <Ospf::MD5startDelay> ]]
Command Parameters
Table 27.5-1 "OSPF Interface MD5 Key Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(area-id)
(ip-addr)
(index)
Type
Description
<Ip::V4Address>
<Ip::V4Address>
<Ospf::Md5KeyIndex>
range: [1...5]

the number of the md5 key
Table 27.5-2 "OSPF Interface MD5 Key Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
Type
Description
key
prompt | plain : <Ospf::Key>
[ no ] accept-starts
mandatory parameter
the md5 key
optional parameter with default value: "now"
when the key must be used to accept
<Ospf::MD5startDelay>
- now : the key will be used from now on
- <Sys::Time> : the delay before the key
will be used
when the key must be used to generate
will be used
[ no ] generate-starts
Command Output
Table 27.5-3 "OSPF Interface MD5 Key Configuration Command" Display parameters
Released
279
name
accept-expires
generate-expires
280
Type
Description
<Ospf::MD5expiryDelay>
delay before the key expires for accepting
- now : the key will expire now
- never : the key will never expire
- <Ospf::MD5expiryDelay> : the delay
before the key will expire
delay before the key expires for generating
Released
Edition 03
27.6 OSPF Interface Metric Configuration

Command
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the metric on an OSPF interface.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure ospf area (area-id) interface (ip-addr) metric value <Ospf::Metric>
Command Parameters
Table 27.6-1 "OSPF Interface Metric Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(area-id)
(ip-addr)
Type
Description
<Ip::V4Address>
<Ip::V4Address>

Table 27.6-2 "OSPF Interface Metric Configuration Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
value
Type
Description
<Ospf::Metric>
range: [1...65535]
optional parameter
the value for the metric
Released
281
27.7 OSPF Aggregate Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure an OSPF aggregate.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure ospf area (area-id) [[no] aggregate-addr (dest-ip) [ no omit-advertise |
omit-advertise ]]
Command Parameters
Table 27.7-1 "OSPF Aggregate Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(area-id)
(dest-ip)
Type
Description
<Ip::V4Address>
<Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLengthFull> ip address and mask of the destination route
Table 27.7-2 "OSPF Aggregate Configuration Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
[ no ] omit-advertise
282
Type
Description
<Ospf::Advertise>
optional parameter with default value: "advertise"

advertisement of the indicated aggregate
Released
Edition 03
27.8 OSPF Stub Area Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the OSPF stub area.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure ospf [[no] stub-area (area-id) [ no metric-type | metric-type
<Ospf::MetricType> ][ no metric | metric <Ospf::StubMetric> ][ no summary | summary ]]
Command Parameters
Table 27.8-1 "OSPF Stub Area Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(area-id)
Type
Description
<Ip::V4Address>
Table 27.8-2 "OSPF Stub Area Configuration Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
Type
Description
[ no ] metric-type
<Ospf::MetricType>
[ no ] metric
<Ospf::StubMetric>
range: [0...16777215]
<Ospf::Summary>
optional parameter with default value: "ospf"

type of metric advertised as a default route
metric value at the indicated TOS
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"no-summary"
controls the import of summary LSAs into stub
areas
[ no ] summary
Released
283

Command Description
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure ospf stub-area (area-id) [[no] interface (ip-addr) [ no disable | disable
][ no router-priority | router-priority <Ospf::Priority> ][ no passive | passive ][ no
Command Parameters
Resource Identifier
(area-id)
(ip-addr)
Type
Description
<Ip::V4Address>
<Ip::V4Address>


Parameter
Type
Description
[ no ] disable
<Ospf::Priority>
range: [0...255]

optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"non-passive"
ospf interface type
[ no ] passive
[ no ] itf-type
284
<Ospf::ITFType>
<Ospf::Key>
Released
Edition 03

Command
Command Description
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure ospf stub-area (area-id) interface (ip-addr) timers [ no transit-delay |
<Ospf::PollIntvl> ]
Command Parameters
Resource Identifier
(area-id)
(ip-addr)
Type
Description
<Ip::V4Address>
<Ip::V4Address>


Parameter
Type
Description
<Ospf::TransDelay>
<Ospf::HelloIntvl>
<Ospf::DeadIntvl>
<Ospf::PollIntvl>

Released
285

Command
Command Description
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure ospf stub-area (area-id) interface (ip-addr) [[no] md5-key (index) key
prompt | plain : <Ospf::Key> [ no accept-starts | accept-starts <Ospf::MD5startDelay>
][ no generate-starts | generate-starts <Ospf::MD5startDelay> ]]
Command Parameters
Resource Identifier
(area-id)
(ip-addr)
(index)
Type
Description
<Ip::V4Address>
<Ip::V4Address>
<Ospf::Md5KeyIndex>
range: [1...5]

Parameter
Type
Description
key
mandatory parameter
the md5 key
will be used
will be used
Command Output
286
Released
Edition 03
name
accept-expires
generate-expires
Type
Description
Released
287

Command
Command Description
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure ospf stub-area (area-id) interface (ip-addr) metric value <Ospf::Metric>
Command Parameters
Resource Identifier
(area-id)
(ip-addr)
Type
Description
<Ip::V4Address>
<Ip::V4Address>


Parameter
value
288
Type
Description
<Ospf::Metric>
range: [1...65535]
optional parameter
Released
Edition 03
27.13 OSPF Nssa Area Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the OSPF NSSA area.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure ospf [[no] nssa-area (area-id) [ no summary | summary ][ no translation |
translation <Ospf::Trnsltn> ][ no trans-itvl | trans-itvl <Ospf::TrnltnIntvl> ][ no
asbr-rtr-trans | asbr-rtr-trans ][ no metric-type | metric-type <Ospf::NSSAMetricType>
]]
Command Parameters
Table 27.13-1 "OSPF Nssa Area Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(area-id)
Type
Description
<Ip::V4Address>
Table 27.13-2 "OSPF Nssa Area Configuration Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
Type
Description
[ no ] summary
<Ospf::Summary>
[ no ] translation
<Ospf::Trnsltn>
- always : always
- candidate : candidate
<Ospf::TrnltnIntvl>
<Ospf::Asbr>
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"no-summary"
controls the import of summary LSAs into stub
areas
optional parameter with default value: "candidate"
NSSA routers ability to translate Type-7 to Type-5
LSAs
[ no ] trans-itvl
[ no ] asbr-rtr-trans
[ no ] metric-type
<Ospf::NSSAMetricType>
- ospf : ospf metric
- comparable-metric : comparable cost
- non-comparable : non comparable

time trsltr finds its service is not reqd
p-bit setting for the type-7 LSA generated by
ASBR
optional parameter with default value: "ospf"
type of metric advertised as a default route
Released
289

Command Description
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure ospf nssa-area (area-id) [[no] interface (ip-addr) [ no disable | disable
][ no router-priority | router-priority <Ospf::Priority> ][ no passive | passive ][ no
Command Parameters
Resource Identifier
(area-id)
(ip-addr)
Type
Description
<Ip::V4Address>
<Ip::V4Address>


Parameter
Type
Description
[ no ] disable
<Ospf::Priority>
range: [0...255]

optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"non-passive"
ospf interface type
[ no ] passive
[ no ] itf-type
290
<Ospf::ITFType>
<Ospf::Key>
Released
Edition 03

Command
Command Description
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure ospf nssa-area (area-id) interface (ip-addr) timers [ no transit-delay |
<Ospf::PollIntvl> ]
Command Parameters
Resource Identifier
(area-id)
(ip-addr)
Type
Description
<Ip::V4Address>
<Ip::V4Address>


Parameter
Type
Description
<Ospf::TransDelay>
<Ospf::HelloIntvl>
<Ospf::DeadIntvl>
<Ospf::PollIntvl>

Released
291

Command
Command Description
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure ospf nssa-area (area-id) interface (ip-addr) [[no] md5-key (index) key
prompt | plain : <Ospf::Key> [ no accept-starts | accept-starts <Ospf::MD5startDelay>
][ no generate-starts | generate-starts <Ospf::MD5startDelay> ]]
Command Parameters
Resource Identifier
(area-id)
(ip-addr)
(index)
Type
Description
<Ip::V4Address>
<Ip::V4Address>
<Ospf::Md5KeyIndex>
range: [1...5]

Parameter
Type
Description
key
mandatory parameter
the md5 key
will be used
will be used
Command Output
292
Released
Edition 03
name
accept-expires
generate-expires
Type
Description
Released
293

Command
Command Description
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure ospf nssa-area (area-id) interface (ip-addr) metric value <Ospf::Metric>
Command Parameters
Resource Identifier
(area-id)
(ip-addr)
Type
Description
<Ip::V4Address>
<Ip::V4Address>


Parameter
value
294
Type
Description
<Ospf::Metric>
range: [1...65535]
optional parameter
Released
Edition 03
27.18 OSPF NSSA Aggregate Configuration

Command
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure an OSPF NSSA aggregate.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure ospf nssa-area (area-id) [[no] aggregate-addr (dest-ip) lsa-type
<Ospf::LSAType> [ no omit-advertise | omit-advertise ]]
Command Parameters
Table 27.18-1 "OSPF NSSA Aggregate Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(area-id)
(dest-ip)
lsa-type
Type
Description
<Ip::V4Address>
<Ospf::LSAType>
type of address aggregate
- summary : type-3, summary link
- nssa-external : type-7, nssa external link
Table 27.18-2 "OSPF NSSA Aggregate Configuration Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
[ no ] omit-advertise
Type
Description
<Ospf::Advertise>
optional parameter with default value: "advertise"

advertisement of the indicated aggregate
Released
295
27.19 OSPF Redistribution Configuration

Command
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the redistribution of the OSPF.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure ospf redistribution [ no enable | enable ][ no local | local ][ no static
| static ][ no rip | rip ]
Command Parameters
Table 27.19-2 "OSPF Redistribution Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
296
Type
Description
[ no ] enable
<Ospf::RRDStatus>
[ no ] local
<Ospf::Local>
[ no ] static
<Ospf::Static>
[ no ] rip
<Ospf::Rip>

enable OSPF route redistribution
optional parameter with default value: "no-local"
import local routes to OSPF
optional parameter with default value: "no-static"
import static routes to OSPF
optional parameter with default value: "no-rip"
import rip routes to OSPF
Released
Edition 03
27.20 OSPF Redistribution Route Configuration

Command
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure the redistribution of the OSPF route parameters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure ospf redistribution [[no] route-destination (dest-ip) [ no metric-type |
metric-type <Ospf::RouteMetricType> ][ no metric | metric <Ospf::RouteMetric> ]]
Command Parameters
Table 27.20-1 "OSPF Redistribution Route Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(dest-ip)
Type
Description
Table 27.20-2 "OSPF Redistribution Route Configuration Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
[ no ] metric-type
[ no ] metric
Type
Description
<Ospf::RouteMetricType>
- as-ext-type1 : asexttype1 metric type
- as-ext-type2 : asexttype2 metric type
<Ospf::RouteMetric>
range: [1...16777215]
optional
parameter
with
"as-ext-type2"
metric type applied to the router
default

metric value applied to the router
Released
297
value:
28- RIP Configuration Commands
28.1 RIP Common Configuration Command

28.2 RIP Redistribution Configuration Command
28.3 RIP Interface Configuration Command
28.4 RIP Interface Timers Configuration Command
28.5 RIP Interface MD5 Key Configuration Command
28.6 RIP Route Aggregation Command
28.7 RIP Route Map Command
298
Released
28-299
28-300
28-301
28-302
28-303
28-304
28-305
Edition 03
28 RIP Configuration Commands
28.1 RIP Common Configuration Command

Command Description
This command helps in configuration of global parameters of RIP.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure rip [ no max-peer | max-peer <Rip::Rip2Peer> ]
Command Parameters
Table 28.1-2 "RIP Common Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
[ no ] max-peer
Type
Description
<Rip::Rip2Peer>
range: [1...65535]

max nbr of peers in conversation with the RIP2
simultaneously
Released
299
28.2 RIP Redistribution Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure RIP redistribution.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure rip redistribution [ no enable | enable ][ no default-metric |
default-metric <Rip::RouteMetric> ][ no local | local ][ no static | static ][ no ospf
| ospf ]
Command Parameters
Table 28.2-2 "RIP Redistribution Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
300
Type
Description
[ no ] enable
<Rip::GblStat>
[ no ] default-metric
[ no ] local
<Rip::RouteMetric>
range: [1...6]
<Rip::Local>
[ no ] static
<Rip::Static>
[ no ] ospf
<Rip::Ospf>

indicates which routes need to be redistributed
default metric used for the imported routes
optional parameter with default value: "no-local"
import local routes to RIP
optional parameter with default value: "no-static"
import static routes to RIP
optional parameter with default value: "no-ospf"
import ospf routes to RIP
Released
Edition 03
28.3 RIP Interface Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the user to configure RIP interface parameters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure rip [[no] interface (ip-addr) [ no authentication | authentication none |
md5 | plain : prompt | plain : plain : <Rip::Key> ]default-metric <Rip::DefMetric> [
no send | send <Rip::ConfSend> ][ no receive | receive <Rip::ConfRcv> ][ no
split-horizon | split-horizon <Rip::SpltHorizon> ]]
Command Parameters
Table 28.3-1 "RIP Interface Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(ip-addr)
Type
Description
<Ip::V4Address>
interface IP address
Table 28.3-2 "RIP Interface Configuration Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
default-metric
[ no ] send
[ no ] receive
[ no ] split-horizon
Type
Description
none | md5 | plain : prompt | plain : plain :

<Rip::Key>
<Rip::DefMetric>
range: [0...15]

authentication method
mandatory parameter
metric used for default route in RIP updates
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"rip1-compatible"
RIP version used for sending RIP packets
<Rip::ConfSend>
- disable : don't send any packets
- rip1 : rip version 1
- rip1-compatible : rip version 1 comptible
- rip2 : rip version 2
<Rip::ConfRcv>
- rip1 : accept rip1 packets
- rip2 : accept rip2 packets
- rip1-or-rip2 : accept rip1 or rip2 packets
- disable : don't receive packets
<Rip::SpltHorizon>
- enable : enable split horizon
- poison-reverse : split horizon with
Poison Reverse
- disable : disable split horizon
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"rip1-or-rip2"
RIP version used for accepting RIP packets

split horizon status used in the system
Released
301
28.4 RIP Interface Timers Configuration Command

Command Description
This command allows the user to configure RIP interface timers.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure rip interface (ip-addr) timers [ no update-timer | update-timer
<Rip::UpdateTmr> ][ no route-age-out | route-age-out <Rip::RouteAgeTmr> ][ no
junk-collection | junk-collection <Rip::GrbTmr> ]
Command Parameters
Table 28.4-1 "RIP Interface Timers Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(ip-addr)
Type
Description
<Ip::V4Address>
Table 28.4-2 "RIP Interface Timers Configuration Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
[ no ] update-timer
[ no ] route-age-out
[ no ] junk-collection
302
Type
Description
<Rip::UpdateTmr>
range: [10...3600] unit: secs
<Rip::RouteAgeTmr>

interval between RIP updates in secs
time for an unrefreshed route to be put in garbage
bin in secs
lifetime of route in garbage bin in secs
<Rip::GrbTmr>
Released
Edition 03
28.5 RIP Interface MD5 Key Configuration

Command
Command Description
This command allows the operator to configure a MD5 key for a RIP interface.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure rip interface (ip-addr) [[no] md5-key (index) key prompt | plain :
<Rip::Key> starts <Rip::MD5startDelay> expires <Rip::MD5expiryDelay> ]
Command Parameters
Table 28.5-1 "RIP Interface MD5 Key Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(ip-addr)
(index)
Type
Description
<Ip::V4Address>
<Rip::Md5KeyIndex>
range: [1...5]
Table 28.5-2 "RIP Interface MD5 Key Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
Type
Description
key
prompt | plain : <Rip::Key>
starts
mandatory parameter
the md5 key
mandatory parameter
when the key must be used
<Rip::MD5startDelay>
- <Rip::MD5startDelay> : the delay before
the key will be used
<Rip::MD5expiryDelay>
mandatory parameter
delay before the key expires
- <Rip::MD5expiryDelay> : the delay
expires
Released
303
28.6 RIP Route Aggregation Command

Command Description
This command allows the user to add or delete a route aggregation.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure rip [[no] aggregation (ip-addr) ]
Command Parameters
Table 28.6-1 "RIP Route Aggregation Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(ip-addr)
304
Type
Description
<Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLengthFull> aggregated IP address and subnetmask
Released
Edition 03
28.7 RIP Route Map Command

Command Description
This command allows the user to define a route map.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure rip [[no] route-map (vlan-id) sub-index <Rip::SubIndex> ip-addr
<Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLengthFull> [ no direction | direction
<Rip::RouteMapDirection> ][ no deny | deny ]]
Command Parameters
Table 28.7-1 "RIP Route Map Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(vlan-id)
sub-index
Type
Description
range: [1...4093]
<Rip::SubIndex>
range: [1...128]
identifies the rule for each ip-address
Table 28.7-2 "RIP Route Map Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
ip-addr
[ no ] direction
[ no ] deny
Type
Description
<Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLengthFull> mandatory parameter

IP address of the subnet that can be allowed or
disallowed
<Rip::RouteMapDirection>
optional parameter with default value: "transmit"
Direction in which the RIP routes are advertised.
- transmit : route map in transmitting
direction
- receive : route map in receiving direction
<Rip::RouteMapAction>
optional parameter with default value: "permit"
Specifes the action to be allowed(permit/deny)
Released
305
29- XDSL Bonding Configuration Commands
29.1 xDSL Bonding Group Profile Configuration Command

29.2 xDSL Bonding Configuration Command
306
Released
29-307
29-309
Edition 03
29 XDSL Bonding Configuration Commands
29.1 xDSL Bonding Group Profile Configuration

Command
Command Description
This node allows to manage the xDSL bonding group profile. A profile can be created in one step with all the
necessary parameters and making it active. It can also be created in several steps by specifying a few parameters in
each step and make the profile active in the last step.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure xdsl-bonding [[no] group-profile (index) name <AsamProfileName> (scope)
version <SignedInteger> [ no min-bitrate-up | min-bitrate-up <Xdsl::Bitrate> ][ no
min-bitrate-down | min-bitrate-down <Xdsl::Bitrate> ][ no plan-bitrate-up |
plan-bitrate-up <Xdsl::Bitrate> ][ no plan-bitrate-down | plan-bitrate-down
<Xdsl::Bitrate> ][ no max-bitrate-up | max-bitrate-up <Xdsl::Bitrate> ][ no
max-bitrate-down | max-bitrate-down <Xdsl::Bitrate> ][ no active | active ]]
Command Parameters
Table 29.1-1 "xDSL Bonding Group Profile Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
<Xdsl::GroupProfileIndex>
range: [1...100]
index of the profile
Table 29.1-2 "xDSL Bonding Group Profile Configuration Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
name
(scope)
version
Type
Description
<AsamProfileName>
<AsamProfileScope>
<SignedInteger>
mandatory parameter
name of the profile
mandatory parameter
[ no ] min-bitrate-up
<Xdsl::Bitrate>
range: [0...65535] unit: kbits/sec
[ no ] <Xdsl::Bitrate>
min-bitrate-down
[ no ] plan-bitrate-up <Xdsl::Bitrate>
[ no ] <Xdsl::Bitrate>
mandatory parameter
profile
minimum upstream bit rate to be maintained
minimum downstream bit rate to be maintained
planned bitrate in upstream
Released
307
Parameter
Type
plan-bitrate-down
[ no ] max-bitrate-up
[ no
max-bitrate-down
[ no ] active
308

<Xdsl::Bitrate>
] <Xdsl::Bitrate>
Released
Description
planned bitrate in downstream
maximum bitrate in upstream
maximum bitrate in downstream
Edition 03
29.2 xDSL Bonding Configuration Command

Command Description
This node allows to configure a bonding group, which consists of assigning a predefined bonding group profile.
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure xdsl-bonding group (index) group-profile
<Xdsl::GroupProfileIndexWithRemove> [ no admin-status | admin-status ]
Command Parameters
Table 29.2-1 "xDSL Bonding Configuration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
Description
/ a unique interface index
Table 29.2-2 "xDSL Bonding Configuration Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
group-profile
[ no ] admin-status
Type
Description
<Xdsl::GroupProfileIndexWithRemove>
range: [0...100]
<Xdsl::GroupAdminStatus>
optional parameter
a valid profile index for the interface
optional
parameter
with
default
"admin-down"
set the admin-state of the group to down
Released
309
value:
30- CPE Remote Configuration Commands
30.1 CPE Remote Management System Configuration

Commands
310
Released
30-311
Edition 03
30 CPE Remote Configuration Commands
30.1 CPE Remote Management System

Configuration Commands
Command Description
This node allows to configure CPE Remote Management System;
User Level
Command Syntax
> configure cpeproxy [ no proxy-mode | proxy-mode <CpeProxy::CpeProxySystemMode> ][ no
ip-address | ip-address <Ip::V4Address> ][ no udp-port | udp-port
<CpeProxy::CpeMgtStationPortNumber> ]
Command Parameters
Table 30.1-2 "CPE Remote Management System Configuration Commands" Command Parameters
Parameter
[ no ] proxy-mode
[ no ] ip-address
[ no ] udp-port
Type
Description
<CpeProxy::CpeProxySystemMode>
- proxy-enabled : enable cpe proxy system
- proxy-disabled : disable cpe proxy
system
<Ip::V4Address>
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"proxy-disabled"
enable to switch on the CPE Remote Proxy, disable
to switch off.
<CpeProxy::CpeMgtStationPortNumber>
range: [1...65535]

configure the IP address of CPE Management
Station.
configure the udp port by which cpeMM receive
trap from DSLAM.
Released
311
31- Equipment Status Commands
31.1 Slot Status Command

31.2 Applique Status Command
31.3 Shelf Summary Status Command
31.5 Protection Group Status Command
31.6 ISAM Status Command
31.7 Rack Status Command
31.8 Shelf Status Command
312
Released
31-313
31-316
31-319
31-321
31-322
31-324
31-325
31-327
Edition 03
31 Equipment Status Commands
31.1 Slot Status Command

Command Description
This commands shows the slot status. The following information is shown for each slot:
type : describes the type of the unit that is currently present in the slot.
oper-status: describes whether the unit is able to perform its normal operation.
error-status: provides the reason why the board is not operational. These values correspond to the alarms
generated in case of a failure.
available-status: provides further information regarding the state of the unit.
manufacturer: provides an identification of the unit manufacturer.
inventory-pba: provides the Alcatel Printed Board Assembly code of the unit.
inventory-fpba: provides the Alcatel Printed Board Assembly code of the unit which also identifies the boot
software.
inventory-ics: provides the Item Change Status iteration code of the unit.
inventory-clie: provides the (USA) Common Language Equipment Identification code of the unit.
serial-no: provides the serial number of the board.
failed-test: provides identification of the last failing test using four numbers, from MSB to LSB:
- - table number (1 byte)
- - segment number (1 byte)
- - case number (1 byte)
- - check number (1 byte)
As long as there has been no failing self test, the value of this attribute will be 0.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with equipment privileges.
Command Syntax
> show equipment slot (slot)
Command Parameters
Table 31.1-1 "Slot Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(slot)
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/ the physical slot position
<Eqpt::Slot>
<Eqpt::Rack>=
range:
[1...1]/
<Eqpt::Shelf>=
range:
[1...1]/
Command Output
Table 31.1-2 "Slot Status Command" Display parameters
Released
313
name
Type
Description
A string representing the board that is planned in
the slot.
A string representing the board that is actually
present in the slot.
This element is always shown.
Specifies whether the plug-in unit is able to
perform its normal operation.
manufacturer

<Equipm::OperStatus>
- enabled :
- disabled :
<Equipm::OperError>
- no-error :
- type-mismatch :
- board-missing :
- no-installation :
- no-planned-board :
- waiting-for-sw :
- init-boot-failed :
- init-download-failed :
- init-connection-failed :
- configuration-failed :
- board-reset-protection :
- invalid-parameter :
- temperature-alarm :
- tempshutdown :
- defense :
- board-not-licensed :
- unknown-error :
<Equipm::AvailStatus>
- available :
- in-test :
- failed :
- power-off :
- not-installed :
- offline :
- dependency :
<PrintableString>
mnemonic
<PrintableString>
pba-code
<PrintableString>
fpba-code
<PrintableString>
fpba-ics
<PrintableString>
clei-code
<PrintableString>
serial-no
<PrintableString>
planned-type
actual-type
oper-status
short name:enabled
error-status
availability
314
Released
Specifies for what reason the board is not

operational. These values correspond with the
alarms which are generated in case of a failure.
Specifies the state of the board. It is set to available

after a successfull selftest of the board (if
applicable).
Specifies the company of the board.

Specifies the name of the board.
Specifies the Alcatel printed board assembly code
of of the board.
Specifies the Alcatel printed board assembly code
of the board, which also identifies the boot
software.
pecifies the item change status iteration code of the
board.
Specifies the common language equipment
identification code of the board.
Specifies the serial number of the board.
Edition 03
name
failed-test
Type
Description
<BinaryString>
Specifies the last failing test.

Released
315
31.2 Applique Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the applique status. The following information is shown for each applique slot:
type: provides the type of the applique that is currently present in the slot.
oper-status: describes whether the applique is able to perform its normal operation.
error-status: describes the reason why the applique is not operational. These values correspond to the alarms
available-status: provides further information regarding the state of the applique.
manufacturer: provides an identification of the applique manufacturer.
inventory-pba: provides the Alcatel Printed Board Assembly code of the applique.
inventory-fpba: provides the Alcatel Printed Board Assembly code of the applique which also identifies the boot
software.
inventory-ics: provides the Item Change Status iteration code of the qpplique.
inventory-clie: provides the (USA) Common Language Equipment Identification code of the applique.
serial-no: provides the serial number of the applique.
failed-test: provides the identification of the last failing test using four numbers, from MSB to LSB:
- - table number (1 byte)
- - segment number (1 byte)
- - case number (1 byte)
- - check number (1 byte)
As long as there has been no failing self test, the value of this attribute will be 0.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show equipment applique (applique)
Command Parameters
Table 31.2-1 "Applique Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(applique)
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/ the physical applique position
<Eqpt::Applique>
<Eqpt::Rack>=
range:
[1...1]/
<Eqpt::Shelf>=
range:
[1...1]/
<Eqpt::Applique>= range: [1...21]
Command Output
Table 31.2-2 "Applique Status Command" Display parameters
316
Released
Edition 03
name
Type
Description
A string representing the board that is planned in
the slot.
A string representing the board that is actually
present in the slot.
Specifies whether the plug-in unit is able to
perform its normal operation.
manufacturer

- enabled :
- disabled :
<Equipm::OperError>
- no-error :
- type-mismatch :
- board-missing :
- no-installation :
- waiting-for-sw :
- tempshutdown :
- defense :
- unknown-error :
- available :
- in-test :
- failed :
- power-off :
- not-installed :
- offline :
- dependency :
<PrintableString>
mnemonic
<PrintableString>
pba-code
<PrintableString>
fpba-code
<PrintableString>
fpba-ics
<PrintableString>
clei-code
<PrintableString>
serial-no
<PrintableString>
planned-type
actual-type
oper-status
short name:enabled
error-status
availability
Specifies for what reason the board is not

operational. These values correspond with the
alarms which are generated in case of a failure.
Specifies the state of the board. It is set to available

after a successfull selftest of the board (if
applicable).
Specifies the company of the board.

Specifies the name of the board.
Specifies the Alcatel Printed Board Assembly code
of of the board.
Specifies the Alcatel Printed Board Assembly code
of the board, which also identifies the boot
software.
Specifies the item change status iteration code of
the board.
Specifies the common language equipment
identification code of the board.
Specifies the serial number of the board.
Released
317
name
failed-test
318
Type
Description
<BinaryString>
Specifies the last failing test.

Released
Edition 03
31.3 Shelf Summary Status Command

Command Description
This commands shows a summary of the slots in a shelf.
The least significant bit of the first byte shown corresponds to the slot position 1.
User Level
none
Command Syntax
> show equipment shelf-summary (shelf)
Command Parameters
Table 31.3-1 "Shelf Summary Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(shelf)
Type
<Eqpt::Rack>=
range:
Description
the physical shelf position
[1...1]/
Command Output
Table 31.3-2 "Shelf Summary Status Command" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
changes
<Counter>
occupied-slots
<Binary-08-08>
length: 8
<Binary-08-08>
length: 8
Number of configuration or status changes for

slots/boards within this shelf.
Specifies the occupation of slots.
Specifies the administrative state of the boards
whether it is locked or not.
Specifies the operational state of the boards
whether it is locked or not.
Specifies the availability state of the boards
whether it is available or not.
Specifies any mismatch between the actual
board-type and the planned board-type.
Specifies the boards which generated an alarm.
admin-unlocked
oper-unlocked
<Binary-08-08>
length: 8
avail-boards
<Binary-08-08>
length: 8
mismatches
<Binary-08-08>
length: 8
alarms
<Binary-08-08>
Released
319
name
320
Type
Description
length: 8
Released
Edition 03

Command Description
This command shows the protected element-related parameter of the equipment.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show equipment protection-element (slot-id)
Command Parameters
Table 31.4-1 "Protection Element Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(slot-id)
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/ Index in eqpt Prot Element Table
<Eqpt::Slot>
<Eqpt::Rack>=
range:
[1...1]/
<Eqpt::Shelf>=
range:
[1...1]/
Command Output
Table 31.4-2 "Protection Element Status Command" Display parameters
name
standby-status
redcy-ctrl-status
Type
Description
<Equipm::ProtElementStandbyStatus>
- providing-service : providing services
- hot-standby : hot standby
- cold-standby : cold standby
- idle : idle
<Equipm::ProtElementRedcyCtrlStatus>
- normal : normal
- forced_active : forced active
The standby status of the protection group element.

the redcy ctrl status of the protection group

element.
Released
321
31.5 Protection Group Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the parameters related to protection groups.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show equipment protection-group (prot-group-id)
Command Parameters
Table 31.5-1 "Protection Group Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(prot-group-id)
Type
Description
<SignedInteger>
Index in eqpt Prot Group Table
Command Output
Table 31.5-2 "Protection Group Status Command" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
distinguishes the administration-status
prot-changes
<Equipm::PortGroupAdminStatus>
- unlock : unlock
- lock : lock
<TimeTicks>
unit: msec
<Equipm::PortGroupType>
- one-plus-one : one to one
- one-for-n : one to many
<Counter>
switchover-count
<Counter>
admin-status
eps-quenchfactor
prot-group-type
last-switchover-reason <Equipm::SwitchOverReason>
- no-switch-over : no switch over has been
322
Released
distinguishes timervalue of quenching mechanism

distinguishes between 1+1 and 1:N protection
groups
wrap around counter which indicates the number of
status changes in this protection group as well as
the status changes for the protecting elements
within this group
wrap around counter for the number of switchovers
being performed
contains the reason of the last switch over
Edition 03
name
alarm-bitmap
oper-prot-element
Type
Description
performed yet
- forced-active : chain A is forced
- board-not-present : board is removed or
not reachable
- extender-chain-failure : extender chain
failure
- link-failure : link failure
watchdog-timeout
:
redundancy
watchdog
- file-system-corrupt : curruption of file
system
- configuration-mismatch : mismatch in
boardType or Swversion
- board-unplanned : board has been
unplanned
- board-locked : board has been locked
- shelf-defense : shelf-error detected by
defense
- revertive-switchover : switchover
because protected board is operational
again (in case of 1:N)
- lanx-failure : lanx failure
<SignedInteger>
status bitmap: bit 0 set means no defect at all, bit 1 :
if bit set, loss of switch-over capabilities alarm is
set (excludes bit 0 setting),bit 2 .. 31 : reserved for
future extensions
<SignedInteger>
only supported for 1:N protection groups,indicates
which element is currently protected by the spare
element, value 0 means that currently the spare
element is not protecting any element
Released
323
31.6 ISAM Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the ISAM status.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show equipment isam
Command Output
Table 31.6-2 "ISAM Status Command" Display parameters
name
planned-type
actual-type
description
324
Type
Description
<Equipm::SystemType>
- laus : large ASAM US / ANSI market (6
racks, 3 shelves per rack)
- laeu : large ASAM EU / ETSI market (6
- leeu : large ISAM for EU / ETSI market
- maus : mini RAM ASAM for US / ANSI
market
- leus : large ISAM for US / ANSI market
<Equipm::SystemType>
- laus : large ASAM US / ANSI market (6
- laeu : large ASAM EU / ETSI market (6
- leeu : large ISAM for EU / ETSI market
- maus : mini RAM ASAM for US / ANSI
market
- leus : large ISAM for US / ANSI market
<Description-127>
length: x<127
Specifies the planned isam type.

Released
A string representing the system type that is

actually present.
Specifies the location of the system.

Edition 03
31.7 Rack Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the rack status.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show equipment rack (rack)
Command Parameters
Table 31.7-1 "Rack Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(rack)
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
range: [1...1]
the rack identifier
Command Output
Table 31.7-2 "Rack Status Command" Display parameters
name
planned-type
actual-type
description
Type
Description
<Equipm::RackType>
- altr-e : ISAM ETSI DSL line termination
rack (2200mm)
- altr-a : ISAM ANSI DSL line
termination rack
- not-planned : holder is not planned
- not-allowed : shelf is not allowed in this
position
<Equipm::RackType>
- altr-e : ISAM ETSI DSL line termination
rack (2200mm)
- altr-a : ISAM ANSI DSL line
termination rack
- not-planned : holder is not planned
- not-allowed : shelf is not allowed in this
position
<Description-127>
length: x<127
Specifies the planned rack type.

A string representing the racktype that is actually

present.
Specifies the location of the rack.

Released
325
326
Released
Edition 03
31.8 Shelf Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the shelf status. The following information is shown in addition to configuration information:
oper-status: describes whether the board is able to perform its normal operation.
error-status: provides the reason why the board is not operational. These values correspond to the alarms
available-status: provides further information regarding the state of the board.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show equipment shelf (shelf)
Command Parameters
Table 31.8-1 "Shelf Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(shelf)
Type
<Eqpt::Rack>=
range:
Description
a shelf identifier: <rack>/<shelf>
[1...1]/
Command Output
Table 31.8-2 "Shelf Status Command" Display parameters
name
planned-type
actual-type
admin-status
short name:locked
oper-status
short name:enabled
error-status
Type
Description

<Equipm::HolderAdminStatus>
- lock : the holder is locked
- unlock : the holder is unlocked
- enabled :
- disabled :
<Equipm::OperError>
Specifies the planned shelf type.

A string representing the shelftype that is actually

present in the rack.
Specifies the shelf is locked or not.
Specifies whether or not the shelf is capable of
performing its normal functions.
Specifies for what reason the shelf is not
Released
327
name
availability
class
description
328
Type
Description

- no-error :
- type-mismatch :
- board-missing :
- no-installation :
- waiting-for-sw :
- tempshutdown :
- defense :
- unknown-error :
- available :
- in-test :
- failed :
- power-off :
- not-installed :
- offline :
- dependency :
<Equipm::ShelfClass>
- main-iq-hcl : main shelf - supports iqand hcl-based traffic
- ext-iq : extension shelf - supports only
iq-based traffic
- ext-hcl : extension shelf - support only
hcs-based traffic
- main-ethernet : main shelf - supports
ethernet-based traffic
- ext-ethernet : extension shelf - supports
ethernet-based traffic
<Description-127>
length: x<127
operational.
Released
Specifies whether the shelf is available or not.

Specifies classification of shelves.

Specifies the location of the shelf.

Edition 03
32- Trap Status Commands
32.1 Trap Manager Queue Status Command
32-330
Released
329
32 Trap Status Commands
32.1 Trap Manager Queue Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the status of the trap manager queue.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with alarm privileges.
Command Syntax
> show trap manager (address)
Command Parameters
Table 32.1-1 "Trap Manager Queue Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(address)
Type
Description
the IP address of the manager
[1...65535]
Command Output
Table 32.1-2 "Trap Manager Queue Status Command" Display parameters
name
last-reset-time
buffer-status
330
Type
Description
<Sys::Time>
time when the buffer has been reset.

<Trap::QueueStatus>
specifies whether the trap buffer is overflowed or
not.
- no-traps-lost : the queue did not overflow This element is always shown.
- no traps were lost
- traps-lost : the queue did overflow - traps
were lost
Released
Edition 03
33- Alarm Log Status Commands
33.1 Alarm Log Status Command

33.2 Alarm Equipment Status Command
33.3 Alarm Equipment Holder Status Command
33.4 Alarm Plug in Unit Status Command
33.5 Alarm ATM Status Command
33.6 Alarm Ethernet Interface Log Status Command
33.7 Alarm Software Management Status Command
33.8 Alarm xDSL Common Status Command
33.9 Alarm xDSL Near End Status Command
33.10 Alarm xDSL Far End Status Command
33.11 Alarm TCA-xDSL Log Status Command
33.12 Alarm log Electrical to Optical Conversion Status
Command
33.13 Alarm Authentication Status Command
33.14 Alarm xDSL Bonding Status Command
33.15 Alarm Redundancy Status Command
33.16 Alarm Custom Status Command
33-332
33-334
33-336
33-339
33-342
33-344
33-345
33-347
33-349
33-352
33-355
33-359
33-361
33-363
33-365
33-366
Released
331
33 Alarm Log Status Commands
33.1 Alarm Log Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the alarm log entries.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm log table (index)
Command Parameters
Table 33.1-1 "Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
<Alarm::genAlarmIndex>
alarm log table index
Command Output
Table 33.1-2 "Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
name
type
last-updated-on
log-info
332
Type
Description
<Alarm::alarmType>
unique id for an alarm.
- equipment : equipment alarms
- eqpt-holder : equipment holder alarms
- plugin-unit : plugin unit alarms
- atm : ATM alarms
- custom : customizable alarms
- redundancy : redundancy alarms
- ether-itf : ethernet interface alarms
- software-mngt : software management
alarms
- xdsl : xDSL alarms
- xdsl-tca : xDSL threshold cross alarms
- eo-conv : E/O conversion related alarms
- authentication : authentication related
alarms
- bonding : bonding-group related alarms
<Sys::Time>
network time in seconds when the alarm was
logged.
<Alarm::AdditionalInfo>
some additional information about the table entry.
Released
Edition 03
name
Type
Description
length: x<512
Only Show Details: alarm log table related information

name
Type
last-entry-index
<SignedInteger>
log-was-reset-on
<Sys::Time>
unit: UTC
<UnsignedInteger>
log-buffer-size
log-overflowed
<Alarm::OverflowStatus>
- yes : buffer has overflowed
- no : no buffer overflow
Description
index of the last entry that was added to the log
table.
time when the alarm log was last reset.
size of the internal log buffer.
specifies whether log table is overflowed or not.
Released
333
33.2 Alarm Equipment Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the current status of the equipment.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm log equipment (index)
Command Parameters
Table 33.2-1 "Alarm Equipment Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
Command Output
Table 33.2-2 "Alarm Equipment Status Command" Display parameters
name
persist-data
prev-status
sntp-comm
prev-status
nt-disk
334
Type
Description
<Alarm::persistDataLoss>
- lost : persistant data is lost
- not-lost : persistant data is not lost
<Alarm::sntpCommLoss>
- lost : SNTP communication lost
- not-lost : SNTP communication is not
lost
lost
<Alarm::ntDiskSpace>
- ninty-perc-full : NT disk space is 90%
current status specifying persistant data is lost or

not
Released
status of persist-data with its previous logged value.

current status of sntp communication is lost or not
status of sntp communication with its previous

logged value.
current status of nt disk space is 90% full or less
than that
Edition 03
name
prev-status
connection-lost
prev-status
Type
full
- less-than-ninty-perc : NT disk space
usage less that 90%
full
usage less that 90%
<Alarm::ShubLoc>
- lost : NT shub communication lost
- not-lost : NT shub communication intact
<Alarm::ShubLoc>
Description
status of nt disk space with its previous logged

value.
current status of nt shub communication is lost or

intact
status of nt shub communication with its previous
logged value.
Released
335

Command Description
This command shows the equipment holder logs.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm log eqpt-holder (index)
Command Parameters
Table 33.3-1 "Alarm Equipment Holder Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
Command Output
Table 33.3-2 "Alarm Equipment Holder Status Command" Display parameters
name
shelf
rack-power
prev-status
fan-unit1
prev-status
fan-unit2
336
Type
<Eqpt::Rack>=
range:
<Alarm::rackPower>
- fuse-broken : the fuse is broken
- fuse-ok : the fuse is intact
<Alarm::rackPower>
<Alarm::fanUnit1>
- failing : fan unit 1 is failing
- ok : fan unit 1 is ok
<Alarm::fanUnit1>
<Alarm::fanUnit2>
Released
Description
speify which shelf the alarm occurred.
[1...1]/ This element is always shown.
current status of rack power alarm, indicating fuse
is broken or intact
status of rack power alarm with its previous logged
value.
current status of fan-unit1
status of fan-unit1 with its previous logged value.
Edition 03
name
prev-status
shelf-mismatch
prev-status
ext-chain-instl
prev-status
door
prev-status
fuse
prev-status
single-fan-fail
prev-status
double-fan-fail
Type
<Alarm::fanUnit2>
<Alarm::shelfTypeMismatch>
- mismatch : installed and planned shelf
types are different
- no-mismatch : installed and planned
shelf types are the same
types are different
<Alarm::extChainInstl>
- consistancy-problem : consistency
problem detected for installation of
extension chain
- no-consistancy-problem : no consistancy
problem
extension chain
problem
<Alarm::door>
- failing : the cabinet door is opened
- ok : the cabinet door is closed
<Alarm::door>
<Alarm::fuse>
- failing : the fuse is broken
- ok : the fuse works properly
<Alarm::fuse>
<Alarm::singleFanFail>
- failing : single fan failure
- ok : the fan works properly
<Alarm::doubleFanFail>
Description
status of fan-unit2 with its previous logged value.
current status specifies installed and planned shelf
types are different
status of shelf-mismatch with its previous logged

value.
current alarm status of consistency problem

detected for installation of extension chain
status of consistency problem with its previous

logged value.
current status of door alarm, indicating the cabinet

door is opened
status of door power alarm with its previous logged
value.
current status of fuse alarm, indicating the fuse is
broken
status of fuse alarm with its previous logged value.
current status of single fan alarm, indicating the fan
is broken
status of single fan alarm with its previous logged
value.
current status of double fans alarm, indicating the
Released
337
name
prev-status
ac-power-fail
prev-status
338
Type
Description

fans are broken
- failing : double fan failure
- ok : the fans work properly
status of double fans alarm with its previous logged
value.
<Alarm::acPowerFail>
current status of AC power failure alarm, indicating
the AC Power is broken
- failing : system AC power fails
- ok : the system AC power works
properly
status of AC power failure alarm with its previous
logged value.
properly
Released
Edition 03
33.4 Alarm Plug in Unit Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the plug-in unit alarm log status.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm log plug-in-unit (index)
Command Parameters
Table 33.4-1 "Alarm Plug in Unit Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
Command Output
Table 33.4-2 "Alarm Plug in Unit Status Command" Display parameters
name
board-position
board-mismatch
prev-status
sw-download
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/
<Eqpt::Slot>
<Eqpt::Rack>=
range:
[1...1]/
<Eqpt::Shelf>=
range:
[1...1]/
<Alarm::boardMismatch>
- yes : planned and plugged-in types are
different
- no : planned and plugged-in types are
same
different
same
<Alarm::swStatus>
- waiting : not able to download all the
applicable SW files
identify where the alarm has occurred.

alarm specifing the planned and plugged-in types

are different
status of board-mismatch with its previous logged

value.
alarm specifing download of the software is

completed or not.
Released
339
name
prev-status
temperature
prev-status
temp-shutoff
prev-status
defense
prev-status
board-present
prev-status
board-inserted
prev-status
340
Type
- completed : download completed
<Alarm::swStatus>
applicable SW files
<Alarm::tempStatus>
- above-thres : temperature threshold on
board exceeded
- below-thres : board temperature within
threshold
<Alarm::tempStatus>
board exceeded
threshold
<Alarm::tempShutoffStatus>
- board-switched-off : board switched off excess temperature
- board-switched-on : board switched on
<Alarm::defenseAction>
- board-disconnected : board disconnected
from system
- board-connected : board still connected
to system
from system
to system
<Alarm::boardPresence>
- missing : board was present, but now
missing
- yes : board present
missing
<Alarm::boardInsertion>
- never-inserted : board was never inserted
- inserted : board was inserted
Released
Description
status of sw-download with its previous logged
value.
alarm specifing board temperature is crossed the
threshold or not.
status of board temperature with its previous logged

value.
alarm specifing board is swiched off because of

excess temperature.
status of temp-shutoff with its previous logged
value.
indicates board is disconnected from the system or
not
status of defense with its previous logged value.

indicates the presence of the board.

status of board-present with its previous logged

value.
indicates the status of board was inserted or not.
status of board-inserted with its previous logged
value.
Edition 03
name
board-init
prev-status
num-of-resets
prev-status
board-reset-cf
prev-status
Type
<Alarm::boardInit>
- failed : board initialization failed
- completed : board initialization
completed
<Alarm::boardInit>
completed
<Alarm::boardReset>
- exceeded-threshold : board initialization
failed
- within-threshold : board initialization
completed
<Alarm::boardReset>
failed
completed
<Alarm::boardResetCommFail>
- occurred : board reset/communication
failure occurred
- ok : no board reset/communication
failure
failure occurred
failure
Description
specifies board initializaion is sucessful or failed.
status of board-init with its previous logged value.

specifies number of reset of board.

status of num-of-resets with its previous logged

value.
indicates there has been a reset

communication failure of the board.
and/or
status of board-reset-cf with its previous logged

value.
Released
341

Command Description
This command displays the ATM alarm log status.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm log atm (index)
Command Parameters
Table 33.5-1 "Alarm ATM Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
Command Output
Table 33.5-2 "Alarm ATM Status Command" Display parameters
name
port
vpi-vci
cell-dis-up
prev-status
cell-dis-down
342
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/ identify where the alarm has occurred.
<Eqpt::Slot> / <Eqpt::Port>
<Eqpt::Rack>=
range:
[1...1]/
<Eqpt::Shelf>=
range:
[1...1]/
<Eqpt::Slot>=
range:
[1...21]/
<Eqpt::Port>= range: [1...48]
<Alarm::VpiVciValues>
<Alarm::CellDiscardUpstream>
specifies ATM cell is discarded or not in upstream
direction.
- discarded : ATM cell discarded in This element is always shown.
upstream direction
- no-discard : no ATM cell discarded in
upstream direction
status of cell-dis-up with its previous logged value.
- discarded : ATM cell discarded in
upstream direction
upstream direction
<Alarm::CellDiscardDownstream>
specifies ATM cell is discarded or not in
Released
Edition 03
name
prev-status
mac-conflict
prev-status
Type
Description

<Alarm::MACconflict>
- detected : duplicate MAC address from
this PVC
- not-detected : no duplicate MAC address
from this PVC
- detected : duplicate MAC address from
this PVC
from this PVC
downstream direction.
status of cell-dis-down with its previous logged

value.
specifies whether duplicate MAC address from the

PVC is occurred or not.
status of mac-conflict with its previous logged

value.
Released
343
33.6 Alarm Ethernet Interface Log Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the Ethernet interface alarm log status.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm log ether-itf (index)
Command Parameters
Table 33.6-1 "Alarm Ethernet Interface Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
Command Output
Table 33.6-2 "Alarm Ethernet Interface Log Status Command" Display parameters
name
ether-ifindex
link-down
prev-status
344
Type
Description
<Ether::InterfaceIndex>
range: [0...2147483647]
<Alarm::EtherLinkStatus>
specifies ethernet link status.
- yes : board switched off - excess
temperature
- no : board switched on
status of link-down with its previous logged value.
temperature
Released
Edition 03
33.7 Alarm Software Management Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the software management alarm log status.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm log sw-mgmt (index)
Command Parameters
Table 33.7-1 "Alarm Software Management Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
Command Output
Table 33.7-2 "Alarm Software Management Status Command" Display parameters
name
nt-position
sw-rollback
prev-status
db-rollback
prev-status
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/
<Eqpt::Slot>
<Eqpt::Rack>=
range:
[1...1]/
<Eqpt::Shelf>=
range:
[1...1]/
<Alarm::SwRollback>
- yes : implicit software rollback
performed
- no : no implicit software rollback
<Alarm::SwRollback>
performed
<Alarm::DbRollback>
- yes : implicit database rollback
performed
- no : no implicit database rollback
<Alarm::DbRollback>
identifies the physical position of the slot

specifies implicit software rollback is performed or

not.
status of sw-rollback with its previous logged
value.
specifies implicit database rollback is performed or
not.
status of db-rollback with its previous logged value.
Released
345
name
Type
Description

performed
346
Released
Edition 03
33.8 Alarm xDSL Common Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the xDSL alarm log status.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm log xdsl misc (index)
Command Parameters
Table 33.8-1 "Alarm xDSL Common Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
Command Output
Table 33.8-2 "Alarm xDSL Common Status Command" Display parameters
name
port
line-config
prev-status
line-capacity
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/
<Eqpt::Rack>=
range:
[1...1]/
<Eqpt::Shelf>=
range:
[1...1]/
<Eqpt::Slot>=
range:
[1...21]/
<Alarm::LineConfig>
- config-error : line configuration data
cannot be used
- config-ok : Line configuration data OK
<Alarm::LineConfig>
cannot be used
<Alarm::LineCapacity>
- below-requirement : line capacity not
enough to set up requested profile
- meets-requirement : line capacity enough
identifies the physical position of the port

specifies whether line configuration data is used or

not.
status of line-config with its previous logged value.
specifies whether line capacity is set up or not.

Released
347
name
prev-status
xdsl-init
prev-status
peer-modem
prev-status
348
Type
to set up requested profile
<Alarm::Initialization>
- failed : initialization unsuccessful due to
comminication problem
- successful : initialization successful
<Alarm::PeerModem>
- not-detected : no peer modem detected
- detected : peer modem detected
<Alarm::PeerModem>
Released
Description
status of line-capacity with its previous logged
value.
specifies xdsl line initialization is successful or not.

status of xdsl-init with its previous logged value.

specifies whether peer modem detected or not.

status of peer-modem with its previous logged
value.
Edition 03
33.9 Alarm xDSL Near End Status Command

Command Description
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm log xdsl near-end (index)
Command Parameters
Table 33.9-1 "Alarm xDSL Near End Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
Command Output
Table 33.9-2 "Alarm xDSL Near End Status Command" Display parameters
name
port
los
prev-status
lof
prev-status
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/
<Eqpt::Rack>=
range:
[1...1]/
<Eqpt::Shelf>=
range:
[1...1]/
<Eqpt::Slot>=
range:
[1...21]/
<Alarm::NearEndLOS>
- occured : near end loss of signal occured
- not-occured : no near end loss of signal
<Alarm::NearEndLOS>
<Alarm::NearEndLOF>
- occured : near end loss of frame occured
- not-occured : no near end loss of frame
<Alarm::NearEndLOF>
Specifies where the alarm occurred.

specifies near end loss of signal occured or not.

status of los with its previous logged value.
specifies near end loss of frame occured or not.
status of lof with its previous logged value.
Released
349
name
lom
prev-status
ese
prev-status
bitrate
prev-status
ncd
prev-status
lcd
prev-status
350
Type
<Alarm::NearEndLOM>
- occured : near end loss of margin
occured
- not-occured : no near end loss of margin
<Alarm::NearEndLOM>
occured
<Alarm::NearEndESE>
- occured : near end excessive server
errors occured
- not-occured : no near end excessive
server errors occured
<Alarm::NearEndESE>
errors occured
<Alarm::NearEndBRthres>
- below-plan : upstream planned bitrate
not reached after initialization
- meets-plan : upstream planned bitrate
reached
reached
<Alarm::NearEndNCD>
- no-cell-deline : no near end cell
delineation
- cell-deline-occured : near end cell
delineation occured
<Alarm::NearEndNCD>
delineation
delineation occured
<Alarm::NearEndLCD>
- loss-of-cell-deline : loss of near end cell
deliniation
- no-loss-of-cell-deline : no loss of near
end cell deliniation
<Alarm::NearEndLCD>
deliniation
Released
Description
specifies near end loss of margin occured or not.
status of lom with its previous logged value.

specifies near end excessive server errors occured

or not.
status of ese with its previous logged value.

specifies whether upstream planned bitrate reached

or not after initialization.
status of bitrate with its previous logged value.

specifies whether near end cell delineation is

occured or not.
status of ncd with its previous logged value.

specifies whether loss of near end cell deliniation is

occured or not.
status of lcd with its previous logged value.

Edition 03
name
Type
Description

Released
351
33.10 Alarm xDSL Far End Status Command

Command Description
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm log xdsl far-end (index)
Command Parameters
Table 33.10-1 "Alarm xDSL Far End Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
Command Output
Table 33.10-2 "Alarm xDSL Far End Status Command" Display parameters
name
port
los
prev-status
lof
prev-status
352
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/
<Eqpt::Rack>=
range:
[1...1]/
<Eqpt::Shelf>=
range:
[1...1]/
<Eqpt::Slot>=
range:
[1...21]/
<Alarm::FarEndLOS>
- occured : far end loss of signal occured
- not-occured : no far end loss of signal
<Alarm::FarEndLOS>
<Alarm::FarEndLOF>
- occured : far end loss of frame occured
- not-occured : no far end loss of frame
<Alarm::FarEndLOF>
identifies where the alarm occurred

Released
specifies whether far end loss of signal occured or

not.
status of los with its previous logged value.
specifies whether far end loss of frame occured or
not.
status of lof with its previous logged value.
Edition 03
name
lpr
prev-status
lol
prev-status
lom
prev-status
ese
prev-status
bitrate
prev-status
ncd
prev-status
Type
<Alarm::FarEndLPR>
- detected : far end loss of power detected
- not-detected : no far end loss of power
<Alarm::FarEndLPR>
<Alarm::FarEndLOL>
- detected : far end loss of link detected
- not-detected : no far end loss of link
<Alarm::FarEndLOL>
<Alarm::FarEndLOM>
- occured : far end loss of margin occured
- not-occured : no far end loss of margin
<Alarm::FarEndLOM>
<Alarm::FarEndESE>
- occured : far end excessive server errors
occured
- not-occured : no far end excessive server
errors occured
<Alarm::FarEndESE>
occured
errors occured
<Alarm::FarEndBRthres>
- below-plan : downstream planned bitrate
- meets-plan : downstream planned bitrate
reached
reached
<Alarm::FarEndNCD>
- no-cell-deline : no far end cell
delineation
- cell-deline-occured : far end cell
delineation occured
<Alarm::FarEndNCD>
Description
specifies whether far end loss of power detected or
not.
status of lpr with its previous logged value.
specifies whether far end loss of link detected or
not.
status of lol with its previous logged value.
specifies whether far end loss of margin occured or
not.
status of lom with its previous logged value.
specifies whether far end excessive server errors
occured or not.
status of ese with its previous logged value.

specifies whether downstream planned bitrate

reached or not.
status of bitrate with its previous logged value.

specifies whether far end cell delineation occured

or not.
status of ncd with its previous logged value.

Released
353
name
lcd
prev-status
354
Type
delineation
delineation occured
<Alarm::FarEndLCD>
- loss-of-cell-deline : loss of far end cell
deliniation
- no-loss-of-cell-deline : no loss of far end
cell deliniation
<Alarm::FarEndLCD>
deliniation
cell deliniation
Released
Description
specifies there is loss of far end cell deliniation or

not.
status of lcd with its previous logged value.

Edition 03

Command Description
This command shows the xDSL threshold cross alarm log status.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm log tca-xdsl (index)
Command Parameters
Table 33.11-1 "Alarm TCA-xDSL Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
Command Output
Table 33.11-2 "Alarm TCA-xDSL Log Status Command" Display parameters
name
port
errored-secs
prev-status
es-in-a-day
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/
<Eqpt::Rack>=
range:
[1...1]/
<Eqpt::Shelf>=
range:
[1...1]/
<Eqpt::Slot>=
range:
[1...21]/
<Alarm::ErroredSeconds>
- above-thres : number of errored seconds
exceeded threshold
- below-thres : number of errored seconds
below threshold
exceeded threshold
below threshold
<Alarm::ErroredSecondsInAday>

number of errored seconds exceeded or below

threshold
status of errored-secs with its previous logged

value.
errored seconds in a day exceeded or below

threshold
Released
355
name
Type
prev-status
severely-es
prev-status
severely-es-in-a-day
prev-status
unavail-secs
prev-status
unavail-secs-in-a-day
prev-status
356
in a day, exceeded threshold

in a day, below threshold
<Alarm::SeverelyErroredSeconds>
- above-thres : number of severely errored
seconds exceeded threshold
- below-thres : number of severely errored
seconds below threshold
<Alarm::SevErroredSecsInAday>
seconds in a day, exceeded threshold
seconds in a day, below threshold
<Alarm::UnavailableSeconds>
- above-thres : number of unavailable
- below-thres : number of unavailable
<Alarm::UnavailSecsInAday>
Released
Description
status of es-in-a-day with its previous logged value.

number of severely errored seconds exceeded or

below threshold

number of severely errored seconds in a day,

exceeded or below threshold

number of unavailable seconds exceeded or below

threshold
status of unavail-secs with its previous logged

value.
number of far end unavailable seconds in a day,

status of unavail-secs-in-a-day with its previous

logged value.
Edition 03
name
es
prev-status
fe-severely-es
prev-status
fe-sev-es/day
prev-status
fe-unavail-secs
prev-status
fe-unavail-sec/day
prev-status
Type
Description
<Alarm::FarEndErroredSeconds>
- above-thres : number of far end errored
- below-thres : number of far end errored
<Alarm::FarEndSevErroredSecs>
- above-thres : number of far end severely
errored seconds exceeded threshold
- below-thres : number of far end severely
errored seconds below threshold
<Alarm::FarEndUnavailSecs>
- above-thres : number of far end
unavailable seconds exceeded threshold
- below-thres : number of far end
unavailable seconds below threshold
<Alarm::FarEndUnavailSecsInAday>
unavailable seconds in a day, exceeded
threshold
unavailable seconds in a day, below
threshold
number of far end errored seconds exceeded or

below threshold
status of es with its previous logged value.

number of far end severely errored seconds

status of fe-severely-es with its previous logged

value.

status of fe-severely-es with its previous logged

value.

status of fe-unavail-secs with its previous logged

value.

status of fe-unavail-sec/day with its previous
Released
357
name
fe-es-in-a-day
prev-status
358
Type
Description

threshold
threshold
<Alarm::FarEndErroredSecsInAday>
logged value.
Released
number of far end errored seconds in a day,

status of fe-es-in-a-day with its previous logged

value.
Edition 03
33.12 Alarm log Electrical to Optical Conversion

Status Command
Command Description
This command shows the electrical to optical conversion alarm log status.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm log eo-conversion (index)
Command Parameters
Table 33.12-1 "Alarm log Electrical to Optical Conversion Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
Command Output
Table 33.12-2 "Alarm log Electrical to Optical Conversion Status Command" Display parameters
name
port
loss-of-signal
prev-status
transmission
Type
Description
<SignedInteger>

<Alarm::EoConvLOS>
specifies whether loss of signal detected or not in
the EO conversion module
- detected : loss of signal detected in the This element is always shown.
EO conversion module
- not-detected : no loss of signal detected
in the EO conversion module
<Alarm::EoConvLOS>
status of loss-of-signal with its previous logged
value.
- detected : loss of signal detected in the This element is only shown in detail mode.
<Alarm::EoConvTx>
specifies whether transmission fault is occurred or
not in the EO module
- faulty : transmission fault in the EO This element is always shown.
module
Released
359
name
prev-status
360
Type
Description
- ok : transmission OK
<Alarm::EoConvTx>
status of transmission with its previous logged
value.
- faulty : transmission fault in the EO This element is only shown in detail mode.
module
Released
Edition 03
33.13 Alarm Authentication Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the authentication-related alarm log status.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm log authentication (index)
Command Parameters
Table 33.13-1 "Alarm Authentication Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
Command Output
Table 33.13-2 "Alarm Authentication Status Command" Display parameters
name
vrf-assignment
prev-status
vlan-assignment
prev-status
Type
Description
<Alarm::VRFassignment>
- failed : failure to assign a VRF for a user
session
- successful : assigned a VRF for a user
session
session
session
<Alarm::VLANassignment>
- failed : failure to assign a VLAN for a
user session
- successful : assigned a VLAN for a user
session
specifies whether VRF for a user session is

assigned or failed
status of vrf-assignment with its previous logged

value.
specifies whether a VLAN for a user session is

assigned or failed
status of vlan-assignment with its previous logged

value.
Released
361
name
Type
ip-addr-pool-assign
prev-status
qos-param-assign
prev-status
ip-addr-assign
prev-status
radius-pool-id
prev-status
362
user session
session
<Alarm::IPaddrPoolAssign>
- failed : failure to assign IP address pool
for a user session
- successful : assigned IP address pool for
a user session
for a user session
a user session
<Alarm::QOSparamAssign>
- failed : failure to assign QOS parameters
for a user session
- successful : assigned QOS parameters for
a user session
for a user session
a user session
<Alarm::IPaddrAssign>
- failed : failure to assign IP address for a
user session
- successful : assigned IP address for a
user session
user session
user session
<Alarm::RADIUSpoolId>
- not-specified : RADIUS server did not
specify a pool-id
- specified : RADIUS specified the pool-id
specify a pool-id
Released
Description
specifies whether IP address pool for a user session

is assigned or failed
status of ip-addr-pool-assign with its previous

logged value.
specifies whether QOS parameters for a user

session is assigned or failed
status of ip-addr-pool-assign with its previous

logged value.
specifies whether IP address for a user session is

assigned or failed
status of ip-addr-assign with its previous logged

value.
specifies whether pool-id is specified or not for a

RADIUS server.
status of radius-pool-id with its previous logged
value.
Edition 03
33.14 Alarm xDSL Bonding Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the xDSL bonding-related alarm log status.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm log bonding-group (index)
Command Parameters
Table 33.14-1 "Alarm xDSL Bonding Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
Command Output
Table 33.14-2 "Alarm xDSL Bonding Status Command" Display parameters
name
up-plan-bitrate
prev-status
down-plan-bitrate
prev-status
Type
Description
<Alarm::UpPlannedBitrate>
- reached-threshold : upstream planned
bitrate threshold reached
- not-reached : upstream planned bitrate
threshold not reached
<Alarm::DownPlanBitrate>
- reached-threshold : downstream planned
- not-reached : downstream planned bitrate
specifies whether the group upstream planned bit

rate is reached threshold or not
status of up-plan-bitrate with its previous logged

value.
specifies whether the downstream planned bit rate

is reached threshold or not
status of down-plan-bitrate with its previous logged

value.
Released
363
name
up-min-bitrate
prev-status
down-min-bitrate
prev-status
up-config
prev-status
down-config
prev-status
364
Type
<Alarm::UpMinBitrate>
- reached-threshold : upstream minimum
- not-reached : upstream minimum bitrate
<Alarm::DownMinBitrate>
reached-threshold
:
downstream
minimum bitrate threshold reached
- not-reached : downstream minimum
bitrate threshold not reached
reached-threshold
:
downstream
<Alarm::UpConfig>
- not-feasible : upstream configuration not
feasible
- feasible : upstream configuration not
feasible
<Alarm::UpConfig>
feasible
feasible
<Alarm::DownConfig>
- not-feasible : downstream configuration
not feasible
- feasible : downstream configuration not
feasible
<Alarm::DownConfig>
not feasible
feasible
Released
Description
specifies whether the upstream minimum bit rate is

reached threshold or not
status of up-min-bitrate with its previous logged

value.
specifies whether the downstream minimum bit rate

status of down-min-bitrate with its previous logged

value.
specifies whether the upstream configuraion is

feasible or not
status of up-config with its previous logged value.

specifies whether the downstream configuraion is

feasible or not
status of down-config with its previous logged

value.
Edition 03

Command Description
show the redundancy alarm log status
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm log redundancy (index)
Command Parameters
Table 33.15-1 "Alarm Redundancy Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
Command Output
Table 33.15-2 "Alarm Redundancy Status Command" Display parameters
name
loss-swo-cap
loss-swo-cap
Type
<Alarm::SwoCap>
- loss : system loss
capability
- not-loss : system
swichover capability
<Alarm::SwoCap>
- loss : system loss
capability
- not-loss : system
Description
identify the switchover capability in a redundant
system.
of the swichover This element is always shown.
not loss of the
system.
of the swichover This element is only shown in detail mode.
not loss of the
Released
365

Command Description
show the custom alarm log status
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm log custom (index)
Command Parameters
Table 33.16-1 "Alarm Custom Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
Command Output
Table 33.16-2 "Alarm Custom Status Command" Display parameters
name
custom-alarm1
prev-status
custom-alarm2
prev-status
366
Type
Description
<Alarm::custom1>
- occured : Miscellaneous environment
alarm
- not-occured : no Miscellaneous
environment alarm
<Alarm::custom1>
alarm
environment alarm
<Alarm::custom2>
alarm
environment alarm
<Alarm::custom2>
identify the customizableAlarm1 .

Released
status of customizableAlarm1 with its previous

logged value.


logged value.
Edition 03
name
custom-alarm3
prev-status
custom-alarm4
prev-status
custom-alarm5
prev-status
Type
alarm
environment alarm
<Alarm::custom3>
alarm
environment alarm
<Alarm::custom3>
alarm
environment alarm
<Alarm::custom4>
alarm
environment alarm
<Alarm::custom4>
alarm
environment alarm
<Alarm::custom5>
alarm
environment alarm
<Alarm::custom5>
alarm
environment alarm
Description


logged value.


logged value.


logged value.
Released
367
34- Current Alarm Status Commands
34.1 Alarm Current Status Command

34.2 Alarm Current Equipment Status Command
34.4 Alarm Plug In Unit Status Command
34.5 Alarm Current ATM Status Command
34.6 Alarm Current Ethernet Interface Status Command
34.7 Alarm Current Software Management Status
Command
34.8 Alarm Current xDSL Status Command
34.10 Alarm Electrical to Optical Conversion Status
Command
34.11 Alarm Current Authentication Status Command
34.12 Alarm Current xDSL Bonding Status Command
368
Released
34-369
34-371
34-372
34-374
34-376
34-378
34-379
34-380
34-383
34-386
34-387
34-389
34-391
34-392
Edition 03
34 Current Alarm Status Commands
34.1 Alarm Current Status Command

Command Description
This command displays all the current alarms.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm current table (index)
Command Parameters
Table 34.1-1 "Alarm Current Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
alarm type
Command Output
Table 34.1-2 "Alarm Current Status Command" Display parameters
name
type
last-updated-on
Type
Description
<Alarm::alarmType>
type of the alarms that are active.
- atm : ATM alarms
alarms
alarms
<Sys::Time>
time in seconds when the entry was updated.
Only Show Details: number of changes since start up and number of entires in the table
Released
369
name
Type
Description
changes
<Counter>
entries
<Gauge>
tot-delta-log
<UnsignedInteger>
number of changes that have occurred since startup.

number of entries
total number of delta log entries
Only Show Details: active severities in the table

name
Type
indeterminate
warning
minor
major
critical
370
<Alarm::IndetSevState>
- active : at least one entry of this severity
is present
- not-active : no entries of this severity
<Alarm::WarnSevState>
is present
<Alarm::MinorSevState>
is present
<Alarm::MajorSevState>
is present
<Alarm::CriticalSevState>
is present
Released
Description
status of the severity type indeterminate
status of the severity type warning

status of the severity type minor

status of the severity type major

status of the severity type critical

Edition 03
34.2 Alarm Current Equipment Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the current equipment alarms.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm current equipment (index)
Command Parameters
Table 34.2-1 "Alarm Current Equipment Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
alarm type
Command Output
Table 34.2-2 "Alarm Current Equipment Status Command" Display parameters
name
persist-data
sntp-comm
nt-disk
connection-lost
Type
Description
lost
full
usage less that 90%
<Alarm::ShubLoc>
current status specifing persistant data is lost or not



than that

intact
Released
371

Command Description
This command displays the current alarms in the equipment holder.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm current eqpt-holder (index)
Command Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
alarm type
Command Output
name
rack-power
fan-unit1
fan-unit2
shelf-type-mismatch
ext-chain-instl
372
Type
Description
<Alarm::rackPower>
<Alarm::fanUnit1>
<Alarm::fanUnit2>
types are different

is broken or intact
Released

types are different

Edition 03
name
door
fuse
single-fan-fail
double-fan-fail
ac-power-fail
Type
extension chain
problem
<Alarm::door>
<Alarm::fuse>
properly
Description

door is opened
broken
is broken
fans are broken
Released
373

Command Description
This command displays the logs generated for the plug-in unit alarm.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm current plug-in-unit (index)
Command Parameters
Table 34.4-1 "Alarm Plug In Unit Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
alarm type
Command Output
Table 34.4-2 "Alarm Plug In Unit Status Command" Display parameters
name
board-position
board-mismatch
sw-download
temperature
374
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/
<Eqpt::Slot>
<Eqpt::Rack>=
range:
[1...1]/
<Eqpt::Shelf>=
range:
[1...1]/
different
same
<Alarm::swStatus>
applicable SW files
<Alarm::tempStatus>
board exceeded

Released

are different

completed or not.
threshold or not.
Edition 03
name
temp-shutoff
defense
board-present
board-inserted
board-init
number-of-resets
board-reset-cf
Type
threshold
from system
to system
missing
<Alarm::boardInit>
completed
<Alarm::boardReset>
failed
completed
failure occurred
failure
Description
excess temperature.
indicates board disconnected from the system or
not




Released
375
and/or
34.5 Alarm Current ATM Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the current ATM alarm status.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm current atm (index)
Command Parameters
Table 34.5-1 "Alarm Current ATM Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
alarm type
Command Output
Table 34.5-2 "Alarm Current ATM Status Command" Display parameters
name
port
vpi-vci
cell-discard-up
cell-discard-down
mac-conflict
376
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
<Eqpt::Rack>=
range:
[1...1]/
<Eqpt::Shelf>=
range:
[1...1]/
<Eqpt::Slot>=
range:
[1...21]/
direction.
upstream direction
upstream direction
Released
Edition 03
name
Type
Description

- detected : duplicate MAC address from This element is always shown.
this PVC
from this PVC
Released
377
34.6 Alarm Current Ethernet Interface Status

Command
Command Description
This command shows the current Ethernet interface alarm status.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm current ether-itf (index)
Command Parameters
Table 34.6-1 "Alarm Current Ethernet Interface Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
alarm type
Command Output
Table 34.6-2 "Alarm Current Ethernet Interface Status Command" Display parameters
name
ether-ifindex
link-down
378
Type
Description
range: [0...2147483647]
temperature

Released
Edition 03
34.7 Alarm Current Software Management Status

Command
Command Description
This command shows the software management alarm current status.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm current sw-mgmt (index)
Command Parameters
Table 34.7-1 "Alarm Current Software Management Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
alarm type
Command Output
Table 34.7-2 "Alarm Current Software Management Status Command" Display parameters
name
nt-position
sw-rollback
db-rollback
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/
<Eqpt::Slot>
<Eqpt::Rack>=
range:
[1...1]/
<Eqpt::Shelf>=
range:
[1...1]/
<Alarm::SwRollback>
performed
<Alarm::DbRollback>
performed


not.
not.
Released
379
34.8 Alarm Current xDSL Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the current xDSL alarms.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm current xdsl (index)
Command Parameters
Table 34.8-1 "Alarm Current xDSL Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
alarm type
Command Output
Table 34.8-2 "Alarm Current xDSL Status Command" Display parameters
name
port
near-end-los
near-end-lof
near-end-lom
near-end-ese
380
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/
<Eqpt::Rack>=
range:
[1...1]/
<Eqpt::Shelf>=
range:
[1...1]/
<Eqpt::Slot>=
range:
[1...21]/
<Alarm::NearEndLOS>
<Alarm::NearEndLOF>
<Alarm::NearEndLOM>
occured
<Alarm::NearEndESE>

Released


or not.
Edition 03
name
line-config
line-capacity
near-end-bitrate
near-end-ncd
near-end-lcd
far-end-los
far-end-lof
far-end-lpr
far-end-lol
far-end-lom
far-end-ese
Type
Description

errors occured
<Alarm::LineConfig>
cannot be used
reached
<Alarm::NearEndNCD>
delineation
delineation occured
<Alarm::NearEndLCD>
deliniation
<Alarm::FarEndLOS>
<Alarm::FarEndLOF>
<Alarm::FarEndLPR>
<Alarm::FarEndLOL>
<Alarm::FarEndLOM>
<Alarm::FarEndESE>
occured

not.


occured or not.

occured or not.

not.
not.
not.
not.
not.
occured or not.
Released
381
name
xdsl-init
peer-modem
far-end-bitrate
far-end-ncd
far-end-lcd
382
Type
errors occured
<Alarm::PeerModem>
reached
<Alarm::FarEndNCD>
delineation
delineation occured
<Alarm::FarEndLCD>
deliniation
cell deliniation
Released
Description

reached or not.

or not.

not.
Edition 03

Command Description
This command shows the xDSL threshold cross alarm log status.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm current tca-xdsl (index)
Command Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
alarm type
Command Output
name
port
errored-secs
es-in-a-day
severely-es
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/
<Eqpt::Rack>=
range:
[1...1]/
<Eqpt::Shelf>=
range:
[1...1]/
<Eqpt::Slot>=
range:
[1...21]/
exceeded threshold
below threshold


threshold

threshold

below threshold
Released
383
name
Type
unavailable-secs
far-end-es
fe-severely-es
fe-severely-es/day
fe-unavail-secs
fe-unavail-sec/day
fe-es-in-a-day
384

threshold
threshold
Released
Description


threshold


below threshold





Edition 03
name
Type
Description

Released
385
34.10 Alarm Electrical to Optical Conversion Status

Command
Command Description
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm current eo-conversion (index)
Command Parameters
Table 34.10-1 "Alarm Electrical to Optical Conversion Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
alarm type
Command Output
Table 34.10-2 "Alarm Electrical to Optical Conversion Status Command" Display parameters
name
port
loss-of-signal
transmission
386
Type
Description
<SignedInteger>
identifies where the alarm occurred.

<Alarm::EoConvLOS>
- detected : loss of signal detected in the This element is always shown.
<Alarm::EoConvTx>
- faulty : transmission fault in the EO This element is always shown.
module
Released
Edition 03
34.11 Alarm Current Authentication Status

Command
Command Description
This command displays the authentication-related alarms.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm current authentication (index)
Command Parameters
Table 34.11-1 "Alarm Current Authentication Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
alarm type
Command Output
Table 34.11-2 "Alarm Current Authentication Status Command" Display parameters
name
vrf-assignment
vlan-assignment
ip-addr-pool-assign
Type
Description
session
session
user session
session
for a user session
a user session

assigned or failed

assigned or failed

Released
387
name
qos-param-assign
ip-addr-assign
radius-pool-id
388
Type
Description
for a user session
a user session
user session
user session
specify a pool-id

Released

assigned or failed

RADIUS server.
Edition 03
34.12 Alarm Current xDSL Bonding Status

Command
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL bonding-related alarms.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm current bonding-group (index)
Command Parameters
Table 34.12-1 "Alarm Current xDSL Bonding Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
alarm type
Command Output
Table 34.12-2 "Alarm Current xDSL Bonding Status Command" Display parameters
name
up-plan-bitrate
down-plan-bitrate
up-min-bitrate
Type
Description
specifies whether the upstream planned bit rate is



Released
389
name
down-min-bitrate
up-config
down-config
390
Type
Description
reached-threshold
:
downstream
<Alarm::UpConfig>
feasible
feasible
<Alarm::DownConfig>
not feasible
feasible

Released

feasible or not

feasible or not
Edition 03

Command Description
This command displays the redundancy alarm logs generated.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm current redundancy (index)
Command Parameters
Table 34.13-1 "Alarm Redundancy Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
alarm type
Command Output
Table 34.13-2 "Alarm Redundancy Status Command" Display parameters
name
loss-swo-cap
Type
Description
<Alarm::SwoCap>
system.
- loss : system loss of the swichover This element is always shown.
capability
- not-loss : system not loss of the
Released
391

Command Description
This command displays the custom alarm logs generated.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm current custom (index)
Command Parameters
Table 34.14-1 "Alarm Custom Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
alarm type
Command Output
Table 34.14-2 "Alarm Custom Status Command" Display parameters
name
custom-alarm1
custom-alarm2
custom-alarm3
custom-alarm4
392
Type
Description
<Alarm::custom1>
alarm
environment alarm
<Alarm::custom2>
alarm
environment alarm
<Alarm::custom3>
alarm
environment alarm
<Alarm::custom4>

Released



Edition 03
name
custom-alarm5
Type
Description
alarm
environment alarm
<Alarm::custom5>
alarm
environment alarm
Released
393
35- Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands
35.1 Alarm Snap-shot Status Command

35.2 Alarm Snap-shot Equipment Status Command
35.6 Alarm Snap-shot Ethernet Interface Status Command
35.7 Alarm Snap-shot Software Management Status
Command
35.8 Alarm xDSL Snap-shot Status Command
35.10 Alarm Electrical to Optical Conversion for Snap-shot
35.11 Alarm Authentication Alarms for Snap-shot Status
Command
35.12 Alarm xDSL Bonding Snap Shot Status Command
35.13 Alarm IPoX Snap-shot Status Command
35.14 Alarm Redundancy Snap Shot Status Command
35.15 Alarm Custom Snap Shot Status Command
394
Released
35-395
35-398
35-399
35-401
35-403
35-405
35-406
35-407
35-410
35-413
35-414
35-416
35-418
35-419
35-420
Edition 03
35 Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands
35.1 Alarm Snap-shot Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the snap shot alarm entries.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm snap-shot table (index)
Command Parameters
Table 35.1-1 "Alarm Snap-shot Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
alarm snap shot table index
Command Output
Table 35.1-2 "Alarm Snap-shot Status Command" Display parameters
Common Information
name
Type
timeout-period
entries
indeterminate
warning
minor
major
Description
<TimeTicks>
specifies the time out of the snapshot table

<Gauge>
specifies nbr of entries in the snapshot table.
active indeterminate severity levels of the alarms in
the snapshot table.
- active : at least one entry of this severity This element is always shown.
is present
active warning severity levels of the alarms in the
snapshot table.
is present
active minor severity levels of the alarms in the
snapshot table.
is present
active major severity levels of the alarms in the
snapshot table.
Released
395
name
critical
owner-id
name
type
last-updated-on
Type
Description

is present
is present
<Alarm::alarmSnapShotOwner>
Type
Description
entries
indeterminate
warning
minor
major
396
the actual owner of the snap-shot

<Alarm::alarmType>
- atm : ATM alarms
alarms
alarms
<Sys::Time>
logged.
Only Show Details: general information

name
Type
timeout-period
active critical severity levels of the alarms in the

snapshot table.
Description
<TimeTicks>

<Gauge>
specifies nbr of entries in the snapshot table.
active indeterminate severity levels of the alarms in
the snapshot table.
is present
active warning severity levels of the alarms in the
snapshot table.
is present
active minor severity levels of the alarms in the
snapshot table.
is present
active major severity levels of the alarms in the
snapshot table.
Released
Edition 03
name
critical
owner-id
Type
is present
is present
Description
active critical severity levels of the alarms in the
snapshot table.
Released
397
35.2 Alarm Snap-shot Equipment Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the equipment snap shot.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm snap-shot equipment (index)
Command Parameters
Table 35.2-1 "Alarm Snap-shot Equipment Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
Command Output
Table 35.2-2 "Alarm Snap-shot Equipment Status Command" Display parameters
name
persist-data
sntp-comm
nt-disk
connection-lost
398
Type
Description
lost
full
usage less that 90%
<Alarm::ShubLoc>
current status specifing persistant data is lost or not

Released


than that

intact
Edition 03

Command Description
This command shows the snap shot equipment holder status.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm snap-shot eqpt-holder (index)
Command Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
Command Output
name
rack-power
fan-unit1
fan-unit2
shelf-type-mismatch
ext-chain-instl
Type
Description
<Alarm::rackPower>
<Alarm::fanUnit1>
<Alarm::fanUnit2>
types are different

is broken or intact

types are different

Released
399
name
door
fuse
single-fan-fail
double-fan-fail
ac-power-fail
400
Type
extension chain
problem
<Alarm::door>
<Alarm::fuse>
properly
Released
Description

door is opened
broken
is broken
fans are broken
Edition 03

Command Description
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm snap-shot plug-in-unit (index)
Command Parameters
Table 35.4-1 "Alarm Plug In Unit Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
Command Output
Table 35.4-2 "Alarm Plug In Unit Status Command" Display parameters
name
board-position
board-mismatch
sw-download
temperature
temp-shutoff
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/
<Eqpt::Slot>
<Eqpt::Rack>=
range:
[1...1]/
<Eqpt::Shelf>=
range:
[1...1]/
different
same
<Alarm::swStatus>
applicable SW files
<Alarm::tempStatus>
board exceeded
threshold


are different

completed or not.
threshold or not.
Released
401
name
defense
board-present
board-inserted
board-init
number-of-resets
board-reset-cf
402
Type
Description

from system
to system
missing
<Alarm::boardInit>
completed
<Alarm::boardReset>
failed
completed
failure occurred
failure
excess temperature.
Released
indicates board is disconnected from the system or

not




Edition 03
and/or

Command Description
This command displays the ATM alarm log status.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm snap-shot atm (index)
Command Parameters
Table 35.5-1 "Alarm ATM Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
Command Output
Table 35.5-2 "Alarm ATM Status Command" Display parameters
name
port
vpi-vci
cell-discard-up
cell-discard-down
mac-conflict
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
<Eqpt::Rack>=
range:
[1...1]/
<Eqpt::Shelf>=
range:
[1...1]/
<Eqpt::Slot>=
range:
[1...21]/
direction.
upstream direction
upstream direction
Released
403
name
Type
Description

- detected : duplicate MAC address from This element is always shown.
this PVC
from this PVC
404
Released
Edition 03
35.6 Alarm Snap-shot Ethernet Interface Status

Command
Command Description
This command shows the current Ethernet interface alarm status.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm snap-shot ether-itf (index)
Command Parameters
Table 35.6-1 "Alarm Snap-shot Ethernet Interface Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
Command Output
Table 35.6-2 "Alarm Snap-shot Ethernet Interface Status Command" Display parameters
name
ether-ifindex
link-down
Type
Description
range: [0...2147483647]
temperature

Released
405
35.7 Alarm Snap-shot Software Management Status

Command
Command Description
This command shows the snap shot software management status.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm snap-shot sw-mgmt (index)
Command Parameters
Table 35.7-1 "Alarm Snap-shot Software Management Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
Command Output
Table 35.7-2 "Alarm Snap-shot Software Management Status Command" Display parameters
name
nt-position
sw-rollback
db-rollback
406
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/
<Eqpt::Slot>
<Eqpt::Rack>=
range:
[1...1]/
<Eqpt::Shelf>=
range:
[1...1]/
<Alarm::SwRollback>
performed
<Alarm::DbRollback>
performed

Released

not.
not.
Edition 03
35.8 Alarm xDSL Snap-shot Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the status of the snap shot xDSL alarm.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm snap-shot xdsl (index)
Command Parameters
Table 35.8-1 "Alarm xDSL Snap-shot Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
Command Output
Table 35.8-2 "Alarm xDSL Snap-shot Status Command" Display parameters
name
port
near-end-los
near-end-lof
near-end-lom
near-end-ese
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/
<Eqpt::Rack>=
range:
[1...1]/
<Eqpt::Shelf>=
range:
[1...1]/
<Eqpt::Slot>=
range:
[1...21]/
<Alarm::NearEndLOS>
<Alarm::NearEndLOF>
<Alarm::NearEndLOM>
occured
<Alarm::NearEndESE>



or not.
Released
407
name
line-config
line-capacity
near-end-bitrate
near-end-ncd
near-end-lcd
far-end-los
far-end-lof
far-end-lpr
far-end-lol
far-end-lom
far-end-ese
408
Type
Description

errors occured
<Alarm::LineConfig>
cannot be used
reached
<Alarm::NearEndNCD>
delineation
delineation occured
<Alarm::NearEndLCD>
deliniation
<Alarm::FarEndLOS>
<Alarm::FarEndLOF>
<Alarm::FarEndLPR>
<Alarm::FarEndLOL>
<Alarm::FarEndLOM>
<Alarm::FarEndESE>
occured
Released

not.


occured or not.

occured or not.

not.
not.
not.
not.
not.
occured or not.
Edition 03
name
xdsl-init
peer-modem
far-end-bitrate
far-end-ncd
far-end-lcd
Type
errors occured
<Alarm::PeerModem>
reached
<Alarm::FarEndNCD>
delineation
delineation occured
<Alarm::FarEndLCD>
deliniation
cell deliniation
Description

reached or not.

or not.

not.
Released
409

Command Description
This command shows the xDSL threshold cross alarm status.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm snap-shot tca-xdsl (index)
Command Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
Command Output
name
port
errored-secs
es-in-a-day
severely-es
410
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/
<Eqpt::Rack>=
range:
[1...1]/
<Eqpt::Shelf>=
range:
[1...1]/
<Eqpt::Slot>=
range:
[1...21]/
exceeded threshold
below threshold

Released

threshold

threshold

below threshold
Edition 03
name
unavailable-secs
far-end-es
fe-severely-es
fe-severely-es/day
fe-unavail-secs
fe-unavail-sec/day
fe-es-in-a-day
Type
threshold
threshold
Description


threshold


below threshold





Released
411
name
Type
Description

412
Released
Edition 03
35.10 Alarm Electrical to Optical Conversion for

Snap-shot
Command Description
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm snap-shot eo-conversion (index)
Command Parameters
Table 35.10-1 "Alarm Electrical to Optical Conversion for Snap-shot" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
Command Output
Table 35.10-2 "Alarm Electrical to Optical Conversion for Snap-shot" Display parameters
name
loss-of-signal
transmission
Type
Description
<Alarm::EoConvLOS>
- detected : loss of signal detected in the
<Alarm::EoConvTx>
- faulty : transmission fault in the EO
module


Released
413
35.11 Alarm Authentication Alarms for Snap-shot

Status Command
Command Description
This command displays the authentication-related alarm status.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm snap-shot authentication (index)
Command Parameters
Table 35.11-1 "Alarm Authentication Alarms for Snap-shot Status Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
Command Output
Table 35.11-2 "Alarm Authentication Alarms for Snap-shot Status Command" Display parameters
name
vrf-assignment
vlan-assignment
ip-addr-pool-assign
414
Type
Description
session
session
user session
session
for a user session

assigned or failed
Released

assigned or failed

Edition 03
name
qos-param-assign
ip-addr-assign
radius-pool-id
Type
a user session
for a user session
a user session
user session
user session
specify a pool-id
Description

assigned or failed

RADIUS server.
Released
415
35.12 Alarm xDSL Bonding Snap Shot Status

Command
Command Description
This command displays the alarms of the xDSL bonding snap shot.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm snap-shot bonding-group (index)
Command Parameters
Table 35.12-1 "Alarm xDSL Bonding Snap Shot Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
Command Output
Table 35.12-2 "Alarm xDSL Bonding Snap Shot Status Command" Display parameters
name
up-plan-bitrate
down-plan-bitrate
up-min-bitrate
416
Type
Description
specifies whether the group upstream planned bit

rate is reached threshold or not
Released


Edition 03
name
down-min-bitrate
up-config
down-config
Type
Description
reached-threshold
:
downstream
<Alarm::UpConfig>
feasible
feasible
<Alarm::DownConfig>
not feasible
feasible


feasible or not

feasible or not
Released
417
35.13 Alarm IPoX Snap-shot Status Command

Command Description
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm snap-shot ipox (index)
Command Parameters
Table 35.13-1 "Alarm IPoX Snap-shot Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
Command Output
Table 35.13-2 "Alarm IPoX Snap-shot Status Command" Display parameters
name
ip-addr-pool
418
Type
<Alarm::IPAddrPoolPreempt>
- preempted : the ip addr pool on
DHCP server and the local pool
preempted
- no-preempt : the ip addr pool on
DHCP server and the local pool are
preempted
Released
Description
specifies whether the ip addr pool on the DHCP
server and the local pool are preempted or not
the This element is always shown.
are
the
not
Edition 03
35.14 Alarm Redundancy Snap Shot Status

Command
Command Description
This command displays the redundancy's Snap Shot related alarms.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm snap-shot redundancy (index)
Command Parameters
Table 35.14-1 "Alarm Redundancy Snap Shot Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
Command Output
Table 35.14-2 "Alarm Redundancy Snap Shot Status Command" Display parameters
name
loss-swo-cap
Type
Description
<Alarm::SwoCap>
system.
- loss : system loss of the swichover This element is always shown.
capability
- not-loss : system not loss of the
Released
419
35.15 Alarm Custom Snap Shot Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the custom's Snap Shot related alarms.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm snap-shot custom (index)
Command Parameters
Table 35.15-1 "Alarm Custom Snap Shot Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
Command Output
Table 35.15-2 "Alarm Custom Snap Shot Status Command" Display parameters
name
custom-alarm1
custom-alarm2
custom-alarm3
custom-alarm4
420
Type
Description
<Alarm::custom1>
alarm
environment alarm
<Alarm::custom2>
alarm
environment alarm
<Alarm::custom3>
alarm
environment alarm
<Alarm::custom4>

Released



Edition 03
name
custom-alarm5
Type
Description
alarm
environment alarm
<Alarm::custom5>
alarm
environment alarm
Released
421
36- Alarm Delta Log Status Commands
36.1 Alarm Generic Delta Alarm Log Status Command

36.2 Alarm Indeterminate Delta Alarm Log Status
Command
36.3 Alarm Warning Delta Alarm Log Status Command
36.4 Alarm Minor Delta Alarm Log Status Command
36.5 Alarm Major Delta Alarm Log Status Command
36.6 Alarm Critical Delta Alarm Log Status Command
422
Released
36-423
36-424
36-428
36-432
36-436
36-440
Edition 03
36 Alarm Delta Log Status Commands
36.1 Alarm Generic Delta Alarm Log Status

Command
Command Description
This command displays common values related to the delta log alarm.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm delta-log alarm-changes
Command Output
Table 36.1-2 "Alarm Generic Delta Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
all
<Counter>
indeterminate
<Counter>
warning
<Counter>
minor
<Counter>
major
<Counter>
critical
<Counter>
total number of changes of all alarms since startup

and is independent of the alarm severity level.
total number of changes of all alarms with a
severity level indeterminate since startup.
severity level warning since startup.
severity level minor since startup.
severity level major since startup.
severity level critical since startup.
Released
423
36.2 Alarm Indeterminate Delta Alarm Log Status

Command
Command Description
This command displays indeterminate values related to delta log alarm.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm delta-log indeterminate (index)
Command Parameters
Table 36.2-1 "Alarm Indeterminate Delta Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
delta log alarm table index
Command Output
Table 36.2-2 "Alarm Indeterminate Delta Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
name
type
424
Type
Description
<Alarm::alarmIndex>
conversion module
conversion module
Released
Edition 03
name
Type
Description

signal
margin
server errors
initialization
delineation
delineation
margin
server errors
detected
delineation
delineation
- auto-fetch-failure : not able to fetch file
from specified server
upstream direction
Released
425
name
Type
Description

this pvc
responding
from planned type
main shelf failed
system by defense
exceeded
for a user session
for a user session
IP address pool
for a user session
426
Released
Edition 03
name
state
last-updated-on
Type
min bitrate
below min bitrate
group
a redundant system
<Alarm::AlarmState>
- active : alarm is active
- non-active : alarm is not active
<Sys::Time>
Description
reflect's the state of the alarm as either active or

non-active.
logged.
Only Show Details: indeterminate alarm table related generic information

name
Type
Description
total-changes
<Counter>
last-entry-id
<SignedInteger>
last-reset
<Sys::Time>
unit: UTC
log-overflowed

last entry that was added to the indeterminate delta
log.
network time in seconds indicating when the
indeterminate delta log was last reset.
specifies whether the indeterminate delta log is
overflowed or not.
Released
427
36.3 Alarm Warning Delta Alarm Log Status

Command
Command Description
This command displays warning values related to delta log alarm.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm delta-log warning (index)
Command Parameters
Table 36.3-1 "Alarm Warning Delta Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
Command Output
Table 36.3-2 "Alarm Warning Delta Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
name
type
428
Type
Description
<Alarm::alarmIndex>
conversion module
conversion module
Released
Edition 03
name
Type
Description

signal
margin
server errors
initialization
delineation
delineation
margin
server errors
detected
delineation
delineation
upstream direction
Released
429
name
Type
Description

this pvc
responding
from planned type
main shelf failed
system by defense
exceeded
for a user session
for a user session
IP address pool
for a user session
430
Released
Edition 03
name
state
last-updated-on
Type
min bitrate
below min bitrate
group
a redundant system
<Alarm::AlarmState>
<Sys::Time>
Description

non-active.
logged.
Only Show Details: warning alarm table related generic information

name
Type
Description
changes
<Counter>
last-entry-id
<SignedInteger>
last-reset
<Sys::Time>
unit: UTC
log-overflowed

last entry that was added to the warning delta log.
warning delta log was last reset.
specifies whether the warning delta log is
overflowed or not.
Released
431
36.4 Alarm Minor Delta Alarm Log Status

Command
Command Description
This command displays minor values related to delta log alarm.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm delta-log minor (index)
Command Parameters
Table 36.4-1 "Alarm Minor Delta Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
Command Output
Table 36.4-2 "Alarm Minor Delta Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
name
type
432
Type
Description
<Alarm::alarmIndex>
conversion module
conversion module
Released
Edition 03
name
Type
Description

signal
margin
server errors
initialization
delineation
delineation
margin
server errors
detected
delineation
delineation
upstream direction
Released
433
name
Type
Description

this pvc
responding
from planned type
main shelf failed
system by defense
exceeded
for a user session
for a user session
IP address pool
for a user session
434
Released
Edition 03
name
state
last-updated-on
Type
min bitrate
below min bitrate
group
a redundant system
<Alarm::AlarmState>
<Sys::Time>
Description

non-active.
logged.
Only Show Details: minor alarm table related generic information

name
Type
Description
changes
<Counter>
last-entry-id
<SignedInteger>
last-reset
<Sys::Time>
unit: UTC
log-overflowed

last entry that was added to the minor delta log.
network time in seconds indicating when the minor
delta log was last reset.
specifies whether the minor delta log is overflowed
or not.
Released
435
36.5 Alarm Major Delta Alarm Log Status Command

Command Description
This command displays major values related to delta log alarm.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm delta-log major (index)
Command Parameters
Table 36.5-1 "Alarm Major Delta Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
Command Output
Table 36.5-2 "Alarm Major Delta Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
name
type
436
Type
Description
<Alarm::alarmIndex>
conversion module
conversion module
- xtca-fe-ses : xdsl far end TCA alarm -
Released
Edition 03
name
Type
Description
severely errored secs in 15 min

signal
margin
server errors
initialization
delineation
delineation
margin
server errors
detected
delineation
delineation
upstream direction
Released
437
name
Type
Description
this pvc
responding
from planned type
main shelf failed
system by defense
exceeded
for a user session
for a user session
IP address pool
for a user session
438
Released
Edition 03
name
state
last-updated-on
Type
min bitrate
below min bitrate
group
a redundant system
<Alarm::AlarmState>
<Sys::Time>
Description

non-active.
logged.
Only Show Details: major alarm table related generic information

name
Type
Description
changes
<Counter>
last-entry-id
<SignedInteger>
last-reset
<Sys::Time>
unit: UTC
log-overflowed

last entry that was added to the major delta log.
network time in seconds indicating when the major
delta log was last reset.
specifies whether the major delta log is overflowed
or not.
Released
439
36.6 Alarm Critical Delta Alarm Log Status

Command
Command Description
This command displays critical values related to delta log alarm.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm delta-log critical (index)
Command Parameters
Table 36.6-1 "Alarm Critical Delta Alarm Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
Command Output
Table 36.6-2 "Alarm Critical Delta Alarm Log Status Command" Display parameters
name
type
440
Type
Description
<Alarm::alarmIndex>
conversion module
conversion module
Released
Edition 03
name
Type
Description

signal
margin
server errors
initialization
delineation
delineation
margin
server errors
detected
delineation
delineation
upstream direction
Released
441
name
Type
Description

this pvc
responding
from planned type
main shelf failed
system by defense
exceeded
for a user session
for a user session
IP address pool
for a user session
442
Released
Edition 03
name
state
last-updated-on
Type
min bitrate
below min bitrate
group
a redundant system
<Alarm::AlarmState>
<Sys::Time>
Description

non-active.
logged.
Only Show Details: critical alarm table related generic information

name
Type
Description
changes
<Counter>
last-entry-id
<SignedInteger>
last-reset
<Sys::Time>
unit: UTC
log-overflowed

last entry that was added to the warning delta log.
warning delta log was last reset.
specifies whether the warning delta log is
overflowed or not.
Released
443
37- SHub Alarm Status Command
37.1 SHub Alarm Current Status Command

37.2 SHub Alarm Current Equipment Status Command
37.3 SHub Alarm Current Ethernet Interface Status
Command
37.4 SHub Alarm Snap-shot Status Command
37.5 SHub Alarm Equipment Snap-shot Status Command
37.6 SHub Alarm Snap-shot Ethernet Interface Status
Command
37.7 SHub Alarm RIP Snap-shot Status Command
37.8 SHub Alarm OSPF Snap-shot Status Command
37.9 SHub Alarm Uplink group Snap-shot Status
Command
37.10 SHub Alarm Delta-Log Changes Status Command
37.11 SHub Alarm Entries Status Command
444
Released
37-445
37-447
37-449
37-450
37-452
37-454
37-455
37-456
37-458
37-459
37-460
Edition 03
37 SHub Alarm Status Command
37.1 SHub Alarm Current Status Command

Command Description
This command displays all the possible alarms at the agent. There is an entry for each alarm. Each entry consists
of an index for the table, alarm id, alarm category, alarm On/Off thresholds and timebases, and an alarm logging
mode. The severity, reporting, and logging are manageable objects for the SNMP Manager.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm shub current table (index)
Command Parameters
Table 37.1-1 "SHub Alarm Current Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
alarm type
Command Output
Table 37.1-2 "SHub Alarm Current Status Command" Display parameters
Common Information
name
Type
changes
<Counter>
entries
<Gauge>
name
type
Type
Description
the number of changes that have occurred at the
current alarm table since startup.
the number of entries in the current alarm table.
Description
<Alarm::alarmType>
specifies the type of the alarm
- atm : ATM alarms
alarms
Released
445
name
status
last-updated-on
additional-info
Type
Description

alarms
<UnsignedInteger>
defines the status of alarms in an alarm type at the
time the snapshot was taken.
<Sys::Time>
gives the time information in seconds elapsed since
the 1st January 1970, when the entry was
updated/added.
specifies some additional information about the
length: x<512
considered table entry.
Only Show Details: number of changes since start up and number of entires in the table
name
Type
Description
446
changes
<Counter>
entries
<Gauge>
Released
the number of changes that have occurred at the

current alarm table since startup.
the number of entries in the current alarm table.
Edition 03
37.2 SHub Alarm Current Equipment Status

Command
Command Description
This command shows the log generated for equipment-related persistent-data (data that is stored on the system's
data disk and that survives power failures and system resets), sntp-communication, nt-disk, and
shub-communication alarms. The log also gives the previous status of these alarms.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm shub current equipment (index)
Command Parameters
Table 37.2-1 "SHub Alarm Current Equipment Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
alarm type
Command Output
Table 37.2-2 "SHub Alarm Current Equipment Status Command" Display parameters
name
fan
power-fan
db-restore
emergency-reboot
Type
Description
<Alarm::ShubFanState>
- failed : fan unit falied
- working : fan unit OK
<Alarm::ShubPowerFanState>
- failed : power fan unit falied
- working : power fan unit OK
<Alarm::ShubDBrestore>
- failed : DB restore falied
- successful : DB restore successful
<Alarm::ShubEmergencyRebbot>
- occured : shub has rebooted from
emergency boot package
specifies whether the fan-unit is failed or not.

specifies whether the power fan unit is failed or

not.
specifies whether the DB restore is successful or
not.
status of shub reboot from emergency boot package
Released
447
name
sntp-comm
448
Type
Description
- not-occured : no shub reboot

<Alarm::ShubSNTPcommLoss>
status of shub - SNTP server communication
- lost : SNTP server not responding to
shub messages
- ok : SNTP - shub communication OK
Released
Edition 03
37.3 SHub Alarm Current Ethernet Interface Status

Command
Command Description
This command displays whether or not the Ethernet interface link status has gone down. This command also shows
the previous status which allows the operator to see whether the link has gone down previously.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm shub current ethernet (index)
Command Parameters
Table 37.3-1 "SHub Alarm Current Ethernet Interface Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
Command Output
Table 37.3-2 "SHub Alarm Current Ethernet Interface Status Command" Display parameters
name
port-number
link-down
mac-conflict
Type
Description
<Alarm::ShubPortNumber>
range: [1...24]
<Alarm::ShubLinkDown>
- yes : fan unit falied
- no : fan unit OK
<Alarm::ShubMACconflict>
- yes : duplicate MAC address from
ethernet port of LAN switch
- no : no duplciate MAC address
port number of the shub

specifies whether the shub link is down or not.
specifies whether there is a duplicate MAC address
from the ethernet port of LAN switch.
Only Show Details: vlan id - applicable only in case of mac conflict

name
Type
Description
vlan-id
<SignedInteger>
identify where the alarm occurred

Released
449
37.4 SHub Alarm Snap-shot Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the SHub snap shot table.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm shub snap-shot table (index)
Command Parameters
Table 37.4-1 "SHub Alarm Snap-shot Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
Command Output
Table 37.4-2 "SHub Alarm Snap-shot Status Command" Display parameters
Common Information
name
Type
timeout-period
<TimeTicks>
entries
<Gauge>
owner-id
name
type
last-updated-on
450
Type
Description
specifies nbr of entries inthe snapshot table, when
table status is in-use.
Description
<Alarm::ShubAlarmType>
specifies the type of the alarm
- shub-gen : general shub related alarms
- eth-shub : alarms related with the
ethernet interface
- ospf : alarms related with OSPF routing
protocol
- rip : alarms related with RIP routing
protocol
- uplink-group : alarms related with uplink
group
<Sys::Time>
gives the time information in seconds elapsed since
Released
Edition 03
name
additional-info
Type
length: x<512
Only Show Details: common

name
Type
timeout-period
<TimeTicks>
entries
<Gauge>
owner-id
Description
the 1st January 1970, when the entry was
updated/added.
specifies some additional information about the
considered table entry.
Description
specifies nbr of entries inthe snapshot table, when
table status is in-use.
Released
451
37.5 SHub Alarm Equipment Snap-shot Status

Command
Command Description
This command shows the log generated for equipment-related persistent-data (data that is stored on the system's
data disk and that survives power failures and system resets), sntp-communication, nt-disk, and communication
alarms. The log also gives the previous status of the alarms.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm shub snap-shot shub-gen (index)
Command Parameters
Table 37.5-1 "SHub Alarm Equipment Snap-shot Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
Command Output
Table 37.5-2 "SHub Alarm Equipment Snap-shot Status Command" Display parameters
name
fan
power-fan
db-restore
emergency-reboot
452
Type
Description
<Alarm::ShubFanState>
- failed : fan unit falied
- working : fan unit OK
<Alarm::ShubPowerFanState>
- failed : power fan unit falied
- working : power fan unit OK
<Alarm::ShubDBrestore>
- failed : DB restore falied
- successful : DB restore successful
<Alarm::ShubEmergencyRebbot>
- occured : shub has rebooted from
emergency boot package
specifies whether the fan-unit is failed or not.

Released
specifies whether the power fan unit is failed or

not.
specifies whether the DB restore is successful or
not.
status of shub reboot from emergency boot package
Edition 03
name
sntp-comm
arp-reply
vrf-id
next-hop
Type
Description
- not-occured : no shub reboot

<Alarm::ShubSNTPcommLoss>
status of shub - SNTP server communication
- lost : SNTP server not responding to
shub messages
- ok : SNTP - shub communication OK
<Alarm::ShubArpReply>
status of the arp relay
- not-ok : arp reply is not there
- ok : arp reply
<SignedInteger>
specifies where the alarm has occurred.
<Alarm::NextHopIpAddr>
IP address of the next hop.
Released
453
37.6 SHub Alarm Snap-shot Ethernet Interface

Status Command
Command Description
This command displays whether or not the Ethernet interface link status has gone down. This command also shows
the previous status which allows the operator to see whether the link has gone down previously.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm shub snap-shot eth-shub (index)
Command Parameters
Table 37.6-1 "SHub Alarm Snap-shot Ethernet Interface Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
Command Output
Table 37.6-2 "SHub Alarm Snap-shot Ethernet Interface Status Command" Display parameters
name
port-number
link-down
mac-conflict
vlan-id
454
Type
Description
<Alarm::ShubPortNumber>
port number of the shub
range: [1...24]
<Alarm::ShubLinkDown>
specifies whether the shub link is down or not.
- yes : fan unit falied
- no : fan unit OK
<Alarm::ShubMACconflict>
specifies whether there is a duplicate MAC address
from the ethernet port of LAN switch.
- yes : duplicate MAC address from This element is always shown.
ethernet port of LAN switch
- no : no duplciate MAC address
<SignedInteger>
Released
Edition 03
37.7 SHub Alarm RIP Snap-shot Status Command

Command Description
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm shub snap-shot rip (index)
Command Parameters
Table 37.7-1 "SHub Alarm RIP Snap-shot Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
Command Output
Table 37.7-2 "SHub Alarm RIP Snap-shot Status Command" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
vrf-id
<SignedInteger>
config-err
<Alarm::ShubConfigErr>
- failed : configuration error occured
- ok : configuration error not occured
<Alarm::ShubAuthFail>
- failed : authentication failed
- ok : authentication not failed
<Alarm::ShubRcvPkt>
- yes : bad packets received
- no : no bad packets received
<SignedInteger>

RIP interface configuration error
auth-fail
rcv-bad-pkt
if-index
RIP interface authentication failure

bad packet received on RIP interface
displays the interface index
Released
455
37.8 SHub Alarm OSPF Snap-shot Status

Command
Command Description
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm shub snap-shot ospf (index)
Command Parameters
Table 37.8-1 "SHub Alarm OSPF Snap-shot Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
Command Output
Table 37.8-2 "SHub Alarm OSPF Snap-shot Status Command" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
vrf-id
<SignedInteger>
config
<Alarm::ShubConfigErr>
- failed : configuration error occured
- ok : configuration error not occured
<Alarm::ShubAuthFail>
- failed : authentication failed
- ok : authentication not failed
<Alarm::ShubRcvPkt>
- yes : bad packets received
- no : no bad packets received
<Alarm::ShubLSDB90>
- yes : external LSA database reached 90%
of the limit
- no : external LSA database not reached
90% of the limit

interface configuration error
authen
rcv-bad-pkt
lsdb-90
456
Released
interface authentication failure

bad packet received on the interface
specifies whether the external LSA database
Edition 03
name
lsdb-ovfl
nhbr-statchg
nhbr-itfchg
if-index
Type
Description
<Alarm::ShubLSDBOverFlow>
- yes : external LSA database count
reached overflow limit
- no : external LSA database count not
<Alarm::ShubNHBRstatchg>
- yes : OSPF neighbor state has changed
- no : OSPF neighbor state has not
changed
<Alarm::ShubItfStatchg>
- yes : OSPF interface state changed
- no : OSPF interface state change not
occured
<SignedInteger>
specifies whether the external LSA database count

specifies whether the OSPF neighbor state has

changed
specifies OSPF PDU corruption
displays the interface index

Released
457
37.9 SHub Alarm Uplink group Snap-shot Status

Command
Command Description
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm shub snap-shot uplink-group (index)
Command Parameters
Table 37.9-1 "SHub Alarm Uplink group Snap-shot Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
Command Output
Table 37.9-2 "SHub Alarm Uplink group Snap-shot Status Command" Display parameters
name
458
Type
Description
uplink-nbr
<SignedInteger>
uplink-down
<Alarm::ShubUplinkDown>
- yes : uplink group down
- no : no uplink group down
specifies uplink group number

uplink group down
Released
Edition 03
37.10 SHub Alarm Delta-Log Changes Status

Command
Command Description
This command shows a summary report of the number of alarms which occurred.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm shub nbr-changed-alarms
Command Output
Table 37.10-2 "SHub Alarm Delta-Log Changes Status Command" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
all
<Counter>
indeterminate
<Counter>
warning
<Counter>
minor
<Counter>
major
<Counter>
critical
<Counter>
total number of changes of all alarms since startup.

the total number of changes of all alarms with
severity level critical since startup.
Released
459
37.11 SHub Alarm Entries Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the alarm entries.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm shub entry (alarm-id)
Command Parameters
Table 37.11-1 "SHub Alarm Entries Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(alarm-id)
460
Type
Description
<Alarm::ShubAlarmIndex>
alarm type
- fan : shub fan failure
- power-fan : shub power fan failure
- db-restore : shub DB restore
- reboot : shub reboot from emergency
boot package
- sntp-comm : shub SNTP communication
- eth-link-down : shub ethernet link down
status
- mac-conflict : MAC conflict
- no-arp-reply : no ARP reply
ospf-itf-err
:
OSPF
interface
configuration error
- ospf-auth-err : OSPF interface
authetication error
- ospf-rx-bad-err : bad packets received on
OSPF interface
- ospf-lsdb-oflow-90 : external LSA
database reached 90% of the limit
- ospf-lsdb-oflow : external LSA database
- ospf-nhbr-statchg : OSPF neighbor state
change
- ospf-itf-statchg : OSPF interface state
change
rip-config-err
:
RIP
interface
configuration error
rip-auth-fail
:
RIP
interface
authentication failure
Released
Edition 03
Resource Identifier
Type
Description
- rip-rcv-bad-pkt : bad packet received on

RIP interface
- uplink-down : uplink group down
Command Output
Table 37.11-2 "SHub Alarm Entries Status Command" Display parameters
name
category
severity
service-affecting
Type
Description
<Alarm::category>
- communications : communications
related alarms
- qos : QoS related alarms
- processing-error : processing failure
related alarms
- equipment : equipment related alarms
- environmental : environmental related
alarms
severity level
<Alarm::alarmServAffect>
- service-affecting : make this alarm
service affecting
- noservice-affecting : make this alarm not
service affecting
defines the category of an alarm.

Only Show Details: alarm mode

name
Type
reporting
defined to assign a severity level to an alarm.

defines whether an alarm is service affecting or not.

Description
<Alarm::alarmAlarmMode>
to manage the reporting of the alarm.
- enabled : reporting or logging is enabled
- disabled : reporting or logging is
disabled
Released
461
38- Alarm Status Commands
38.1 Alarm Entries Status Command
462
Released
38-463
Edition 03
38 Alarm Status Commands
38.1 Alarm Entries Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the alarm entries.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show alarm entry (alarm-id)
Command Parameters
Table 38.1-1 "Alarm Entries Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(alarm-id)
Type
Description
<Alarm::alarmIndex>
alarm type
conversion module
conversion module
Released
463
Resource Identifier
Type
Description

signal
margin
server errors
initialization
delineation
delineation
margin
server errors
detected
delineation
delineation
upstream direction
this pvc
responding
464
Released
Edition 03
Resource Identifier
Type
Description
from planned type

main shelf failed
system by defense
exceeded
for a user session
for a user session
IP address pool
for a user session
min bitrate
below min bitrate
group
Released
465
Resource Identifier
Type
Description

a redundant system
Command Output
Table 38.1-2 "Alarm Entries Status Command" Display parameters
name
category
severity
service-affecting
Type
Description
<Alarm::category>
- communications : communications
related alarms
- qos : QoS related alarms
- processing-error : processing failure
related alarms
- equipment : equipment related alarms
- environmental : environmental related
alarms
severity level
<Alarm::alarmServAffect>
- service-affecting : make this alarm
service affecting
- noservice-affecting : make this alarm not
service affecting
category of an alarm
Only Show Details: alarm mode

name
Type
reporting
logging
466
disabled
disabled
Released
severity of the alarm, may be indeterminate,

warning, minor, major and critical.
defines whether an alarm is service affecting or not.

Description
specifies whether the alarm is reported or not.
specifies whether alarm is logged or not.

Edition 03
39- ATM Status Commands
39.1 ATM Interface Status Command

39.2 PVC Status Command
39.3 TC Adaptor Protocol Interval Status
39.4 TC Adaptor Protocol Current Quarter Performance
Data
39.5 TC Adaptor Protocol Current Day Performance Data
39.6 TC Adaptor Protocol Performance Data for Previous
Quarter Intervals
39.7 TC Adaptor Protocol Performance Data for Previous
Day Intervals
39-468
39-469
39-470
39-471
39-473
39-475
39-477
Released
467
39 ATM Status Commands
39.1 ATM Interface Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the ATM interface configuration table.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with atm privileges.
Command Syntax
> show atm interface (port)
Command Parameters
Table 39.1-1 "ATM Interface Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
Type
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
Description
/ ATM interface
Command Output
Table 39.1-2 "ATM Interface Status Command" Display parameters
name
type
number-of-pvcs
468
Type
Description
<Atm::asamAtmItfType>
- not-specified : not specified
network-termination
:
network
termination
- access-to-access : access to access
interface
- user-to-access : user to access interface
- internal-server : internal server interface
- external-server : external server interface
<Atm::CrossConnectedPVccs>
range: [0...65535]
type of ATM interface.

Released
specifies the number of vcttp connections on this

ATM interface (only PVC).
Edition 03
39.2 PVC Status Command

Command Description
This commands shows the status of the PVC.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show atm pvc (port-index)
Command Parameters
Table 39.2-1 "PVC Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port-index)
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/ the ATM PVC
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
:
Command Output
Table 39.2-2 "PVC Status Command" Display parameters
name
admin-status
opertional-status
last-change
Type
Description
<Atm::adminStatus>
specifies the desired administrative state of the
VCL.
- admin-up : enable traffic flow
- admin-down : disable traffic flow
<Atm::atmVclOperStatus>
indicates the current operational status of the VCL.
- up : traffic flow is enabled in the virtual
link
- down : traffic flow is disabled in the
virtual link
- unknown : state is unknown
<TimeTicks>
time the VCL entered its current operational state.
unit: msec
Released
469
39.3 TC Adaptor Protocol Interval Status

Command Description
This command displays the TC adaptor protocol interval status.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show atm tc-int (port)
Command Parameters
Table 39.3-1 "TC Adaptor Protocol Interval Status" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
Type
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
Description
/ ATM interface index (rack/shelf/slot/port)
Command Output
Table 39.3-2 "TC Adaptor Protocol Interval Status" Display parameters
name
Type
valid-15-min-intervals <SignedInteger>
valid-1-day-intervals
470
<SignedInteger>
Released
Description
the number of previous intervals (maximum 192)
for which valid data has been stored. The value of
this object will be 192 unless the device was
brought online within the last nx15 minutes, in
which case the value will be the number of
complete 15 minute intervals the device has been
online
The number of previous intervals (maximum 2) for
which valid data has been stored. The value of this
object will be 2 unless the device was brought
online within the last nx24 hours, in which case the
value will be the number of complete 24 hours
intervals the device has been online
Edition 03
39.4 TC Adaptor Protocol Current Quarter

Performance Data
Command Description
This command displays the TC adaptor protocol current quarter performance data.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show atm tc-current-int fifteen-min (port)
Command Parameters
Table 39.4-1 "TC Adaptor Protocol Current Quarter Performance Data" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
Type
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
Description
/ ATM interface
Command Output
Table 39.4-2 "TC Adaptor Protocol Current Quarter Performance Data" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
ocd-far-end
<Counter>
hec-far-end
<Counter>
ocd-near-end
<Counter>
hec-near-end
<Counter>
the number of out of cell delineations anomalies for

incoming cells on a far end ATM interface
connected to this ATM interface
the number of ATM cells discarded on the far end
ATM interface connected to this ATM interface
due to HEC errors
incoming cells on an ATM interface.An out of cell
delineation anomaly occurs when there are 7
consecutive ATM cells received which contain
HEC errors.
number of ATM cells discarded on the ATM
interface due to HEC errors
Released
471
472
Released
Edition 03
39.5 TC Adaptor Protocol Current Day Performance

Data
Command Description
This command displays the TC adaptor protocol current day performance data.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show atm tc-current-int one-day (port)
Command Parameters
Table 39.5-1 "TC Adaptor Protocol Current Day Performance Data" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
Type
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
Description
/ ATM interface
Command Output
Table 39.5-2 "TC Adaptor Protocol Current Day Performance Data" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
ocd-far-end
<Counter>
hec-far-end
<Counter>
ocd-near-end
<Counter>
hec-near-end
<Counter>

due to HEC errors
HEC errors.
Released
473
474
Released
Edition 03
39.6 TC Adaptor Protocol Performance Data for

Previous Quarter Intervals
Command Description
This command displays the TC adaptor protocol monitoring 15 min interval data parameters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show atm tc-15min-int (port) intvl-number <Atm::AtmItvlNumber>
Command Parameters
Table 39.6-1 "TC Adaptor Protocol Performance Data for Previous Quarter Intervals" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
intvl-number
Type
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
<Atm::AtmItvlNumber>
range: [1...192]
Description
/ ATM interface
interval for which statistics are available
Command Output
Table 39.6-2 "TC Adaptor Protocol Performance Data for Previous Quarter Intervals" Display
parameters
name
Type
Description
ocd-near-end
<Counter>
hec-near-end
<Counter>
ocd-far-end
<Counter>

HEC errors
Released
475
name
hec-far-end
476
Type
Description
<Counter>

due to HEC errors
Released
Edition 03
39.7 TC Adaptor Protocol Performance Data for

Previous Day Intervals
Command Description
This command displays the TC adaptor protocol monitoring 1 day interval data parameters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show atm tc-1day-int (port) intvl-number <Atm::AtmItvlNo1day>
Command Parameters
Table 39.7-1 "TC Adaptor Protocol Performance Data for Previous Day Intervals" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
intvl-number
Type
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
<Atm::AtmItvlNo1day>
range: [1...2]
Description
/ ATM interface
interval for which statistics are available
Command Output
Table 39.7-2 "TC Adaptor Protocol Performance Data for Previous Day Intervals" Display
parameters
name
Type
Description
ocd-near-end
<Counter>
hec-near-end
<Counter>
ocd-far-end
<Counter>

HEC errors.
Released
477
name
hec-far-end
478
Type
Description
<Counter>

due to HEC errors
Released
Edition 03
40- Bridge Status Commands
40.1 Bridge Port Status Command

40.2 Bridge Port to ATM PVC mapping Status Command
40.3 SHub Bridge Status Command
40.4 SHub Bridge Port Status Command
40-480
40-482
40-483
40-484
Released
479
40 Bridge Status Commands
40.1 Bridge Port Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the current settings for the bridge port. The initial configuration may be overruled by
dynamic data as a result of port authentication using Radius protocol. When any of the settings has been overruled,
the status parameter will indicate 'dynamic'.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with vlan privileges.
Command Syntax
> show bridge port (port)
Command Parameters
Table 40.1-1 "Bridge Port Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
Type
(port)
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
:
Command Output
Table 40.1-2 "Bridge Port Status Command" Display parameters
name
<Vlan::BridgePort>
range: [1...3104]
pvid
<Vlan::UVlanIndex>
<Vlan::SVlanIndex>
<Vlan::CVlanIndex>
<Vlan::Priority>
range: [0...7]
default-priority
480
Type
bridge-port
qos-profile
none
|
name
status
<Vlan::DataStatus>
- static : data configured by operator
Released
Description
the port identifier assigned by the system to this
terminated VCL. A port identifier identifies
uniquely a port of the VLAN-Bridge within the
system.
| the dynamic or static (if no dynamic) default
: VLAN assigned to a port
port dynamic or static (if no dynamic) default
priority
: QOS profile, dynamically or statically (if no
dynamic) assigned to a port
nature of the data shown. The value true indicates
that any or all of the displayed parameters is
dynamic.
Edition 03
name
Type
Description
- dynamic : dynamic data
Released
481
40.2 Bridge Port to ATM PVC mapping Status

Command
Command Description
This command shows the mapping between a bridge port and its ATM interface.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show bridge port-to-atm-pvc (bridge-port)
Command Parameters
Table 40.2-1 "Bridge Port to ATM PVC mapping Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(bridge-port)
Type
Description
<Vlan::BridgePort>
range: [1...3104]
bridge port
Command Output
Table 40.2-2 "Bridge Port to ATM PVC mapping Status Command" Display parameters
name
port
482
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
: This element is always shown.
Released
Edition 03
40.3 SHub Bridge Status Command

Command Description
This command shows global information regarding the bridge on the Service Hub.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show bridge shub-info
Command Output
Table 40.3-2 "SHub Bridge Status Command" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
mac-address
<Vlan::MacAddr>
length: 6
learnt-entry-discards
<UnsignedInteger>
the MAC address used by this bridge when it must

be referred to in a unique fashion
the total number of Filtering Database entries,
which have been or would have been learnt, but
have been discarded due to a lack of space in the
FDB. If this Counter is increasing it indicates that
the Filtering Database is regularly becoming full.
This event may be of temporary nature.
Released
483
40.4 SHub Bridge Port Status Command

Command Description
This command shows port related parameters for a bridge port on the Service Hub.
When detailled information is requested, statistics regarding frames received and transmitted on the bridge port
are displayed.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show bridge network-port (port)
Command Parameters
Table 40.4-1 "SHub Bridge Port Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
Type
Description
<Shub::NetworkPort>
range: [1...7]
port number
Command Output
Table 40.4-2 "SHub Bridge Port Status Command" Display parameters
Common Information
name
Type
mac-address
<Vlan::MacAddr>
length: 6
learned-entry-discards <UnsignedInteger>
name
operation-status
max-frame-info
484
Description
Type
Description
<Shub::PortOperStatus>
- down : down
- up : up
<SignedInteger>
the operational status of the port. This status is only

valid if the administrative status of the
corresponding interface is up.
the maximum size of the INFO (non-MAC) field
Released
Edition 03
name
traffic-class
Type
<Shub::TrafficClass>
range: [1...8]
Only Show Details: bridge parameters

name
Type
mac-address
<Vlan::MacAddr>
length: 6
learned-entry-discards <UnsignedInteger>
Only Show Details: frame stats

name
Type
in-frames
<UnsignedInteger>
in-overflow-frames
<UnsignedInteger>
out-frames
<UnsignedInteger>
out-overflow-frames
<UnsignedInteger>
discard-valid-frames
<UnsignedInteger>
discard-valid-overflow <UnsignedInteger>
delay-exceed-discards <UnsignedInteger>
mtu-exceed-discards
<UnsignedInteger>
bcast-out-frames
<UnsignedInteger>
Description
that this port will receive or transmit
The number of egress traffic classes supported on
this port.
Description
Description
32 bits counter holding the number of frames that
have been received by this port from its segment;
only frames for a protocol being processed by the
local bridging function are counted
the high order 32 bits of a 64 bits in-frames
counter, in case of high capacity interfaces
32 bits counter holding the number of frames that
have been transmitted by this port port to its
segment; only frames for a protocol being
processed by the local bridging function are
counted
the high order 32 bits of a 64 bits out-frames
counter, in case of high capacity interfaces
32 bits counter holding the number of valid frames
received which were discarded (i.e., filtered) by the
Forwarding Process
the high order 32 bits of a 64 bits
discard-valid-frames counter, in case of high
capacity interfaces
the number of frames discarded by this port due to
excessive transit delay through the bridge
the number of frames discarded by this port due to
an excessive size
count of broadcasted frame that are transmitted
through this interface. This counter is only
incremented for frames with broadcast destination
address (ff.ff.ff.ff.ff.ff) and frames which are
broadcasted because of no learned entry in the
Filtering Database.
Released
485
name
mcast-out-frames
486
Type
<UnsignedInteger>
Released
Description
count of frames transmitted through this interface
with destination address in which the Mac layer
multicast bit set. This counter is not incremented
for frames tranmitted with broadcast destination
address (i.e ff.ff.ff.ff.ff.ff).
Edition 03
41- VLAN Status Commands
41.1 Global VLAN Status Command

41.2 Residential Bridge VLAN Status Command
41.3 Cross-connect VLAN Status Command
41.4 Stacked VLAN Status Command
41.5 Stacked QoS VLAN Status Command
41.6 Layer-2 terminated VLAN Status Command
41.7 VLAN Name mapping Status Command
41.8 VLAN Filtering Database Status Command
41.9 Bridge Port Filtering Database Status Command
41.10 Port VLAN association Status Command
41.11 VLAN Priority Regeneration Profile Status Command
41.12 Duplicate Mac Alarm Status Command
41.13 Port Event Status Command
41.14 Port Statistics for Current Quarter Status Command
41.15 Port Statistics for Current Day Status Command
41.16 Port Statistics for Previous Quarter Intervals Status
Command
41.17 Port Statistics for Previous Day Intervals Status
Command
41.18 VLAN Port Statistics for Current Quarter Status
Command
41.19 VLAN Port Statistics for Current Day Status
Command
41.20 VLAN Port Statistics for Previous Quarter Intervals
Status Command
41.21 VLAN Port Statistics for Previous Day Intervals
Status Command
41.22 SHub Port VLAN association Status Command
41.23 SHub VLAN Name mapping Status Command
41.24 SHub VLAN Filtering Database Status Command
41.25 SHub Filtering Database Entry Status Command
41.26 SHub Duplicate Mac Alarm Status Command
41-488
41-489
41-490
41-491
41-492
41-493
41-494
41-495
41-497
41-499
41-500
41-502
41-503
41-505
41-507
41-509
41-511
41-513
41-515
41-517
41-519
41-521
41-522
41-523
41-525
41-527
Released
487
41 VLAN Status Commands
41.1 Global VLAN Status Command

Command Description
This command shows information common to all VLANs.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show vlan global
Command Output
Table 41.1-2 "Global VLAN Status Command" Display parameters
Common Information
name
Type
configured-vlans
<UnsignedInteger>
management
max-rb-vlan
<Vlan::MgntVlanMode>
- inband : inband
- outband : outband
<UnsignedInteger>
max-layer2-term-vlan
<UnsignedInteger>
Only Show Details: vlan parameters

name
Type
488
configured-vlans
<UnsignedInteger>
management
max-rb-vlan
<Vlan::MgntVlanMode>
- inband : inband
- outband : outband
<UnsignedInteger>
max-layer2-term-vlan
<UnsignedInteger>
Released
Description
current number of vlans that are configured
specifies how the node is managed
maximum number of residential bridge vlans that
are supported
maximum number of layer2 terminated vlans that
are supported
Description
current number of vlans that are configured
specifies how the node is managed
maximum number of residential bridge vlans that
are supported
maximum number of layer2 terminated vlans that
are supported
Edition 03
41.2 Residential Bridge VLAN Status Command

Command Description
This command shows all parameters for a particular VLAN of the type Residential Bridge VLAN.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show vlan residential-bridge (vlan-id) bridge-port <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> /
<Eqpt::LtSlot> / <Eqpt::Port> : <Atm::DefaultVpi> : <Atm::DefaultVci>
Command Parameters
Table 41.2-1 "Residential Bridge VLAN Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(vlan-id)
Type
Description
<Vlan::UVlanIndex>
| vlan id
<Vlan::SVlanIndex>
:
<Vlan::CVlanIndex>
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
:
bridge-port
Command Output
Table 41.2-2 "Residential Bridge VLAN Status Command" Display parameters
name
Type
qos-profile
none
|
name
status
<Vlan::DataStatus>
Description
dynamic.
Released
489
41.3 Cross-connect VLAN Status Command

Command Description
This command shows all parameters for a particular VLAN of the type Cross-connect VLAN.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show vlan cross-connect (vlan-id)
Command Parameters
Table 41.3-1 "Cross-connect VLAN Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(vlan-id)
Type
<Vlan::UVlanIndex>
<Vlan::SVlanIndex>
<Vlan::CVlanIndex>
Description
| vlan id
:
Command Output
Table 41.3-2 "Cross-connect VLAN Status Command" Display parameters
name
490
Type
bridge-port
<Vlan::Port>
port
fdb-id
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
<UnsignedInteger>
filter-entries
<UnsignedInteger>
qos-profile
none
|
name
status
<Vlan::DataStatus>
Released
Description
bridge port
identity of the filtering database
number of entries in the filtering database
dynamic.
Edition 03
41.4 Stacked VLAN Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the Stacked Vlans configured in the system and their status.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show vlan stacked-vlan (s-vlanid) vlan-id <Vlan::UVlanIndex> | <Vlan::SVlanIndex> :
<Vlan::CVlanIndex>
Command Parameters
Table 41.4-1 "Stacked VLAN Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(s-vlanid)
vlan-id
Type
<Vlan::UVlanIndex>
<Vlan::SVlanIndex>
<Vlan::CVlanIndex>
<Vlan::UVlanIndex>
<Vlan::SVlanIndex>
<Vlan::CVlanIndex>
Description
| vlan id
:
| customer vlan
:
Released
491
41.5 Stacked QoS VLAN Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the Stacked Vlans configured in the system and their status.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show vlan stacked-qos-vlan (s-vlanid) vlan-id <Vlan::UVlanIndex> |
<Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex>
Command Parameters
Table 41.5-1 "Stacked QoS VLAN Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(s-vlanid)
vlan-id
492
Type
<Vlan::UVlanIndex>
<Vlan::SVlanIndex>
<Vlan::CVlanIndex>
<Vlan::UVlanIndex>
<Vlan::SVlanIndex>
<Vlan::CVlanIndex>
Released
Description
| vlan id
:
| customer vlan
:
Edition 03
41.6 Layer-2 terminated VLAN Status Command

Command Description
This command shows all parameters for a particular VLAN of the type Layer-2 terminated VLAN.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show vlan layer2-terminated (vlanid)
Command Parameters
Table 41.6-1 "Layer-2 terminated VLAN Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(vlanid)
Type
<Vlan::UVlanIndex>
<Vlan::SVlanIndex>
<Vlan::CVlanIndex>
Description
| vlan id
:
Command Output
Table 41.6-2 "Layer-2 terminated VLAN Status Command" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
fdb-id
<UnsignedInteger>
filter-entries
<UnsignedInteger>
network-ifindex
<SignedInteger>
identity of the filtering database

number of entries in the filtering database
interface index of the IpoE interface related to this
VLAN, at the network side
Released
493
41.7 VLAN Name mapping Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the VLAN identity that corresponds to a given VLAN name.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show vlan name (name)
Command Parameters
Table 41.7-1 "VLAN Name mapping Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(name)
Type
Description
<Vlan::AdminString>
length: x<32
name used to identify the vlan
Command Output
Table 41.7-2 "VLAN Name mapping Status Command" Display parameters
name
id
494
Type
<Vlan::UVlanIndex>
<Vlan::SVlanIndex>
<Vlan::CVlanIndex>
Released
Description
| the vlan identity
Edition 03
41.8 VLAN Filtering Database Status Command

Command Description
This command shows, given a particular VLAN, a unicast MAC address and a bridge port, an entry of the Filtering
Database if any. The filtering dabatase is used by the bridging function in determining how to propagate a received
frame.
The status parameter indicates what the trigger was for creation of the Filtering Database entry, i.e. a filtering
entry can be configured or dynamically learned.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show vlan fdb (vlanid) mac <Vlan::MacAddr> port <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> /
Command Parameters
Table 41.8-1 "VLAN Filtering Database Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(vlanid)
Type
Description
<Vlan::VlanIndexOrZero>
vlan id
range: [0...4092]
<Vlan::MacAddr>
mac address
length: 6
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
:
mac
port
Command Output
Table 41.8-2 "VLAN Filtering Database Status Command" Display parameters
name
bridge-port
status
Type
Description
<Vlan::BridgePort>
range: [1...3104]
the port identifier assigned by the system to this

terminated VCL. A port identifier identifies
uniquely a port of the VLAN-Bridge within the
system.
<Vlan::FdbEntryStatus>
the origin of the entry, unless invalid. Invalid
indicates the entry is in progress of being deleted.
- other : entry does not determine the This element is always shown.
forwarding of frames
- invalid : entry is being removed
Released
495
name
Type
Description
- learned : entry has been learned

dynamically
- self : entry represents one of the device's
addresses
- static : entry has been configured by a
manager
496
Released
Edition 03
41.9 Bridge Port Filtering Database Status

Command
Command Description
This command shows all entries of the Filtering Database for a particular bridge port. The filtering dabatase is
used by the bridging function in determining how to propagate a received frame.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show vlan bridge-port-fdb (port)
Command Parameters
Table 41.9-1 "Bridge Port Filtering Database Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
:
Command Output
Table 41.9-2 "Bridge Port Filtering Database Status Command" Display parameters
name
vlan-id
mac
status
Type
Description
<Vlan::UVlanIndex>
|
<Vlan::SVlanIndex>
:
<Vlan::CVlanIndex>
<Vlan::MacAddr>
length: 6
- other : entry does not determine the
dynamically
vlan id
mac address
the origin of the entry, unless invalid
Released
497
name
Type
Description
addresses
manager
498
Released
Edition 03
41.10 Port VLAN association Status Command

Command Description
This command shows all VLANs associated to a given port.
Such assocation is either static while it has been configured by the operator or the association has been established
dynamically as a result of port authentication via Radius protocol.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show vlan port-vlan-map (port)
Command Parameters
Table 41.10-1 "Port VLAN association Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
:
Command Output
Table 41.10-2 "Port VLAN association Status Command" Display parameters
name
vlanid
association
Type
<Vlan::UVlanIndex>
<Vlan::SVlanIndex>
<Vlan::CVlanIndex>
<Vlan::DataStatus>
Description
| vlan id
the way the association was established
Released
499
41.11 VLAN Priority Regeneration Profile Status

Command
Command Description
This command shows for a given Priority Regeneration Profile the mapping of the external p-bit codepoints versus
the internal priority. Such a profile provides a mapping for both the upstream and the downstream direction.
These Priority Regeneration Profiles and their contents are predetermined and cannot be changed by the operator.
A Priority Regeneration Profile is assigned to a bridge port when configuring the bridge port.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show vlan priority-regen (profile-id)
Command Parameters
Table 41.11-1 "VLAN Priority Regeneration Profile Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(profile-id)
Type
Description
<Vlan::PrioRegenProfile>
profile id
- trusted-port : trusted port
- best-effort : best effort
3 traffic
4 traffic
- background : background
- be-cl-voice : best effort, controlled load,
voice
- be-cl-1d-voice : best effort, controlled
load, 802.Id Annex G voice
- be-voice : best effort voice
Command Output
Table 41.11-2 "VLAN Priority Regeneration Profile Status Command" Display parameters
500
Released
Edition 03
name
name
Type
Description
<Vlan::AdminString>
length: x<32
name of the profile

Only Show Details: priority regeneration for up stream

name
Type
priority-0
<Vlan::NibbleMask_0>
priority-1
priority-2
priority-3
priority-4
priority-5
priority-6
priority-7
Only Show Details: priority regeneration for down stream

name
Type
priority-0
priority-1
priority-2
priority-3
priority-4
priority-5
priority-6
priority-7
Description
the regenerated priority for .1p priority codepoint 0
Description
Released
501
41.12 Duplicate Mac Alarm Status Command

Command Description
This command is usefull when a Duplicate MAC Alarm has occured. A Duplicate MAC Alarm is raised when a new
MAC Address could not be learned on a port because this MAC Address already exists on another port for the
same VLAN, i.e.within the same Filtering Database. The information displayed indicates the port where the MAC
address is assigned, the original port.
The Duplicate MAC Alarm information is available as long as the alarm is on.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show vlan dup-mac-alarm (dup-port) dup-vlan-id <Vlan::UVlanIndex> |
<Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> dup-mac <Vlan::MacAddr>
Command Parameters
Table 41.12-1 "Duplicate Mac Alarm Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(dup-port)
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
:
<Vlan::UVlanIndex>
| duplicate vlan id
<Vlan::SVlanIndex>
:
<Vlan::CVlanIndex>
<Vlan::MacAddr>
duplicate mac address
length: 6
dup-vlan-id
dup-mac
Command Output
Table 41.12-2 "Duplicate Mac Alarm Status Command" Display parameters
name
port
502
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
Released
Edition 03
41.13 Port Event Status Command

Command Description
This commands shows all kind of events that ocurred on a given port. These events relate to error cases.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show vlan port-event (port)
Command Parameters
Table 41.13-1 "Port Event Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
Type
(port)
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
:
Command Output
Table 41.13-2 "Port Event Status Command" Display parameters
name
bridge-port
event-time
aal5-fcs-error
short name:aal5-fcs
llc-error
short name:llc
no-mac-learn
short name:no-mac
dup-mac
Type
Description
<Vlan::BridgePort>
range: [1...3104]
<Vlan::StatsTime>
unit: sec
<Vlan::Aal5FcsError>
- aal5-fcs : aal5 or fcs error
- no-aal5-fcs : no aal5 or fcs error
<Vlan::LlcError>
- llc : incorrect llc
- no-llc : correct llc
<Vlan::MacNoLearnError>
- mac-learn-error : mac learn error
- no-mac-learn-error : no mac learn error
<Vlan::MacDuplicateError>
- mac-dup-error : mac duplicate error
bridge port
the time in seconds when the event ocurred
error of the aal5 frame or fcs error
incorrect llc format

new MAC address could not be learned, upstream
pkt is discarded
failure of MAC address learning while MAC
address already exists on another port within the
same VLAN
Released
503
name
Type
Description
- no-mac-dup-error : no mac duplicate This element is always shown.

error
504
Released
Edition 03
41.14 Port Statistics for Current Quarter Status

Command
Command Description
This commands shows Performance Statistics for the current quarter for a particular port. Counters for upstream
and downstream traffic are displayed. These counters include all traffic on the port, including PPPoE Relayed and
PPPoE terminated traffic.
Counters for discarded frames are displayed. Frames are discarded as a result of buffer acceptance control or
policing.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show vlan port-curr-15min-stats (port)
Command Parameters
Table 41.14-1 "Port Statistics for Current Quarter Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
:
Command Output
Table 41.14-2 "Port Statistics for Current Quarter Status Command" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
elapsed-time
<Vlan::StatsTime>
unit: sec
measure-time
<Vlan::StatsTime>
unit: sec
elapsed time in this interval, i.e. for the current 15

minutes interval; expressed in seconds
actually measured time in this interval; expressed in
seconds
Only Show Details: up stream counters

name
Type
forward-frame
<Vlan::OctetCounter>
Description
number of frames forwarded in upstream direction
on a bridge port, for the specified interval
Released
505
name
Type
Description
forward-byte
discard-frame
discard-byte
number of bytes forwarded in upstream direction

number of discarded frames in upstream direction
number of discarded bytes in upstream direction on
a bridge port, for the specified interval
Only Show Details: down stream counters

name
Type
506
forward-frame
forward-byte
discard-frame
discard-byte
Released
Description
number of frames forwarded in downstream
direction on a bridge port, for the specified interval
number of bytes forwarded in downstream
number of discarded frames in downstream
number of discarded bytes in downstream direction
Edition 03
41.15 Port Statistics for Current Day Status

Command
Command Description
This command shows Performance Statistics for the current day for a particular port. Counters for upstream and
downstream traffic are displayed. These counters include all traffic on the port, including PPPoE Relayed and
PPPoE terminated traffic.
policing.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show vlan port-curr-day-stats (port)
Command Parameters
Table 41.15-1 "Port Statistics for Current Day Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
:
Command Output
Table 41.15-2 "Port Statistics for Current Day Status Command" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
elapsed-time
<Vlan::StatsTime>
unit: sec
measure-time
<Vlan::StatsTime>
unit: sec
elapsed time in this interval, i.e. for the current day

interval; expressed in seconds
seconds

name
Type
forward-frame
Description
Released
507
name
Type
Description
forward-byte
discard-frame
discard-byte


name
Type
508
forward-frame
forward-byte
discard-frame
discard-byte
Released
Description
Edition 03
41.16 Port Statistics for Previous Quarter Intervals

Status Command
Command Description
This command shows Performance Statistics for the previous quarter intervals, for a particular port. Counters for
upstream and downstream traffic are displayed. These counters include all traffic on the port, including PPPoE
Relayed and PPPoE terminated traffic.
policing.
The interval is specified. Interval number 1 identifies the most recent though completed quarter interval, from there
onwards interval numbers are incremented by 1. Higher interval numbers relate to less recent intervals.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show vlan port-15min-stats (port) interval-number <SignedInteger>
Command Parameters
Table 41.16-1 "Port Statistics for Previous Quarter Intervals Status Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
interval-number
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
:
<SignedInteger>
interval number, where 1 is the most recent
completed interval
Command Output
Table 41.16-2 "Port Statistics for Previous Quarter Intervals Status Command" Display parameters
name
measure-time
Type
Description
<Vlan::StatsTime>
unit: sec

seconds

name
Type
forward-frame
Description
Released
509
name
Type
forward-byte
discard-frame
discard-byte

name
Type
510
forward-frame
forward-byte
discard-frame
discard-byte
Released
Description
on a bridge port, for the specified interval. Frames
are discarded as a result of buffer acceptance or
policing
a bridge port, for the specified interval. Discarding
is a result of buffer acceptance or policing
Description
per VLAN on a bridge port, for the specified
interval
Edition 03
41.17 Port Statistics for Previous Day Intervals

Status Command
Command Description
This command shows Performance Statistics for the previous day intervals for a particular port. Counters for
policing.
The interval is specified. Interval number 1 identifies the most recent though completed day interval, from there
User Level
Command Syntax
> show vlan port-prev-day-stats (port) interval-number <SignedInteger>
Command Parameters
Table 41.17-1 "Port Statistics for Previous Day Intervals Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
interval-number
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
:
<SignedInteger>
interval number
Command Output
Table 41.17-2 "Port Statistics for Previous Day Intervals Status Command" Display parameters
name
measure-time
Type
Description
<Vlan::StatsTime>
unit: sec

seconds

name
Type
forward-frame
Description
Released
511
name
Type
Description
forward-byte
discard-frame
discard-byte


name
Type
512
forward-frame
forward-byte
discard-frame
discard-byte
Released
Description
Edition 03
41.18 VLAN Port Statistics for Current Quarter

Status Command
Command Description
This commands shows Performance Statistics for the current quarter for a particular vlan and port. Counters for
User Level
Command Syntax
> show vlan current-15min-stats (vlanid) port <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> /
Command Parameters
Table 41.18-1 "VLAN Port Statistics for Current Quarter Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(vlanid)
port
Type
Description
<Vlan::UVlanIndex>
| vlan id
<Vlan::SVlanIndex>
:
<Vlan::CVlanIndex>
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
:
Command Output
Table 41.18-2 "VLAN Port Statistics for Current Quarter Status Command" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
elapsed-time
<Vlan::StatsTime>
unit: sec
measure-time
<Vlan::StatsTime>
unit: sec

seconds

name
Type
forward-frame
Description
Released
513
name
Type
forward-byte
discard-frame
discard-byte

name
Type
514
forward-frame
forward-byte
discard-frame
discard-byte
Released
Description
interval
interval
interval
number of discarded bytes in upstream direction
interval
Description
direction per VLAN on a bridge port, for the
specified interval
specified interval
specified interval
interval
Edition 03
41.19 VLAN Port Statistics for Current Day Status

Command
Command Description
This commands shows Performance Statistics for the current day for a particular vlan and port. Counters for
policing.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show vlan current-day-stats (vlanid) port <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> /
Command Parameters
Table 41.19-1 "VLAN Port Statistics for Current Day Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(vlanid)
port
Type
Description
<Vlan::UVlanIndex>
| vlan id
<Vlan::SVlanIndex>
:
<Vlan::CVlanIndex>
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
:
Command Output
Table 41.19-2 "VLAN Port Statistics for Current Day Status Command" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
elapsed-time
<Vlan::StatsTime>
unit: sec
measure-time
<Vlan::StatsTime>
unit: sec

seconds
Released
515
name
Type
Description
forward-frame
forward-byte
discard-frame
discard-byte

interval
interval
interval
interval

name
Type
516
forward-frame
forward-byte
discard-frame
discard-byte
Released
Description
specified interval
specified interval
specified interval
interval
Edition 03
41.20 VLAN Port Statistics for Previous Quarter

Intervals Status Command
Command Description
This command shows Performance Statistics for the previous quarter intervals for a particular vlan and port.
Counters for upstream and downstream traffic are displayed. These counters include all traffic on the port,
including PPPoE Relayed and PPPoE terminated traffic.
The interval is specified. Interval number 1 identifies the most recent though completed quarter interval, from there
policing.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show vlan previous-15min-stats (vlanid) port <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> /
<Eqpt::LtSlot> / <Eqpt::Port> : <Atm::DefaultVpi> : <Atm::DefaultVci> interval-number
<SignedInteger>
Command Parameters
Table 41.20-1 "VLAN Port Statistics for Previous Quarter Intervals Status Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier
(vlanid)
port
interval-number
Type
Description
<Vlan::UVlanIndex>
| vlan id
<Vlan::SVlanIndex>
:
<Vlan::CVlanIndex>
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
:
<SignedInteger>
interval number
Command Output
Table 41.20-2 "VLAN Port Statistics for Previous Quarter Intervals Status Command" Display
parameters
name
measure-time
Type
Description
<Vlan::StatsTime>
unit: sec

seconds
Released
517
name
Type
Description

name
Type
forward-frame
forward-byte
discard-frame
discard-byte

name
Type
518
forward-frame
forward-byte
discard-frame
discard-byte
Released
Description
interval
interval
interval
interval
Description
specified interval
specified interval
specified interval
interval
Edition 03
41.21 VLAN Port Statistics for Previous Day

Intervals Status Command
Command Description
This command shows Performance Statistics for the previous day intervals for a particular vlan and port. Counters
for upstream and downstream traffic are displayed. These counters include all traffic on the port, including PPPoE
The interval is specified. Interval number 1 identifies the most recent though completed day interval, from there
policing.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show vlan vlan-day-stats (vlanid) port <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / <Eqpt::LtSlot>
/ <Eqpt::Port> : <Atm::DefaultVpi> : <Atm::DefaultVci> interval-number <SignedInteger>
Command Parameters
Table 41.21-1 "VLAN Port Statistics for Previous Day Intervals Status Command" Resource
Parameters
Resource Identifier
(vlanid)
port
interval-number
Type
Description
<Vlan::UVlanIndex>
| vlan id
<Vlan::SVlanIndex>
:
<Vlan::CVlanIndex>
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
:
<SignedInteger>
interval number
Command Output
Table 41.21-2 "VLAN Port Statistics for Previous Day Intervals Status Command" Display
parameters
name
measure-time
Type
Description
<Vlan::StatsTime>
unit: sec

seconds
Released
519

name
Type
forward-frame
forward-byte
discard-frame
discard-byte

name
Type
520
forward-frame
forward-byte
discard-frame
discard-byte
Released
Description
interval
interval
interval
interval
Description
specified interval
specified interval
specified interval
interval
Edition 03
41.22 SHub Port VLAN association Status

Command
Command Description
This command shows all VLANs associated to a given port on the Service Hub. This association is configured but
can be overruled as a result of authentication of the port using Radius protocol.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show vlan shub-port-vlan-map (port) vlan-id <Vlan::VlanIndex>
Command Parameters
Table 41.22-1 "SHub Port VLAN association Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
vlan-id
Type
Description
lt : <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / port

<Eqpt::LtSlot>
|
network
:
<Vlan::VlanIndex>
identity of the vlan
range: [1...4093]
Released
521
41.23 SHub VLAN Name mapping Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the VLAN identity that corresponds to a given VLAN name, for a VLAN configured on the
Service Hub.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show vlan shub-vlan-name (name)
Command Parameters
Table 41.23-1 "SHub VLAN Name mapping Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(name)
Type
Description
<Vlan::AdminString>
length: x<32
name identifying the vlan
Command Output
Table 41.23-2 "SHub VLAN Name mapping Status Command" Display parameters
name
vlan-id
522
Type
Description
<Vlan::VlanIndex>
range: [1...4093]
vlan identity
Released
Edition 03
41.24 SHub VLAN Filtering Database Status

Command
Command Description
This command shows all entries of the Filtering Database given a particular VLAN on the Serice Hub. The filtering
dabatase is used by the bridging function in determining how to propagate a received frame.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show vlan shub-fdb (vlanid)
Command Parameters
Table 41.24-1 "SHub VLAN Filtering Database Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(vlanid)
Type
Description
<Vlan::VlanIndex>
range: [1...4093]
vlan id
Command Output
Table 41.24-2 "SHub VLAN Filtering Database Status Command" Display parameters
name
mac
bridge-port
status
Type
Description
<Vlan::MacAddr>
length: 6
lt : <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> /
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
|
network
:
dynamically
addresses
mac address
bridge port

Released
523
name
fdb-id
filter-entries
524
Type
Description

manager
<UnsignedInteger>
filtering database identity
<UnsignedInteger>
current number of entries in this fdb
Released
Edition 03
41.25 SHub Filtering Database Entry Status

Command
Command Description
This command shows one entry of the Filtering Database -if any- given a particular VLAN, a unicast MAC address
and a bridge port on the Service Hub. The filtering dabatase is used by the bridging function in determining how to
propagate a received frame.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show vlan shub-filter-entry (vlanid) unicast-mac <Vlan::MacAddr>
Command Parameters
Table 41.25-1 "SHub Filtering Database Entry Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(vlanid)
unicast-mac
Type
Description
<Vlan::VlanIndex>
range: [1...4093]
<Vlan::MacAddr>
length: 6
vlan id
mac address
Command Output
Table 41.25-2 "SHub Filtering Database Entry Status Command" Display parameters
name
learnt-port
status
Type
Description
<Shub::LearntBridgePort>
range: [0...24]
dynamically
addresses
port where the mac address was learnt

Released
525
name
Type
Description

manager
526
Released
Edition 03
41.26 SHub Duplicate Mac Alarm Status Command

Command Description
This command is usefull when a Duplicate MAC Alarm has occured. A Duplicate MAC Alarm is raised when a new
MAC Address could not be learned on a Port of the Service Hub because this MAC Address already exists on
another Port of the Service Hub for the same VLAN, i.e.within the same Filtering Database.
When a Duplicate MAC Alarm is raised it provides the Port and Vlan identity where the alarm occured but it does
not carry the MAC Address itself.
This command is helpful in displaying the list of duplicate MAC Addresses on the specific Port and Vlan.
The Duplicate MAC Alarm information is available as long as the alarm is "on".
User Level
Command Syntax
> show vlan shub-dup-mac-alarm (dup-port) dup-vlan-id <Vlan::VlanIndex>
Command Parameters
Table 41.26-1 "SHub Duplicate Mac Alarm Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(dup-port)
dup-vlan-id
Type
Description
lt : <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / duplicate bridge port

<Eqpt::LtSlot>
|
network
:
<Vlan::VlanIndex>
duplicate vlan id
range: [1...4093]
Command Output
Table 41.26-2 "SHub Duplicate Mac Alarm Status Command" Display parameters
name
duplicate-mac
Type
Description
<Vlan::MacAddr>
length: 6
duplicate mac address

Released
527
42- Link Aggregation Status Commands
42.1 Link Aggregation Group Status Command

42.2 Link Aggregation Member List Status Command
42.3 Link Aggregate Member Link Status Command
528
Released
42-529
42-532
42-533
Edition 03
42 Link Aggregation Status Commands
42.1 Link Aggregation Group Status Command

Command Description
This command shows information about a Link Aggregation Group configured on the Service Hub. The information
pertains to the Group. The operator will identify the Group by means of the primary link or primary port.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show la aggregator-info (port)
Command Parameters
Table 42.1-1 "Link Aggregation Group Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
Type
Description
<Shub::NetworkPort>
range: [1...7]
interface index of the port
Command Output
Table 42.1-2 "Link Aggregation Group Status Command" Display parameters
name
mac-address
aggregate
actor-oper-key
short name:actor-key
Type
Description
<Vlan::MacAddr>
length: 6
<Shub::AggregateFlag>
- aggregate : aggregate
- individual : individual
<Shub::LacpKey>
range: [0...65535]
Specifies MAC address assigned to the Aggregator.

This element is shown in normal mode.
Specifies whether the aggregator represents an
aggregate or an individual link.
partner-sys-id
<Vlan::MacAddr>
length: 6
partner-sys-priority
short name:prio
<Shub::LaPartnerSysPriority>
range: [0...65535]
partner-oper-key
<Shub::LacpKey>
short range: [0...65535]
name:partner-key
The current operational value of the key for the

aggregator.
Specifies MAC address for the current protocol
partner of this aggregator
Specifies priority value associated with the
partner's system id.
The current operational value for the aggregator's
current protocol partner.
Only Show Details: aggregator parameters
Released
529
name
mac-address
aggregate
actor-oper-key
Type
Description
<Vlan::MacAddr>
length: 6
<Shub::LacpKey>
range: [0...65535]
Specifies MAC address assigned to the Aggregator.

Specifies whether the aggregator represents an
aggregate or an individual link.
partner-sys-id
<Vlan::MacAddr>
length: 6
<Shub::LaPartnerSysPriority>
range: [0...65535]
partner-oper-key
<Shub::LacpKey>
range: [0...65535]
Only Show Details: statistics

name
Type
rx-octets
<UnsignedInteger>
rx-frames
<UnsignedInteger>
rx-ucast-frames
<UnsignedInteger>
rx-mcast-frames
<UnsignedInteger>
rx-bcast-frames
<UnsignedInteger>
rx-discard-frames
<UnsignedInteger>
rx-error-frames
<UnsignedInteger>
rx-unknown-prot-frames<UnsignedInteger>
530
Released
The current operational value of the key for the

aggregator.
Specifies MAC address for the current protocol
partner of this aggregator
Specifies priority value associated with the
The current operational value for the aggregator's
current protocol partner.
Description
A count of the data and padding octets received by
the aggregator, from the aggregation ports that are
members of the aggregation.
A count of the data frames received by the
aggregator, from the aggregation ports that are
The total number of unicast user data frames
received by the aggregation.
A count of the data frames received by this
aggregator, from the aggregation ports that are
members of the aggregation,that were addressed to
an active group address other than the broadcast
address.
A count of the broadcast data frames received by
this Aggregator, from the Aggregation Ports that
are members of the aggregation.
A count of data frames,received on all ports that are
members of the aggregation,that were discarded by
the collection function of the aggregator as they
were received on ports whose collection function
was disabled.
A count of data frames discarded on reception by
all ports that are members of the aggregation,or that
were discarded by the collection function of the
aggregator,or that were discarded by the aggregator
due to the detection of an illegal slow protocols
PDU
A count of data frames discarded on reception by
all ports that are members of the aggregation,due to
Edition 03
name
Type
tx-octets
<UnsignedInteger>
tx-frames
<UnsignedInteger>
tx-ucast-frames
<UnsignedInteger>
tx-mcast-frames
<UnsignedInteger>
tx-bcast-frames
<UnsignedInteger>
tx-discard-frames
<UnsignedInteger>
tx-error-frames
<UnsignedInteger>
trap-port
<SignedInteger>
Description
the detection of an unknown slow protocols PDU .
A count of the data and padding octets transmitted
by this aggregator on all aggregation ports that are
A count of the data frames transmitted by this
aggregator on all aggregation ports that are
The total number of unicast user data frames
transmitted by aggregation.
A count of the data frames transmitted by this
aggregator on all aggregation ports that are
members of the aggregation,to a group destination
address other than the broadcast address.
A count of the broadcast data frames transmitted by
this aggregator on all aggregation ports that are
A count of data frames requested to be transmitted
by this aggregator that were discarded by the
distribution function of the aggregator when
conversations are re-allocated to different ports,due
to the requirement to ensure that the conversations
are flushed on the old ports in order to maintain
proper frame ordering ,or discarded as a result of
excessive collisions by ports that are members of
the aggregation.
A count of data frames requested to be transmitted
by this aggregator that experienced transmission
errors on ports that are members of the
aggregation.This count does not include frames
discarded due to excess collisions.
Specifies index used to generate TRAP for the
particular aggregator
Released
531
42.2 Link Aggregation Member List Status

Command
Command Description
This command show the list of ports that are members of a Link Aggregation Group.
The Link Aggregation Group should be identified by means of its primary link, else the list of ports will be empty.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show la aggregate-list (network-port) participant-port <Shub::NetworkPort>
Command Parameters
Table 42.2-1 "Link Aggregation Member List Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(network-port)
participant-port
532
Type
Description
<Shub::NetworkPort>
range: [1...7]
<Shub::NetworkPort>
range: [1...7]
port
Released
participants in the aggregation group
Edition 03
42.3 Link Aggregate Member Link Status Command

Command Description
This command shows information for a member of a Link Aggregation Group configured on the SHub. The member
link is identified by its port number.
Detailled information can be obtained on LACP protocol statistics and debugging information.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show la network-port-info (port)
Command Parameters
Table 42.3-1 "Link Aggregate Member Link Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
Type
Description
<Shub::NetworkPort>
range: [1...7]
interface index of the network port
Command Output
Table 42.3-2 "Link Aggregate Member Link Status Command" Display parameters
name
aggregate
standby
Type
Description
<Shub::SbyStatus>
- active : active
- standby : standby
specifies whether the aggregation port is able to

aggregate or only able to operate as an individual
link.
specifies whether aggregation port is in active or
standby
Only Show Details: aggregate/individual parameters

name
Type
actor-sys-id
<Vlan::MacAddr>
length: 6
actor-key
<Shub::LacpKey>
range: [0...65535]
Description
specifies MAC addr that defines the value of the
system id for the system that contains this
aggregation port.
current operational value of the key for the
aggregation port.
Released
533
name
Type
Description
<Shub::LaPortPartnerAdminSysPrio>
range: [0...255]
partner-sys-id
<Vlan::MacAddr>
length: 6
partner-key
<Shub::LacpKey>
range: [0...65535]
operational value of priority associated with the

specifies MAC addr value representing the current
value of the aggregation port's protocol partner's
system id.
current operational value of the key for the protocol
partner.
specifies the aggregator that this aggregation port
has currently selected
specifies the aggregator that this aggregation port is
currently attached to. Zero indicates that the
aggregation port is not currently attached to an
aggregator.
port number locally assigned to the aggregation
port.
operational port number assigned to this
aggregation port by the aggregation port's protocol
partner.
priority value assigned to this aggregation port by
the partner.
actor oper lacp synch state
actual-aggregator-port <Shub::NetworkPort>
range: [1...7]
attached-aggreg-port
<SignedInteger>
actor-port
<Shub::LaPartnerAdminPort>
range: [0...65535]
partner-port
<Shub::LaPartnerAdminPort>
range: [0...65535]
partner-port-priority
<Shub::LaPortActorPortPriority>
range: [0...255]
actor-synch-state
<Shub::ActorOperLacpSynchState>
- synchronised : actor is syncronised
- not-synchronised : actor is not
synchronised
<Shub::ActorOperLacpCollectState>
- collecting : the actor is collecting
- not-collecting : the actor is not collecting
<Shub::ActorOperLacpDistributeState>
- distributing : the actor is distributing
- not-distributing : the actor is not
distributing
<Shub::ActorOperLacpDefaultedState>
- is-defaulted : the actor is defaulted
- is-not-defaulted : the actor is not
defaulted
<Shub::ActorOperLacpExpiredState>
- is-expired : actor is in lacp expired state
- is-not-expired : actor is not in lacp
expired state
<Shub::ActorOperLacpSynchState>
- synchronised : actor is syncronised
- not-synchronised : actor is not
synchronised
actor-collect-state
actor-distribute-state
actor-defaulted-state
actor-expired-state
partner-synch-state
534
Released
actor oper lacp collecting state

actor oper lacp distributing state
actor oper lacp defaulted state

actor oper lacp expired state

partner oper lacp synch state

Edition 03
name
partner-collect-state
partn-distribute-state
partn-defaulted-state
partner-expired-state
Type
Description
<Shub::ActorOperLacpCollectState>
- collecting : the actor is collecting
- not-collecting : the actor is not collecting
<Shub::ActorOperLacpDistributeState>
- distributing : the actor is distributing
- not-distributing : the actor is not
distributing
<Shub::ActorOperLacpDefaultedState>
- is-defaulted : the actor is defaulted
- is-not-defaulted : the actor is not
defaulted
<Shub::ActorOperLacpExpiredState>
- is-expired : actor is in lacp expired state
- is-not-expired : actor is not in lacp
expired state
partner oper lacp collecting state

partner oper lacp distributing state
partner oper lacp defaulted state

partner oper lacp expired state

Only Show Details: link aggregation control protocol statistics

name
Type
Description
lacp-pdus-rx
<UnsignedInteger>
marker-rx
<UnsignedInteger>
marker-response-rx
<UnsignedInteger>
unknown-rx
<UnsignedInteger>
illegal-rx
<UnsignedInteger>
lacp-pdus-tx
<UnsignedInteger>
marker-tx
<UnsignedInteger>
marker-response-tx
<UnsignedInteger>
Only Show Details: debugging information

name
Type
rx-state
<Vlan::LaRxState>
- present : present
- expired : expired
- defaulted : defaulted
number of valid LACPDUs received on this

aggregation port.
nbr of valid marker PDUs received on this
aggregation port.
nbr of valid marker response PDUs received on this
aggregation port.
nbr of frames rx that either: carry the slow
protocols ethernet type value, but contain an
unknown PDU,or: are addressed to the slow
protocols group MAC addr, but do not carry the
slow protocols ethernet type.
nbr of frames rx that carry the slow protocols
ethernet type value, but contain a badly formed
PDU or an illegal value of protocol subtype.
number of LACPDUs transmitted on this
aggregation port.
number of marker PDUs transmitted on this
aggregation port.
nbr of marker response PDUs transmitted on this
aggregation port.
Description
specifies receive state machine for the aggregation
port
Released
535
name
Type
Description
- initialize : initialize
- lacpdisabled : lacp Disabled
- portdisabled : port Disabled
mux-state
<Shub::LaMuxState>
specifies the mux state machine for the aggregation
port
- detached : detached
- waiting : waiting
- attached : attached
- collecting : collecting
- distributing : distributing
- collect-distributing : collecting and
distributing
mux-reason
<PrintableString>
specifies the reason for the most recent change of
mux machine state.
actor-churn-state
<Shub::LaChurnState>
specifies the state of the actor churn detection
machine for the aggregation port.
- no-churn : no churn
- churn : churn
- churn-monitor : churn monitor
actor-churn-count
<UnsignedInteger>
nbr of times the actor churn state machine has
entered the ACTOR_CHURN state.
actor-sync-transit-cnt <UnsignedInteger>
nbr of times the actor's mux state machine has
entered the IN_SYNC state.
actor-lag-id-chg-count <UnsignedInteger>
nbr of times the actor's perception of the lag id for
this aggregation port has changed.
partner-churn-state
<Shub::LaChurnState>
specifies the state of the partner churn detection
machine for the aggregation port.
- no-churn : no churn
- churn : churn
- churn-monitor : churn monitor
partner-churn-count
<UnsignedInteger>
nbr of times the partner churn state machine has
entered the PARTNER_CHURN state.
partn-sync-transit-cnt <UnsignedInteger>
nbr of times the partner's mux state machine has
entered the IN_SYNC state.
partner-lag-id-chg-cnt <UnsignedInteger>
nbr of times the partner's perception of the lag id
for this aggregation port has changed.
536
Released
Edition 03
43- RSTP Status Commands
43.1 RSTP Bridge and Port Status Command
43-538
Released
537
43 RSTP Status Commands
43.1 RSTP Bridge and Port Status Command

Command Description
This command shows information regarding the Rapid Spanning Tree of the Bridge.
Spanning tree information is shown for the bridge and for the particular bridge port specified in the request,
mainly operational information is displayed.
Detailled statistics can be obtained on the RSTP protocol regarding the reception and transmission of BPDUs.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show rstp port-info (port)
Command Parameters
Table 43.1-1 "RSTP Bridge and Port Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
Type
Description
<Shub::NetworkPort>
range: [1...7]
interface index of the port
Command Output
Table 43.1-2 "RSTP Bridge and Port Status Command" Display parameters
Common Information
name
Type
protocol
version
designated-root
538
<Shub::StpProtocolSpec>
- unknown : unknown
- dec-lb-100 : dec lb 100
- spanning-tree : ieee 802 id
<Shub::RstpVersion>
<Vlan::Binary-08-08>
length: 8
root-cost
<SignedInteger>
root-port
<SignedInteger>
Released
Description
Indicates the version of the spanning tree protocol
being run.
Indicates the stp version running on the bridge
Specifies the bridge identifier of the root of the
spanning tree as determined by the spanning tree
protocol.
Specifies the cost of the path to the root.
The port number of the port which offers the lowest
Edition 03
name
Type
max-age
<SignedInteger>
hello-time
<SignedInteger>
hold-time
<SignedInteger>
fwd-delay
<SignedInteger>
name
role
state
oper-edge-port
oper-p2p
fwd-transition-count
designated-root
cost path from this bridge to the root bridge.

Specifies the maximum age of information learned
from the network on any port before it is discarded
The amount of time between the transmission of
configuration bridge PDUs by this node on any port
when it is the root of the spanning tree
Specifies the interval length during which no more
than two configuration bridge PDUs shall be
transmitted
Specifies how long the port stays in a particular
state before moving to the next state.
Type
Description
<Shub::StpPortRole>
- disabled : disabled
- alternate : alternate
- backup : backup
- root : root
- designated : designated
<Shub::StpPortState>
- blocking : blocking
- listening : listening
- learning : learning
- forwarding : forwarding
- broken : broken
<Shub::OperEdgeStatus>
- no-edge-port : no edge port
- edge-port : edge port
<Shub::OperP2pStatus>
- no-p2p : no point to point
- p2p : point to point
Specifies the current state of the port role selection

state machine.
<UnsignedInteger>
Only Show Details: stp port parameters

name
Type
state
Description
<Shub::StpPortState>
- blocking : blocking
- listening : listening
- learning : learning
- forwarding : forwarding
- broken : broken
Specifies the port's current state.

The operational value of the edge port parameter.

The operational point-to-point status of the LAN
segment attached to this port. It indicates whether a
port is considered to have a point-to-point
connection or not.
The number of times this port has transitioned from
the learning state to the forwarding state.
Description
Specifies the port's current state.
The unique bridge identifier of the bridge recorded
Released
539
name
Type
Description
length: 8
as the root in the configuration BPDUs transmitted

by the designated bridge for the segment to which
the port is attached.
The path cost of the designated port of the segment
connected to this port.
The bridge identifier of the bridge which this port
considers to be the designated bridge for this port's
segment.
The port identifier of the port on the designated
bridge for this port's segment.
The number of times this port has transitioned from
the learning state to the forwarding state.
The operational value of the edge port parameter.
designated-cost
<SignedInteger>
designated-bridge
length: 8
designated-port
length: 2
fwd-transition-count
<UnsignedInteger>
oper-edge-port
<Shub::OperEdgeStatus>
- no-edge-port : no edge port
- edge-port : edge port
<Shub::OperP2pStatus>
- no-p2p : no point to point
- p2p : point to point
oper-p2p
role
<Shub::StpPortRole>
- alternate : alternate
- backup : backup
- root : root
- designated : designated
<Shub::RstpVersion>
oper-stp-version
Only Show Details: stp port protocol statistics

name
Type
rx-rst-bpdu-frames
<UnsignedInteger>
rx-config-bpdu-frames <UnsignedInteger>
rx-tcn-bpdu-frames
<UnsignedInteger>
tx-rst-bpdu-frames
<UnsignedInteger>
tx-config-bpdu-frames <UnsignedInteger>
tx-tcn-bpdu-frames
540
<UnsignedInteger>
Released
The operational point-to-point status of the LAN

segment attached to this port. It indicates whether a
port is considered to have a point-to-point
connection or not.
This indicates the current port role assumed by this
port.
This indicates whether the port is operationally in

the rstp mode or the stp-compatible mode.
Description
The number of RST BPDUs that have
received on this port.
The number of Config BPDUs that have
The number of TCN BPDUs that have
The number of RST BPDUs that have
transmitted by this port.
The number of config BPDUs that have
The number of TCN BPDUs that have
Edition 03
been
been
been
been
been
been
name
invalid-bpdu-frames
Type
<UnsignedInteger>
Only Show Details: stp bridge parameters

name
Type
protocol
version
designated-root
<Shub::StpProtocolSpec>
- unknown : unknown
- dec-lb-100 : dec lb 100
- spanning-tree : ieee 802 id
<Shub::RstpVersion>
length: 8
root-cost
<SignedInteger>
root-port
<SignedInteger>
max-age
<SignedInteger>
hello-time
<SignedInteger>
hold-time
<SignedInteger>
fwd-delay
<SignedInteger>
Description
The number of invalid BPDUs that have been
Description
Indicates the version of the spanning tree protocol
being run.
Indicates the stp version running on the bridge
Specifies the bridge identifier of the root of the
spanning tree as determined by the spanning tree
protocol.
Specifies the cost of the path to the root.
The port number of the port which offers the lowest
cost path from this bridge to the root bridge.
Specifies the maximum age of information learned
from the network on any port before it is discarded
The amount of time between the transmission of
configuration bridge PDUs by this node on any port
when it is the root of the spanning tree
Specifies the interval length during which no more
than two configuration bridge PDUs shall be
transmitted
Specifies how long the port stays in a particular
state before moving to the next state.
Released
541
44- QOS Status Commands
44.1 QoS Session Profile Status Command

44.2 QoS Marker Profile Status Command
44.3 QoS Policer Profile Status Command
44.4 QoS Queue Profile Status Command
44.5 QoS Scheduler Profile Status Command
44.6 QoS CAC Profile Status Command
44.7 QoS DSL Bandwidth Status Command
44.8 QoS Buffer Overflow Statistics for Previous Quarter
44.9 QoS Buffer Overflow Statistics for Current Quarter
44.10 QoS Buffer Overflow Statistics for Previous Day
44.11 QoS Buffer Overflow Statistics for Current Day
44.12 QoS Buffer Overflow Statistics Total Status
Command
44.13 QoS SHub Meter Statistics Status Command
44.14 QoS SHub Flow Statistics Status Command
542
Released
44-543
44-544
44-545
44-546
44-547
44-548
44-549
44-551
44-553
44-555
44-557
44-559
44-562
44-563
Edition 03
44 QOS Status Commands
44.1 QoS Session Profile Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the QoS session profile status. A QoS profile that is in use cannot be deleted, so the operator
can use this command to display the usage of QoS session profiles. The QoS session profile usage represents the
total user sessions (both for statically-configured and dynamic sessions).
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with qos privileges.
Command Syntax
> show qos profile-usage session (name)
Command Parameters
Table 44.1-1 "QoS Session Profile Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(name)
Type
Description
<AsamProfileName>
Command Output
Table 44.1-2 "QoS Session Profile Status Command" Display parameters
name
ref-count
Type
Description
<AsamProfileRefCount>
range: [0...65535]
Indicates the number of entities using this profile. If

the reference count is greater than 0, then this
profile is 'in use', and may NOT be deleted. If the
value is 0, then this profile is 'not in use', and can
be deleted.
Released
543
44.2 QoS Marker Profile Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the QoS marker profile status. A QoS profile that is in use cannot be deleted, so the operator
can ue this command to display the usage of QoS marker profiles. The QoS marker profile usage shows the
references from existing QoS session profiles because these profiles are not applied on their own.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show qos profile-usage marker (name)
Command Parameters
Table 44.2-1 "QoS Marker Profile Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(name)
Type
Description
<AsamProfileName>
Command Output
Table 44.2-2 "QoS Marker Profile Status Command" Display parameters
name
ref-count
544
Type
Description
range: [0...65535]

profile 'is in use', and may NOT be deleted. If the
be deleted.
Released
Edition 03
44.3 QoS Policer Profile Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the QoS policer profile status. A QoS profile that is in use cannot be deleted, so the operator
can use this command to display the usage of QoS policer profiles. The QoS policer profile usage shows the
User Level
Command Syntax
> show qos profile-usage policer (name)
Command Parameters
Table 44.3-1 "QoS Policer Profile Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(name)
Type
Description
<AsamProfileName>
Command Output
Table 44.3-2 "QoS Policer Profile Status Command" Display parameters
name
ref-count
Type
Description
range: [0...65535]

be deleted.
Released
545
44.4 QoS Queue Profile Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the QoS queue profile status. A QoS profile that is in use cannot be deleted, so the operator
can use this command to display the usage of QoS queue profiles. The QoS queue profile usage shows the
User Level
Command Syntax
> show qos profile-usage queue (name)
Command Parameters
Table 44.4-1 "QoS Queue Profile Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(name)
Type
Description
<AsamProfileName>
Command Output
Table 44.4-2 "QoS Queue Profile Status Command" Display parameters
name
ref-count
546
Type
Description
range: [0...65535]
indicates the number of entities using this profile. If

the reference count is not 0, then this profile is 'in
use', and can not be deleted. If the value is 0, then
this profile is 'not in use', and can be deleted.
Released
Edition 03
44.5 QoS Scheduler Profile Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the QoS scheduler profile status. A QoS profile that is in use cannot be deleted, so the
operator can use this command to display the usage of QoS scheduler profiles. The QoS scheduler profile usage
shows the references from existing QoS session profiles because these profiles are not applied on their own.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show qos profile-usage scheduler (name)
Command Parameters
Table 44.5-1 "QoS Scheduler Profile Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(name)
Type
Description
<AsamProfileName>
Command Output
Table 44.5-2 "QoS Scheduler Profile Status Command" Display parameters
name
ref-count
Type
Description
range: [0...65535]

be deleted.
Released
547
44.6 QoS CAC Profile Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the QoS CAC profile status. A QoS profile that is in use cannot be deleted so the operator can
use this command to display the usage of QoS CAC profiles. The QoS CAC profile usage shows the references from
existing QoS session profiles because these profiles are not applied on their own.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show qos profile-usage cac (name)
Command Parameters
Table 44.6-1 "QoS CAC Profile Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(name)
Type
Description
<AsamProfileName>
Command Output
Table 44.6-2 "QoS CAC Profile Status Command" Display parameters
name
ref-count
548
Type
Description
range: [0...65535]
indicates the number of entities using this profile. If

be deleted.
Released
Edition 03
44.7 QoS DSL Bandwidth Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the bandwidth allocation and usage for each DSL link.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show qos dsl-bandwidth (index)
Command Parameters
Table 44.7-1 "QoS DSL Bandwidth Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
Description
Command Output
Table 44.7-2 "QoS DSL Bandwidth Status Command" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
frame-net-bw
<SignedInteger>
res-data-bw
<SignedInteger>
res-voice-bw
<SignedInteger>
m-cast-max-bw
<SignedInteger>
Represents the approximate bandwidth available

for Ethernet frames, which is guaranteed to be
available by the physical layer. This approximation
is made by the configurable ATM overhead factor.
The portion the frame-net-bw that is reserved for
all data services (typically HSI user traffic). This is
a reserved value per DSL interface (and not per
user session) and applicable in the downstream
direction only.
The portion of the frame-net-bw that is reserved for
all voice services (typically HSI user traffic). This
is a reserved value per DSL interface (and not per
voice call) and applicable in the downstream
direction only. The usage of this value is to set
apart a minimum rate such that video and voice
services can never impact each other.
Represents the rate limitation imposed by the
Released
549
name
550
Type
m-cast-avail-bw
<SignedInteger>
m-cast-used-bw
<SignedInteger>
Released
Description
operator upon the maximum bandwidth to be
consumed by user multicast video sessions. This
limit can enforce a smaller value than actually
available on the DSL link.
Represents the bandwidth available for multicast
services, calculated by the ISAM. This value is
what is left from frame-net-bw after deducting from
it res-data-bw and res-voice-bw. The minimum of
m-cast-avail-bw and m-cast-max-bw will be the
actual limitation for user multicast bandwidth usage
per DSL link.
Shows the bandwidth currently in use by
pre-configured multicast streams.
Edition 03
44.8 QoS Buffer Overflow Statistics for Previous

Quarter
Command Description
This command shows the QoS buffer overflow statistics of the previous 15 minute interval.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show qos statistics buffer-overflow prev-15min (equip-slot) interval-num
<Qos::CounterInterval>
Command Parameters
Table 44.8-1 "QoS Buffer Overflow Statistics for Previous Quarter" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(equip-slot)
interval-num
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/ physical position of the board
<Eqpt::Slot>
<Eqpt::Rack>=
range:
[1...1]/
<Eqpt::Shelf>=
range:
[1...1]/
<Qos::CounterInterval>
time interval interms of 15 min
range: [1...32]
Command Output
Table 44.8-2 "QoS Buffer Overflow Statistics for Previous Quarter" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
upstream
<Counter>
upstream-obc
<Counter>
the number of buffer overflows on an EBLT LIM

module in the upstream direction on a 15 minute
interval basis. The upstream direction on the LIM is
non-blocking, hence this value should always read
zero under normal working conditions.
number of buffer overflows on an EBLT LIM
module for the OBC-directed traffic upstream on a
15 minute interval basis. In some special conditions
such as system startup or re-start packet loss may
occur here but under normal circumstances this
counter should read zero.
Released
551
name
Type
downstream-obc
<Counter>
downstream-unicast
<Counter>
downstream-multicast <Counter>
552
obc-injected
<Counter>
measured-time
<TimeTicks>
unit: msec
Released
Description
the number of buffer overflows on an EBLT LIM
module for the OBC-directed traffic downstream
on a 15 minute interval basis. Under normal
circumstances this counter should always read zero.
a counter for the event of total buffer overflow of
the downstream unicast pool. This even should not
occur. Queue fill-up and tail drop is a normal
condition for data traffic (individual queues) but
not for voice and video on demand services
(individual queues). If the total downstream pool is
filled, that means that non-QoS aware packet loss
will occur.
the downstream multicast pool. This even should
be a rather rare event. On the long term, buffer
overflow in the multicast pool may occur a few
times a day (less than a few tens under heavy
multicast usage).
Previous 15 minute for OBC-injected buffer
overflow event on LIM, This event happens if the
processor cannot cope with the extensive load of
the system and cannot reassemble a frame in due
time. This event should not occur under normal
working conditions. This counter is used for both
upstream and downstream OBC-injected frames on
an EBLT LIM.
the amount of time, that statistics for this entry
have been counted.
Edition 03
44.9 QoS Buffer Overflow Statistics for Current

Quarter
Command Description
This command shows the QoS buffer overflow statistics of the current 15 minute interval.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show qos statistics buffer-overflow current-15min (equip-slot)
Command Parameters
Table 44.9-1 "QoS Buffer Overflow Statistics for Current Quarter" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(equip-slot)
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
<Eqpt::Slot>
<Eqpt::Rack>=
range:
[1...1]/
<Eqpt::Shelf>=
range:
[1...1]/
Command Output
Table 44.9-2 "QoS Buffer Overflow Statistics for Current Quarter" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
upstream
<Counter>
upstream-obc
<Counter>

module in the upstream direction on a 15 minute
interval basis in the current measurement epoch.
The upstream direction on the LIM is
non-blocking, hence this value should read always
15 minute interval basis in the current
measurement. In some special conditions such as
system startup or re-start packet loss may occur
here but under normal circumstances this counter
should read zero.
Released
553
name
Type
downstream-obc
<Counter>
downstream-unicast
<Counter>
554
obc-injected
<Counter>
elapse-time
<TimeTicks>
unit: msec
measured-time
<TimeTicks>
unit: msec
Released
Description
on a 15 minute interval basis in the current
measurement.
filled, that means that QoS un-aware packet loss
will occur.
multicast usage).
Current 15 minute for OBC-injected buffer
overflow event on LIM, there is a reserved buffer
pool for OBC-injected traffic which under very
heavy load conditions may eventually get full, and
the LIM OBC will be unable to communicate with
the external world for a very short time interval.
elapsed time interval since the last measurement
epoch started.
amount of time, that statistics for this entry have
been counted.
Edition 03
44.10 QoS Buffer Overflow Statistics for Previous

Day
Command Description
This command shows the QoS buffer overflow statistics of the previous 1 day interval.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show qos statistics buffer-overflow prev-1day (equip-slot)
Command Parameters
Table 44.10-1 "QoS Buffer Overflow Statistics for Previous Day " Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(equip-slot)
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
<Eqpt::Slot>
<Eqpt::Rack>=
range:
[1...1]/
<Eqpt::Shelf>=
range:
[1...1]/
Command Output
Table 44.10-2 "QoS Buffer Overflow Statistics for Previous Day " Display parameters
name
Type
Description
upstream
<Counter>
upstream-obc
<Counter>
downstream-obc
<Counter>

module in the upstream direction on a one day
interval basis. The upstream direction on the LIM is
non-blocking, hence this value should read always
one day interval basis. In some special conditions
such as system startup or re-start packet loss may
occur here but under normal circumstances this
counter should read zero.
number of buffer overflows on a EBLT LIM
Released
555
name
Type
downstream-unicast
<Counter>
556
obc-injected
<Counter>
measured-time
<TimeTicks>
unit: msec
Released
Description
on a one day interval basis. Under normal
circumstances this counter should always read zero.
filled, that means that non-QoS aware packet loss
will occur.
the downstream multicast pool. On the long term,
buffer overflow in the multicast pool may occur a
few times a day (less than a few tens under heavy
multicast usage).
previous one day OBC-injected buffer-pool
overflow. In some heavy load conditions this event
may occur as the OBC-injected frames fill up
completely the buffer space reserved for this
purpose.
actual time elapsed during which the measurement
was made
Edition 03
44.11 QoS Buffer Overflow Statistics for Current

Day
Command Description
This command shows the QoS buffer overflow statistics of the current 1 day interval.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show qos statistics buffer-overflow current-1day (equip-slot)
Command Parameters
Table 44.11-1 "QoS Buffer Overflow Statistics for Current Day" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(equip-slot)
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
<Eqpt::Slot>
<Eqpt::Rack>=
range:
[1...1]/
<Eqpt::Shelf>=
range:
[1...1]/
Command Output
Table 44.11-2 "QoS Buffer Overflow Statistics for Current Day" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
upstream
<Counter>
upstream-obc
<Counter>
number of buffer overflows on EBLT LIM modules

in the upstream direction on a one day interval
basis in the current measurement period. The
upstream direction on the LIM is non-blocking,
hence this value should read always zero under
normal working conditions.
number of buffer overflows on EBLT LIM modules
for the OBC-directed traffic upstream on a one day
interval basis in the current measurement period. In
some special conditions such as system startup or
re-start packet loss may occur here but under
normal circumstances this counter should read zero.
Released
557
name
Type
Description
downstream-obc
<Counter>
downstream-unicast
<Counter>

on a one day interval basis in the current
measurement epoch. under normal circumstances
this counter should always read zero.
the downstream unicast pool. Queue fill-up and tail
drop is a normal condition for data traffic
(individual queues) but not for voice and video on
demand services (individual queues). If the total
downstream pool is filled, that means that QoS
un-aware packet loss will occur.
Specifies number of times, current one day
downstream multicast total buffer pool overflow total buffer overflow of the downstream multicast
pool. This even should be a rather rare event. On
the long term, buffer overflow in the multicast pool
may occur a few times a day (less than a few tens
under heavy multicast usage).
Specifies number of times, current one day
obc-injected buffer overflow occurred. There is a
reserved buffer pool for obc-injected traffic which
under very heavy load conditions may eventually
get full, and the LIM OBC will be unable to
communicate with the external world for a very
short time interval.
elapsed time interval since the last measurement
period started.
The measured time interval since the last
measurement period started.
558
obc-injected
<Counter>
elapse-time
<TimeTicks>
unit: msec
measured-time
<TimeTicks>
unit: msec
Released
Edition 03
44.12 QoS Buffer Overflow Statistics Total Status

Command
Command Description
This command shows the buffer overflow for each unit applicable on dedicated buffer pools and not on individual
queues. The EBLT-C and EBLT-D units have four isolated buffer pools for upstream, downstream, multicast, and
OBC-injected traffic. Under normal working conditions all these counters should read zero. Check these counters
for QoS problems which can occur under heavy load conditions.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show qos statistics buffer-overflow total (equip-slot)
Command Parameters
Table 44.12-1 "QoS Buffer Overflow Statistics Total Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(equip-slot)
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
<Eqpt::Slot>
<Eqpt::Rack>=
range:
[1...1]/
<Eqpt::Shelf>=
range:
[1...1]/
Command Output
Table 44.12-2 "QoS Buffer Overflow Statistics Total Status Command" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
upstream
<Counter>
upstream-obc
<Counter>
Number of buffer overflows per EBLT LIM

module in the upstream direction since the statistics
were last reset. The upstream direction on the LIM
is non-blocking, hence this value should read
always zero under normal working conditions.
Number of buffer overflows on a LIM module for
the OBC-directed traffic upstream since the statistic
was last reset. In some special conditions such as
system startup or re-start packet loss may occur
here but under normal circumstances this counter
Released
559
name
Type
downstream-obc
<Counter>
downstream-unicast
<Counter>
560
obc-injected
<Counter>
elapse-time
<TimeTicks>
unit: msec
measured-time
<TimeTicks>
unit: msec
valid-15min-intervals
<Qos::Valid15mInterval>
range: [0...96]
valid-1day-intervals
<Qos::Valid1dInterval>
range: [0...1]
total-policer-inuse
<SignedInteger>
policers-in-vlan
<SignedInteger>
policers-in-dot1x
<SignedInteger>
policers-in-ppp
<SignedInteger>
policers-in-ip
<SignedInteger>
Released
Description
should read zero.
number of buffer overflows on a LIM module for
the OBC-directed traffic downstream since the
statistic was last reset. Under normal circumstances
this counter should always read zero.
filled, that means that QoS un-aware packet loss
will occur.
multicast usage).
Total OBC-injected buffer overflow event on
EBLT LIMs. There is a reserved buffer pool for
OBC-injected traffic which under very heavy load
conditions may eventually get full, and the LIM
OBC will be unable to communicate with the
external world for a very short time interval.
The elapsed time interval since the last
The measured time interval since the last
number of statistics of 15 minutes collected so far.
At most 96 such entries are stored.
number of statistics of one day collected so far. At
most one entry is stored from the past.
the total number of policers in use per EBLT LIM.
The policers are managed in hardware in pairs, so
even if a Session is using both up and downstream
policers, it is counted as one policer.
the number of policers in use by static sessions
(PVC, PVC.VLAN) per EBLT LIM.
the number of policers in use by Dot1X sessions
per EBLT LIM.
the number of policers in use by PPP sessions per
EBLT LIM.
the number of policers in use by IP sessions per
Edition 03
name
Type
Description
EBLT LIM.
Released
561
44.13 QoS SHub Meter Statistics Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the number of times the meter entry has been instantiated on any port.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show qos shub meter (index)
Command Parameters
Table 44.13-1 "QoS SHub Meter Statistics Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
<Qos::MeterIndex>
range: [1...64]
index used to identify a meter
Command Output
Table 44.13-2 "QoS SHub Meter Statistics Status Command" Display parameters
name
ref-count
562
Type
Description
<SignedInteger>
nbr of times the meter is instantiated/used on any

port
Released
Edition 03
44.14 QoS SHub Flow Statistics Status Command

Command Description
This commandn displays the number of times the flow has been instantiated on any port.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show qos shub flow (index)
Command Parameters
Table 44.14-1 "QoS SHub Flow Statistics Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
<Qos::FlowIndex>
range: [1...64]
index used to identify a flow
Command Output
Table 44.14-2 "QoS SHub Flow Statistics Status Command" Display parameters
name
ref-count
Type
Description
<SignedInteger>
nbr of times the meter is instantiated/used on any

port
Released
563
45- IP Status Commands
45.1 IP VRF Statistics

45.2 IP Interface Status Command
45.3 IP VRF Interface User Port Status Command
45.5 IP VRF Routes Status Command
45.6 IP VRF Net To Media Statistics
45.7 IP VRF Mapping
45.8 IP VRF Next Index
45.9 IP SHub VRF Status Command
45.10 IP SHub VRF Route Status Command
45.12 IP Traceroute Status Command
564
Released
45-565
45-566
45-569
45-571
45-573
45-574
45-575
45-576
45-577
45-578
45-579
45-581
Edition 03
45 IP Status Commands
45.1 IP VRF Statistics

Command Description
This command shows virtual routing and forwarding statistics.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ip privileges.
Command Syntax
> show ip vrf-statistics (vrf-id)
Command Parameters
Table 45.1-1 "IP VRF Statistics" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(vrf-id)
Type
Description
<AsamProfileIndex>
range: [1...65535]
an unique id of a VRF.
Command Output
Table 45.1-2 "IP VRF Statistics" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
ip-route-entries
<Counter>
ip-net2media-entries
<Counter>
the total number of routes in the system.

the total number net2media entries.
Only Show Details: system statistics

name
Type
ip-route-entries
<Counter>
ip-net2media-entries
<Counter>
Description
the total number of IP routes in the system.
the total number of IP net2media entries.
Released
565
45.2 IP Interface Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the IP interface status parameters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show ip ip-statistics (index)
Command Parameters
Table 45.2-1 "IP Interface Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
Type
(index)
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
<Eqpt::NtSlot> : <Itf::EthernetId>
Description
/ specifies the if-index uniquely indentifying each
interface
Command Output
Table 45.2-2 "IP Interface Status Command" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
description
<PrintableString>
oper-status
shows the description of the interface

shows the operational status of the interface
<Ip::OperStatus>
- up : the interface in operational state
- down : the interface in down state
- testing : testing state, no operational
packet can be passed
- unknown : state not known
- dormant : ready to transmit, but waiting
for action
<TimeTicks>
shows the time when the interface is changed for
unit: msec
the last-time
<Counter>
shows the total number of octets recieved on the
interface
<Counter>
shows the number of packets delivered by this
sub-layer, which were not addressed to a multicast
or broadcast address at this sub-layer
last-changed
in-octets
in-ucast-pkts
566
Released
Edition 03
name
Type
in-nucast-pkts
<Counter>
in-discards
<Counter>
in-errors
<Counter>
in-unknown-proto
<Counter>
out-octets
<Counter>
out-ucast-pkts
<Counter>
out-nucast-pkts
<Counter>
out-discards
<Counter>
out-errors
<Counter>
Description
shows the number of packets, delivered by this
sub-layer to a higher (sub-)layer, which were
addressed to a multicast or broadcast address at this
sub-layer
shows the number of inbound packets which were
chosen to be discarded even though no errors had
been detected to prevent their being deliverable to a
higher-layer protocol. One possible reason for
discarding such a packet could be to free up buffer
space
shows for packet-oriented interfaces, the number of
inbound packets that contained errors preventing
them from being deliverable to a higher-layer
protocol and shows for character-oriented or
fixed-length interfaces, the number of inbound
transmission units that contained errors preventing
them from being deliverable to a higher-layer
protocol
shown for packet-oriented interfaces, the number of
packets received via the interface which were
discarded because of an unknown or unsupported
protocol and shows for character-oriented or
fixed-length interfaces which support protocol
multiplexing the number of transmission units
received via the interface which were discarded
because of an unknown or unsupported protocol.
For any interface which does not support protocol
multiplexing, this counter will always be 0
shows the total number of octets transmitted out of
the interface, including framing characters
shows the total number of packets that higher-level
protocols requested be transmitted, and which were
sub-layer, including those that were discarded or
not sent
shows the total number of packets that higher-level
protocols requested be transmitted, and which were
sub-layer, including those that were discarded or
not sent
shows the number of outbound packets which were
chosen to be discarded even though no errors had
been detected to prevent their being transmitted.
One possible reason for discarding such a packet
could be to free up buffer space
shows for packet-oriented interfaces, the number of
outbound packets that could not be transmitted
because of errors and shows for character-oriented
Released
567
name
out-queue-len
568
Type
<Gauge>
Released
Description
or fixed-length interfaces, the number of outbound
transmission units that could not be transmitted
because of errors
shows the length of the output packet queue (in
packets)
Edition 03

Command Description
This command displays the user side VRF IP interface statistic parameters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show ip vrf-interface user port (port-interface)
Command Parameters
Table 45.3-1 "IP VRF Interface User Port Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port-interface)
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
: identification
Command Output
Table 45.3-2 "IP VRF Interface User Port Status Command" Display parameters
name
rx-pkts
rx-octets
rx-drop-pkts
Type
Description
<Binary-08-08>
length: 8
<Binary-08-08>
length: 8
<Binary-08-08>
length: 8
show the number of received packets

show the number of received octets
show the number of received packets which
dropped
show the number of received octets which
dropped
show the number of transmitted packets
show the number of transmitted octets
show the number of transmitted packets which
dropped
show the number of transmitted octets which
dropped
rx-drop-octets
<Binary-08-08>
length: 8
tx-pkts
<Binary-08-08>
length: 8
<Binary-08-08>
length: 8
<Binary-08-08>
length: 8
tx-octets
tx-drop-pkts
tx-drop-octets
<Binary-08-08>
length: 8
Released
569
are
are
are
are
name
Type
Description
570
Released
Edition 03

Command Description
This command displays the user side VRF IP interface statistic parameters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show ip vrf-interface user bridgeport (port-interface)
Command Parameters
Table 45.4-1 "IP VRF Interface User Port Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port-interface)
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
: identification
Command Output
Table 45.4-2 "IP VRF Interface User Port Status Command" Display parameters
name
rx-pkts
rx-octets
rx-drop-pkts
Type
Description
<Binary-08-08>
length: 8
<Binary-08-08>
length: 8
<Binary-08-08>
length: 8
show the number of received packets

show the number of received octets
show the number of received packets which
dropped
show the number of received octets which
dropped
show the number of transmitted packets
show the number of transmitted octets
show the number of transmitted packets which
dropped
show the number of transmitted octets which
dropped
rx-drop-octets
<Binary-08-08>
length: 8
tx-pkts
<Binary-08-08>
length: 8
<Binary-08-08>
length: 8
<Binary-08-08>
length: 8
tx-octets
tx-drop-pkts
tx-drop-octets
<Binary-08-08>
length: 8
Released
571
are
are
are
are
name
Type
Description
572
Released
Edition 03
45.5 IP VRF Routes Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the VRF routes.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show ip vrf-route (index) dest-ip-address <Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLengthFull>
next-hop-address <Ip::V4Address>
Command Parameters
Table 45.5-1 "IP VRF Routes Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
<Vrf::VrfIndex>
an unique index of a vrf
range: [1...127]
<Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLengthFull> inet-address with prefix
<Ip::V4Address>
next hop IP address
dest-ip-address
next-hop-address
Command Output
Table 45.5-2 "IP VRF Routes Status Command" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
layer3-itf
<Ip::Layer3ID>
route-type
<Vrf::RouteType>
- local : local destination or direct route
- remote : remote destination or indirect
route
<Vrf::RouteProtocol>
- local : direct route
- net-mgnt : indirect route
<Ip::Age>
the ipox interface on NT.

the type of route.
route-proto
last-changed
the routing protocol via which this route was

learned.
the network time when this was last changed.
Released
573
45.6 IP VRF Net To Media Statistics

Command Description
This command displays the VRF net to media statistics.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show ip vrf-media (equip-slot) ip-address <Ip::V4Address>
Command Parameters
Table 45.6-1 "IP VRF Net To Media Statistics" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
Type
(equip-slot)
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
<Eqpt::LtSlot> : <Vrf::VrfIndex>
<Ip::V4Address>
ip-address
Description
/ equipment slot ID.
the IP-address.
Command Output
Table 45.6-2 "IP VRF Net To Media Statistics" Display parameters
name
physical-addr
last-changed
574
Type
Description
<Ip::PhysicalAddress>
length: x<65535
<Ip::Age>
the physical IP-address.

date when it is changed for the last time.
Released
Edition 03
45.7 IP VRF Mapping

Command Description
This command shows the VRF mapping.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show ip vrf-mapping (name)
Command Parameters
Table 45.7-1 "IP VRF Mapping" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(name)
Type
Description
<Vrf::VrfName>
length: 1<=x<22
name of the vrf
Command Output
Table 45.7-2 "IP VRF Mapping" Display parameters
name
vrf-index
Type
Description
<Vrf::VrfIndex>
range: [1...127]
A number which uniquely identifies a particular

VRF context within the system.
Released
575
45.8 IP VRF Next Index

Command Description
This command shows the next VRF index.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show ip vrf-next-index
Command Output
Table 45.8-2 "IP VRF Next Index" Display parameters
name
next-vrf-index
576
Type
Description
<Vrf::VrfIndex>
range: [1...127]
The next free Virtual Routing and Forwarding

(VRF) index.
Released
Edition 03
45.9 IP SHub VRF Status Command

Command Description
This command displays SHub IP VRF information.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show ip shub vrf (index) vlan-id <Vlan::VlanIndex>
Command Parameters
Table 45.9-1 "IP SHub VRF Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
vlan-id
Type
Description
<Vrf::ShubVrfID>
range: [0...127]
<Vlan::VlanIndex>
range: [1...4093]
the VRF ID.

vlan id
Command Output
Table 45.9-2 "IP SHub VRF Status Command" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
the administrative status of the VLAN IP interface.
name
<Vrf::ShubIpIfAdminStatus>
- up : ready to pass packets
- down : not ready
- testing : in some test mode
<Vrf::ShubIpIfOperStatus>
- down : not ready
<PrintableString>
ip-address
<Ip::V4Address>
mask
<Ip::V4Address>
admin-status
oper-status
the operational status of the VLAN IP interface.

the name of the VLAN IP interface.

the IP-address of the VLAN IP interface.
the mask of the VLAN IP interface.
Released
577
45.10 IP SHub VRF Route Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the IP SHub VRF route status parameters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show ip shub vrf-route (index) dest <Ip::V4Address> / <Ip::PrefixLength> next-hop
<Ip::V4Address>
Command Parameters
Table 45.10-1 "IP SHub VRF Route Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
dest
next-hop
Type
Description
<Vrf::ShubVrfID>
range: [0...127]
<Ip::V4Address>
the vrf id
the destination ip address and mask of this route
the next hop ip address of this route
Command Output
Table 45.10-2 "IP SHub VRF Route Status Command" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
The routing mechanism that was responsible for
adding this route
vlan-index
<Vrf::ShubRouteProtocol>
- other : not specified
- local : local interface
- netmgmt : static route
- rip : rip route
- ospf : ospf route
<Itf::ShubVlanAlias>
age
<SignedInteger>
protocol
578
Released
The local interface through which the next hop

should be reached
The number of seconds since this route was last
updated
Edition 03

Command Description
This command displays the IP SHub ARP statistics for each VRF.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show ip shub arp (vrf-id)
Command Parameters
Table 45.11-1 "IP SHub ARP VRF Based Statistics Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(vrf-id)
Type
Description
<Vrf::ShubVrfID>
range: [0...127]
the vrf number
Command Output
Table 45.11-2 "IP SHub ARP VRF Based Statistics Command" Display parameters
Common Information
name
Type
in-packets
<Counter>
discard
<Counter>
in-request
<Counter>
in-resp
<Counter>
out-request
<Counter>
out-resp
<Counter>
name
Description
total number of arp datagrams received from
interfaces, including those received in error.
total number of packets discarded
number of arp request packets received
number of arp response packets received
number of arp requests transmitted
number of arp responses transmitted
Type
Description
rx-arp-pkts
<Counter>
arp-discards
<Counter>
rx-arp-req
<Counter>
number of arp received packets

number of arp discard packets
number of received arp request packets
Released
579
name
Type
rx-arp-resp
<Counter>
tx-arp-req
<Counter>
tx-arp-resp
<Counter>
Only Show Details: common statistics

name
Type
580
in-packets
<Counter>
discard
<Counter>
in-request
<Counter>
in-resp
<Counter>
out-request
<Counter>
out-resp
<Counter>
Released
Description
number of received arp response packets
show number of transmitted arp packets
number of transmitted arp repsonse packets
Description
total number of arp datagrams received from
total number of packets discarded
number of arp request packets received
number of arp response packets received
number of arp requests transmitted
number of arp responses transmitted
Edition 03
45.12 IP Traceroute Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the results of a traceroute action.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all privileges.
Command Syntax
> show ip traceroute (ip-addr) hop <UnsignedInteger>
Command Parameters
Table 45.12-1 "IP Traceroute Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(ip-addr)
hop
Type
Description
<Ip::V4Address>
<UnsignedInteger>
the ip-address of the destination node

the hop number in the route towards the destination
Command Output
Table 45.12-2 "IP Traceroute Status Command" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
intermediate
<Ip::V4Address>
time-1st
the ip-address of the intermediate node or hop

the time to reach this node if at all successful, 1st
attempt
<Ip::TraceReachTime>
- none : no response
- <Ip::TraceReachTime> : the time to
reach this node
the time to reach this node if at all successful, 2nd
attempt
reach this node
the time to reach this node if at all successful, 3rd
attempt
reach this node
time-2nd
time-3rd
Released
581
46- xDSL Status Commands
46.1 xDSL Profiles Status Command

46.2 xDSL PM Interval Per Interface Status Command
46.3 xDSL Operational Data Near End Line Status
Command
46.4 xDSL Operational Data Near End Channel Status
Command
46.5 xDSL Operational Data Far End Line Status Command
46.6 xDSL Operational Data Far End Channel Status
Command
46.7 xDSL Operational Data Statistics
46.8 xDSL Carrier Data Near End Status Command
46.9 xDSL Carrier Data Far End Status Command
46.10 xDSL Failure Status Near End Status Command
46.11 xDSL Failure Status Far End Status Command
46.12 xDSL Counters Near End Line Current 15 Min
46.13 xDSL Counters Near End Line Current Day
46.14 xDSL Counters Near End Line Previous 15 Min
46.15 xDSL Counters Near End Of Line Previous Day
46.16 xDSL Counters Near End Channel Current 15 Min
46.17 xDSL Counters Near End Channel Current Day
46.18 xDSL Counters Near End Channel Previous 15 Min
46.19 xDSL Counters Near End Channel Previous Day
46.20 xDSL Counters Far End Line Current 15 Min
46.21 xDSL Counters Far End Line Current Day
46.22 xDSL Counters Far End Line Previous 15 Min
46.23 xDSL Counters Far End Line Previous Day
46.24 xDSL Counters Far End Channel Current 15 Min
46.25 xDSL Counters Far End Channel Current Day
46.26 xDSL Counters Far End Channel Previous 15 Min
46.27 xDSL Counters Far End Channel Previous Day
46.28 xDSL Inventory XT/RT Status Command
46.29 xDSL Board Capability Status Command
582
Released
46-583
46-584
46-586
46-590
46-591
46-595
46-596
46-598
46-600
46-602
46-603
46-604
46-606
46-608
46-610
46-612
46-613
46-614
46-615
46-616
46-618
46-620
46-622
46-624
46-625
46-626
46-627
46-628
46-629
Edition 03
46 xDSL Status Commands
46.1 xDSL Profiles Status Command

Command Description
This command displays xDSL profiles.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with xdsl privileges.
Command Syntax
> show xdsl profiles
Command Output
Table 46.1-2 "xDSL Profiles Status Command" Display parameters
name
next-av-serv-pr
max-serv-pr
next-av-spec-pr
max-spec-pr
Type
Description
<AsamNextProfileIndex>
range: [0...65535]
<AsamMaxProfileIndex>
range: [0...65535]
<AsamNextProfileIndex>
range: [0...65535]
<AsamMaxProfileIndex>
range: [0...65535]
next available index for the profile

max number of profile indices that can be created
next available spectrum index
max number of spectrum indices that can be
created
Released
583
46.2 xDSL PM Interval Per Interface Status

Command
Command Description
This command displays the number of available pm intervals per xdsl interface.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show xdsl xdsl-int (if-index)
Command Parameters
Table 46.2-1 "xDSL PM Interval Per Interface Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
Type
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
Description
Command Output
Table 46.2-2 "xDSL PM Interval Per Interface Status Command" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
cur-int-elapsedtime
<SignedInteger>
cur-1day-elapsedtime
<SignedInteger>
valid-intervals
<SignedInteger>
valid-1days
<SignedInteger>
nbr of sec elapsed in cur intvl err-measurement

nbr of sec elapsed in cur one day err-measurement
nbr of prev intvl for which valid data has been
stored
nbr of prev 1Days for which valid data has been
stored
Only Show Details: global settings

name
Type
xdsl-coding-type
584
<Xdsl::Coding>
- other : other type
- dmt : DMT type
- cap : CAP type
Released
Description
nbr of prev 1 day for which valid data has been
stored
Edition 03
Released
585
46.3 xDSL Operational Data Near End Line Status

Command
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL operational data for the near and of line.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show xdsl operational-data near-end line (if-index)
Command Parameters
Table 46.3-1 "xDSL Operational Data Near End Line Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
Type
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
Description
Command Output
Table 46.3-2 "xDSL Operational Data Near End Line Status Command" Display parameters
name
rel-cap-occ-up
noise-margin-up
output-power-down
586
Type
Description
<Xdsl::CapacityUtil>
range: [0...100] unit: %
<Xdsl::DB>
unit: 1/10 db
<Xdsl::DB>
unit: 1/10 db
ratio of actual bitrate over the max attainable bitrate

current noise margin for the upstream direction
actual aggregate output power for the downstream
carriers
diff btw pwr at far-end rx-ver and that tx-ed from
near-end
near-end over all sub-carriers
bitmap which represents the operational modes of
the ATU-C
sig-attenuation-up
<Xdsl::DB>
unit: 1/10 db
loop-attenuation-up
<Xdsl::DB>
unit: 1/10 db
actual-opmode
<Xdsl::OpModeTypeLinePreDef>
- default : default value
- ansi-t1413-1998 : ANSI T1.413-1998
Released
Edition 03
name
xtu-c-opmode
Type
Description
- etsi-dts-tm06006 : ETSI DTS/TM06006

g992-1-a
:
G.992.1
POTS
non-overlapped spectrum
g992-1-b
:
G.992.1
ISDN
g992-2-a
:
G.992.2
POTS
g992-3-a
:
G.992.2
POTS
g992-3-b
:
G.992.3
ISDN
g992-3-l1
:
G.992.3
POTS
non-overlapped spectrum US mask 1
g992-3-l2
:
G.992.3
POTS
- g992-3-am : G.992.3 extended POTS
with non-overlapped spectrum
g992-5-a
:
G.992.5
POTS
g992-5-b
:
G.992.5
POTS
- ansi-t1.424 : ANSI T1.424
- etsi-ts : ETSI TS
- itu-g993-1 : ITU G993-1
- ieee-802.3ah : IEEE 802.3ah
- <Xdsl::OpModeType> : octet string
defining the operation mode
bitmap which represents the operational modes
- ansi-t1413-1998 : ANSI T1.413-1998
g992-1-a
:
G.992.1
POTS
g992-1-b
:
G.992.1
ISDN
g992-2-a
:
G.992.2
POTS
g992-3-a
:
G.992.2
POTS
g992-3-b
:
G.992.3
ISDN
g992-3-l1
:
G.992.3
POTS
g992-3-l2
:
G.992.3
POTS
g992-5-a
:
G.992.5
POTS
g992-5-b
:
G.992.5
POTS
- ansi-t1.424 : ANSI T1.424
- etsi-ts : ETSI TS
- itu-g993-1 : ITU G993-1
Released
587
name
ansi-t1413
etsi-dts
g992-1-a
g992-1-b
g992-2-a
g992-3-a
g992-3-b
g992-3-l1
g992-3-l2
588
Type
<Xdsl::T1413>
- dis-ansi-t1413-1998 : disable ANSI
T1.413-1998
- ansi-t1413-1998 : ANSI T1.413-1998
<Xdsl::Etsidts>
- dis-etsi-dts-tm06006 : disable ETSI
DTS/TM06006
<Xdsl::G21potsnos>
- dis-g992-1-a : disable G.992.1 POTS
g992-1-a
:
G.992.1
POTS
<Xdsl::G21isdnnos>
- dis-g992-1-b : disable G.992.1 ISDN
g992-1-b
:
G.992.1
ISDN
<Xdsl::G22potsnos>
g992-2-a
:
G.992.2
POTS
<Xdsl::G23potsnos>
g992-3-a
:
G.992.3
POTS
<Xdsl::G23isdnnos>
g992-3-b
:
G.992.3
ISDN
- dis-g992-3-l1 : disable G.992.3 POTS
g992-3-l1
:
G.992.3
POTS
g992-3-l2
:
G.992.3
POTS
Released
Description
ANSI T1.413-1998
ETSI DTS/TM06006






1

2
Edition 03
name
g992-3-am
g992-5-a
g992-5-b
ansi-t1.424
etsi-ts
itu-g993-1
ieee-802.3ah
g992-5-am
actual-psd-down
Type
Description
- dis-g992-3-am : disable G.992.3
extended POTS with non-overlapped
spectrum
<Xdsl::G25PotsNos>
g992-5-a
:
G.992.5
POTS
<Xdsl::G25IsdnNos>
g992-5-b
:
G.992.5
ISDN
<Xdsl::AnsiT1424>
- dis-ansi-t1.424 : disable ANSI T1.424
- ansi-t1.424 : ANSI T1.424
<Xdsl::EtsiTs>
- dis-etsi-ts : disable ETSI TS
- etsi-ts : ETSI TS
<Xdsl::ItuG9931>
- dis-itu-g993-1 : disable ITU G993-1
- itu-g993-1 : ITU G993-1
<Xdsl::Ieee802.3Ah>
- dis-ieee-802.3ah : disable IEEE 802.3ah
extended POTS non-overlapped spectrum
<Xdsl::DBHZ>
unit: 1/10 dbm/hz

spectrum


ansi T1.424
ETSI TS 101 270
ITU G993-1
IEEE 802.3ah
avg transmit power spectrum density over used

carriers
Released
589
46.4 xDSL Operational Data Near End Channel

Status Command
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL operational data for the near and of line.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show xdsl operational-data near-end channel (if-index)
Command Parameters
Table 46.4-1 "xDSL Operational Data Near End Channel Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
Type
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
Description
Command Output
Table 46.4-2 "xDSL Operational Data Near End Channel Status Command" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
actual-bitrate-up
<Xdsl::bitrate>
unit: kbits/sec
attain-bitrate-up
<Xdsl::bitrate>
unit: kbits/sec
atm bitrate for upstream fast or interleaved data

flow
maximum attainable atm rate the modem can
support
delay caused by the interleaving and deinterleaving
functionality
actual impulse noise protection
interleave-delay-down <Xdsl::milliseconds>
unit: msec
imp-noise-prot-down
590
<Xdsl::impNoise>
unit: 1/10 symbols
Released
Edition 03
46.5 xDSL Operational Data Far End Line Status

Command
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL operational data for the line far end.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show xdsl operational-data far-end line (if-index)
Command Parameters
Table 46.5-1 "xDSL Operational Data Far End Line Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
Type
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
Description
Command Output
Table 46.5-2 "xDSL Operational Data Far End Line Status Command" Display parameters
name
rel-cap-occ-down
noise-margin-down
output-power-up
sig-attenuation-down
Type
Description
<Xdsl::CapacityUtil>
range: [0...100] unit: %
<Xdsl::DB>
unit: 1/10 db
<Xdsl::DB>
unit: 1/10 db
ratio of actual bitrate over the max attainable bitrate

current noise margin for the downstream direction
actual aggregate output power for the upstream
carriers
near-end
near-end over all sub-carriers
bitmap which represents the operational modes
<Xdsl::DB>
unit: 1/10 db
loop-attenuation-down <Xdsl::DB>
unit: 1/10 db
xtu-r-opmode
- ansi-t1413-1998 : ANSI T1.413-1998
Released
591
name
ansi-t1413
etsi-dts
g992-1-a
g992-1-b
g992-2-a
592
Type
g992-1-a
:
G.992.1
POTS
g992-1-b
:
G.992.1
ISDN
g992-2-a
:
G.992.2
POTS
g992-3-a
:
G.992.2
POTS
g992-3-b
:
G.992.3
ISDN
g992-3-l1
:
G.992.3
POTS
g992-3-l2
:
G.992.3
POTS
g992-5-a
:
G.992.5
POTS
g992-5-b
:
G.992.5
POTS
- ansi-t1.424 : ANSI T1.424
- etsi-ts : ETSI TS
- itu-g993-1 : ITU G993-1
<Xdsl::T1413>
T1.413-1998
- ansi-t1413-1998 : ANSI T1.413-1998
<Xdsl::Etsidts>
DTS/TM06006
<Xdsl::G21potsnos>
g992-1-a
:
G.992.1
POTS
<Xdsl::G21isdnnos>
g992-1-b
:
G.992.1
ISDN
<Xdsl::G22potsnos>
g992-2-a
:
G.992.2
POTS
Released
Description
ANSI T1.413-1998
ETSI DTS/TM06006



Edition 03
name
g992-3-a
g992-3-b
g992-3-l1
g992-3-l2
g992-3-am
g992-5-a
g992-5-b
ansi-t1.424
etsi-ts
itu-g993-1
ieee-802.3ah
Type
Description
<Xdsl::G23potsnos>
g992-3-a
:
G.992.3
POTS
<Xdsl::G23isdnnos>
g992-3-b
:
G.992.3
ISDN
g992-3-l1
:
G.992.3
POTS
g992-3-l2
:
G.992.3
POTS
spectrum
<Xdsl::G25PotsNos>
g992-5-a
:
G.992.5
POTS
<Xdsl::G25IsdnNos>
g992-5-b
:
G.992.5
ISDN
<Xdsl::AnsiT1424>
- ansi-t1.424 : ANSI T1.424
<Xdsl::EtsiTs>
- etsi-ts : ETSI TS
<Xdsl::ItuG9931>
- itu-g993-1 : ITU G993-1
<Xdsl::Ieee802.3Ah>



1

2

spectrum


ansi T1.424
ETSI TS 101 270
ITU G993-1
IEEE 802.3ah
Released
593
name
g992-5-am
actual-psd-up
594
Type
<Xdsl::DBHZ>
unit: 1/10 dbm/hz
Released
Description
avg transmit power spectrum density over used

carriers
Edition 03
46.6 xDSL Operational Data Far End Channel

Status Command
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL operational data for the far end of the channel.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show xdsl operational-data far-end channel (if-index)
Command Parameters
Table 46.6-1 "xDSL Operational Data Far End Channel Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
Type
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
Description
Command Output
Table 46.6-2 "xDSL Operational Data Far End Channel Status Command" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
actual-bitrate-down
<Xdsl::bitrate>
unit: kbits/sec
attain-bitrate-down
<Xdsl::bitrate>
unit: kbits/sec
interleave-delay-up
<Xdsl::milliseconds>
unit: msec
imp-noise-prot-up
<Xdsl::impNoise>
unit: 1/10 symbols
atm bitrate for downstream fast or interleaved data

flow
support
delay caused by the interleaving and deinterleaving
functionality
Released
595
46.7 xDSL Operational Data Statistics

Command Description
This command displays the xDSL operational data statistics.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show xdsl operational-data line (if-index)
Command Parameters
Table 46.7-1 "xDSL Operational Data Statistics" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
Type
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
Description
Command Output
Table 46.7-2 "xDSL Operational Data Statistics" Display parameters
name
adm-state
opr-state/tx-rate-ds
tx-rate-us
tx-rate-ds
max-tx-rate-us
max-tx-rate-ds
596
Type
Description
- not-applicable : not-applicable
- admin-up : admin status is up
- admin-down : admin status is down
- testing : no operational packets can be
passed
down:0 | down:0 | down:0 | down:0 |
<Xdsl::bitrate>
unit: kbits/sec
<Xdsl::bitrate>
unit: kbits/sec
<Xdsl::bitrate>
unit: kbits/sec
<Xdsl::bitrate>
unit: kbits/sec
specifies state of the interface

<Xdsl::bitrate>
unit: kbits/sec
Released
current operational state of the interface.

bitrate for upstream fast or interleaved data flow
bitrate for downstream fast or interleaved data flow
support
support
Edition 03
name
snr-us
snr-ds
interl-us
Type
Description
<Xdsl::impNoise>
unit: 1/10 symbols
<Xdsl::impNoise>
unit: 1/10 symbols
unit: msec

delay caused by the interleaving
non-interleaving functionality
delay caused by the interleaving
non-interleaving functionality
operational mode allowed by this profile
and
interl-ds
unit: msec
cur-op-mode
- ansi-t1413-1998 : ANSI T1.413-1998
g992-1-a
:
G.992.1
POTS
g992-1-b
:
G.992.1
ISDN
g992-2-a
:
G.992.2
POTS
g992-3-a
:
G.992.2
POTS
g992-3-b
:
G.992.3
ISDN
g992-3-l1
:
G.992.3
POTS
g992-3-l2
:
G.992.3
POTS
g992-5-a
:
G.992.5
POTS
g992-5-b
:
G.992.5
POTS
- ansi-t1.424 : ANSI T1.424
- etsi-ts : ETSI TS
- itu-g993-1 : ITU G993-1
<Counter>
number of times the modem re-initialize the line in
a day
rinit-1d
Released
597
and
46.8 xDSL Carrier Data Near End Status Command

Command Description
This command displays xDSL carrier data near end.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show xdsl carrier-data near-end (if-index)
Command Parameters
Table 46.8-1 "xDSL Carrier Data Near End Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
Type
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
Description
Command Output
Table 46.8-2 "xDSL Carrier Data Near End Status Command" Display parameters
name
Type
spacing
<Xdsl::CarrierSpacingType>
- single : single
- double : double
- half : half
- quarter : quarter
load-distribution-down <BinaryString>
598
gain-allocation-down
<BinaryString>
tss-down
<Xdsl::CustomPsdShape>
length: x<60
snr-up
<BinaryString>
qln-up
<BinaryString>
Released
Description
nbr of bits per carrier over the downstream
passband
gain allocation over the downstream passband

transmit spectrum shaping for the downstream
direction
signal to noise ratio per carrier over the upstream
passband
quiet line noise per carrier over the upstream
passband
char function values in linear scale over upstream
passband
Edition 03
name
Type
Description
char-func-complex
<BinaryString>
char-func-real
<BinaryString>
provides the channel characteristics function

complex values in linear scale for each carrier over
upstream passband
provides the channel characteristics function real
values in linear scale for each carrier over upstream
passband
Released
599
46.9 xDSL Carrier Data Far End Status Command

Command Description
This command displays xDSL carrier data far end.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show xdsl carrier-data far-end (if-index)
Command Parameters
Table 46.9-1 "xDSL Carrier Data Far End Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
Type
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
Description
Command Output
Table 46.9-2 "xDSL Carrier Data Far End Status Command" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
the actual carrier spacing used on the XDSL line in
the downstream direction
load-distribution-up
<Xdsl::CarrierSpacingType>
- single : single
- double : double
- half : half
- quarter : quarter
<BinaryString>
gain-allocation-up
<BinaryString>
tss-up
<Xdsl::CustomPsdShape>
length: x<60
snr-down
<BinaryString>
qln-down
<BinaryString>
char-func-complex
<BinaryString>
spacing
600
Released
nbr of bits per carrier over the upstream passband

gain allocation over the upstream passband
transmit spectrum shaping for the upstream
direction
signal to noise ratio per carrier over the
downstream passband
quiet line noise per carrier over the downstream
passband
char function values in linear scale over
Edition 03
name
char-func-real
Type
Description
<BinaryString>
downstream passband
char func real values in dB over downstream
passband
Released
601
46.10 xDSL Failure Status Near End Status

Command
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL failure status near end.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show xdsl failure-status near-end (if-index)
Command Parameters
Table 46.10-1 "xDSL Failure Status Near End Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
Type
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
Description
Command Output
Table 46.10-2 "xDSL Failure Status Near End Status Command" Display parameters
name
status
602
Type
Description
<SignedInteger>
failure status of the xdsl near end line

Released
Edition 03
46.11 xDSL Failure Status Far End Status

Command
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL failure of the far end.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show xdsl failure-status far-end (if-index)
Command Parameters
Table 46.11-1 "xDSL Failure Status Far End Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
Type
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
Description
Command Output
Table 46.11-2 "xDSL Failure Status Far End Status Command" Display parameters
name
status
Type
Description
<SignedInteger>
failure status of xdsl far end line

Released
603
46.12 xDSL Counters Near End Line Current 15 Min

Command Description
This command displays xDSL counters near end line current 15 min.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show xdsl counters near-end line current-interval (if-index)
Command Parameters
Table 46.12-1 "xDSL Counters Near End Line Current 15 Min" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
Type
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
Description
Command Output
Table 46.12-2 "xDSL Counters Near End Line Current 15 Min" Display parameters
name
604
Type
Description
los
<Counter>
lof
<Counter>
lom
<Counter>
ese
<Counter>
es
<Counter>
sec
<Counter>
uas
<Counter>
re-init
<Counter>
failed-init
<Counter>
number of occurences of an LOS failure event

number of occurences of an LOF failure event
number of occurences of a LOM failure event
number of occurences of an ESE failure event
number of errored seconds encountered by the line
number of severely errored seconds encountered by
the line
number of unavailable seconds encountered by the
line
number of times the modem re-initialize the line
number of times the modem failed to initialize the
line
Released
Edition 03
name
measured-time
in-valid-flag
Type
<Xdsl::IntervalMeasureTime>
<Xdsl::IntervalValidityFlag>
- true : data is not valid
- false : data is valid
Description
amt of time in sec that statistics have been counted
validity of the corresponding PM data
Released
605
46.13 xDSL Counters Near End Line Current Day

Command Description
This command displays the xDSL counters near end line current day.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show xdsl counters near-end line current-1day (if-index)
Command Parameters
Table 46.13-1 "xDSL Counters Near End Line Current Day" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
Type
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
Description
Command Output
Table 46.13-2 "xDSL Counters Near End Line Current Day" Display parameters
name
606
Type
Description
los
<Counter>
lof
<Counter>
lom
<Counter>
ese
<Counter>
es
<Counter>
sec
<Counter>
uas
<Counter>
re-init
<Counter>
failed-init
<Counter>

the line
line
line
Released
Edition 03
name
measured-time
in-valid-flag
Type
Description
Released
607
46.14 xDSL Counters Near End Line Previous 15

Min
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL counters near end line previous 15 min.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show xdsl counters near-end line previous-interval (if-index) interval-no
<Xdsl::IntervalNumber15min>
Command Parameters
Table 46.14-1 "xDSL Counters Near End Line Previous 15 Min" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
Type
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
range: [1...192]
interval-no
Description
nbr identifying previous 15 min intvl time, value 1
is the most recently completed 15 min intvl
Command Output
Table 46.14-2 "xDSL Counters Near End Line Previous 15 Min" Display parameters
name
608
Type
Description
los
<Counter>
lof
<Counter>
lom
<Counter>
ese
<Counter>
es
<Counter>
sec
<Counter>
uas
<Counter>

the line
line
Released
Edition 03
name
Type
re-init
<Counter>
failed-init
<Counter>
measured-time
in-valid-flag
Description
line
Released
609
46.15 xDSL Counters Near End Of Line Previous

Day
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL counters near end of the previous day.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show xdsl counters near-end line previous-1day (if-index) interval-no
<Xdsl::IntervalNumber1day>
Command Parameters
Table 46.15-1 "xDSL Counters Near End Of Line Previous Day" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
Type
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
range: [1...7]
interval-no
Description
nbr identifying previous 1 day intvl time, value 1 is
the most recently completed 1 day intvl
Command Output
Table 46.15-2 "xDSL Counters Near End Of Line Previous Day" Display parameters
name
610
Type
Description
los
<Counter>
lof
<Counter>
lom
<Counter>
ese
<Counter>
es
<Counter>
sec
<Counter>
uas
<Counter>

the line
line
Released
Edition 03
name
Type
re-init
<Counter>
failed-init
<Counter>
measured-time
in-valid-flag
Description
line
Released
611
46.16 xDSL Counters Near End Channel Current 15

Min
Command Description
This command displays xDSL counters near end channel current 15 min.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show xdsl counters near-end channel current-interval (if-index)
Command Parameters
Table 46.16-1 "xDSL Counters Near End Channel Current 15 Min" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
Type
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
Description
Command Output
Table 46.16-2 "xDSL Counters Near End Channel Current 15 Min" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
cv
<Counter>
fecc
<Counter>
measured-time
number of coding violations encountered by the

channel
number of corrected codewords encountered by the
channel
in-valid-flag
612
Released
Edition 03
46.17 xDSL Counters Near End Channel Current

Day
Command Description
This command displays xDSL counters near end channel current day.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show xdsl counters near-end channel current-1day (if-index)
Command Parameters
Table 46.17-1 "xDSL Counters Near End Channel Current Day" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
Type
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
Description
Command Output
Table 46.17-2 "xDSL Counters Near End Channel Current Day" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
cv
<Counter>
fecc
<Counter>
measured-time

channel
channel
in-valid-flag
Released
613
46.18 xDSL Counters Near End Channel Previous

15 Min
Command Description
This command displays xDSL counters near end channel previous 15 min.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show xdsl counters near-end channel previous-interval (if-index) interval-no
Command Parameters
Table 46.18-1 "xDSL Counters Near End Channel Previous 15 Min" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
Type
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
range: [1...192]
interval-no
Description
Command Output
Table 46.18-2 "xDSL Counters Near End Channel Previous 15 Min" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
cv
<Counter>
fecc
<Counter>
measured-time

channel
channel
in-valid-flag
614
Released
Edition 03
46.19 xDSL Counters Near End Channel Previous

Day
Command Description
This command displays xDSL counters near end channel previous day.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show xdsl counters near-end channel previous-1day (if-index) interval-no
Command Parameters
Table 46.19-1 "xDSL Counters Near End Channel Previous Day" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
interval-no
Type
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
range: [1...7]
Description
Command Output
Table 46.19-2 "xDSL Counters Near End Channel Previous Day" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
cv
<Counter>
fecc
<Counter>
measured-time

channel
channel
in-valid-flag
Released
615
46.20 xDSL Counters Far End Line Current 15 Min

Command Description
This command displays xDSL counters far end line current 15 min.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show xdsl counters far-end line current-interval (if-index)
Command Parameters
Table 46.20-1 "xDSL Counters Far End Line Current 15 Min" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
Type
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
Description
/ interface index of the xdsl port
Command Output
Table 46.20-2 "xDSL Counters Far End Line Current 15 Min" Display parameters
name
616
Type
Description
los
<Counter>
lof
<Counter>
lom
<Counter>
lpr
<Counter>
lol
<Counter>
ese
<Counter>
es
<Counter>
ses
<Counter>
uas
<Counter>
number of occurences of an los failure event

number of occurences of an lof failure event
number of occurences of an lom failure event
number of occurences of an lpr failure event
number of occurences of an lol failure event
number of occurences of an ese failure event
the line
line
Released
Edition 03
name
measured-time
in-valid-flag
Type
Description

Released
617
46.21 xDSL Counters Far End Line Current Day

Command Description
This command displays xDSL counters far end line current day.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show xdsl counters far-end line current-1day (if-index)
Command Parameters
Table 46.21-1 "xDSL Counters Far End Line Current Day" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
Type
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
Description
Command Output
Table 46.21-2 "xDSL Counters Far End Line Current Day" Display parameters
name
618
Type
Description
los
<Counter>
lof
<Counter>
lom
<Counter>
lpr
<Counter>
lol
<Counter>
ese
<Counter>
es
<Counter>
ses
<Counter>
uas
<Counter>

the line
line
Released
Edition 03
name
measured-time
in-valid-flag
Type
Description

Released
619
46.22 xDSL Counters Far End Line Previous 15 Min

Command Description
This command displays xDSL counters far end line previous 15 min.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show xdsl counters far-end line previous-interval (if-index) interval-no
Command Parameters
Table 46.22-1 "xDSL Counters Far End Line Previous 15 Min" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
Type
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
range: [1...192]
interval-no
Description
Command Output
Table 46.22-2 "xDSL Counters Far End Line Previous 15 Min" Display parameters
name
620
Type
Description
los
<Counter>
lof
<Counter>
lom
<Counter>
lpr
<Counter>
lol
<Counter>
ese
<Counter>
es
<Counter>
ses
<Counter>
uas
<Counter>

the line
Released
Edition 03
name
measured-time
in-valid-flag
Type
Description
line
Released
621
46.23 xDSL Counters Far End Line Previous Day

Command Description
This command displays xDSL counters far end line previous day.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show xdsl counters far-end line previous-1day (if-index) interval-no
Command Parameters
Table 46.23-1 "xDSL Counters Far End Line Previous Day" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
Type
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
range: [1...7]
interval-no
Description
Command Output
Table 46.23-2 "xDSL Counters Far End Line Previous Day" Display parameters
name
622
Type
Description
los
<Counter>
lof
<Counter>
lom
<Counter>
lpr
<Counter>
lol
<Counter>
ese
<Counter>
es
<Counter>
ses
<Counter>
uas
<Counter>

the line
Released
Edition 03
name
measured-time
in-valid-flag
Type
Description
line
Released
623
46.24 xDSL Counters Far End Channel Current 15

Min
Command Description
This command displays xDSL counters far end channel current 15 min.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show xdsl counters far-end channel current-interval (if-index)
Command Parameters
Table 46.24-1 "xDSL Counters Far End Channel Current 15 Min" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
Type
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
Description
Command Output
Table 46.24-2 "xDSL Counters Far End Channel Current 15 Min" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
cv
<Counter>
fecc
<Counter>
measured-time
nbr of coding violations encountered by far end

channel
nbr of corrected codewords encountered by far end
channel
in-valid-flag
624
Released
Edition 03
46.25 xDSL Counters Far End Channel Current Day

Command Description
This command displays xDSL counters far end channel current day.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show xdsl counters far-end channel current-1day (if-index)
Command Parameters
Table 46.25-1 "xDSL Counters Far End Channel Current Day" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
Type
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
Description
Command Output
Table 46.25-2 "xDSL Counters Far End Channel Current Day" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
cv
<Counter>
fecc
<Counter>
measured-time
nbr of coding violations encountered by far end

channel
nbr of corrected codewords encountered by far end
channel
in-valid-flag
Released
625
46.26 xDSL Counters Far End Channel Previous 15

Min
Command Description
This command displays xDSL counters far end channel previous 15 min.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show xdsl counters far-end channel previous-interval (if-index) interval-no
Command Parameters
Table 46.26-1 "xDSL Counters Far End Channel Previous 15 Min" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
Type
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
range: [1...192]
interval-no
Description
Command Output
Table 46.26-2 "xDSL Counters Far End Channel Previous 15 Min" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
cv
<Counter>
fecc
<Counter>
measured-time
number of coding violations in the past 24 hours

number of corrected codewords in the past 24 hours
in-valid-flag
626
Released
Edition 03
46.27 xDSL Counters Far End Channel Previous

Day
Command Description
This command displays xDSL counters far end channel previous day.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show xdsl counters far-end channel previous-1day (if-index) interval-no
Command Parameters
Table 46.27-1 "xDSL Counters Far End Channel Previous Day" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
interval-no
Type
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
range: [1...7]
Description
Command Output
Table 46.27-2 "xDSL Counters Far End Channel Previous Day" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
cv
<Counter>
fecc
<Counter>
measured-time
number of coding violations in the previous one

day
number of corrected codewords in the previous one
day
in-valid-flag
Released
627
46.28 xDSL Inventory XT/RT Status Command

Command Description
This command displays xDSL inventory XT/RT.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show xdsl cpe-inventory (if-index)
Command Parameters
Table 46.28-1 "xDSL Inventory XT/RT Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
Type
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
Description
Command Output
Table 46.28-2 "xDSL Inventory XT/RT Status Command" Display parameters
name
modem-vendor-id
sys-serial-no
sys-vendor-id
sys-version-no
self-test-result
628
Type
Description
<Xdsl::VendorID>
length: x<16
<Xdsl::SystemSerialNumber>
length: x<32
<Xdsl::VendorID>
length: x<16
<Xdsl::SystemVersionNo>
length: x<34
<Xdsl::SelfTestResult>
length: x<8
vendor ID retrieved during handshaking

serial number that identifies the vendor equipment
vendor ID retrieved via the xdsl EOC
version number retrieved via the the xdsl EOC
self test results value retrieved via the the xdsl EOC
Released
Edition 03
46.29 xDSL Board Capability Status Command

Command Description
This command displays xDSL board capability.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show xdsl board (if-index)
Command Parameters
Table 46.29-1 "xDSL Board Capability Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
Type
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
Description
Command Output
Table 46.29-2 "xDSL Board Capability Status Command" Display parameters
name
capability
Type
Description
operational mode supported by the board
- ansi-t1413-1998 : ANSI T1.413-1998
g992-1-a
:
G.992.1
POTS
g992-1-b
:
G.992.1
ISDN
g992-2-a
:
G.992.2
POTS
g992-3-a
:
G.992.2
POTS
g992-3-b
:
G.992.3
ISDN
g992-3-l1
:
G.992.3
POTS
g992-3-l2
:
G.992.3
POTS
Released
629
name
ansi-t1413
etsi-dts
g992-1-a
g992-1-b
g992-2-a
g992-3-a
g992-3-b
g992-3-l1
630
Type
g992-5-a
:
G.992.5
POTS
g992-5-b
:
G.992.5
POTS
- ansi-t1.424 : ANSI T1.424
- etsi-ts : ETSI TS
- itu-g993-1 : ITU G993-1
<Xdsl::T1413>
T1.413-1998
- ansi-t1413-1998 : ANSI T1.413-1998
<Xdsl::Etsidts>
DTS/TM06006
<Xdsl::G21potsnos>
g992-1-a
:
G.992.1
POTS
<Xdsl::G21isdnnos>
g992-1-b
:
G.992.1
ISDN
<Xdsl::G22potsnos>
g992-2-a
:
G.992.2
POTS
<Xdsl::G23potsnos>
g992-3-a
:
G.992.3
POTS
<Xdsl::G23isdnnos>
g992-3-b
:
G.992.3
ISDN
Released
Description
ANSI T1.413-1998
ETSI DTS/TM06006






1
Edition 03
name
g992-3-l2
g992-3-am
g992-5-a
g992-5-b
ansi-t1.424
etsi-ts
itu-g993-1
ieee-802.3ah
g992-5-am
Type
g992-3-l1
:
G.992.3
POTS
g992-3-l2
:
G.992.3
POTS
spectrum
<Xdsl::G25PotsNos>
g992-5-a
:
G.992.5
POTS
<Xdsl::G25IsdnNos>
g992-5-b
:
G.992.5
ISDN
<Xdsl::AnsiT1424>
- ansi-t1.424 : ANSI T1.424
<Xdsl::EtsiTs>
- etsi-ts : ETSI TS
<Xdsl::ItuG9931>
- itu-g993-1 : ITU G993-1
<Xdsl::Ieee802.3Ah>
Description
2

spectrum


ansi T1.424
ETSI TS 101 270
ITU G993-1
IEEE 802.3ah
Released
631
47- xDSL Bonding Status Commands
47.1 xDSL Bonding Profiles Status Command

47.2 xDSL Bonding Near End Operational Data Status
Command
47.3 xDSL Bonding Far End Operational Data Status
Command
47.4 xDSL Bonding Near End Failure Status Command
47.5 xDSL Bonding Far End Failure Status Command
632
Released
47-633
47-634
47-635
47-636
47-638
Edition 03
47 xDSL Bonding Status Commands
47.1 xDSL Bonding Profiles Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the xDSL bonding profiles.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show xdsl-bonding profiles (index)
Command Parameters
Table 47.1-1 "xDSL Bonding Profiles Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
<Xdsl::GroupProfileIndex>
range: [1...100]
a unique interface index
Command Output
Table 47.1-2 "xDSL Bonding Profiles Status Command" Display parameters
name
name
used-status
Type
Description
<AsamProfileName>
<Xdsl::UsedStatus>
range: [0...65535]
name of the bonding group profile

specifies the number of entities using this profile.
Released
633
47.2 xDSL Bonding Near End Operational Data

Status Command
Command Description
This command shows the operational data near end statistics.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show xdsl-bonding operational-data near-end (if-index)
Command Parameters
Table 47.2-1 "xDSL Bonding Near End Operational Data Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
Type
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
Description
Command Output
Table 47.2-2 "xDSL Bonding Near End Operational Data Status Command" Display parameters
name
actual-bitrate-up
634
Type
Description
<Xdsl::Bitrate>
when the bonding group is in service, this will give

the actual ATM bitrate and 0 when not in service
also in case no data is available.
Released
Edition 03
47.3 xDSL Bonding Far End Operational Data

Status Command
Command Description
This command shows the operational data far end statistics.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show xdsl-bonding operational-data far-end (if-index)
Command Parameters
Table 47.3-1 "xDSL Bonding Far End Operational Data Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
Type
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
Description
Command Output
Table 47.3-2 "xDSL Bonding Far End Operational Data Status Command" Display parameters
name
actual-bitrate-down
Type
Description
<Xdsl::Bitrate>
when the bonding group is in service, this will give

the actual ATM bitrate and 0 when not in service
also in case no data is available.
Released
635
47.4 xDSL Bonding Near End Failure Status

Command
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL bonding failure near end statistics.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show xdsl-bonding failure-status near-end (if-index)
Command Parameters
Table 47.4-1 "xDSL Bonding Near End Failure Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
Type
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
Description
Command Output
Table 47.4-2 "xDSL Bonding Near End Failure Status Command" Display parameters
name
no-defect
up-min-bitrate
up-config
up-plan-bitrate
636
Type
Description
<Xdsl::FailureStatusNEDefect>
- no : defect in the near-end failure status
- yes : no defect in the near-end failure
status
<Xdsl::FailureStatusNEUpMinBitrate>
- not-reached : minimum upstream bitrate
threshold is not reached
- reached : minimum upstream bitrate
threshold is reached
<Xdsl::FailureStatusNEUpConfig>
- feasible : upstream configuration feasible
feasible
<Xdsl::FailureStatusNEUpPlanBitrate>
specifies the defect status in the near-end

Released
specifies the upstream bitrate threshold alarm status

specifies the upstream configuration status

specifies the upstream planned bitrate threshold
Edition 03
name
Type
Description

alarm status
- not-planned : upstream bitrate thresold is This element is always shown.
not planned
- planned : upstream bitrate thresold is
planned
Released
637
47.5 xDSL Bonding Far End Failure Status

Command
Command Description
This command displays the xDSL bonding failure far end statistics.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show xdsl-bonding failure-status far-end (if-index)
Command Parameters
Table 47.5-1 "xDSL Bonding Far End Failure Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
Type
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
Description
Command Output
Table 47.5-2 "xDSL Bonding Far End Failure Status Command" Display parameters
name
no-defect
down-min-bitrate
down-config
638
Type
Description
<Xdsl::FailureStatusFEDefect>
- no : defect in the far-end failure status
- yes : no defect in the far-end failure
status
<Xdsl::FailureStatusFEDownMinBitrate>
- not-reached : minimum downstream
bitrate threshold is not reached
- reached : minimum downstream bitrate
threshold is reached
<Xdsl::FailureStatusFEDownConfig>
- feasible : downstream configuration
feasible
not feasible
specifies the defect status in the far-end

Released
specifies the downstream bitrate threshold alarm

status
specifies the downstream configuration status

Edition 03
name
down-plan-bitrate
Type
Description
<Xdsl::FailureStatusFEDownPlanBitrate> specifies the downstream planned bitrate threshold

alarm status
- not-planned : downstream bitrate This element is always shown.
thresold is not planned
- planned : downstream bitrate thresold is
planned
Released
639
48- PPPoE Status Commands
48.1 PPPoE Sessions Status Command

48.3 PPPoE Interface Status Command
48.4 PPPoX Interface Statistics
48.5 PPPoE Interface Statistics
48.6 PPPoE Interface Received Statistics
48.7 PPPoE Interface Transmitted Statistics
48.8 PPPoE Profile Status Command
48.9 Ip-address Related PPP Status Command
48.10 Mac-address Related PPP Status Command
640
Released
48-641
48-642
48-643
48-645
48-647
48-648
48-650
48-651
48-653
48-654
Edition 03
48 PPPoE Status Commands
48.1 PPPoE Sessions Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the PPPoE session parameters such as the PPPoE session id, PPPoE session lowerlayer
Ifindex, PPPoE session local MAC address, and PPPoE remote MAC address.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with ppoe privileges.
Command Syntax
> show pppoe session (port)
Command Parameters
Table 48.1-1 "PPPoE Sessions Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
:
<Atm::DefaultVpi> : <Atm::DefaultVci> :
<PPPoE::LogicalSesId>
Command Output
Table 48.1-2 "PPPoE Sessions Status Command" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
session-id
<SignedInteger>
local-mac
<Vlan::MacAddr>
length: 6
remote-mac
<Vlan::MacAddr>
length: 6
PPPoE session id associated for a PPP session

The MAC address of the PPPoE server on which
PPPoE session is established.
The MAC address of the user who established the
PPPoE session.
Released
641

Command Description
User Level
Command Syntax
> show pppoe connection (connection)
Command Parameters
Table 48.2-1 "PPPoE Sessions/Connection Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(connection)
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/ the identification of a pppoe interface
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
:
Command Output
Table 48.2-2 "PPPoE Sessions/Connection Status Command" Display parameters
name
session
session-id
local-mac
remote-mac
642
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/ the identification of a session
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
<SignedInteger>
PPPoE session id associated for a PPP session
<Vlan::MacAddr>
The MAC address of the PPPoE server on which
length: 6
PPPoE session is established.
<Vlan::MacAddr>
length: 6
PPPoE session.
Released
Edition 03
48.3 PPPoE Interface Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the PPPoE interface parameters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show pppoe if-table (session)
Command Parameters
Table 48.3-1 "PPPoE Interface Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(session)
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/ the identification of a pppoe session
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
:
Command Output
Table 48.3-2 "PPPoE Interface Status Command" Display parameters
name
state
user-name
local-ip-addr
remote-ip-addr
local-mru
Type
Description
<PPPoE::pppIfState>
current PPP state of the session.
- lcp : PPP session reaches LCP phase
- authenticating : PPP session reaches
Authentication phase
- ipcp : PPP session reaches IPCP phase
- up : PPP session is UP
- down : PPP session is down
<PrintableString>
username (along with the domain name) who
established the PPPoE session.
<Ip::V4Address>
IP address of the system on which PPPoE session is
established
<Ip::V4Address>
IP address of the user who established the PPPoE
session.
<SignedInteger>
The MRU of the system link, on which PPPoE
Released
643
name
644
Type
remote-mru
<SignedInteger>
prim-dns-addr
<Ip::V4Address>
sec-dns-addr
<Ip::V4Address>
prim-nbns-addr
<Ip::V4Address>
sec-nbns-addr
<Ip::V4Address>
qos-profile
<PPPoE::SnmpAdminString>
length: 19
in-pkts
<PPPoE::InOutSize>
out-pkts
<PPPoE::InOutSize>
in-octet
<PPPoE::InOutSize>
out-octet
<PPPoE::InOutSize>
in-dropped-pkts
<PPPoE::InOutSize>
out-dropped-pkts
<PPPoE::InOutSize>
in-dropped-octet
<PPPoE::InOutSize>
out-dropped-octet
<PPPoE::InOutSize>
start-time
<Sys::Time>
remaining-time
<PPPoE::Time>
range: [0...[0-9]+]
acc-itvl
<SignedInteger>
vrf-id
<SignedInteger>
Released
Description
session is established.
The MRU of the user link, who established the
PPPoE session.
remote primary DNS IP address, obtained from the
authentication service
remote secondary DNS IP address, obtained from
the authentication service
remote primary NBNS IP address, obtained from
remote secondary NBNS IP address, obtained from
the dynamic or static QOS profile assigned to a
PPP interface
total number of packets received in this session.
total number of packets transmitted in this session.
total number of octets received in this session.
total number of octets transmitted in this session.
total number of packets dropped in this session
during up stream.
total number of packets dropped in this session
during down stream.
total number of octets dropped in this session
during up stream.
total number of octets dropped in this session
during down stream.
system time when the session is established.
max duration for the session, after which the
session will terminated by the system.
interval that must elapse between generation of
accounting records for this session.
identifier of the VRF that this session belongs to.
Edition 03
48.4 PPPoX Interface Statistics

Command Description
Shows the statistics of PPP on PPPoX interface. This command takes the rack/subrack/slot/port and vpi and vci
values as argument on which the pppoe was configured, or for which to show the arguments.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show pppoe ppp-statistics (port)
Command Parameters
Table 48.4-1 "PPPoX Interface Statistics" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
:
Command Output
Table 48.4-2 "PPPoX Interface Statistics" Display parameters
name
open-sess
Type
Description
<Counter>
total number of opened sessions.

total number of session terminates due to link down
events.
total number of CHAP authentication failure.
total number of PAP authentication failure.
total number of failed retrievals for local IP
address.
total number of negotiation mismatch occurred in
LCP phase.
total number of negotiation mismatch occurred in
IPCP phase.
low-layer-down-event <Counter>
chap-auth-fail
<Counter>
pap-auth-fail
<Counter>
ip-addr-fail
<Counter>
lcp-nego-mis
<Counter>
ipcp-nego-mis
<Counter>
Released
645
name
646
Type
Description
usr-term
<Counter>
sys-term
<Counter>
total number of user terminate requests received.

total number of system terminate requests sent.
Released
Edition 03
48.5 PPPoE Interface Statistics

Command Description
This command shows the PPPoE interface statistics. This command takes the rack/subrack/slot/port and vpi and
vci values as argument on which the PPPoE was configured, or for which to show the arguments.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show pppoe statistics-pppoe-itf stats (port)
Command Parameters
Table 48.5-1 "PPPoE Interface Statistics" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
:
Command Output
Table 48.5-2 "PPPoE Interface Statistics" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
act-sess
<Gauge>
estab-sess
<Counter>
error
<Counter>
padi-inv-id
<Counter>
padr-inv-id
<Counter>
Total number of active PPPoE sessions.

Total number of PPPoE sessions established after
the system has been reset.
The statistics indicates the number of errors
experienced in performing the host request.
Total number of invalid session-id received in
PADI packets.
Total number of invalid session-id received in
PADR packets.
Released
647
48.6 PPPoE Interface Received Statistics

Command Description
This command displays the PPPoE interface recieved statistics.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show pppoe statistics-pppoe-itf rx-pkt (port)
Command Parameters
Table 48.6-1 "PPPoE Interface Received Statistics" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
:
Command Output
Table 48.6-2 "PPPoE Interface Received Statistics" Display parameters
name
648
Type
Description
inv-header
<Counter>
inv-type
<Counter>
inv-code
<Counter>
invl-tag
<Counter>
invl-length
<Counter>
padi
<Counter>
padr
<Counter>
Total number of PPPoE invalid header packets

received.
Total number of PPPoE invalid type packets
received.
Total number of PPPoE invalid code packets
received.
Total number of invalid tag received in the PPPoE
header.
Total number packets received with invalid length
in PPPoE header.
Total number of PPPoE active discovery initiation
(PADI) packets received.
Total number of PPPoE active discovery request
Released
Edition 03
name
padt
Type
Description
<Counter>
(PADR) packets received.

Total number of PPPoE active discovery terminate
(PADT) packets received
Released
649
48.7 PPPoE Interface Transmitted Statistics

Command Description
This command displays the PPPoE interface transmitted statistics.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show pppoe statistics-pppoe-itf tx-pkt (port)
Command Parameters
Table 48.7-1 "PPPoE Interface Transmitted Statistics" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
:
Command Output
Table 48.7-2 "PPPoE Interface Transmitted Statistics" Display parameters
name
650
Type
Description
pado
<Counter>
pads
<Counter>
padt
<Counter>
rej-padi
<Counter>
rej-padr
<Counter>
Total number of PPPoE active discovery offer

(PADO) packets transmitted
Total number of PPPoE active discovery
session-confirmation (PADS) packets transmitted
Total number of PPPoE active discovery terminate
(PADT) packets transmitted
Total number of PPPoE active discovery initiation
(PADI) packets that were rejected
Total number of PPPoE active discovery request
(PADR) packets that were rejected
Released
Edition 03
48.8 PPPoE Profile Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the value of the ppp-profile name, used-status, and the version of the profile.
The manager can associate a version number to the profile. The version number is set to 1 when the profile is first
created and will be incremented by the manager when the profile is modified.
The profile used-status indicates the number of entities using this profile. If the reference count is greater than 0,
then this profile is 'in use', and must not be deleted. If the value is 0, then this profile is 'not in use' and can be
deleted.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show pppoe ppp-profile (name)
Command Parameters
Table 48.8-1 "PPPoE Profile Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(name)
Type
Description
<AsamProfileName>
name of the profile
Command Output
Table 48.8-2 "PPPoE Profile Status Command" Display parameters
name
used-status
version
auth-type
keep-alive-intvl
Type
Description
range: [0...65535]
<SignedInteger>
indicates the number of entities using this profile.

version number associated with the profile.
specifies the type of PPP authentication used.
<PPPoE::pppProfileAuthenType>
- pap : only PAP negotiation
- chap : only CHAP negotiation
- pap-chap : negotiate PAP first, if it fails,
attempt CHAP
- chap-pap : negotiate CHAP first, if it
fails, attempt PAP
<PPPoE::ProfileKeepAliveInterval>
keep alive time, after the request packet is sent.
Released
651
652
Released
Edition 03
48.9 Ip-address Related PPP Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the PPP data for each IP address.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show pppoe ip-address (remote-ip-addr)
Command Parameters
Table 48.9-1 "Ip-address Related PPP Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(remote-ip-addr)
Type
Description
<Ip::V4Address>
IP address of the user who established the PPPoE

session.
Command Output
Table 48.9-2 "Ip-address Related PPP Status Command" Display parameters
name
session
state
user-name
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
:
<PPPoE::pppIfState>
- lcp : PPP session reaches LCP phase
- authenticating : PPP session reaches
Authentication phase
- ipcp : PPP session reaches IPCP phase
- up : PPP session is UP
- down : PPP session is down
<PrintableString>
the identification of a pppoe session

current PPP state of the session.


Released
653
48.10 Mac-address Related PPP Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the PPP data for each MAC address.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show pppoe mac-address (remote-mac)
Command Parameters
Table 48.10-1 "Mac-address Related PPP Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(remote-mac)
Type
Description
<Vlan::MacAddr>
length: 6

PPPoE session.
Command Output
Table 48.10-2 "Mac-address Related PPP Status Command" Display parameters
name
session
user-name
654
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/ the identification of a PPPoE session
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
<PrintableString>
Released
Edition 03
49- Interface Status Commands
49.1 Interface Alarm Status Command

49.2 Physical Interface Status Command
49.3 Interface Status Command
49.4 Interface Test Status Command
49.5 Interface Stack Status Command
49.6 SHub Interface Status Command
49.9 Interface Extensive Status Command
49-656
49-657
49-658
49-661
49-663
49-665
49-666
49-668
49-669
Released
655
49 Interface Status Commands
49.1 Interface Alarm Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the alarm configured for the interface and the default minimal severity with which the alarm
is reported.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show interface alarm (interface-type)
Command Parameters
Table 49.1-1 "Interface Alarm Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(interface-type)
Type
Description
<Itf::AlarmItfType>
type of the interface
Command Output
Table 49.1-2 "Interface Alarm Status Command" Display parameters
name
default-severity
656
Type
Description
<Itf::asamIfExtAlmReportingSeverityDefault>
The default minimal severity for an alarm to be
reported that will be used for interfaces.
- indeterminate : not a definite known This element is always shown.
severity
Released
Edition 03
49.2 Physical Interface Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the summary of the physical interface, for example, the number of changes which occurred,
bitmap for the operational-status, and the bitmap for the presence of the physical interface.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show interface phy-itf-status (shelf)
Command Parameters
Table 49.2-1 "Physical Interface Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(shelf)
Type
<Eqpt::Rack>=
range:
Description
the physical position of the shelf
[1...1]/
Command Output
Table 49.2-2 "Physical Interface Status Command" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
no-of-change-occur
<Counter>
opr-status-bitmap
<PrintableString>
bitmap-phy-itf
<PrintableString>
Number of state changes of physical lines,

equipped on boards within this shelf.
Operational status of the physical interfaces of
boards which can be equipped within this shelf.
Specifies the presence of the physical interfaces of
boards which can be equipped within this shelf.
Released
657
49.3 Interface Status Command

Command Description
This command shows all the parameters related to the interface such as the type of interface, current bandwidth of
the interface, maximum size of the packet supported, and the connector present.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show interface port (port)
Command Parameters
Table 49.3-1 "Interface Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
658
Type
Description
xdsl-line : <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / the interface index

<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/
<Eqpt::NtSlot>
:
<Itf::EthernetId>
|
pppoeses
:
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
:
<Atm::DefaultVci>
:
<PPPoE::LogicalSesId> | atm-bonding :
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
|
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
|
xdsl-channel
:
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port> | atm-if : <Eqpt::Rack> /
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port> | atm-pvc : <Eqpt::Rack> /
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Atm::DefaultVci> | bridge-port :
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
:
pppoe : <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> /
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
:
Released
Edition 03
Resource Identifier
Type
<Eqpt::NtSlot> : <Vlan::VlanIndex> | ip
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
sw-loopback
:
<Eqpt::Rack>
Description
:
/
|
/
Command Output
Table 49.3-2 "Interface Status Command" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
if-index
<SignedInteger>
info
<PrintableString>
type
specifies a unique value for each interface.

A textual string containing information about the
interface. This string include the name of the
manufacturer, the product name and the version of
the interface hardware/software.
Specifies the type of interface.
<Itf::IANAifType>
- ethernet : ethernet csmacd
- sw-loopback : software loopback
interface
- slip : generic SLIP interface
- atm : atm interface
- atm-bonding : atm bonding
- xdsl-line : xdsl line
- xdsl-channel : xdsl channel
- atm-vci-ep : ATM VCI end point
- bridge-port : transparent bridge interface
- pppoe : pppoe interface
- pppoe-session : pppoe session
- l2-vlan : layer 3 VLAN using IPX
- ip-fwd : IP forwarding interface
<Itf::packetSize>
The size of the largest packet which can be
unit: octets
sent/received on the interface, specified in octets.
For interfaces that are used for transmitting
network datagrams, this is the size of the largest
network datagram that can be sent on the interface.
<Itf::bandWidth>
Specifies the interface's current bandwidth.
unit: bits/sec
<Vlan::MacAddr>
interface's address at its protocol sub-layer.
length: 6
Specifies state of the interface.
- admin-up : admin status is up
- admin-down : admin status is down
- testing : no operational packets can be
passed
<Itf::ifOperStatus>
The current operational state of the interface.
- up : permanent virtual circuit
- down : bridge port
- testing : l2 VLAN
largest-pkt-size
current-bandwidth
phy-addr
admin-status
opr-status
Released
659
name
Description
last-chg-opr-stat
- unknown : IPoE
- dormant : PPPoE
<Itf::ElapsedTime10Msec>
in-octets
<Counter>
in-ucast-pkts
<Counter>
in-discard-pkts
<Counter>
in-err-pkts
<Counter>
pkts-unknown-proto
<Counter>
out-octets
<Counter>
out-err-pkts
<Counter>
name
<PrintableString>
high-speed
<Itf::highBandWidth>
unit: Mbit/sec
<Itf::ifConnectorPresent>
- has-connector : interface sublayer has a
physical connector
- no-connector : interface sublayer doesn't
have a physical connector
<Object>
Specifies information about the particular media
being used to realize the interface.
connector-present
media
660
Type
Released
The value of system up time at the time the

interface entered its current operational state. If the
current state was entered prior to the last
re-initialization of the local network management
subsystem, then this contains a zero value.
The total number of octets received on the
interface, including framing characters.
The number of packets, delivered by this sub-layer
to a higher (sub-)layer, which were not addressed to
a multicast or broadcast address at this sub-layer.
The number of inbound packets which were chosen
to be discarded even though no errors had been
detected to prevent their being deliverable to a
higher-layer protocol. One possible reason for
discarding such a packet could be to free up buffer
space.
Number of inbound packets(for packet-oriented
interfaces)
or
transmission
units(for
character-oriented interfaces) that contained errors
preventing them from being deliverable to a
higher-layer protocol.
Number of packets(for packet-oriented interfaces)
or transmission units(for character-oriented
interfaces) received via the interface which were
discarded because of an unknown or unsupported
protocol.
The total number of octets transmitted out of the
interface, including framing characters.
The
number
of
outbound
packets(for
packet-oriented interfaces) or transmission units(for
character-oriented interfaces) that could not be
transmitted because of errors.
Name of the interface.
Specifies interface's current bandwidth.
Specifies the interface sublayer has a physical
connector or not.
Edition 03
49.4 Interface Test Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the parameters related to the testing of an interface.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show interface test (port)
Command Parameters
Table 49.4-1 "Interface Test Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
Type
Description
xdsl-line : <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / index (1/1/3/0..) of rack/shelf/slot/port

<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/
<Eqpt::NtSlot>
:
<Itf::EthernetId>
|
pppoeses
:
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
:
<Atm::DefaultVci>
:
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
|
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
|
xdsl-channel
:
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
:
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
:
Released
661
Resource Identifier
Type
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
sw-loopback
:
<Eqpt::Rack>
Description
/
|
/
Command Output
Table 49.4-2 "Interface Test Status Command" Display parameters
name
id
result
code
662
Type
Description
<TestAndIncr>
range: [0...2147483647]
Specifies the current invocation of the interface's

test.
<Itf::ifTestResult>
Specifies the result of the most recently requested
test
- none : no tests have been requested since This element is always shown.
the last reset
- success : test successfully completed
- in-progress : test is still in progress
- not-supported : test is not supported
- unable-to-run : test is unable to run
- aborted : test is aborted
- failed : test is failed
<Object>
Specifies a code which contains more specific
information on the test result
Released
Edition 03
49.5 Interface Stack Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the status of the stack.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show interface stack (higher) lower xdsl-line : <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> /
<Eqpt::LtSlot> / <Eqpt::Port> | slip : <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / <Eqpt::NtSlot> |
ethernet : <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / <Eqpt::NtSlot> : <Itf::EthernetId> |
pppoeses : <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / <Eqpt::LtSlot> / <Eqpt::Port> :
<Atm::DefaultVpi> : <Atm::DefaultVci> : <PPPoE::LogicalSesId> | no-interface |
ip-gateway : <Vrf::VrfIndex> | atm-bonding : <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::LtSlot> /
<Eqpt::Port> | xdsl-channel : <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / <Eqpt::LtSlot> /
<Eqpt::Port> | atm-if : <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / <Eqpt::LtSlot> / <Eqpt::Port> |
atm-pvc : <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / <Eqpt::LtSlot> / <Eqpt::Port> :
<Atm::DefaultVpi> : <Atm::DefaultVci> | bridge-port : <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> /
<Eqpt::LtSlot> / <Eqpt::Port> : <Atm::DefaultVpi> : <Atm::DefaultVci> | pppoe :
<Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / <Eqpt::LtSlot> / <Eqpt::Port> : <Atm::DefaultVpi> :
<Atm::DefaultVci> | l2-vlan : <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / <Eqpt::NtSlot> :
<Vlan::VlanIndex> | ip : <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / <Eqpt::NtSlot> :
<Ip::LogicalId> | sw-loopback : <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / <Eqpt::NtSlot>
Command Parameters
Table 49.5-1 "Interface Stack Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(higher)
Type
Description
xdsl-line : <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / a higher layer interface index

<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/
<Eqpt::NtSlot>
:
<Itf::EthernetId>
|
pppoeses
:
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
:
<PPPoE::LogicalSesId> | no-interface |
ip-gateway
:
<Vrf::VrfIndex>
|
atm-bonding
:
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
|
xdsl-channel
:
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
Released
663
Resource Identifier
lower
664
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
:
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
:
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/
<Eqpt::NtSlot> : <Ip::LogicalId> |
sw-loopback
:
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
xdsl-line : <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / a lower layer interface index
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/
<Eqpt::NtSlot>
:
<Itf::EthernetId>
|
pppoeses
:
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
:
<PPPoE::LogicalSesId> | no-interface |
ip-gateway
:
<Vrf::VrfIndex>
|
atm-bonding
:
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
|
xdsl-channel
:
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
:
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
:
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/
sw-loopback
:
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
Released
Edition 03
49.6 SHub Interface Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the current operational state of an interface.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show interface shub vlan (vlan-id)
Command Parameters
Table 49.6-1 "SHub Interface Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(vlan-id)
Type
Description
<Vlan::VlanIndex>
range: [1...4093]
vlan id
Command Output
Table 49.6-2 "SHub Interface Status Command" Display parameters
name
admin-status
oper-status
port
Type
Description
<Shub::AdminStatus>
- up : up
- down : down
- testing : testing
- auto-up : autoup
<Shub::OperStatus>
- down : down
- unknown : status can not be determined
forsome reason
- dormant : dormant
- not-present : some component is missing
- lower-layer-down : down due to state of
lower-layer interface
<Itf::ShubInterfaceIndex>
range: [25...278,280]
The administrative state of the vlan interface.

The current operational state of the vlan interface.

the local port.

Released
665

Command Description
This node shows the port control status.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show interface shub port (port)
Command Parameters
Table 49.7-1 "SHub Interface Port Control Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
Type
Description
<Shub::NetworkPort>
range: [1...7]
control index of the port
Command Output
Table 49.7-2 "SHub Interface Port Control Status Command" Display parameters
name
admin-status
oper-status
speed
type
666
Type
Description
<Shub::AdminStatus>
- up : up
- down : down
- testing : testing
- auto-up : autoup
<Shub::AdminStatus>
- up : up
- down : down
- testing : testing
- auto-up : autoup
<Sys::Speed>
- ten-mbps : speed of 10MBPS
- hundred-mbps : speed of 100MBPS
- one-gb : speed of 1GB
<Sys::Type>
- user : port to a directly connected user
Specifies the administrative status of the interface

Released
Specifies the operational status of the interface

Specifies the interface speed.

Specifies the type of port.

Edition 03
name
duplex
mode
max-mac-addr
mc-flood-mode
Type
- subtending : port to a subtended ISAM
- network : port to the service provider
(ISP)
- data : port used internally for data traffic
- control : port used internally for control
traffic
- unused : port is not in use
- outband-mngt : port is used for
outband-management
<Sys::Duplex>
- unknown-trsf-mode : transfer mode
unknown
automatic | [10mbps | 100mbps | 1gbps] :
full | half
- automatic : determine the parameters of
interface automatically
- 1gbps : mode of interface is 1Gbps
<SignedInteger>
Description
Specifies whether interface data transfer mode is

full-duplex or half-duplex.
Speficies the mode in which the speed, duplex

modes and flow control of the interface is
determined.
Specifies the maximum number of new MAC

addresses that can be learnt over the interface.
<Sys::FloodMode>
Specifies the multicast flooding mode of the port is
enabled or not.
- unknown-flooding : mc flooding state This element is only shown in detail mode.
unknown
- mc-flooding : enable multicast flooding
- no-mc-flooding : disable multicast
flooding
Released
667

Command Description
This node allows the user to view the current state of an interface
User Level
Command Syntax
> show interface shub group (group-id)
Command Parameters
Table 49.8-1 "SHub Interface Uplink Group Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(group-id)
Type
Description
<Itf::GroupId>
range: [1...7]
groupid number
Command Output
Table 49.8-2 "SHub Interface Uplink Group Status Command" Display parameters
name
group-status
threshold
up-links
port-list
668
Type
Description
<Itf::GroupStatus>
- up : uplink group status up
- down : uplink group status down
- invalid : uplink group status invalid
<Itf::Threshold>
range: [0...7]
<SignedInteger>
the current uplink group status

<Shub::PortList>
length: 3
Released
the min nbr of links to be operational UP in grp

available number of links in the group
The set of ports members of the uplink group
Edition 03
49.9 Interface Extensive Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the parameters related to an interface such as next avalable port type, counter indicating
number of state changes, and number of network interfaces.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show interface availability (port-type)
Command Parameters
Table 49.9-1 "Interface Extensive Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port-type)
Type
Description
<Itf::AvailablePortType>
the port type
Command Output
Table 49.9-2 "Interface Extensive Status Command" Display parameters
Common Information
name
Type
Description
change-count
<Counter>
interface-cnt
<SignedInteger>
Number of state changes of the physical line.

The number of network interfaces (regardless of
their current state) present on this system.
Type
Description
name
next-available
xdsl-line : <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / Specifies the next available physical interface can
<Eqpt::LtSlot> / <Eqpt::Port> | none
be retrieved.
Only Show Details: common

name
Type
change-count
<Counter>
interface-cnt
<SignedInteger>
Description
Number of state changes of the physical line.
The number of network interfaces (regardless of
their current state) present on this system.
Released
669
50- SNTP Status Commands
50.1 SNTP Status Command
670
Released
50-671
Edition 03
50 SNTP Status Commands
50.1 SNTP Status Command

Command Description
This node displays the information about the SNTP and its related parameters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show sntp
Command Output
Table 50.1-2 "SNTP Status Command" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
specifies the operating mode for the SNTP
application at the SNMP agent.
system-time
<Sys::SNTPOperatingMode>
- unicast : operating mode unicast value 1
- anycast : operating mode anycast value 2
- multicast : operating mode multicast
value 3
<Sys::Time>
shub-time
<Sys::Time>
operating-mode
specifies the network time.

specifies shub network time.
Released
671
51- System Status Commands
51.1 SHub System IP Status Command

51.2 SHub System Version Status Command
51.3 SHub System HTTP Status Command
51.4 SHub System Common Status Command
51.5 SHub System Control Status Command
51.6 SHub IP Filter Status Command
51.7 SHub System Manager Status Command
51.8 System Statistics
51.9 System Licenses Status Command
672
Released
51-673
51-674
51-675
51-676
51-677
51-678
51-681
51-682
51-683
Edition 03
51 System Status Commands
51.1 SHub System IP Status Command

Command Description
This node shows the SHub IP parameters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show system shub entry ip
Command Output
Table 51.1-2 "SHub System IP Status Command" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
Specifies the mode by which the default interface
in the device gets the IP address.
def-ip-addr
<Sys::DefIpAddr>
- manual : ip address got from the system
- dynamic : ip address got through
dynamic IP address
<Ip::V4Address>
eff-ip-addr
<Ip::V4Address>
subnet-mask
<Ip::V4Address>
def-gateway
<Ip::V4Address>
ip-addr-cfg-mode
Specifies default IP Address of the system. and if

modified, will take effect only when the
configuration is stored and restored.
Specifies Effective IP address of the switch to be
used for contacting through SNMP interface or web
interface.
Specifies IP subnet mask for the default IP address
and if modified, will take effect only when the
Specifies default IP Address of the system and if
modified, will take effect only when the
Released
673
51.2 SHub System Version Status Command

Command Description
This node shows the version of the SHub system parameters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show system shub entry version
Command Output
Table 51.2-2 "SHub System Version Status Command" Display parameters
name
sw-ver-name
sw-release-num
hw-ver
fw-ver
674
Type
Description
<Sys::FileName>
length: 1<=x<256
<Sys::ReleaseNum>
length: 1<=x<7
<Sys::DisplayString>
length: 1<=x<15
<Sys::DisplayString>
length: 1<=x<15
Specifies the name of the shub software release.

Specifies the software version number.
Specifies version number of the hardware.
Specifies version number of the firmware.
Released
Edition 03
51.3 SHub System HTTP Status Command

Command Description
This node shows the last changed time of the status of the SHub HTTP access.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show system shub entry status
Command Output
Table 51.3-2 "SHub System HTTP Status Command" Display parameters
name
last-chg-status
http-status
Type
Description
<PrintableString>
Specifies whether last configuration change has

been saved in flash/remote and current status of
restore.
<Sys::HttpStatus>
Specifies whether http access for the users is
enabled or disabled.
- http-access : enable http access for the This element is always shown.
users
- no-http-access : disable http access for
the users
Released
675
51.4 SHub System Common Status Command

Command Description
This node shows the common system parameters of the SHub.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show system shub entry misc
Command Output
Table 51.4-2 "SHub System Common Status Command" Display parameters
name
676
Type
Description
def-intf
<Sys::DefInterface>
length: 1<=x<16
base-bdg-addr
<Vlan::MacAddr>
length: 6
sys-mac-addr
<Vlan::MacAddr>
length: 6
Name of the default interface that can be used for

communicating with the system for configuration
through SNMP.
Specifies the MAC address used by the bridge
when it must be referred to in a unique fashion.
Specifies the system MAC address used by this
bridge when it must be referred to in a unique
fashion.
Released
Edition 03
51.5 SHub System Control Status Command

Command Description
This node displays the system control parameters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show system shub config-control (ctrl-index)
Command Parameters
Table 51.5-1 "SHub System Control Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(ctrl-index)
Type
Description
<Shub::NetworkPort>
range: [1...7]
control index of the config
Command Output
Table 51.5-2 "SHub System Control Status Command" Display parameters
name
egress
collection
ctrl-status
Type
Description
<Sys::EgressStatus>
Specifies the transmission of egress traffic over this
interface is enabled or not.
- egress-enabled : enable this status
- egress-disabled : disable this status
<Sys::CollectionStatus>
Specifies the statistics collection for this interface is
enabled or not.
- collection : enable the collection of This element is always shown.
statistics
- no-collection : disable the collection of
statistics
<Sys::ConfigCtrlStatus>
Specifies the config control status.
- enable : makes the entry valid
- disable : makes the entry invalid
Released
677
51.6 SHub IP Filter Status Command

Command Description
This node displays IP filter related information.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show system shub filters ip (index-num)
Command Parameters
Table 51.6-1 "SHub IP Filter Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index-num)
Type
Description
<Sys::Number>
range: [1...65535]
Command Output
Table 51.6-2 "SHub IP Filter Status Command" Display parameters
name
protocol
msg-type
678
Type
Description
<Sys::Protocol>
- icmp : check the packet for icmp
- igmp : check the packet for igmp
- ggp : check the packet for ggp
- ip : check the packet for ip
- tcp : check the packet for tcp
- egp : check the packet for egp
- igp : check the packet for igp
- nvp : check the packet for nvp
- udp : check the packet for udp
- irtp : check the packet for irtp
- idrp : check the packet for idrp
- rsvp : check the packet for rsvp
- msrp : check the packet for msrp
- igrp : check the packet for igrp
- ospf : check the packet for ospf
- any : check the all packets
<Sys::MsgType>
Specifies the type of protocol to be checked against

the packet.
Released
Specifies the message type to be checked against

the packet. If the message type matches with the
Edition 03
name
Type
Description
packet, then the packet will be dropped / allowed
based on the action set.
dst-ip-addr
- echo-reply :
- dest-unreach :
- src-quench :
- redirect :
- echo-request :
- time-exceeded :
- param-prob :
- time-stamp-req :
- time-stamp-reply :
- infor-req :
- infor-reply :
- addr-mask-req :
- addr-mask-reply :
- no-icmp-type :
<Sys::MsgCode>
- network-unreach :
- host-unreach :
- protocol-unreach :
- port-unreach :
- fragment-need :
- src-route-fail :
- dest-nwk-unknown :
- dest-host-unknown :
- src-host-isolated :
- dest-nwk-prohibit :
- dest-host-prohibit :
- nwk-unreach-tos :
- host-unreach-tos :
- no-icmp-code :
<Ip::V4Address>
src-ip-addr
<Ip::V4Address>
dst-mask
<Ip::V4Address>
src-mask
<Ip::V4Address>
min-dst-port
<SignedInteger>
max-dst-port
<SignedInteger>
min-src-port
<SignedInteger>
max-src-port
<SignedInteger>
in-port-list
<Shub::PortList>
length: 3
msg-code
Specifies the message code to be checked against

the packet. If the packet matches with the message
code, then the packet will be dropped / allowed
based on the action set
Specifies the destination IP address to be matched

with the packet.
Specifies the source IP address to be matched with
the packet.
Specifies the IP subnet mask for Destination IP
address.
Specifies the IP subnet mask for Source IP address.
Specifies the minimum port in the destination
TCP/UDP port range.
Specifies the maximum port in the destination
TCP/UDP port range.
Specifies the minimum port in the source
TCP/UDP port range.
Specifies the maximum port in the source
TCP/UDP port range.
Specifies the complete set of ports over which if the
packet arrives the filter rule will be applicable. If
the incoming port list is '0', the filter rule is
applicable for all the incoming ports.
Released
679
name
out-port-list
<Shub::PortList>
length: 3
ack-bit
<Sys::AckBit>
- establish : establish the bit
- not-establish : not establish the bit
<Sys::RstBit>
- set : set the bit
- not-set : not set the bit
<Sys::Tos>
- any : any
- high-reliable : high reliable
- high-throughput : high through put
- high-relia-thro : high reliable and
through put
- low-delay : low delay
- low-delay-high-relai : low delay and high
reliability
- low-delay-high-thro : low delay and high
through put
- best-tos : low delay, high reliability and
through put
<Sys::Direction>
<Sys::L3Action>
- action-allow : the packet will be
forwarded
- action-drop : the packet will be discarded
<Counter>
rst-bit
tos
direction
action
match-cnt
680
Type
Released
Description
Specifies the complete set of ports over which the
packet will be sent.
Specifies whether TCP ACK bit to be checked or
not against the packet.
Specifies whether TCP RST bit to be checked or
not against the packet.
Specifies whether IP TOS bit to be checked or not
against the packet.
Specifies in which direction the Filters are to be

applied on the packets, either to incoming or
outgoing packets.
Specifies the action to be taken on the packet if the
filter rule matches.
Specifies the number of times this filter is matched.
Edition 03
51.7 SHub System Manager Status Command

Command Description
This node displays the manager parameters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show system shub filters shub-manager (index)
Command Parameters
Table 51.7-1 "SHub System Manager Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
<Sys::SrcIpIndex>
range: [1...100]
index number of the SrcIp
Command Output
Table 51.7-2 "SHub System Manager Status Command" Display parameters
name
src-ip-addr
Type
Description
<Ip::V4Address>
Specifies the management vlan filter IP address to

be matched with the packet.
Released
681
51.8 System Statistics

Command Description
This command shows the status of the list commands.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show system entry
Command Output
Table 51.8-2 "System Statistics" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
status-bit-map
<Sys::AsamSysStatusBitMap>
mib-version
<Sys::asamMibVersion>
length: x<21
<Sys::AsamSystemInitProgress>
range: [0...100] unit: percent
Specifies the status bitmap.

Specifies the version of the management interface.
Specifies the progress of the system initialization
indicated as a percentage.
init-progress
682
Released
Edition 03
51.9 System Licenses Status Command

Command Description
The counter depicts the number of software licenses for the features.
For ADSL2+, the counter indicates the number of XDSL lines for which an ADSL2+ operational mode (POTS
and/or ISDN) is enabled in its onfiguration and supported by the LT board and for which the XDSL board is
equipped.
READSL2 operational mode (US mode 1 and/or US mode2) is enabled in its configuration and supported by the LT
board and for which the XDSL board is equipped.
For IGMP, the counter indicates the number of PVCs for which an IGMP control channel has been configured.
For IP-Forwarding, the counter indicates the number of PVCs configured
For PPPoX Relay, the counter indicates the number of PVCs configured
For PPPoX Termination, the counter indicates the number of PVCs for which PPPoE termination or PPPoA
termination has been configured.
For 802.1x, the counter indicates the number of PVCs for which 802.1x has been configured as 'enabled'
User Level
Command Syntax
> show system license (feature)
Command Parameters
Table 51.9-1 "System Licenses Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(feature)
Type
Description
<Sys::LicenseFeatureIndex>
table index
- adsl2-plus : number of xdsl lines for
which ADSL2 is enabled
- readsl2 : number of xdsl lines for which
READSL2 is enabled
- igmp : number of DSL subscribers
configured for IGMP
- ip-forward : number of DSL subscribers
configured for Ip-forwarding
- pppox-relay : number of DSL subscribers
configured for PPPOX relay
- pppox-termination : number of DSL
subscribers configured for PPPOX
termination
Released
683
Resource Identifier
Type
Description
- 802dot1x : number of DSL subscribers

configured for 802.1x
- annex-m : number of DSL subscribers
configured for annex-m
Command Output
Table 51.9-2 "System Licenses Status Command" Display parameters
Common Information
name
Type
routing-licence
name
number-license
shows the status of the routing license.

Type
Description
<SignedInteger>
Specifies number of license.

Only Show Details: routing-licence

name
Type
routing-licence
684
Description
<Sys::RoutingLicStatus>
- not-active : routing license unavailable
- active : routing license available
<Sys::RoutingLicStatus>
- not-active : routing license unavailable
- active : routing license available
Released
Description
shows the status of the routing license.
Edition 03
52- Transaction Status Commands
52.1 Transaction Log Status Command

52.2 Transaction Log Entry Status Command
52-686
52-687
Released
685
52 Transaction Status Commands
52.1 Transaction Log Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the transaction set log parameters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show transaction set-log-table (log-table-index)
Command Parameters
Table 52.1-1 "Transaction Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(log-table-index)
Type
Description
<SignedInteger>
the key in the set Log table
Command Output
Table 52.1-2 "Transaction Log Status Command" Display parameters
name
686
Type
Description
log-ipaddr
<Ip::V4Address>
changed-object-id
<Object>
IP address of the Manager who changed this object

the Object Identifier of an object which has been
changed.
Released
Edition 03
52 Transaction Status Commands
52.2 Transaction Log Entry Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the transaction log entry-related parameters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show transaction log-entry
Command Output
Table 52.2-2 "Transaction Log Entry Status Command" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
set-log-lastentry
<SignedInteger>
set-log-resettime
set-log-buffersize
<Sys::Time>
unit: UTC
<Trans::overflowed>
- not-overflowed : log buffer
overflowed is 1
- overflowed : log buffer overflowed is 2
<SignedInteger>
nbr-of-sets
<SignedInteger>
set-log-overflowed
index of the last entry that has been added to the set
log table.
time when set log has been reset
specifies whether the set log buffer is overflowed
or not.
not This element is always shown.
the size of the internal set log buffer.
nbr of successfull sets since systme is up.
Released
687
53- Error Status Command
53.1 Error Log Status Command
688
Released
53-689
Edition 03
53 Error Status Command
53.1 Error Log Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the error log status.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show error (id)
Command Parameters
Table 53.1-1 "Error Log Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(id)
Type
Description
<SignedInteger>
error number
Command Output
Table 53.1-2 "Error Log Status Command" Display parameters
Common Information
name
Type
last-entry
<Error::ErrLogLastEntry>
reset-time
<Sys::Time>
unit: UTC
<SignedInteger>
buffer-size
overflowed
name
timestamp
originator
description
info
<Error::LogOverFlow>
- no : when log buffer is reset
- yes : full action set to warp around
Description
index of the last entry that is added to the error log
table.
time value when the error log is resetted
specifies whether log buffer is overflowed or not.
Type
Description
<Sys::Time>
unit: UTC
<SignedInteger> @ <Ip::V4Address>
network time when the error is generated.

request-id and IP address that generated the error
description of the error.
additional information to guide to correct the error
<Description-127>
length: x<127
<PrintableString>
Released
689
53 Error Status Command
name
Type
Description
obj-id
<Alarm::MibName>
obj-value
<PrintableString>
object identifier in the request that caused the error.

value received from the manager for the object that
generated the error.
Only Show Details: error-log related information

name
Type
last-entry
<Error::ErrLogLastEntry>
reset-time
<Sys::Time>
unit: UTC
<SignedInteger>
buffer-size
overflowed
690
<Error::LogOverFlow>
- no : when log buffer is reset
- yes : full action set to warp around
Released
Description
index of the last entry that is added to the error log
table.
time value when the error log is resetted
specifies whether log buffer is overflowed or not.
Edition 03
54- Software Status Commands
54.1 Database Status Command

54.2 Disk Status Command
54.3 Overall Software Package Status Command
54.4 Software Package Status Command
54.5 File Status Command
54.6 Upload/Download Status Command
54.7 SHub Software Management Status Command
54.8 SHub Configuration File Status Command
54.9 Status of the SHub Boot ROM update
54-692
54-693
54-694
54-696
54-697
54-699
54-701
54-702
54-703
Released
691
54 Software Status Commands
54.1 Database Status Command

Command Description
This commands displays the various database parameters.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with software management privileges.
Command Syntax
> show software-mngt database (db-container) oswp-number <SwMngt::DbmOswpIndex>
Command Parameters
Table 54.1-1 "Database Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(db-container)
oswp-number
Type
Description
<SwMngt::dbmDatabaseIndex>
- first : first container
- second : second container
- third : third container
<SwMngt::DbmOswpIndex>
range: [1...2]
the database container ID
index in the database table
Command Output
Table 54.1-2 "Database Status Command" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
name
length: x<32
oper-status
<SwMngt::dBaseOperStatus>
- actual : actual oper status
- preferable : preferable oper status
- previous : previous oper status
- failed : failed oper status
- not-useful : not useful oper status
length: x<32
A string representing the database. The value

'NO-NAME' will be used by the system for the
default databases.
The operational status of the database.
version
692
Released
The version of the database.

Edition 03
54.2 Disk Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the values of the various attributes of the SWM disk file.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show software-mngt descriptor-files (index)
Command Parameters
Table 54.2-1 "Disk Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
<SwMngt::oswpName>
range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.-/]
index to the swm disk file table
Command Output
Table 54.2-2 "Disk Status Command" Display parameters
name
type
file-size
Type
Description
<SwMngt::diskFileType>
- overall-descriptor : over all descriptor
file
- descriptor : descriptor file
- file-type-a : file type a
- file-type-b : file type b
- not-specified : file type not specified
<SwMngt::DiskFileSize>
unit: bytes
Specifies the type of the file.

Specifies the size of the file.

Released
693
54.3 Overall Software Package Status Command

Command Description
This command displays various OSWP states and attributes.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show software-mngt oswp (index)
Command Parameters
Table 54.3-1 "Overall Software Package Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
range: [1...2]
Command Output
Table 54.3-2 "Overall Software Package Status Command" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
name
length: x<32
availability
<SwMngt::operAvailStatus>
- empty : no OSWP is related to
asamSwmOswpIndex
- enabled : related OSWP is active
- disabled : download of related OSWP
failed
- downloading : download of related
OSWP is ongoing
- aborting : not related to OSWP files are
removed
<SwMngt::operActStatus>
- active : related OSWP is active
- not-active : related OSWP is not active
<SwMngt::operCommitStatus>
Name of the OSWP. The name of an OSWP

corresponds
to
the
path
name:
/path_to_OSWP/file_name.
Specifies the availability status of the OSWP.
act-status
commit-status
694
Released
Specifies the related OSWP is currently active or

not.
Specifies the OSWP is committed or uncommitted
Edition 03
name
download-error
err-file-name
err-file-server
Type
Description

- committed : Committed
- un-committed : Un committed
- committing : OSWP is committing
<SwMngt::oswpDldErr>
- not-defined : not defined
- file-not-found : file is not found
- access-violation : access violation
- diskfull-alloc-exced : disk is full
- illegal-tftp-operation : illegal TFTP
operation
- unknown-transfer-id : transfer id is
unknown
- file-exists : file is already existing
- no-such-user : no such user
- syntax-error : Syntax error
- lack-of-storage : Lack of storage
resource
- system-restart : system restart
- no-error : no error in download
length: x<32
<Ip::V4Address>
or whether the commit-operation is still ongoing.

Specifies for what reason the download of the

OSWP failed for the requested set of files.
The name of the file that caused the error.

Specifies the IP address of the file server where the
file can be found.
Released
695
54.4 Software Package Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the parameters of the dynamic SWP table which represent the SWPs that belong to at least
one of the OSWPs available in the system.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show software-mngt swp (name)
Command Parameters
Table 54.4-1 "Software Package Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(name)
Type
Description
length: x<32
index to the swm-swp table
Command Output
Table 54.4-2 "Software Package Status Command" Display parameters
name
type
dbase-ver-no
696
Type
Description
<SwMngt::swmSwpType>
- asam-core : asam core
- vdsl-gateway : vdsl gateway
- ip-server : ip server
length: x<32
Specifies the type of the software package.

primary-file-id
<Ip::V4Address>
secondary-file-id
<Ip::V4Address>
Released
Specifies the version number of the database that is

compatible with the software package.
Specifies the IP address of the TFTP server where
the software package can be found.
Specifies the IP address of a possible second TFTP
server where the software package can be found.
Edition 03
54.5 File Status Command

Command Description
This command displays information about the relationships between the files known by the system and the available
OSWPs.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show software-mngt swp-disk-file (name) file-name <PrintableString-0-32>
file-board-type <PrintableString-0-32>
Command Parameters
Table 54.5-1 "File Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(name)
file-name
file-board-type
Type
Description
length: x<32
length: x<32
length: x<32
index to the Swm_Contains_File table

Command Output
Table 54.5-2 "File Status Command" Display parameters
name
file-format
available-status
file-priority
file-size
Type
Description
<SwMngt::fileFormat>
- tar : file format is tar
- lz77 : file format is lz77
- ascii : file format is ascii
- exe : file format is exe
<SwMngt::availableStatus>
- available : the file is avilable
- not-available : the file is not avilable
<SwMngt::filePriority>
- part-min-set : part min set
- no-part-min-set : no part min set
<SwMngt::SwmFileSize>
Specifies the format of the file.

Specifies whether the file is available on the file

disk or not.
Specifies whether the file belongs to the minimum
set of the related OSWPs.
Specifies the size of the file.
Released
697
name
file-type
file-decompression
698
Type
Description
unit: bytes
<SwMngt::SwmFileType>
- file-type-a : file type A
- file-type-b : file type B
<SwMngt::swmFileDecompression>
- decompressed : file is decompressed (for
ASAM R4 LSM board types)
- no-decompressed : file is not
decompressed (for ASAM R5 and ESAM
board types)

Specifies the type of the file.
Released
Specifies whether the file must be decompressed or

not before being sent to the applicable boards.
Edition 03
54.6 Upload/Download Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the upload and download parameters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show software-mngt upload-download
Command Output
Table 54.6-2 "Upload/Download Status Command" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
disk-space
<SwMngt::TotalSpaceOnDisk>
unit: bytes
free-space
<SwMngt::FreeSpaceOnDisk>
unit: bytes
download-progress
The total space on the file disk that is reserved for

the storage of files.
Specifies the space on the file disk that is still
available for the storage of files.
Specifies the current status of the database
download process.
<SwMngt::downloadProgress>
- download-ongoing : download ongoing
- download-success : download finished
and successfull
- download-fail : download finished but
failed
<SwMngt::downloadError>
Specifies the reason in case of a database download
failure.
operation
unknown
corrupted-database
:
corrupted/incompleted database
download-error
Released
699
name
upload-progress
upload-error
700
Type
Description
<SwMngt::uploadProgress>
- upload-ongoing : upload ongoing
- upload-success : upload finished and
successfull
- upload-fail : upload finished but failed
<SwMngt::uploadError>
operation
unknown
- database-not-avail : selected database not
available
Specifies the current status of the database upload

process.
Released
Specifies the reason in case of a database upload

failure.
Edition 03
54.7 SHub Software Management Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the status of software management on the SHub.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show software-mngt shub
Released
701
54.8 SHub Configuration File Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the status of SHub configuration files.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show software-mngt shub config-file
Command Output
Table 54.8-2 "SHub Configuration File Status Command" Display parameters
name
db-save-status
sw-download-status
downloaded-sw
current-osp
702
Type
Description
<Sys::SaveStatus>
- inprogress : operation in progress
- successful : operation is successful
- failed : operation failed
<Sys::DownloadStatus>
- inprogress : operation in progress
- successful : operation is successful
- failed : operation failed
<Ip::V4Address> : <Sys::FileName>
the status of the database save operation

<SwMngt::CurrOSPVersion>
- config-1 : sets config1 version in BSP
- tftp : sets tftp version in BSP
Released
the status of the software download operation

the specification of the downloaded software

package
the current osp version
Edition 03
54.9 Status of the SHub Boot ROM update

Command Description
This command shows the status of SHub boot ROM update.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show software-mngt shub boot-rom-status
Command Output
Table 54.9-2 "Status of the SHub Boot ROM update" Display parameters
name
boot-rom-status
Type
Description
<SwMngt::ShubBootRomStatus>
the status of the boot ROM image update operation
- in-progress : update operation in progress
- successful : update operation successful
- failed : update operation failed
Released
703
55- IGMP Status Commands
55.1 IGMP System Status Command

55.2 IGMP Channel Sources Status Command
55.3 IGMP Channel Miscellaneous Status Command
55.4 IGMP Multicast Sources Statistics
55.5 IGMP Module Counter Status Commands
55.6 IGMP Module Time Status Command
55.7 IGMP Module Misc Status Command
704
Released
55-705
55-706
55-708
55-709
55-711
55-713
55-714
55-715
Edition 03
55 IGMP Status Commands
55.1 IGMP System Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the IGMP system-related parameters.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with igmp privileges.
Command Syntax
> show igmp system
Command Output
Table 55.1-2 "IGMP System Status Command" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
startup-query-intvl
<Igmp::SystemQueryInterval>
startup-query-count
<Igmp::SystemStartupQueryCount>
range: [1...10]
stats-intvl
<Sys::Time>
src-ipaddr
<Ip::V4Address>
The interval between general membership queries

sent on startup.
The number of queries sent out on startup separated
by the query interval.
This statistics indicates the network time of when
the system-wide statistics were last reset.
This object specifies the source IP address which is
contained in every multicast IP datagrams
transmitted on all IGMP control channels.
When the system acts as host on the network side
of the IGMP proxy, this value is the time how long
the system shall wait after hearing a Version 1
Query before it shall send any IGMPv2 messages.
The interval that must pass before the system
decides there are no more members of a group on a
network.
router-present-timeout <SignedInteger>
grp-memb-intvl
<SignedInteger>
Released
705
55.2 IGMP Channel Sources Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the IGMP channel source.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show igmp channel counter (port)
Command Parameters
Table 55.2-1 "IGMP Channel Sources Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
:
Command Output
Table 55.2-2 "IGMP Channel Sources Status Command" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
noperm-join
<Counter>
bitrate-fail
<Counter>
inval-classd
<Counter>
Indicates the number of times that a permission

bitmap failure has occurred.
Indicates the number of times that an IGMP join
message failed to trigger a multicast connection
because the resultant bandwidth would exceed the
maximum total bitrate allowed.
Indicates the number of times that the IP address is
not a multicast address, or it is a reserved multicast
address, or it isn't in Multicast Source Table, but its
low-order 23 bits are same as those of a group IP
address in multicast source table
Indicates the number of one second intervals for
which overload protection has been applied
because the message rate exceeded the peak
threshold
numsec-ovld-protappl <Counter>
706
Released
Edition 03
name
Type
Description
num-fail
<Counter>
sysnum-fail
<Counter>
Indicates the number of times that a join fails

because the resultant number of simultaneous
streams was higher than the maximum allowed on
the port.
Indicates the number of times that an IGMP join
fails because the resultant number of
all/unconfigured groups was higher than he
maximum number of all/unconfigured multicast
groups allowed.
Released
707
55.3 IGMP Channel Miscellaneous Status

Command
Command Description
This command shows the IGMP channel source.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show igmp channel miscellaneous (port)
Command Parameters
Table 55.3-1 "IGMP Channel Miscellaneous Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
:
Command Output
Table 55.3-2 "IGMP Channel Miscellaneous Status Command" Display parameters
name
708
Type
Description
curr-num-group
<Gauge>
max-msg-rate
<Igmp::ChannelMaxMsgRate>
range: [0...65535] unit: msgs/sec
Indicates the current group number in this port

Indicates the maximum messages per second that
can be received by the IGMP protocol stack.
Released
Edition 03
55.4 IGMP Multicast Sources Statistics

Command Description
This command shows multicast-related parameters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show igmp module-mcast-src (slot) mcast-addr <MulticastAddress>
Command Parameters
Table 55.4-1 "IGMP Multicast Sources Statistics" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(slot)
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/ identifies an IGMP module by the logical SlotId
<Eqpt::Slot>
<Eqpt::Rack>=
range:
[1...1]/
<Eqpt::Shelf>=
range:
[1...1]/
<MulticastAddress>
mcast
src
address
in
network-byte
order(big-endian)
mcast-addr
Command Output
Table 55.4-2 "IGMP Multicast Sources Statistics" Display parameters
name
Type
peak-nbr-subs-channels <Counter>
short
name:pk-nr-sub-chan
peak-time
<Sys::Time>
curr-subs-channels
<Gauge>
nbr-connect-fail
<Counter>
short name:nr-con-fail
Description
The peak number of subscribed IGMP channels
which have members connected to the source since
the last statistics reset. It is only for those groups
configured in multicast source table.
The network time indicating when the peak number
of subscribed IGMP channels for the source
occurred. It is only for those groups configured in
Multicast Source Table.
Indicates the current number of subscribed IGMP
channels for the source.
Indicates the number of times that an attempt to
create a multicast connection fails.
Released
709
name
Type
Description
710
Released
Edition 03
55.5 IGMP Module Counter Status Commands

Command Description
This command displays the IGMP module counters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show igmp module counter (slot-index)
Command Parameters
Table 55.5-1 "IGMP Module Counter Status Commands" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(slot-index)
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/ identifies an IGMP module by the logical slot id
<Eqpt::Slot>
<Eqpt::Rack>=
range:
[1...1]/
<Eqpt::Shelf>=
range:
[1...1]/
Command Output
Table 55.5-2 "IGMP Module Counter Status Commands" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
total-msg
<Counter>
total-igmp-msg
<Counter>
total-req
<Counter>
success-req
<Counter>
unsuccess-req
<Counter>
The total number of messages received from users,

including IGMP messages and invalid messages.
The total number of IGMP messages, which
includes join and leave requests from users, (both
successful and unsuccessful).
The total number of join requests from users, which
includes successful and unsuccessful attempts.
The total number of successful join requests from
users which includes new joins (which make a new
connection) and re-joins (which already have a
connection).
The total number of unsuccessful new join requests
from users. The failures could be due to the
Released
711
name
712
Type
total-leave-req
<Counter>
total-inval-msg
<Counter>
num-connects
<Counter>
num-disconnects
<Counter>
peak-connects-sec
<Counter>
peak-disconnects-sec
<Counter>
peak-msg-sec
<Counter>
gmq
<Counter>
gsq
<Counter>
ovrld-app
<Counter>
Released
Description
following reasons: permission bitmap failure,
bitrate failure, lack of resource or invalid group
address.
The total number of leave requests from users.
The total number of invalid messages from users.
These messages could be invalid for the following
reasons: invalid IGMP message type, invalid IGMP
message CRC, invalid IGMP message size,
non-IGMP frame received, unexpected IGMP
Query (GSQ or GMQ) received, RFC 1483 errors,
MAC layer errors, or IP layer errors.
The total number of connects due to successful new
IGMP join requests from users.
The total number of disconnects to users. They can
be due to GSQ or GMQ timer expiry or the
triggering of fast channel changes.
The peak number of multicast branch connections
performed per second since the statistics were last
cleared.
The peak number of disconnects to users performed
per second.
The peak number of messages received from users
per second.
The total number of GMQ requests from network.
The total number of GSQ requests from network.
The number of seconds during which module
overload protection has been applied affecting all
IGMP channels which are terminated at the IGMP
module.
Edition 03
55.6 IGMP Module Time Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the IGMP module's time-related parameters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show igmp module time (slot-index)
Command Parameters
Table 55.6-1 "IGMP Module Time Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(slot-index)
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
<Eqpt::Slot>
<Eqpt::Rack>=
range:
[1...1]/
<Eqpt::Shelf>=
range:
[1...1]/
Command Output
Table 55.6-2 "IGMP Module Time Status Command" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
peak-connects
<Sys::Time>
peak-disconnects
<Sys::Time>
peak-msg
<Sys::Time>
stats-intval
<Sys::Time>
This statistic is the network time indicating when

the peak number of connects performed per second
occurred.
The network time of when the peak number of
disconnects to users performed per second
occurred.
The network time of when the peak number of
messages received from users per second occurred.
The network time, when the module-wide statistics
were last reset.
Released
713
55.7 IGMP Module Misc Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the IGMP module parameters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show igmp module miscellaneous (slot-index)
Command Parameters
Table 55.7-1 "IGMP Module Misc Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(slot-index)
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
<Eqpt::Slot>
<Eqpt::Rack>=
range:
[1...1]/
<Eqpt::Shelf>=
range:
[1...1]/
Command Output
Table 55.7-2 "IGMP Module Misc Status Command" Display parameters
name
714
Type
Description
curr-root-conn
<Gauge>
con-cfgd
<Gauge>
con-un-cfgd
<Gauge>
con-no-memb
<Gauge>
The number of the connected groups.

The number of the connected groups who are
The number of the connected groups who aren't
The number of the connected groups who is in
reserve state(no member).
Released
Edition 03

Command Description
This command displays the status of the IGMP VLAN router ports.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show igmp shub vlan-router-port (vlan-id) network-port <Shub::NetworkPort>
Command Parameters
Table 55.8-1 "SHub IGMP Vlan Router Port Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(vlan-id)
network-port
Type
Description
<Vlan::VlanId>
range: [1...4093]
<Shub::NetworkPort>
range: [1...7]
the id of a vlan for which a network port is

reachable
the network port that is reachable
Command Output
Table 55.8-2 "SHub IGMP Vlan Router Port Status Command" Display parameters
name
query-timer
config-status
Type
Description
<Igmp::VlanRouterQueryTimer>
range: [60...600]
<Vlan::VlanRouterConfigStatus>
- static : static group entry
- dynamic : dynamic entry
- static-dynamic : static dynamic entry
time interval to wait for query packet

status of the router port
Released
715
56- Transport Status Commands
56.1 ICMP Status Command

56.2 IP Address Status Command
56.3 IP Statistics
56.4 IP Route Status Command
56.5 IP Net-To-Media Status Command
56.6 SNMP Status Command
56.7 System Status Command
56.8 UDP Status Command
56.9 UDP Listener Status Command
56.10 Ethernet Dot3 Status Command
56.11 Interface MAU Status Command
56.14 SHub Dot3 Pause Status Command
56.16 SHub L2 Filter Status Command
56.17 SHub Rate Status Command
716
Released
56-717
56-719
56-720
56-722
56-724
56-725
56-728
56-729
56-730
56-731
56-734
56-736
56-737
56-738
56-740
56-743
56-745
Edition 03
56 Transport Status Commands
56.1 ICMP Status Command

Command Description
The Icmp parameters gives a count of how many icmp messages, an entity receives. Errors determine the number of
icmp specific errors in the icmp messages, it gives the numbers of messages which did not reach the destination,
time exceeded messages, problem messages received, source quench messages, redirect messages, echo request
and reply messages, time stamp request and reply messages, address mask request and reply messages, messages
which the entity attempted to send including the error messages, messages which the entity did not send due to the
problems like lack of buffer.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with transport privileges.
Command Syntax
> show transport icmp
Command Output
Table 56.1-2 "ICMP Status Command" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
rx-total-msgs
<Counter>
rx-err-msgs
<Counter>
rx-dest-unreach-msgs
<Counter>
rx-time-exceed-msgs
<Counter>
The total number of ICMP messages which the

entity received(includes errors also).
The number of ICMP messages which the entity
received but determined as having ICMP-specific
errors.
The number of ICMP destination unreachable
messages received.
The number of ICMP time exceeded messages
received.
The number of ICMP parameter problem messages
received.
The number of ICMP source quench messages
received.
The number of ICMP Redirect messages received.
The number of ICMP echo (request) messages
received.
rx-param-problem-msgs<Counter>
rx-src-quench-msgs
<Counter>
rx-redirect-msgs
<Counter>
rx-echo-req-msgs
<Counter>
Released
717
name
rx-echo-reply-msgs
Type
Description
<Counter>
The number of ICMP Echo Reply messages

received.
The number of ICMP time stamp (request)
messages received.
The number of ICMP timestamp reply messages
received.
The number of ICMP address mask request
messages received.
The number of ICMP address mask reply messages
received.
The total number of ICMP messages which was
attempted to send.
The number of ICMP messages which this entity
did not send due to problems discovered within
ICMP such as a lack of buffers.
The number of ICMP Destination Unreachable
messages sent.
The number of ICMP Time Exceeded messages
sent.
The number of ICMP Parameter Problem messages
sent.
The number of ICMP source quench messages sent.
The number of ICMP Redirect messages sent. For a
host, this object will always be zero, since hosts do
not send redirects.
The number of ICMP echo request messages sent.
The number of ICMP Echo Reply messages sent.
The number of ICMP timestamp request messages
sent.
The number of ICMP timestamp reply messages
sent.
The number of ICMP Address Mask Request
messages sent.
The number of ICMP Address Mask Reply
messages sent.
rx-timestamp-req-msgs <Counter>
rx-timestamp-reply
<Counter>
rx-addr-mask-req-msgs <Counter>
rx-addr-mask-reply
<Counter>
tx-total-msgs
<Counter>
not-tx-err-msgs
<Counter>
tx-dest-unreach-msgs
<Counter>
tx-time-exceed-msgs
<Counter>
tx-param-problem-msgs <Counter>
tx-src-quench-msgs
<Counter>
tx-redirect-msgs
<Counter>
tx-echo-req-msgs
<Counter>
tx-echo-reply-msgs
<Counter>
tx-timestamp-req-msgs <Counter>
tx-timestamp-reply
<Counter>
tx-addr-mask-req-msgs <Counter>
tx-addr-mask-reply
718
<Counter>
Released
Edition 03

Command Description
The IP-address parameters holds the addressing information for one of this entity's IP addresses.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show transport ip-address (address)
Command Parameters
Table 56.2-1 "IP Address Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(address)
Type
Description
<Ip::V4Address>
ip address where addressing information pertains
Command Output
Table 56.2-2 "IP Address Status Command" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
ifindex
<SignedInteger>
subnet-mask
<Ip::V4Address>
bcast-addr
<SignedInteger>
reas-max-size
<Transport::IpAdEntReasmMaxSize>
range: [0...65535]
Uniquely identifies the interface to which this is

applicable.
The subnet mask associated with the IP address.
The broadcast address used for sending datagrams
on the (logical) interface associated with the IP
address
The size of the largest IP datagram which this
entity can re-assemble from incoming IP
fragmented datagrams received on this interface.
Released
719
56.3 IP Statistics
Command Description
This node displays the IP statistics.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show transport ip-parameters
Command Output
Table 56.3-2 "IP Statistics" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
rx-total-datagrams
<Counter>
in-hdr-err-data
<Counter>
in-addr-err-data
<Counter>
forwarded-datagrams
<Counter>
The total number of input datagrams received from

The number of input datagrams discarded due to
errors in their IP headers, including bad checksums,
version number mismatch, other format errors,
time-to-live exceeded, errors discovered in
processing their IP options, etc.
The number of input datagrams discarded because
the IP address in their IP header's destination field
was not a valid address to be received at this entity.
The number of input datagrams for which this
entity was not their final IP destination, as a result
of which an attempt was made to find a route to
forward them to that final destination.
The number of locally-addressed datagrams
received successfully but discarded because of an
unknown or unsupported protocol.
The number of input IP datagrams for which no
problems were encountered to prevent their
continued processing, but which were discarded
(e.g., for lack of buffer space).
The total number of input datagrams successfully
delivered to IP user-protocols (including ICMP).
rx-unknown-proto-data <Counter>
720
discard-in-data
<Counter>
tot-deliv-in-data
<Counter>
Released
Edition 03
name
Type
tot-out-req-data
<Counter>
discard-out-data
<Counter>
out-no-route-datagrams <Counter>
timeout-reassem
<SignedInteger>
reassem-req-data
<Counter>
reassem-success-data
<Counter>
reassem-fail-data
<Counter>
frag-success-data
<Counter>
frag-fail-data
<Counter>
gener-frag-data
<Counter>
discard-rout-entrs
<Counter>
Description
The total number of IP datagrams which local IP
user-protocols (including ICMP) supplied to IP in
requests for transmission.
The number of output IP datagrams for which no
problem was encountered to prevent their
transmission to their destination, but which were
discarded (e.g., for lack of buffer space).
The number of IP datagrams discarded because no
route could be found to transmit them to their
destination.
The maximum number of seconds which received
fragments are held while they are awaiting
reassembly at this entity.
The number of IP fragments received which needed
to be reassembled at this entity.
The number of IP datagrams successfully
re-assembled.
The number of failures detected by the IP
re-assembly algorithm
The number of IP datagrams that have been
successfully fragmented at this entity.
The number of IP datagrams that have been
discarded because they needed to be fragmented at
this entity but could not be, e.g., because their Don't
Fragment flag was set.
The number of IP datagram fragments that have
been generated as a result of fragmentation at this
entity.
The number of routing entries which were chosen
to be discarded even though they are valid.
Released
721
56.4 IP Route Status Command

Command Description
This node is displays the IP routing statistics.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show transport ip-route (destination)
Command Parameters
Table 56.4-1 "IP Route Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(destination)
Type
Description
<Ip::V4Address>
destination IP address of this route
Command Output
Table 56.4-2 "IP Route Status Command" Display parameters
name
routing-mechanism
info
722
Type
Description
<Transport::ipRouteProto>
- other : entry is created via the BOOTP
protocol
- local : manually configured
- netmgmt : entry is created via the SNMP
protocol
- icmp : obtained via ICMP
- egp : egp protocol
- ggp : ggp protocol
- hello : hello protocol
- rip : rip protocol
- is-is : is-is protocol
- es-is : es-is protocol
- cisco-igrp : ciscoIgrp protocol
- bbn-spf-igp : bbnSpfIgp protocol
- ospf : ospf protocol
- bgp : bgp protocol
<SymbolicObject>
The routing mechanism via which this route was

learned.
Released
A reference to MIB definitions specific to the

particular routing protocol which is responsible for
this route.
Edition 03
name
Type
Description
Released
723
56.5 IP Net-To-Media Status Command

Command Description
Displays the status of net-to-media.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show transport ip-net-to-media (interface-name) network-addr <Ip::V4Address>
Command Parameters
Table 56.5-1 "IP Net-To-Media Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(interface-name)
network-addr
Type
Description
<Transport::ifName>
<Ip::V4Address>
name of the interface

ip addr corresponding to media-dependent physical
addr
Command Output
Table 56.5-2 "IP Net-To-Media Status Command" Display parameters
name
phy-addr
type
724
Type
Description
<Sys::MacAddr>
length: 6
<Transport::ipNetToMediaType>
- other : none of the following
- invalid : invalidating the corresponding
entry
- dynamic : dynamic mapping
- static : static mapping
media-dependent physical addr

type of mapping
Released
Edition 03
56.6 SNMP Status Command

Command Description
This node displayes SNMP parameters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show transport snmp
Command Output
Table 56.6-2 "SNMP Status Command" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
in-pkts
<Counter>
out-pkts
<Counter>
bad-version-pkts
<Counter>
The total number of messages delivered to the

SNMP entity from the transport service.
The total number of SNMP messages which were
passed from the SNMP protocol entity to the
transport service.
The total number of unsupported SNMP version
messages which were delivered to the SNMP
protocol entity.
The total number of SNMP Messages delivered to
the SNMP protocol entity which used a SNMP
community name that are not known.
The total number of SNMP messages delivered to
the SNMP protocol entity which represented an
SNMP operation which was not allowed by the
SNMP community named in the message.
The total number of ASN.1 or BER errors
encountered by the SNMP protocol entity when
decoding received SNMP messages.
The total number of SNMP PDUs which were
delivered to the SNMP protocol entity with `tooBig'
error.
bad-commun-name-pkts<Counter>
bad-commun-use-pkts <Counter>
asn-ber-err-pkts
<Counter>
deliv-toobig-err-pdus
<Counter>
deliv-nosuchname-pdus <Counter>
Released
725
name
Type
deliv-badvalues-pdus
<Counter>
deliv-ronly-err-pdus
<Counter>
delivered-gen-err-pdus <Counter>
retrieved-get-obj
<Counter>
success-set-objs
<Counter>
accepted-get-req
<Counter>
accepted-getnext-req
<Counter>
accepted-set-req
<Counter>
accepted-get-response <Counter>
accepted-trap
<Counter>
gener-toobigs-pdus
<Counter>
gener-nosuchname-pdus<Counter>
gener-badvalue-pdus
726
<Counter>
Released
Description
delivered to the SNMP protocol entity with
`noSuchName' error.
`badValue' error.
The total number valid SNMP PDUs which were
`readOnly' error.
The total number valid SNMP PDUs which were
delivered to the SNMP protocol entity with `genErr'
error.
The total number of objects which have been
retrieved successfully by the SNMP protocol entity
as the result of receiving valid SNMP Get-Request
and Get-Next PDUs.
The total number of objects which have been
altered successfully by the SNMP protocol entity as
the result of receiving valid SNMP Set-Request
PDUs.
The total number of SNMP Get-Request PDUs
which have been accepted and processed by the
SNMP protocol entity.
The total number of SNMP Get-Next PDUs which
have been accepted and processed by the SNMP
protocol entity.
The total number of SNMP Set-Request PDUs
The total number of SNMP Get-Response PDUs
The total number of SNMP Trap PDUs which have
been accepted and processed by the SNMP protocol
entity.
generated by the SNMP protocol entity with
`tooBig' error.
`noSuchName' error.
`badValue' error.
Edition 03
name
Type
generated-gen-err-pdus <Counter>
total-get-req
<Counter>
total-getnext-req
<Counter>
total-set-req
<Counter>
total-get-responses
<Counter>
total-no-of-traps
<Counter>
Description
`genErr' error.
The total number of SNMP Get-Request PDUs
which have been generated by the SNMP protocol
entity.
The total number of SNMP Get-Next PDUs which
have been generated by the SNMP protocol entity.
The total number of SNMP Set-Request PDUs
entity.
The total number of SNMP Get-Response PDUs
entity.
The total number of SNMP Trap PDUs which have
been generated by the SNMP protocol entity.
Released
727
56.7 System Status Command

Command Description
This node displays the system statistics.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show transport system-parameters
Command Output
Table 56.7-2 "System Status Command" Display parameters
name
728
Type
Description
description
length: x<255
object-id
<Object>
up-time
<TimeTicks>
unit: msec
services
<Transport::SysServices>
range: [0...127] unit: milisec
A textual description which include's the full name

and version identification of the system's hardware
type, software operating-system, and networking
software.
The vendor's authoritative identification of the
network management subsystem contained in the
entity. This value is allocated within the SMI
enterprises subtree (1.3.6.1.4.1) and provides an
easy and unambiguous means for determining
`what kind of box' is being managed.
The time since the network management portion of
the system was last re-initialized.
A value which indicates the set of services that this
entity primarily offers.
Released
Edition 03
56.8 UDP Status Command

Command Description
These parameters keep track of number of UDP datagrams delivered to the UDP user, also keeps track of number
of errors occurred. Implementation of the UDP group is mandatory for all systems which implement the UDP.
The total number of UDP datagrams delivered to UDP users is given by total-delivered-datagrams parameter. The
no-port parameter gives the total number of received UDP datagrams for which there was no application at the
destination port. err-datagrams parameter gives the number of received UDP datagrams that could not be
delivered for reasons other than the lack of an application at the destination port. total-datagrams gives the total
number of UDP datagrams sent from this entity.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show transport udp-parameters
Command Output
Table 56.8-2 "UDP Status Command" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
tot-deliv-data
<Counter>
rx-tot-no-port-data
<Counter>
rx-err-datagrams
<Counter>
tx-total-datagrams
<Counter>
The total number of UDP datagrams delivered to

UDP users.
The total number of received UDP datagrams for
which there was no application at the destination
port.
The number of received UDP datagrams that could
not be delivered for reasons other than the lack of
an application at the destination port.
The total number of UDP datagrams sent from this
entity.
Released
729
56.9 UDP Listener Status Command

Command Description
The UDP listener table contains information about this entity's UDP end-points on which a local application is
currently accepting datagrams.
The local IP address for this UDP listener is given by local-address parameter. In the case of a UDP listener which
is willing to accept datagrams for any IP interface associated with the node, the value 0.0.0.0 is used. The local
port number for this UDP listener is given by local-port parameter.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show transport udp (local-address) local-port <Transport::UdpLocalPort>
Command Parameters
Table 56.9-1 "UDP Listener Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(local-address)
local-port
730
Type
Description
<Ip::V4Address>
<Transport::UdpLocalPort>
range: [0...65535]
local IP address for this UDP listener

local port number for this UDP listener
Released
Edition 03
56.10 Ethernet Dot3 Status Command

Command Description
Statistics for a collection of ethernet-like interfaces attached to a particular system. There will be one row in this
table for each ethernet-like interface in the system. The parameter stats-index gives an index value that uniquely
identifies an interface to an ethernet-like medium.
The alignment-error parameter gives a count of frames received on a particular interface that are not an integral
number of octets in length and do not pass the FCS check. The count represented by an instance of this object is
incremented when the alignmentError status is returned by the MAC service to the LLC. This counter does not
increment for 8-bit wide group encoding schemes. Discontinuities in the value of this counter can occur at
re-initialization of the management system.
The fcs-error gives a count of frames received on a particular interface that are an integral number of octets in
length but do not pass the FCS check. This count does not include frames received with frame-too-long or
frame-too-short error.
The single-collision-frame gives a count of successfully transmitted frames on a particular interface for which
transmission is inhibited by exactly one collision. This counter does not increment when the interface is operating
in full-duplex mode. The multiple-collision-frame gives a ount of successfully transmitted frames on a particular
interface for which transmission is inhibited by more than one collision. This counter also does not increment when
the interface is operating in full-duplex mode.
The deferred-transmission parameter gives a count of frames for which the first transmission attempt on a
particular interface is delayed because the medium is busy. The count represented by an instance of this object
does not include frames involved in collisions. This counter does not increment when the interface is operating in
full-duplex mode.
The late-collision gives the number of times that a collision is detected on a particular interface later than one
slotTime into the transmission of a packet. A (late) collision included in a count represented by an instance of this
object is also considered as a (generic) collision for purposes of other collision-related statistics. This counter does
not increment when the interface is operating in full-duplex mode.
The excessive-collision gives a count of frames for which transmission on a particular interface fails due to
excessive collisions. This counter does not increment when the interface is operating in full-duplex mode.
The internal-mac-tx-error gives a count of frames for which transmission on a particular interface fails due to an
internal MAC sublayer transmit error. A frame is only counted by an instance of this object if it is not counted by
the corresponding instance of either the late collisions object, the excessive collisions object, or the carrier sense
errors object. The precise meaning of the count represented by an instance of this object is implementationspecific. In particular, an instance of this object may represent a count of transmission errors on a particular
interface that are not otherwise counted.
The frame-too-long parameter gives a count of frames received on a particular interface that exceed the maximum
permitted frame size. The count represented by an instance of this object is incremented when the frameTooLong
status is returned by the MAC service to the LLC.
The internal-mac-rx-error gives a count of frames for which reception on a particular interface fails due to an
internal MAC sublayer receive error. A frame is only counted by an instance of this object if it is not counted by the
corresponding instance of either the frame toolongs object, the alignment errors object, or the FCS errors object.
The precise meaning of the count represented by an instance of this object is implementation-specific. In particular,
an instance of this object may represent a count of receive errors on a particular interface that are not otherwise
counted.
The duplex-status is the mandatory mode of operation of the MAC entity. 'unknown' indicates that the mandatory
duplex mode could not be determined. Management control of the duplex mode is accomplished through the MAU
MIB. When an interface does not support autonegotiation, or when autonegotiation is not enabled, the duplex mode
is controlled using Mau default type. When autonegotiation is supported and enabled, duplex mode is controlled
Released
731
using if MAU auto negation advertised bits. In either case, the mandatoryly operating duplex mode is reflected both
in this object and in ifMauType.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show transport ether-dot3 (stats-index)
Command Parameters
Table 56.10-1 "Ethernet Dot3 Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(stats-index)
Type
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
<Eqpt::NtSlot> : <Itf::EthernetId>
Description
/ index of the interface to an ethernet-like medium
Command Output
Table 56.10-2 "Ethernet Dot3 Status Command" Display parameters
name
732
Type
Description
align-err
<Counter>
fcs-err
<Counter>
single-coll-frame
<Counter>
multiple-coll-frame
<Counter>
deferred-trans
<Counter>
late-coll
<Counter>
excessive-coll
<Counter>
A count of frames received on a particular interface

that are not an integral number of octets in length
and do not pass the FCS check.
that are not an integral number of octets in length
and do not pass the FCS check.
A count of successfully transmitted frames on a
particular interface for which transmission is
inhibited by exactly one collision.
inhibited by more than one collision.
A count of frames for which the first transmission
attempt on a particular interface is delayed because
the medium is busy. The count represented by an
instance of this object does not include frames
involved in collisions.
The number of times that a collision is detected on
a particular interface later than one slot Time into
the transmission of a packet.
A count of frames for which transmission on a
particular interface fails due to excessive collisions.
Released
Edition 03
name
Type
internal-mac-tx-err
<Counter>
frame-too-long
<Counter>
internal-mac-rx-err
<Counter>
duplex-status
<Ether::Dot3DuplexStatus>
- unknown : Unknown type
- half-duplex : half duples mode
- full-duplex : full duplex mode
Description
particular interface fails due to an internal MAC
sublayer transmit error.
that exceed the maximum permitted frame size.
A count of frames for which reception on a
sublayer receive error.
Specifies the mode of operation of the MAC.
Released
733
56.11 Interface MAU Status Command

Command Description
shows the ether mau parameters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show transport ether-ifmau (if-index) index <Transport::Index>
Command Parameters
Table 56.11-1 "Interface MAU Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
index
Type
Description
<Transport::Index>
range: [1...[0-9]+]
<Transport::Index>
range: [1...[0-9]+]
interface to which the MAU is connected

identify MAU, among others connected to same
interface
Command Output
Table 56.11-2 "Interface MAU Status Command" Display parameters
name
type
734
Type
Description
<Ether::MAUType>
- 10baset : UTP MAU
- 100basetxhd : 2 pair cat. 5 UTP half
duplex
- 100basetxfd : 2 pair cat. 5 UTP full
duplex
- 100basefxhd : X fiber over PMT half
duplex
- 100basefxfd : X fiber over PMT full
duplex
- 1000basexhd : PCS/PMA,unknown
PMD, half duplex
- 1000basexfd : PCS/PMA,unknown
PMD, full duplex
1000baselxhd
:
fiber
over
long-wavelength laser half duplex
1000baselxfd
:
fiber
over
Specifies the MAU type. If the MAU type is

unknown, then unknown Mac type will be returned.
If the MAU is a link or fiber type then
media-available is equivalent to the link test fail
state/low light function. For an AUI or a coax
(including broadband) MAU this indicates whether
or not loopback is detected on the DI circuit. The
value of this attribute persists between packets for
MAU types AUI, 10BASE5, 10BASE2,
10BROAD36, and 10BASE-FP.
Released
Edition 03
name
media-available
med-avail-state-exits
jabbar-state
Type
long-wavelength laser full duplex
1000basesxhd
:
fiber
over
short-wavelength laser half duplex
1000basesxfd
:
fiber
over
short-wavelength laser full duplex
- 1000basethd : four-pair cat. 5 UTP over
short-wavelength laser half duplex
- 1000basetfd : four-pair cat. 5 UTP over
short-wavelength laser full duplex
<Transport::MauAvailable>
- other : MAU in other state
- unknown : MAU's true state is unknown
- available :
- not-available : MAU is fully functional
- remote-fault : power down
- invalid-signal : reset the MAU
- remote-jabber : power down
- remote-link-loss : power down
- remote-test : power down
- off-line : power down
- auto-neg-error : power down
<Counter>
jabbering-state-enters
<Transport::MauJabber>
- other : if not in any state
- unknown : MAU's true state is unknown
- no-jabber : MAU not jabbering
- jabbering : MAU is jabbering
<Counter>
false-carriers
<Counter>
auto-neg-supported
<Ether::TruthValue>
- true :
- false :
Description
Specifies whether the media is availble for the

MAU or not.
A count of the number of times that Mau-Media

available for this MAU instance leaves the state
available.
The jabbar-state indicates whether this entity is
jabbering, not jabbering, unknown or other state.
A count of the number of times that jabber-state for

this MAU instance enters the state jabbering.
A count of the number of false carrier events during
IDLE in 100BASE-X and 1000BASE-X links. For
all other MAU types, this counter will always
indicate zero. This counter does not increment at
the symbol rate.
Specifies whether or not auto-negotiation is
supported on this MAU.
Released
735

Command Description
Shows The Related Dot3 Collision Status For SHub.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show transport shub dot3-coll (if-index) coll-count <Transport::CollisionCount>
Command Parameters
Table 56.12-1 "SHub Ethernet Dot3 Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
coll-count
Type
Description
range: [0...2147483647]
<Transport::CollisionCount>
range: [0...16]
index of the collision interface

count of per-frame media collisions
Command Output
Table 56.12-2 "SHub Ethernet Dot3 Status Command" Display parameters
name
frequencies
736
Type
Description
<Counter>
A count of individual MAC frames for which the

transmission (successful or otherwise) on a
particular interface occurs after the frame has
experienced exactly the number of collisions as in
coll-count
Released
Edition 03

Command Description
This command shows the dot3 control status
The functions-supported parameter give a list of the possible MAC Control functions implemented for this
interface. The rx-unknown-opcodes parameter gives a count of MAC Control frames received on this interface that
contain an opcode that is not supported by this device.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show transport shub dot3-control (stats-index)
Command Parameters
Table 56.13-1 "SHub Dot3 Control Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(stats-index)
Type
Description
<Shub::NetworkPort>
range: [1...7]
index of the interface to an ethernet-like medium
Command Output
Table 56.13-2 "SHub Dot3 Control Status Command" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
functions-supported
<PrintableString>
rx-unknown-opcodes
<Counter>
A list of the possible MAC Control functions

implemented for this interface.
A count of MAC Control frames received on this
interface that contain an opcode that is not
supported by this device.
Released
737
56.14 SHub Dot3 Pause Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the dot3 pause parameters
The stats-index gives a value that uniquely identifies an interface to an ethernet-like medium. The operator-mode
parameter reflects the PAUSE mode mandatoryly in use on this interface, as determined by either (1) the result of
the auto-negotiation function or (2) if auto-negotiation is not enabled or is not implemented for the active MAU
attached to this interface, by the value of pause admin mode.
The parameter in-frames gives a count of MAC Control frames received on this interface with an opcode indicating
the PAUSE operation. This counter does not increment when the interface is operating in half-duplex mode. The
out-frames gives a count of MAC Control frames transmitted on this interface with an opcode indicating the
PAUSE operation. This counter does not increment when the interface is operating in half-duplex mode.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show transport shub dot3-pause (stats-index)
Command Parameters
Table 56.14-1 "SHub Dot3 Pause Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(stats-index)
Type
Description
<Shub::NetworkPort>
range: [1...7]
Command Output
Table 56.14-2 "SHub Dot3 Pause Status Command" Display parameters
name
operator-mode
in-frames
738
Type
Description
<Ether::Dot3PauseOperatorMode>
specifies pause mode in use on this interface
- enable-xmit : enabled only in transmit
direction
- enable-rcv : enabled only in receipt
- enable-xmit-rcv : enabled both transmit
and receipt
<Counter>
A count of MAC control frames received on this
interface with an opcode indicating the pause
operation.
Released
Edition 03
name
out-frames
Type
<Counter>
Description
A count of MAC control frames transmitted on this
interface with an opcode indicating the pause
operation.
Released
739

Command Description
Statistics for a collection of ethernet-like interfaces attached to a particular system. There will be one row in this
table for each ethernet-like interface in the system. The parameter stats-index gives an index value that uniquely
identifies an interface to an ethernet-like medium.
The alignment-error parameter gives a count of frames received on a particular interface that are not an integral
number of octets in length and do not pass the FCS check. The count represented by an instance of this object is
incremented when the alignmentError status is returned by the MAC service to the LLC. This counter does not
increment for 8-bit wide group encoding schemes. Discontinuities in the value of this counter can occur at
re-initialization of the management system.
The fcs-error gives a count of frames received on a particular interface that are an integral number of octets in
length but do not pass the FCS check. This count does not include frames received with frame-too-long or
frame-too-short error.
The single-collision-frame gives a count of successfully transmitted frames on a particular interface for which
transmission is inhibited by exactly one collision. This counter does not increment when the interface is operating
in full-duplex mode. The multiple-collision-frame gives a ount of successfully transmitted frames on a particular
interface for which transmission is inhibited by more than one collision. This counter also does not increment when
the interface is operating in full-duplex mode.
The deferred-transmission parameter gives a count of frames for which the first transmission attempt on a
particular interface is delayed because the medium is busy. The count represented by an instance of this object
does not include frames involved in collisions. This counter does not increment when the interface is operating in
full-duplex mode.
The late-collision gives the number of times that a collision is detected on a particular interface later than one
slotTime into the transmission of a packet. A (late) collision included in a count represented by an instance of this
object is also considered as a (generic) collision for purposes of other collision-related statistics. This counter does
not increment when the interface is operating in full-duplex mode.
The excessive-collision gives a count of frames for which transmission on a particular interface fails due to
excessive collisions. This counter does not increment when the interface is operating in full-duplex mode.
The internal-mac-tx-error gives a count of frames for which transmission on a particular interface fails due to an
internal MAC sublayer transmit error. A frame is only counted by an instance of this object if it is not counted by
the corresponding instance of either the dot3StatsLateCollisions object, the dot3StatsExcessiveCollisions object, or
the dot3StatsCarrierSenseErrors object. The precise meaning of the count represented by an instance of this object
is implementation- specific. In particular, an instance of this object may represent a count of transmission errors
on a particular interface that are not otherwise counted.
The frame-too-long parameter gives a count of frames received on a particular interface that exceed the maximum
permitted frame size. The count represented by an instance of this object is incremented when the frameTooLong
status is returned by the MAC service to the LLC.
The internal-mac-rx-error gives a count of frames for which reception on a particular interface fails due to an
internal MAC sublayer receive error. A frame is only counted by an instance of this object if it is not counted by the
corresponding instance of either the frame too longs, the alignment errors, or the FCS errors object. The precise
meaning of the count represented by an instance of this object is implementation-specific. In particular, an instance
of this object may represent a count of receive errors on a particular interface that are not otherwise counted.
The duplex-status is the mandatory mode of operation of the MAC entity. 'unknown' indicates that the mandatory
duplex mode could not be determined. Management control of the duplex mode is accomplished through the MAU
MIB. When an interface does not support autonegotiation, or when autonegotiation is not enabled, the duplex mode
is controlled using Mau default type. When autonegotiation is supported and enabled, duplex mode is controlled
using MAU auto negotiation advertised bits. In either case, the mandatoryly operating duplex mode is reflected
740
Released
Edition 03
both in this object and in if MAU type.

The carrier-sense-error gives the number of times that the carrier sense condition was lost or never asserted when
attempting to transmit a frame on a particular interface. The count represented by an instance of this object is
incremented at most once per transmission attempt, even if the carrier sense condition fluctuates during a
transmission attempt. This counter does not increment when the interface is operating in full-duplex mode.
The symbol-error for an interface operating at 100 Mb/s, the number of times there was an invalid data symbol
when a valid carrier was present. For an interface operating in half-duplex mode at 1000 Mb/s, the number of
times the receiving media is non-idle (a carrier event) for a period of time equal to or greater than slotTime, and
during which there was at least one occurrence of an event that causes the PHY to indicate 'Data reception error'
or 'carrier extend error' on the GMII. For an interface operating in full-duplex mode at 1000 Mb/s, the number of
times the receiving media is non-idle a carrier event) for a period of time equal to or greater than minimum frame
size, and during which there was at least one occurrence of an event that causes the PHY to indicate 'Data
reception error' on the GMII. The count represented by an instance of this object is incremented at most once per
carrier event, even if multiple symbol errors occur during the carrier event. This count does not increment if a
collision is present.
The sqe-test-error gives a count of times that the SQE TEST ERROR message is generated by the PLS sublayer for
a particular interface. This counter does not increment on interfaces operating at speeds greater than 10 Mb/s, or
on interfaces operating in full-duplex mode.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show transport shub dot3-status (stats-index)
Command Parameters
Table 56.15-1 "SHub Ethernet Dot3 Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(stats-index)
Type
Description
<Shub::NetworkPort>
range: [1...7]
Command Output
Table 56.15-2 "SHub Ethernet Dot3 Status Command" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
align-err
<Counter>
fcs-err
<Counter>
single-coll-frame
<Counter>

that has alignment error status returned by MAC
service to the LLC(or other MAC user).
that has frame check error status is returned by the
MAC service to the LLC (or other MAC user).
inhibited by exactly one collision.
Released
741
name
742
Type
multiple-coll-frame
<Counter>
deferred-trans
<Counter>
late-coll
<Counter>
excessive-coll
<Counter>
internal-mac-tx-err
<Counter>
frame-too-long
<Counter>
internal-mac-rx-err
<Counter>
duplex-status
carrier-sense-err
<Ether::Dot3DuplexStatus>
- unknown : Unknown type
- half-duplex : half duples mode
- full-duplex : full duplex mode
<Counter>
ether-chipset
<SymbolicObject>
sym-err
<Counter>
sqe-test-err
<Counter>
Released
Description
inhibited by more than one collision.
A count of frames for which the first transmission
attempt on a particular interface is delayed because
the medium is busy, this does not include frames
involved in collisions.
The number of times that a collision is detected on
a particular interface later than one slotTime into
the transmission of a packet.
particular interface fails due to excessive collisions.
sublayer transmit error.
that exceed the maximum permitted frame size.
A count of frames for which reception on a
sublayer receive error.
specifies the mode of operation of the MAC.
The number of times that the carrier sense

condition was lost or never asserted when
attempting to transmit a frame on a particular
interface.
Identifies the chipset used to realize the interface.
Ethernet-like interfaces are typically built out of
several different chips.
The number of times there was an invalid data
symbol.
A count of times that the SQE test error message is
generated by the PLS sublayer for a particular
interface.
Edition 03
56.16 SHub L2 Filter Status Command

Command Description
This node shows the L2 filter information.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show transport shub mac (index-num)
Command Parameters
Table 56.16-1 "SHub L2 Filter Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index-num)
Type
Description
<Sys::Number>
range: [1...65535]
Command Output
Table 56.16-2 "SHub L2 Filter Status Command" Display parameters
name
protocol-type
dst-mac-addr
Type
Description
<Sys::ProtocolType>
range: [0,1536...65535]
<Vlan::MacAddr>
length: 6
Specifies the non IP protocol type to be filtered.

Specifies the destination MAC address to be
matched with the packet.
Specifies the source MAC address to be matched
with the packet.
Specifies the vlan id to be filtered.
Specifies the complete set of ports over which if the
packet arrives the filter rule will be applicable. If
the incoming port list is '0', the filter rule is
applicable for all the incoming ports.
Specifies the action to be taken on the packet.
src-mac-addr
<Vlan::MacAddr>
length: 6
vlan-id
<Sys::FilterVlanId>
range: [0...4094]
<Shub::PortList>
length: 3
in-port-list
action
<Sys::L2Action>
- action-allow : the packet will be
forwarded
- action-drop : the packet will be discarded
Released
743
name
match-cnt
744
Type
Description
<Counter>
Number of times this filter is matched.

Released
Edition 03
56.17 SHub Rate Status Command

Command Description
This node shows SHub rate information.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show transport shub rate (port)
Command Parameters
Table 56.17-1 "SHub Rate Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
Type
Description
<Shub::NetworkPort>
range: [1...7]
port for which the rate parameters are displayed
Command Output
Table 56.17-2 "SHub Rate Status Command" Display parameters
name
dlf-limit
bcast-limit
mcast-limit
max-nbr-pkts
validity
Type
Description
<Sys::DlfStatus>
- lookup-enabled : enable this status
- lookup-disabled : disable this status
<Sys::BcastStatus>
- bcast-pkt-enabled : enable this status
- bcast-pkt-disabled : disable this status
<Sys::McastStatus>
- mcast-pkt-enabled : enable this status
- mcast-pkt-disabled : disable this status
<Sys::RateCtrlLimit>
range: [1...65535]
Specifies destination lookup failure packet

transmission control over the interface is enabled or
not.
Specifies broadcast packet transmission control
over the interface is enabled or not.
<Sys::RateCtrlStatus>
- valid : status is valid
- invalid : status is invalid
Specifies multicast packet transmission control

over the interface is enabled or not.
Specifies the maximum number of packets that can
be transmitted over this interface.
Specifies whether this entry is valid or not.
Released
745
57- DHCP Relay Status Commands
57.1 DHCP Relay Port Statistics

57.2 DHCP Relay SHub Statistics
746
Released
57-747
57-748
Edition 03
57 DHCP Relay Status Commands
57.1 DHCP Relay Port Statistics

Command Description
This command allows the operator to view the DHCP relay port counters.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with dhcp privileges.
Command Syntax
> show dhcp-relay port (port-interface)
Command Parameters
Table 57.1-1 "DHCP Relay Port Statistics" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port-interface)
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/ port number associated with bridge port
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
:
Command Output
Table 57.1-2 "DHCP Relay Port Statistics" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
receive
<Counter>
transmit
<Counter>
large-msg-drop
<Counter>
untrust-agent-drop
<Counter>
untrust-option-82
<Counter>
long-option-82
<Counter>
error-summary
<Counter>
number of upstream dhcp packets

number of downstream dhcp messages
number of discarded upstream dhcp packets
number of discarded upstream dhcp packets
untrusted
nbr of discarded dhcp pkts with option 82 untrusted
nbr of discarded upstream dhcp pkts without option
82
Error summary for a port
Released
747
57 DHCP Relay Status Commands
57.2 DHCP Relay SHub Statistics

Command Description
This command displays DHCP relay agent statistics for each VRF.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with dhcp privileges.
Command Syntax
> show dhcp-relay shub vrf-agent-stats (vrf)
Command Parameters
Table 57.2-1 "DHCP Relay SHub Statistics" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(vrf)
Type
Description
<Vrf::ShubVrfID>
range: [0...127]
vrf for which the agent is running
Command Output
Table 57.2-2 "DHCP Relay SHub Statistics" Display parameters
name
748
Type
Description
fwd-upstream
<Counter>
fwd-downstream
<Counter>
rx-upstream
<Counter>
rx-downstream
<Counter>
errors
<Counter>
number of forwarded upstream dhcp packets

number of forwarded downstream dhcp packets
number of received upstream dhcp packets
number of received downstream dhcp packets
number of erroneous dhcp packets discarded
Released
Edition 03
58- Multicast Status Commands
58.1 Multicast VLAN FWD Port Status Command
58-750
Released
749
58 Multicast Status Commands
58.1 Multicast VLAN FWD Port Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the VLAN list for the MAC multicast group.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show mcast shub igs-vlan-grp (vlan-id) mcast-addr <Vlan::MacAddr>
Command Parameters
Table 58.1-1 "Multicast VLAN FWD Port Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(vlan-id)
mcast-addr
Type
Description
<Vlan::VlanId>
range: [1...4093]
<Vlan::MacAddr>
length: 6
vlan id
multicast address
Command Output
Table 58.1-2 "Multicast VLAN FWD Port Status Command" Display parameters
name
750
Type
Description
fwd-port-list
<Shub::PortList>
length: 3
status
<Vlan::VlanMcastConfigStatus>
- static : static group entry
- dynamic : dynamic entry
- static-dynamic : static dynamic entry
List of ports which are members for the MAC

multicast group and the Vlan Id. BIT 1-16 (MSB)
1/1/4 - 1/1/19, BIT 18-24 network:1-7, BIT 17 NT
The status of the igs-vlan multicast group
Released
Edition 03
59- CPE Remote Status Commands
59.1 CPE Remote Management System Status Command
59-752
Released
751
59 CPE Remote Status Commands
59.1 CPE Remote Management System Status

Command
Command Description
This command shows the packets statistics of the CPE Remote Management System.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show cpeproxy
Command Output
Table 59.1-2 "CPE Remote Management System Status Command" Display parameters
name
752
Type
Description
pkts-from-cpemm
<Counter>
pkts-to-cpemm
<Counter>
discard-pkts-cpemm
<Counter>
discard-pkts-cpe
<Counter>
number of packets received from the CPE

Management Module.
number of packets sent to the CPE Management
Module.
number of packets received from the CPE
Management Module and discarded.
number of packets received from the CPE and
discarded.
Released
Edition 03
60- Session Status Commands
60.1 Session Status Command
60-754
Released
753
60 Session Status Commands
60.1 Session Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the status of all sessions.
User Level
The command can be accessed and executed by an operator with admin privilege.
Command Syntax
> show session (id)
Command Parameters
Table 60.1-1 "Session Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(id)
Type
Description
<Sec::SessionId>
the session number
range:
[1...(TelnetDaemon::maxTelnetSessions_c+CraftSessionManager::maxNumberOfCraftSessions_c)]
Command Output
Table 60.1-2 "Session Status Command" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
operator
<Sec::OperatorName>
from
<Sec::LoginAddress>
length: x<21
<Sec::TerminalType>
- craft : craft terminal
- telnet : telnet terminal
- network : network terminal
- virtual : virtual terminal
<Sec::SessionStatus>
- init : initialisation ongoing
- free : free
- login : start login procedure
- name : asking the operator name
- passwd : asking the password
- active : active
the name of the operator that is actually using the

session
the ip-address from where the user is logged in
the type of connection use. Network means that any
supported connection type over ip is possible.
type
status
754
Released
the status of the session. Special values are :

initializing=session is not yet ready to be used,
free=session is not used, selected=session is
reserved, stopping=the user is logging out,
invalid=the session is out-of-service
Edition 03
60 Session Status Commands
name
login-time
idle-time
Type
- logout : the operator is logging out
<Sys::Time>
unit: UTC
<ElapsedTime>
unit: sec
Description
the time when the user connected to the terminal.
Never if no user is connected.
the time that this terminal is idle (the operator did
not type any character and did not modify its
window size
Released
755
61- PPPoX-Relay Status Commands
61.1 PPPoX CC Engine Statistics

61.2 PPPoX CC Client Port Statistics
61.3 PPPoX CC Engine Monitor Statistics
61.4 PPPoX CC Client Port Monitor Statistics
61.5 PPPoX CC Session Engine Status Command
61.6 PPPoX CC Session Client Port Status Command
756
Released
61-757
61-758
61-759
61-760
61-761
61-762
Edition 03
61 PPPoX-Relay Status Commands
61.1 PPPoX CC Engine Statistics

Command Description
This command shows the statistics for a particular VLAN ID.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show pppox-relay cross-connect statistics engine (vlan-id)
Command Parameters
Table 61.1-1 "PPPoX CC Engine Statistics" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(vlan-id)
Type
Description
<Vlan::VlanId>
range: [1...4093]
engine identification
Command Output
Table 61.1-2 "PPPoX CC Engine Statistics" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
in-ctrl-frm
<PPPoX::EngineName>
length: 1<=x<32
<Counter>
out-ctrl-frm
<Counter>
err-ctrl-frm
<Counter>
ppp-cc
<SignedInteger>
name to identify the engine/service

number of ingress control messages
number of egress control messages
nbr of errored upstream and downstream control
msgs
nbr of PPP cross-connections currently in use
engine-name
Released
757
61.2 PPPoX CC Client Port Statistics

Command Description
This command shows the statistics of client port.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show pppox-relay cross-connect statistics client-port (client-port)
Command Parameters
Table 61.2-1 "PPPoX CC Client Port Statistics" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(client-port)
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
:
Command Output
Table 61.2-2 "PPPoX CC Client Port Statistics" Display parameters
name
758
Type
Description
in-ctrl-frm
<Counter>
out-ctrl-frm
<Counter>
err-ctrl-frm
<Counter>
number of ingress control messages

number of egress control messages
number of errored control messages
Released
Edition 03
61.3 PPPoX CC Engine Monitor Statistics

Command Description
This command shows the engine monitor statistics for a particular VLAN ID and lists the statistics of a configured
engine with monitor enabled.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show pppox-relay cross-connect monitor-statistics engine (vlan-id)
Command Parameters
Table 61.3-1 "PPPoX CC Engine Monitor Statistics" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(vlan-id)
Type
Description
<Vlan::VlanId>
range: [1...4093]
Command Output
Table 61.3-2 "PPPoX CC Engine Monitor Statistics" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
generic-err-cnt
<Counter>
inv-serv-name
<Counter>
nbr of discovery msgs that carried the Generic

Error tag
nbr of PAD-S msgs containing Service-Name-Error
tag
Released
759
61.4 PPPoX CC Client Port Monitor Statistics

Command Description
This command displays the client port monitor statistics and lists the statistics of a configured client port with
monitor enabled.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show pppox-relay cross-connect monitor-statistics client-port (client-port)
Command Parameters
Table 61.4-1 "PPPoX CC Client Port Monitor Statistics" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(client-port)
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
:
Command Output
Table 61.4-2 "PPPoX CC Client Port Monitor Statistics" Display parameters
name
760
Type
Description
unexp-ctrl-msg
<Counter>
unexp-data-pkts
<Counter>
prt-mru-err-cnt
<Counter>
trans-age-out
<Counter>
session-age-out
<Counter>
number of unexpected control messages discarded

number of discarded data packets on this port
number of long messages discarded on this port
nbr of events cleared because the transaction timed
out
nbr of events timed out for this port
Released
Edition 03
61.5 PPPoX CC Session Engine Status Command

Command Description
This command shows session data for the engine.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show pppox-relay cross-connect session engine (vlan-id)
Command Parameters
Table 61.5-1 "PPPoX CC Session Engine Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(vlan-id)
Type
Description
<Vlan::VlanId>
range: [1...4093]
Command Output
Table 61.5-2 "PPPoX CC Session Engine Status Command" Display parameters
name
server-mac-addr
ext-session-id
client-port
int-session-id
Type
Description
<Vlan::MacAddr>
length: 6
mac-addr of the PPPoE Server of this PPP

cross-connection
<SignedInteger>
PPPoE session id of this PPP cross-connection
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/ Index to which the PPPoE client is directly
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
: associated
<Atm::DefaultVpi> : <Atm::DefaultVci> This element is always shown.
<SignedInteger>
index that uniquely indicate a PPP cross-connection
Released
761
61.6 PPPoX CC Session Client Port Status

Command
Command Description
This command shows session data for the client port.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show pppox-relay cross-connect session client-port (client-port)
Command Parameters
Table 61.6-1 "PPPoX CC Session Client Port Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(client-port)
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
:
Command Output
Table 61.6-2 "PPPoX CC Session Client Port Status Command" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
server-mac-addr
<Vlan::MacAddr>
length: 6
ext-session-id
<SignedInteger>
engine-id
<PPPoX::EngineIndex>
range: [1...255]
<SignedInteger>
mac-addr of the PPPoE server of this PPP

cross-connection
PPPoE session id of this PPP cross-connection
index to where this PPP cross-connection belongs
index that uniquely indicate a PPP cross-connection
int-session-id
762
Released
Edition 03
62- OSPF Status Commands
62.1 OSPF Area Status Command

62.2 OSPF LSA Status Command
62.4 OSPF Interface Status Command
62.5 OSPF Neighbour Status Command
62.6 OSPF Routing Status Command
62.7 OSPF Statistics
62.8 OSPF Parameter Status Command
62-764
62-766
62-767
62-768
62-770
62-772
62-773
62-774
Released
763
62 OSPF Status Commands
62.1 OSPF Area Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the values of the area identifier, spf-runs, number of link state advertisements in the link-state
database, and the link-state-checksum.
This command also shows the number of border routers in the area, number of the AS border router, number of
OSPF interfaces in the area, total number of interfaces in the area, total number of networks in the area, and
number of NSSA translator events in the area.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show ospf area (area-id)
Command Parameters
Table 62.1-1 "OSPF Area Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(area-id)
Type
Description
<Ip::V4Address>
Command Output
Table 62.1-2 "OSPF Area Status Command" Display parameters
name
764
Type
Description
spf-runs
<Counter>
nbr-lsa
<Gauge>
lsa-checksum
<SignedInteger>
area-bdr-rtrs
<Gauge>
as-bdr-rtrs
<Gauge>
nbr-interfaces
<Gauge>
nbr-area-nw
<Gauge>
nssa-events
<Counter>
nbr of times the intra-area route table has been

calculated
nbr of lsa in this area's link-state database
checksums contained in this area's link-state
database
nbr of area border routers in this area
nbr of autonomous sys border routers in this area
total number of Interfaces in the area
total number of networks in the area
nbr of translator state changes since the last boot-up
Released
Edition 03
name
Type
Description
Released
765
62.2 OSPF LSA Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the general information of OSPF link state advertisements based on the interface type.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show ospf link-state-adv link-type (link-type) area-id <Ip::V4Address> router-id
<Ip::V4Address> itf-ip-addr <Ip::V4Address>
Command Parameters
Table 62.2-1 "OSPF LSA Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(link-type)
area-id
router-id
itf-ip-addr
Type
Description
<Ospf::LinkType>
- router : router link
- network : network link
- summary : summary link
- asbr-summary : assummary link
- nssa : nssa external link
<Ip::V4Address>
<Ip::V4Address>
<Ip::V4Address>
filter for the ospf database

originating router identifier
link state identifier
Command Output
Table 62.2-2 "OSPF LSA Status Command" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
sequence
<Ospf::LsAge>
<SignedInteger>
checksum
<SignedInteger>
advertisement
<Ospf::Advtsmnt>
length: 1<=x<65535
age of the link state advertisement in seconds

identifies the old and recent advertisements
checksum of the complete contents of the
advertisement
entire link state advertisement, including its header
age
766
Released
Edition 03

Command Description
This command shows the values of the OSPF process's link state database.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show ospf link-state-adv asbr-external (itf-ip-addr) router-id <Ip::V4Address>
Command Parameters
Table 62.3-1 "OSPF External Link State Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(itf-ip-addr)
router-id
Type
Description
<Ip::V4Address>
<Ip::V4Address>
external link state identifier

originating router identifier, a 32 bit number
Command Output
Table 62.3-2 "OSPF External Link State Status Command" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
sequence
<Ospf::LsAge>
<SignedInteger>
checksum
<SignedInteger>
advertisement
<Ospf::ExtAdvtsmnt>
length: 1<=x<36
age of the link state advertisement in seconds

identifies the old and recent advertisements
checksum of the complete contents of the
advertisement
entire link state advertisement, including its header
age
Released
767
62.4 OSPF Interface Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the values of the OSPF interface.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show ospf interface (ip-addr)
Command Parameters
Table 62.4-1 "OSPF Interface Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(ip-addr)
Type
Description
<Ip::V4Address>
ip address of the interface
Command Output
Table 62.4-2 "OSPF Interface Status Command" Display parameters
name
oper-status
designated-router
Type
Description
<Ospf::OperStatus>
- operup : operational status up
- operdown : operational status down
- loopback : operational status loopback
- unloop : operational status unloop
<Ip::V4Address>
operational status of the interface

bkp-designated-router <Ip::V4Address>
768
events
<Counter>
nbr-neighbors
<Gauge>
nbr-adjacencies
<Gauge>
rx-hello
<Counter>
tx-hello
<Counter>
Released
ip address of the designated router

ip address of the backup designated router
nbr of times this OSPF interface has changed its
state
total nbr of neighbour's through that Itf
total nbr of adjacencies through that Itf
total nbr of Hello pkts received through that Itf
total nbr of hello pkts transmitted through that Itf
Edition 03
name
Type
Description
discard-hello
<Counter>
rx-ddp
<Counter>
tx-ddp
<Counter>
discard-ddp
<Counter>
discard-lrq
<Counter>
rx-lrq
<Counter>
tx-lrq
<Counter>
rx-lsus
<Counter>
tx-lsus
<Counter>
discard-lsus
<Counter>
discard-lak
<Counter>
rx-lak
<Counter>
tx-lak
<Counter>
total nbr of Hello pkts discarded through that Itf

total nbr of Ddp pkts received through that Itf
total nbr of Ddp pkts transmitted through that Itf
total nbr of Ddp pkts discarded through that Itf
total nbr of Lrq pkts discarded through that Itf
total nbr of Lrq pkts received through that Itf
total nbr of Lrq pkts transmitted through that Itf
total nbr of Lsu pkts received through that Itf
total nbr of Lsu pkts transmitted through that Itf
total nbr of Lsu pkts discarded through that Itf
total nbr of Lak pkts discarded on that Itf
total nbr of Lak pkts received through that Itf
total nbr of Lak pkts transmitted through that Itf
Released
769
62.5 OSPF Neighbour Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the neighbour information.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show ospf neighbour (ip-address)
Command Parameters
Table 62.5-1 "OSPF Neighbour Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(ip-address)
Type
Description
<Ip::V4Address>
neighbour ip
Command Output
Table 62.5-2 "OSPF Neighbour Status Command" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
router-id
<Ip::V4Address>
state
<Ospf::NbrState>
- down : down
- attempt : attempt
- init : init
- two-way : two-way
- exchange-start : exchange-start
- exchange : exchange
- loading : loading
- full : full
<Ospf::NbrPriority>
length: x<255
a 32-bit integer identifying the neighboring router

state of the relationship with this neighbor
priority
770
retrans-q-len
<Gauge>
options
<SignedInteger>
events
<Counter>
Released
priority of neighbor in designated router election

algorithm
current length of the retransmission queue
bit mask corresponding to the neighbor
nbr of times this neighbor has changed state
Edition 03
name
Type
Description
status of how the neighbor became known
db-summary-q-len
<Ospf::NbrPermanence>
- dynamic : dynamic
- permanent : permanent
<Ospf::HelloSuppress>
- hello-suppressed : set hello-suppressed
value true
no-hello-suppressed
:
set
hello-suppressed false
<Gauge>
ls-req-q-len
<Gauge>
nbma-permanence
hello-suppressed
indicates whether hellos are being suppressed to the

neighbor
que length of the database summary list

length of link state request que
Released
771
62.6 OSPF Routing Status Command

Command Description
This command shows information about a single route.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show ospf routing-table (destination) mask <Ip::V4Address> peer <Ip::V4Address>
Command Parameters
Table 62.6-1 "OSPF Routing Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(destination)
mask
peer
Type
Description
<Ip::V4Address>
<Ip::V4Address>
<Ip::V4Address>
ip address of the route

ip address mask of the route
ip next hop of the route
Command Output
Table 62.6-2 "OSPF Routing Status Command" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
interface
<SignedInteger>
area-id
<Ip::V4Address>
metric
<Ospf::RouteCost>
length: x<16777215
route-type
<Ospf::RouteType>
- intraarea : intraarea
- interarea : interarea
- type1-external : type1-external
- type2-external : type2-external
<Ospf::RouteCost>
length: x<16777215
interface index associated with the route

area id associated with the route
type 1 metrics expressed in the same units as OSPF
itf cost
type of the route
type2-metric
772
Released
routing between AS is the major cost of routing a

pkt
Edition 03
62.7 OSPF Statistics

Command Description
This command shows various statistics, counts and external link-state advertisement counts
User Level
Command Syntax
> show ospf statistics
Command Output
Table 62.7-2 "OSPF Statistics" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
nbr-ext-lsa
<Gauge>
tx-new-lsas
<Counter>
rx-new-lsas
<Counter>
tx-pkts
<Counter>
rx-pkts
<Counter>
discard-pkts
<Counter>
nbr of ext link-state advertisements in the link-state

database
nbr of new link-state advertisements that have been
originated
nbr of link-state advertisements received to be new
instantiations
total no. of packets transmitted
total no. of packets received
total no. of packets discarded
Released
773
62.8 OSPF Parameter Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the OSPF parameter status.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show ospf status
Command Output
Table 62.8-2 "OSPF Parameter Status Command" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
router-id
<Ip::V4Address>
version
<Ospf::Version>
area-bdr-rtr-stat
<Ospf::AreaRtrStat>
- area-bdr-rtr-stat : set area-bdr-rtr-stat
value true
- no-area-bdr-rtr-stat : set area-bdr-rtr-stat
value false
<Ospf::AsRtrStat>
- as-bdr-rtr-stat : set as-bdr-rtr-stat value
true
- no-as-bdr-rtr-stat : set as-bdr-rtr-stat
value false
<SignedInteger>
a 32-bit integer identifying the router in the

Autonomous Sys
current version number of the OSPF protocol is 2
indicates whether the router is an area border router
as-bdr-rtr-stat
ext-lsa-chcksm
overflow-state
774
<Ospf::OvflwState>
- overflow-state : set overflow-state value
true
- no-overflow-state : set overflow-state
value false
Released
indicates whether the router is an Autonomous Sys

border router
a 32-bit LS checksums of the external link-state

advertisements
indicates the router overflow state
Edition 03
63- RIP Status Commands
63.1 RIP Statistics

63.2 RIP Peer Status Command
63.4 RIP Global Status Command
63-776
63-777
63-778
63-779
Released
775
63 RIP Status Commands
63.1 RIP Statistics

Command Description
This command shows the RIP interface status.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show rip statistics (ip-addr)
Command Parameters
Table 63.1-1 "RIP Statistics" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(ip-addr)
Type
Description
<Ip::V4Address>
show statistics of a specific IP interface
Command Output
Table 63.1-2 "RIP Statistics" Display parameters
name
776
Type
Description
periodical-update
<Counter>
rx-bad-pkts
<Counter>
rx-bad-routes
<Counter>
updates-sent
<Counter>
total nbr of periodic RIP updates sent on this

interface
number of RIP response pkts which were discarded
number of routes in valid RIP packets which were
ignored
number of triggered RIP updates sent on this
interface
Released
Edition 03
63.2 RIP Peer Status Command

Command Description
This command shows information about a single routing peer.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show rip peer (peer-ip-addr)
Command Parameters
Table 63.2-1 "RIP Peer Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(peer-ip-addr)
Type
Description
<Ip::V4Address>
IP identifying the remote peer
Command Output
Table 63.2-2 "RIP Peer Status Command" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
peer-version
<SignedInteger>
last-updt-rx
rx-bad-pkts
<TimeTicks>
unit: msec
<Counter>
rx-bad-routes
<Counter>
version number in the header of the last RIP packet

most recent RIP update received from the system
number of RIP response pkts discarded as invalid
number of routes that were ignored
Released
777

Command Description
This command shows a list of routes in the local routing table.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show rip routing-table (destination)
Command Parameters
Table 63.3-1 "RIP Routing Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(destination)
Type
Description
<Ip::V4Address>
IP address of the destination network
Command Output
Table 63.3-2 "RIP Routing Status Command" Display parameters
name
778
Type
Description
mask
<Ip::V4Address>
peer
<Ip::V4Address>
gateway
<Ip::V4Address>
vlan-index
short name:vlan-idx
metric
<SignedInteger>
change-time
<SignedInteger>
valid
<SignedInteger>
mask for the destination network

nexthop address where datagrams are to be
forwarded
gateway address where datagrams are to be
forwarded
vlan through which the route is learnt
reachability cost for the destination
time when the route is installed
row status for particular route entry
<SignedInteger>
Released
Edition 03
63.4 RIP Global Status Command

Command Description
This command shows information regarding the sum of all the interface related counter.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show rip global
Command Output
Table 63.4-2 "RIP Global Status Command" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
periodic-updates
<Counter>
dropped-pkts
<Counter>
route-change
<Counter>
global-queries
<Counter>
total nbr of periodic RIP updates sent from this

router
number of packets dropped
number of routes changed
number of responses sent to RIP queries
Released
779
64- Security Status Commands
64.1 Operator Information Status Command

64.2 Domain Status Command
64.3 User Sessions Status Command
64.4 Connection Profile Status Command
64.5 Local IP Pool Status Command
64.7 RADIUS Authentication Server Statistics
64.8 RADIUS Authenticating Server Status Command
64.9 RADIUS Accounting Server Statistics
64.10 RADIUS Accounting Server Status Command
64.11 RADIUS Dynamic Authentication Client Status
Command
64.12 RADIUS Next Available Index
64.13 RADIUS Client Status Command
64.14 PAE Authenticator Status Command
64.15 EAPOL Statistics
64.16 Diagnostic Information Status Command
64.17 Session Statistics
64.18 PAE Port System Status Command
64.19 Mac-address Related Eapol Status Command
780
Released
64-781
64-782
64-783
64-785
64-786
64-787
64-788
64-790
64-791
64-793
64-794
64-796
64-797
64-798
64-800
64-802
64-805
64-807
64-808
Edition 03
64 Security Status Commands
64.1 Operator Information Status Command

Command Description
This command shows information about operators.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with all,forAdmin privileges.
Operators without security read or write permissions can never see the information about other operators.
Command Syntax
> show security operator (name)
Command Parameters
Table 64.1-1 "Operator Information Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(name)
Type
Description
<Sec::OperatorName>
the name of the operator
Command Output
Table 64.1-2 "Operator Information Status Command" Display parameters
name
last-login
last-failed
failed-logins
last-passwd-change
Type
Description
<Sys::Time>
unit: UTC
<Sys::Time>
unit: UTC
<UnsignedInteger>
the time of the last successfull login

the time of the last unsuccessfull login attempt
the number of unsuccessfull login attempts since
the last successfull login
the time the password was changed for the last
time. It does not matter if the change was made by
this operator itself or by another operator.
<Sys::Time>
unit: UTC
Released
781
64.2 Domain Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the domain status.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with aaa privileges.
Command Syntax
> show security aaa domain (name)
Command Parameters
Table 64.2-1 "Domain Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(name)
Type
Description
<Aaa::DomainName>
length: 6<=x<64
name of the domain
Command Output
Table 64.2-2 "Domain Status Command" Display parameters
name
active-sessions
782
Type
Description
<Gauge>
the number of active sessions

Released
Edition 03
64.3 User Sessions Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the details of the user sessions.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show security aaa user-session (index) user <Aaa::DisplayString> domain
Command Parameters
Table 64.3-1 "User Sessions Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
user
domain
Type
Description
<SignedInteger>
length: 6<=x<64
length: 6<=x<64
index to the domain user session table

user name
domain name
Command Output
Table 64.3-2 "User Sessions Status Command" Display parameters
name
interface
Type
Description
xdsl-line : <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> / the interface on which the session is established.

<Eqpt::LtSlot> / <Eqpt::Port> | slip : This element is only shown in detail mode.
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/
<Eqpt::NtSlot>
:
<Itf::EthernetId>
|
pppoeses
:
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
:
<Atm::DefaultVci>
:
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
|
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
|
xdsl-channel
:
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
Released
783
name
protocol
auth-type
auth-server
acc-server
accounting-id
vrf-index
ip-pool-index
ip-addr
784
Type
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
:
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
:
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/
sw-loopback
:
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Aaa::Protocol>
- ppp : ppp used to establish user sess
- dot1x : dot1x used to establish user sess
local | radius : <Aaa::RadPolicyName>
Description
the protocol at user side that was used to establish

this user session
the Authentication type used for establishing this

user session
none
|
name
: the name of the radius authentication server used
for this user session
none | name : <Aaa::RadAccServerName> the name of the radius accounting server used for
this user session
the accounting id that is sent to the radius
length: 6<=x<64
accounting server for this user session. It will be
NULL in case of no accounting.
<Aaa::VrfIndex>
the vrf to which the ip-address of this user session
range: [0...127]
belongs to
<Aaa::DomainUserSessIpAddrPoolIndex> the ip-pool that was used to allocate an ip-address
range: [0...256]
to the user session
<Ip::V4Address>
the IpAddress allocated to the user session
Released
Edition 03
64.4 Connection Profile Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the status of connection profiles.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show security aaa conn-profile (name)
Command Parameters
Table 64.4-1 "Connection Profile Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(name)
Type
Description
<AsamProfileName>
name of connection profile
Command Output
Table 64.4-2 "Connection Profile Status Command" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
number-of-users
range: [0...65535]
index
<AsamProfileIndex>
range: [1...65535]
The number of entities using this profile. The

profile can only be deleted when this number is 0.
connection profile index
Released
785
64.5 Local IP Pool Status Command

Command Description
This command displays the status of the local IP address pool management.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show security ip-addr-pool (name) vrf-index <Aaa::VrfIndex> ip-pool-status (ip-addr)
Command Parameters
Table 64.5-1 "Local IP Pool Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(name)
vrf-index
(ip-addr)
Type
Description
<Aaa::IpPoolName>
length: 1<=x<64
<Aaa::VrfIndex>
range: [0...127]
<Ip::V4Address>
name of the IP pool

ip pool address
Command Output
Table 64.5-2 "Local IP Pool Status Command" Display parameters
name
status
786
Type
Description
<Aaa::IpPoolStatus>
- allocated :
- locally-reserved :
- remotely-reserved :
Specifies the status of the specified IP address

whether allocated or reserved(locally or remotely).
Released
Edition 03

Command Description
This command displays the IP address pool parameters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show security ip-addr-pool (name) vrf-index <Aaa::VrfIndex> number-addr
Command Parameters
Table 64.6-1 "IP Address Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(name)
vrf-index
Type
Description
<Aaa::IpPoolName>
length: 1<=x<64
<Aaa::VrfIndex>
range: [0...127]
name of the IP pool

Command Output
Table 64.6-2 "IP Address Status Command" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
free
<Gauge>
reserved
<Gauge>
allocated
<Gauge>
The number of IpAddresses that are still free and

can be used for allocation.
The number of IpAddresses that are reserved
(either locally or remotely) and cannot be used for
allocation.
The number of IpAddresses that are allocated to
existing user sessions.
Released
787
64.7 RADIUS Authentication Server Statistics

Command Description
This command displays the details of RADIUS authentication server statistics.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show security radius auth-server auth-stats (name) vrf-index <Aaa::VrfIndex>
Command Parameters
Table 64.7-1 "RADIUS Authentication Server Statistics" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(name)
vrf-index
Type
Description
length: 1<=x<64
<Aaa::VrfIndex>
range: [0...127]

Command Output
Table 64.7-2 "RADIUS Authentication Server Statistics" Display parameters
name
788
Type
Description
rndtrp-time
<TimeTicks>
unit: msec
num-access-req
<Counter>
num-access-retrn
<Counter>
num-access-acpts
<Counter>
num-access-rej
<Counter>
The time interval between the most recent

Access-Reply/Access-Challenge
and
the
Access-Request that matched it from this RADIUS
authentication server.
The number of RADIUS Access-Request packets
sent to this server. This does not include
retransmissions.
retransmitted to this RADIUS authentication
server.
The number of RADIUS Access-Accept packets
(valid or invalid) received from this server.
The number of RADIUS Access-Reject packets
Released
Edition 03
name
Type
num-access-challenges <Counter>
num-malf-access-resp <Counter>
num-bad-authenticators <Counter>
num-pending-req
<Gauge>
num-timeouts
<Counter>
num-unknown
<Counter>
num-packets-dropped
<Counter>
Description
The number of RADIUS Access-Challenge packets
The
number
of
malformed
RADIUS
Access-Response packets received from this server.
Malformed packets include packets with an invalid
length, Bad authenticators or Signature attributes or
unknown types are not included as malformed
access responses.
The number of RADIUS Access-Response packets
containing invalid authenticators or signature
received from this server.
destined for this server that have not yet timed out
or received a response.
The number of authentication timeouts to this
server.
The number of RADIUS packets of unknown type
which were received from this server on the
authentication port.
The number of RADIUS packets of which were
received from this server on the authentication port
and dropped.
Released
789
64.8 RADIUS Authenticating Server Status

Command
Command Description
This command shows the state of the RADIUS authentication server.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show security radius auth-server state (name) vrf-index <Aaa::VrfIndex>
Command Parameters
Table 64.8-1 "RADIUS Authenticating Server Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(name)
vrf-index
Type
Description
length: 1<=x<64
<Aaa::VrfIndex>
range: [0...127]

Command Output
Table 64.8-2 "RADIUS Authenticating Server Status Command" Display parameters
name
auth-state
790
Type
Description
<Aaa::OperState>
- up : Operational state up
- down : Operational state down
- unknown : Operational state unknown
The operational state of the authentication server.

Released
Edition 03
64.9 RADIUS Accounting Server Statistics

Command Description
This command displays the statistics of the RADIUS accounting server.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show security radius acc-server acc-stats (name) vrf-index <Aaa::VrfIndex>
Command Parameters
Table 64.9-1 "RADIUS Accounting Server Statistics" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(name)
vrf-index
Type
Description
length: 1<=x<64
<Aaa::VrfIndex>
range: [0...127]

Command Output
Table 64.9-2 "RADIUS Accounting Server Statistics" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
rndtrip-time
<TimeTicks>
unit: msec
num-acc-req
<Counter>
num-req-retrans
<Counter>
num-resp
<Counter>
num-malf-resp
<Counter>
The time interval between the most recent

accounting-response and the accounting-request
that matched it from this RADIUS accounting
server.
The number of RADIUS accounting-request
packets sent. This does not include retransmissions.
packets retransmitted to this RADIUS accounting
server. Retransmissions include retries where the
identifier and acct-delay have been updated, as well
as those in which they remain the same.
The number of RADIUS packets received on the
accounting port from this server.
The
number
of
malformed
RADIUS
Released
791
name
Type
num-bad-authenticators <Counter>
792
num-pending-reqts
<Gauge>
num-timeouts
<Counter>
num-unknown
<Counter>
num-packets-dropped
<Counter>
Released
Description
accounting-response packets received from this
server. Malformed packets include packets with an
invalid length. Bad authenticators and unknown
types are not included as malformed accounting
responses.
The number of RADIUS accounting-response
packets which contained invalid authenticators
received from this server.
packets sent to this server that have not yet timed
out or received a response.
The number of accounting timeouts to this server.
The number of RADIUS packets of unknown type
which were received from this server on the
accounting port.
The number of RADIUS packets which were
received from this server on the accounting port
and dropped.
Edition 03
64.10 RADIUS Accounting Server Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the state of the RADIUS accounting server.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show security radius acc-server acc-server-state (name) vrf-index <Aaa::VrfIndex>
Command Parameters
Table 64.10-1 "RADIUS Accounting Server Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(name)
vrf-index
Type
Description
length: 1<=x<64
<Aaa::VrfIndex>
range: [0...127]

Command Output
Table 64.10-2 "RADIUS Accounting Server Status Command" Display parameters
name
acc-state
Type
Description
<Aaa::OperState>
- up : Operational state up
- down : Operational state down
- unknown : Operational state unknown
Specifies the operational state of the accounting

server.
Released
793
64.11 RADIUS Dynamic Authentication Client

Status Command
Command Description
This command displays the statistics of the RADIUS Dynamic Authentication Client.
The conceptual table lists the statistics of the RADIUS Dynamic Authorization Clients with which the server shares
a secret.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show security radius dyn-authclient-stats (name) vrf-index <Aaa::VrfIndex>
Command Parameters
Table 64.11-1 "RADIUS Dynamic Authentication Client Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(name)
vrf-index
Type
Description
<Aaa::RadDynAuthClientName>
length: 1<=x<64
<Aaa::VrfIndex>
range: [0...127]
name of the RADIUS Dynamic Authorization

client
vrf to which the RADIUS Dyn Auth Client belongs
Command Output
Table 64.11-2 "RADIUS Dynamic Authentication Client Status Command" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
num-disconnect-reqs
<Counter>
num-disconnect-acks
<Counter>
num-access-naks
<Counter>
The number of RADIUS Disconnect-Request

packets recieved from this Dynamic Authorization
Client.
The number of RADIUS Disconnect-ACK packets
sent to this Dynamic Authorization Client.
The number of RADIUS Disconnect-NAK packets
sent to this Dynamic Authorization Client.
The
number
of
malformed
RADIUS
Disconnect-Request packets received from this
Dynamic Authorization client. Bad authenticators
num-malf-disconn-req <Counter>
794
Released
Edition 03
name
num-bad-auth-in-req
Type
<Counter>
num-disconn-pkts-drop <Counter>
num-pkts-unknown-type<Counter>
Description
and unknown types are not included as malformed
Disconnect-Requests. Malformed packets include
packets with an invalid length.
packets which contained invalid Signature
attributes
received
from
this
Dynamic
Authorization Client.
The number of incoming Disconnect-Requests
from this Dynamic Authorization Client silently
discarded for some reason other than malformed,
bad authenticators or unknown types.
The number of incoming packets of unknown types
which were received on the Dynamic Authorization
port.
Released
795
64.12 RADIUS Next Available Index

Command Description
This command shows the next available index.
The index is used to uniquely identify an entry in this table. The next-free-index shows the unique number within a
RADIUS policy that can be used to create a new entry in the RADIUS server. The value 0 indicates that no
unassigned entries are available. To obtain the RADIUS server index value for a new entry, the manager issues a
management protocol retrieval operation to obtain the current value of this object. After each retrieval, the agent
modifies the value to the next unassigned index.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show security radius next-free-index (name)
Command Parameters
Table 64.12-1 "RADIUS Next Available Index" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(name)
Type
Description
length: 1<=x<64
Command Output
Table 64.12-2 "RADIUS Next Available Index" Display parameters
name
next-free-index
796
Type
Description
<Aaa::RadServerSetNextFreeIndex>
range: [0...2]
A unique number within a radius policy that can be

used for creating a new radus server set.
Released
Edition 03
64.13 RADIUS Client Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the RADIUS client parameters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show security radius radius-client
Command Output
Table 64.13-2 "RADIUS Client Status Command" Display parameters
name
auth-invl-server-addr
acc-invl-server-addr
dynauth-ser-inv-addr
acc-ser-get-nxt-idx
dyn-auth-get-nxt-idx
Type
Description
<Counter>
The number of RADIUS Access-Response packets

received from unknown addresses.
<Counter>
The number of RADIUS Accounting-Response
packets received from unknown addresses.
<Counter>
packets received from unknown addresses.
<Aaa::RadAccServerGetNextFreeIndex> The next free index value that can be used for
range: [0...256]
creating a new entry in the radius accounting
server.
<Aaa::RadDynAuthClentGetNextFreeIndex>The next free index value that can be used for
range: [0...256]
creating a new entry in the radius dyn auth client.
Released
797
64.14 PAE Authenticator Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the details of authentication configuration.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show security pae authenticator (port)
Command Parameters
Table 64.14-1 "PAE Authenticator Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/ the identification of the bridge port
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
:
Command Output
Table 64.14-2 "PAE Authenticator Status Command" Display parameters
name
auth-pae-state
auth-backend-state
798
Type
Description
<Aaa::AuthPaeState>
- initialize :
- disconnected :
- connecting :
- authenticating :
- authenticated :
- aborting :
- held :
- force-auth :
- force-unauth :
<Aaa::AuthBackendState>
- request :
- response :
- success :
- fail :
- timeout :
- idle :
the current state of the authenticator PAE state

machine
Released
the current state of the backend authentication state

machine
Edition 03
name
Type
admin-contr-direct
- initialize :
<Aaa::PaeControlledDirections>
oper-contr-direct
<Aaa::PaeControlledDirections>
port-status
<Aaa::PaeControlledPortStatus>
- authorized :
- unauthorized :
<SignedInteger>
re-auth-period
re-auth-enabled
key-tx-enabled
<Aaa::TruthValue>
- true :
- false :
<Aaa::TruthValue>
- true :
- false :
Description
describes which directions for the port are
configured to be controlled
describes which directions for the port are currently
be controlled
the current port status
the actual re-authentication period
true if re-authentication is enabled
true if key transmission is enabled
Released
799
64.15 EAPOL Statistics

Command Description
This command shows the EAPOL statistics.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show security pae eapol-stats (port)
Command Parameters
Table 64.15-1 "EAPOL Statistics" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
:
Command Output
Table 64.15-2 "EAPOL Statistics" Display parameters
name
800
Type
Description
rx-frames
<Counter>
tx-frames
<Counter>
starts
<Counter>
logoffs
<Counter>
rx-response-ids
<Counter>
rx-responses
<Counter>
the number of valid EAPOL frames of any type that

have been received by this Authenticator
the number of EAPOL frames of any type that have
been transmitted by this Authenticator
the number of EAPOL Start frames that have been
received by this Authenticator
the number of EAPOL Logoff frames that have
been received by this Authenticator
the number of EAP Resp/Id frames that have been
received by this Authenticator
number of valid EAP Response frames (other than
Resp/Id frames) that have been received by this
Authenticator
Released
Edition 03
name
Type
Description
tx-request-ids
<Counter>
tx-requests
<Counter>
invalid-frames
<Counter>
inv-length-frames
<Counter>
last-eap-version
<SignedInteger>
last-src-mac
<Vlan::MacAddr>
length: 6
the number of EAP Req/Id frames that have been

transmitted by this Authenticator
the number of EAP Request frames (other than
Rq/Id frames) that have been transmitted by this
Authenticator
the number of EAPOL frames that have been
received by this Authenticator in which the frame
type is not recognized
the number of EAPOL frames that have been
received by this Authenticator in which the Packet
Body Length field is invalid
the protocol version number carried in the most
recently received EAPOL frame
the source MAC address carried in the most
Released
801
64.16 Diagnostic Information Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the diagnostic information.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show security pae diagnostics (port)
Command Parameters
Table 64.16-1 "Diagnostic Information Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
:
Command Output
Table 64.16-2 "Diagnostic Information Status Command" Display parameters
name
802
Type
Description
to-connecting-cnt
<Counter>
log-off-cnt
<Counter>
authenticating-cnt
<Counter>
authenticated-cnt
<Counter>
the number of times that the state machine

transitions to the CONNECTING state from any
other state
transitions
from
CONNECTING
to
DISCONNECTED as a result of receiving an
EAPOL-Logoff message
transitions
from
CONNECTING
to
AUTHENTICATING, as a result of an
EAP-Response/Identity message being received
from the Supplicant
transitions
from
AUTHENTICATING
to
AUTHENTICATED, as a result of the Backend
Authentication state machine indicating successful
Released
Edition 03
name
Type
timeout-cnt
<Counter>
failed-cnt
<Counter>
re-authenticating-cnt
<Counter>
eap-start-cnt
<Counter>
eap-logoff-cnt
<Counter>
re-authenticated-cnt
<Counter>
eap-connecting-cnt
<Counter>
eap-logoff-cnt
<Counter>
access-req-cnt
<Counter>
access-challenge-cnt
<Counter>
Description
authentication of the Supplicant (authSuccess =
TRUE)
transitions
from
AUTHENTICATING
to
ABORTING, as a result of the Backend
Authentication
state
machine
indicating
authentication timeout (authTimeout = TRUE)
transitions from AUTHENTICATING to HELD, as
a result of the Backend Authentication state
machine indicating authentication failure (authFail
= TRUE)
transitions
from
AUTHENTICATING
to
ABORTING, as a result of a reauthentication
request (reAuthenticate = TRUE)
transitions
from
AUTHENTICATING
to
ABORTING, as a result of an EAPOL-Start
message being received from the Supplicant
transitions
from
AUTHENTICATING
to
ABORTING, as a result of an EAPOL-Logoff
transitions
from
AUTHENTICATED
to
CONNECTING, as a result of a reauthentication
request (reAuthenticate = TRUE)
transitions
from
AUTHENTICATED
to
CONNECTING, as a result of an EAPOL-Start
transitions
from
AUTHENTICATED
to
DISCONNECTED,
as
a
result
of
an
EAPOL-Logoff message being received from the
Supplicant
the number of times that the state machine sends an
initial Access-Request packet to the Authentication
server
the number of times that the state machine receives
an initial Access-Challenge packet from the
Authentication server (i.e., aReq becomes TRUE,
causing exit from the RESPONSE state). This
indicates that the Authentication Server has
communication with the Authenticator
Released
803
name
804
Type
Description
eap-req-cnt
<Counter>
resp-non-eap-nak-cnt
<Counter>
eap-success-cnt
<Counter>
num-eap-failure
<Counter>
the number of times that the state machine sends an

EAP-Request packet (other than an Identity,
Notification, Failure or Success message) to the
Supplicant (i.e., executes txReq on entry to the
REQUEST state). This indicates that the
Authenticator chose an EAP-method.
a response from the Supplicant to an initial
EAP-Request, and the response is something other
than EAP-NAK (i.e., rxResp becomes TRUE,
causing the state machine to transition from
REQUEST to RESPONSE, and the response is not
an EAP-NAK). This indicates that the Supplicant
can respond to the Authenticator's chosen
EAP-method
an EAP-Success message from the Authentication
Server (i.e., aSuccess becomes TRUE, causing a
transition from RESPONSE to SUCCESS). This
indicates that the Supplicant has successfully
authenticated to the Authentication Server
an EAP-Failure message from the Authentication
Server (i.e., aFail becomes TRUE, causing a
transition from RESPONSE to FAIL). This
indicates that the Supplicant has not authenticated
to the Authentication Server.
Released
Edition 03
64.17 Session Statistics

Command Description
This command shows the statistics for the sessions.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show security pae session-stats (port)
Command Parameters
Table 64.17-1 "Session Statistics" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
:
Command Output
Table 64.17-2 "Session Statistics" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
rx-octets
<Counter>
tx-octets
<Counter>
rx-user-frames
<Counter>
tx-user-frames
<Counter>
ses-id
<Vlan::AdminString>
length: x<32
<Aaa::AuthenticMethod>
- remote-auth-server :
- local-auth-server :
<TimeTicks>
the number of octets transmitted in user data frames

on this port during the session
the number of octets transmitted in user data frames
on this port during the session
the number of user data frames received on this
port during the session
the number of user data frames transmitted on this
port during the session
a unique identifier for the session
the authentication method used to establish the
session
auth-method
ses-time
the duration of the session
Released
805
name
term-cause
user-name
806
Type
Description
unit: msec
<Aaa::TerminateCause>
- supplicant-logoff :
- port-failure :
- supplicant-restart :
- reauth-failed :
- auth-cntr-forceunauth :
- port-reinit :
- port-admin-disabled :
- not-terminated-yet :
<Vlan::AdminString>
length: x<32

reason for the session termination
Released
the name representing the identity of the Supplicant

PAE
Edition 03
64.18 PAE Port System Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the PAE port-related system parameters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show security pae port-details (port)
Command Parameters
Table 64.18-1 "PAE Port System Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
:
Command Output
Table 64.18-2 "PAE Port System Status Command" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
prot-ver
<SignedInteger>
capabilities
<Aaa::Capabilities>
- auth-capable :
- supp-capable :
<Aaa::TruthValue>
- true :
- false :
The protocol version associated with this Port.

Indicates the PAE functionality that this Port
supports
reauth
Specifies currently in use by the Authenticator PAE

state machine.
Released
807
64.19 Mac-address Related Eapol Status Command

Command Description
This command shows the EAPOL data for each MAC address.
User Level
Command Syntax
> show security pae mac-address (last-src-mac)
Command Parameters
Table 64.19-1 "Mac-address Related Eapol Status Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(last-src-mac)
Type
Description
<Vlan::MacAddr>
length: 6
the source MAC address carried in the most

Command Output
Table 64.19-2 "Mac-address Related Eapol Status Command" Display parameters
name
port
user-name
port-status
808
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
:
<Vlan::AdminString>
length: x<32
the port identification

<Aaa::PaeControlledPortStatus>
- authorized :
- unauthorized :
Released
the name representing the identity of the Supplicant

PAE
the current port status
Edition 03
65- Alarm Management Commands
65.1 Alarm Management Command

65.2 Snap Shot Management Command
65.3 SHub Snap Shot Management Command
65.4 Alarm Delta Log Management Command
65.5 Log Management Command
65-810
65-811
65-812
65-813
65-814
Released
809
65 Alarm Management Commands
65.1 Alarm Management Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the alarms.
User Level
privileges.
Command Syntax
> admin alarm [(clr-logging) ][(clr-persist-loss) ]
Command Parameters
Table 65.1-2 "Alarm Management Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
810
Type
Description
(clr-logging)
<Alarm::AlarmReset>
(clr-persist-loss)
<Alarm::ClearLossPersistent>
optional parameter
clear log table - logging will start from index 1
optional parameter
clear the loss of persistent data alarm
Released
Edition 03
65.2 Snap Shot Management Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to create a snap shot for a particular severity level.
The owner-id can be read by other users to see who has made the snap shot.
This command will fail if the snap shot is already in use. The snap shot is only kept for a limited time and will be
automatically cleared.
The snap shot is displayed with the show alarm shub snapshot command.
User Level
privileges.
Command Syntax
> admin alarm snap-shot [(start) ]
Command Parameters
Table 65.2-2 "Snap Shot Management Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
(start)
Type
Description
start : [indeterminate | warning | minor | optional parameter

major | critical | <SignedInteger>] : start or stop the snap shot
<Alarm::alarmSnapShotOwner> | stop
Released
811
65.3 SHub Snap Shot Management Command

Command Description
This command creates a snap shot for a particular severity level.
The command will fail if the snap shot is already in use. The snap shot is only kept for a limited time and is
automatically cleared.
The snap shot is displayed with the show alarm shub snapshot command.
User Level
privileges.
Command Syntax
> admin alarm shub snap-shot [(start) ]
Command Parameters
Table 65.3-2 "SHub Snap Shot Management Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
(start)
812
Type
Description
start : [indeterminate | warning | minor | optional parameter

major | critical | <SignedInteger>] : start or stop the snap shot
<Alarm::alarmSnapShotOwner> | stop
Released
Edition 03
65.4 Alarm Delta Log Management Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the alarm delta logs.
User Level
privileges.
Command Syntax
> admin alarm delta-log [(clr-indeterminate) ][(clr-warning) ][(clr-minor)
][(clr-major) ][(clr-critical) ]
Command Parameters
Table 65.4-2 "Alarm Delta Log Management Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
Type
Description
(clr-indeterminate)
<Alarm::IndetrLogAlarmResetType>
(clr-warning)
<Alarm::WarnLogAlarmResetType>
(clr-minor)
<Alarm::MinorLogAlarmResetType>
(clr-major)
<Alarm::MajorLogAlarmResetType>
(clr-critical)
<Alarm::CriticalLogAlarmResetType>
optional parameter
clear indeterminate delta-log table - set index to 1
optional parameter
clear warning delta-log table - set index to 1
optional parameter
clear minor delta-log table - set index to 1
optional parameter
clear major delta-log table - set index to 1
optional parameter
clear critical delta-log table - set index to 1
Released
813
65.5 Log Management Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the logs.
User Level
privileges.
Command Syntax
> admin alarm log [(clr-error-log) ][(clr-set-log-table) ]
Command Parameters
Table 65.5-2 "Log Management Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
814
Type
Description
(clr-error-log)
<Error::errorResetType>
(clr-set-log-table)
<Trans::setLogTableReset>
optional parameter
clear the error log : index starts from 1
optional parameter
clear the set log table : index starts from 1
Released
Edition 03
66- ATM Management Commands
66.1 ATM Port Management Command
66-816
Released
815
66 ATM Management Commands
66.1 ATM Port Management Command

Command Description
This command configures ATM port management. A f5 loopback end-to-end test can be started by giving the
parameter f5-loopback-ete a value of start.
The result of this test is displayed with the info command.
User Level
The command can be accessed by operators with atm privileges, and executed by operators with atm privileges.
Command Syntax
> admin atm port (port) [f5-loopback-ete start | not-started | in-progress |
not-supported | unable-to-run | aborted | failed | round-trip-delay =
<UnsignedInteger> ]
Command Parameters
Table 66.1-1 "ATM Port Management Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/ the port under test
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
:
Table 66.1-2 "ATM Port Management Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
f5-loopback-ete
816
Type
Description
start | not-started | in-progress | optional parameter

not-supported | unable-to-run | aborted | the f5 end-to-end loopback test
failed
|
round-trip-delay
=
<UnsignedInteger>
Released
Edition 03
67- IGMP Management Commands
67.1 IGMP Management Command

67.2 IGMP Multicast Sources Management Command
67.3 IGMP Slot Management Command
67.4 IGMP Channel Management Command
67-818
67-819
67-820
67-821
Released
817
67 IGMP Management Commands
67.1 IGMP Management Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage IGMP.
User Level
Command Syntax
> admin igmp [(clear-all-stats) ]
Command Parameters
Table 67.1-2 "IGMP Management Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
(clear-all-stats)
818
Type
Description
<Igmp::igmpClearAllStatus>
optional parameter
clears all statistics
Released
Edition 03
67.2 IGMP Multicast Sources Management

Command
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the IGMP multicast sources.
User Level
Command Syntax
> admin igmp mcast-src (slot-index) address <MulticastAddress> [(clear-statistics) ]
Command Parameters
Table 67.2-1 "IGMP Multicast Sources Management Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(slot-index)
address
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/ identify an IGMP module by the logical SlotId
<Eqpt::Slot>
<Eqpt::Rack>=
range:
[1...1]/
<Eqpt::Shelf>=
range:
[1...1]/
<MulticastAddress>
mcast src address in network-byte order
(big-endian)
Table 67.2-2 "IGMP Multicast Sources Management Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
(clear-statistics)
Type
Description
<Igmp::igmpClearStatus>
optional parameter
clear the statistics
Released
819
67.3 IGMP Slot Management Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage IGMP related to a slot.
User Level
Command Syntax
> admin igmp module (slot-index) [(clear-statistics) ]
Command Parameters
Table 67.3-1 "IGMP Slot Management Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(slot-index)
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/ identify an IGMP module by the logical slot id
<Eqpt::Slot>
<Eqpt::Rack>=
range:
[1...1]/
<Eqpt::Shelf>=
range:
[1...1]/
Table 67.3-2 "IGMP Slot Management Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
(clear-statistics)
820
Type
Description
optional parameter
clear the statistics
Released
Edition 03
67.4 IGMP Channel Management Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage IGMP related to a channel.
User Level
Command Syntax
> admin igmp channel (port) [(clear-statistics) ]
Command Parameters
Table 67.4-1 "IGMP Channel Management Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
:
Table 67.4-2 "IGMP Channel Management Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
(clear-statistics)
Type
Description
optional parameter
whether the statistics of this table are cleared or to
ignore the request
Released
821
68- PPPoX Management Commands
68.1 PPPoX Engine Port Management Command
822
Released
68-823
Edition 03
68 PPPoX Management Commands
68.1 PPPoX Engine Port Management Command

Command Description
This command deletes all ports for a specific engine.
User Level
Command Syntax
> admin pppox-relay engine (vlan-id) [(remove-all-ports) ]
Command Parameters
Table 68.1-1 "PPPoX Engine Port Management Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(vlan-id)
Type
Description
<Vlan::VlanId>
range: [1...4093]
vlan identity
Table 68.1-2 "PPPoX Engine Port Management Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
(remove-all-ports)
Type
Description
<PPPoX::RmvAllPorts>
optional parameter
remove all ports for a specific engine
Released
823
69- xDSL Management Commands
69.1 xDSL Line Management Command
824
Released
69-825
Edition 03
69 xDSL Management Commands
69.1 xDSL Line Management Command

Command Description
This node allows the operator do manage an xDSL Line.
User Level
Command Syntax
> admin xdsl-line (if-index) [loop-diagnostic <Xdsl::LoopDiagMode> ]
Command Parameters
Table 69.1-1 "xDSL Line Management Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(if-index)
Type
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
Description
Table 69.1-2 "xDSL Line Management Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
loop-diagnostic
Type
Description
<Xdsl::LoopDiagMode>
- stop : stop the loop diagnostic test
- start : start the diagnostic test
optional parameter
controls the loop diagnostic test
Released
825
70- Software Management Commands
70.1 Software Management Command

70.2 OSWP Software Management Command
70.3 Database Management Command
70.4 File Management Command
70.5 SHub Software Management Command
70.6 SHub Database Management Command
70.8 Update the SHub Boot ROM
826
Released
70-827
70-828
70-829
70-830
70-831
70-832
70-833
70-834
Edition 03
70 Software Management Commands
70.1 Software Management Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the system software.
User Level
Command Syntax
> admin software-mngt [(clr-db-rollback-alrm) ][(clr-sw-rollback-alrm) ]
Command Parameters
Table 70.1-2 "Software Management Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
Type
(clr-db-rollback-alrm) <SwMngt::dbRollback>
(clr-sw-rollback-alrm) <SwMngt::swRollback>
Description
optional parameter
clear the implicit database rollback alarm
optional parameter
clear the implicit software rollback alarm
Released
827
70.2 OSWP Software Management Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the OSWP software packages.
User Level
Command Syntax
> admin software-mngt oswp (index) [download <SwMngt::oswpName> ][activate
<SwMngt::activationType> ][(commit) ][(abort-download) ]
Command Parameters
Table 70.2-1 "OSWP Software Management Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
range: [1...2]
Table 70.2-2 "OSWP Software Management Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
Type
Description
optional parameter
download a software package
optional parameter
activate an OSWP package
(commit)
<SwMngt::oswpName>
range: [a-zA-Z0-9-_.-/]
<SwMngt::activationType>
- with-linked-db : activate OSWP with
linked database
- with-default-db : activate OSWP with
default database
- clear-db : prepare the NT board for
migration
<SwMngt::commitAction>
(abort-download)
<SwMngt::abortDownload>
download
activate
828
Released
optional parameter
commit the OSWP
optional parameter
abort the download of an oswp
Edition 03
70.3 Database Management Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the system database.
User Level
Command Syntax
> admin software-mngt database [download <Ip::V4Address> : <SwMngt::path> ][upload
actual-active : <Ip::V4Address> : <SwMngt::path> | preferred-active : <Ip::V4Address>
: <SwMngt::path> | previous-active : <Ip::V4Address> : <SwMngt::path> | failed-active
: <Ip::V4Address> : <SwMngt::path> | actual-not-active : <Ip::V4Address> :
<SwMngt::path> | preferred-not-active : <Ip::V4Address> : <SwMngt::path> |
previous-not-active : <Ip::V4Address> : <SwMngt::path> | failed-not-active :
<Ip::V4Address> : <SwMngt::path> | not-used : <Ip::V4Address> : <SwMngt::path> ]
Command Parameters
Table 70.3-2 "Database Management Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
Type
download
<Ip::V4Address> : <SwMngt::path>
upload
actual-active
:
<Ip::V4Address>
<SwMngt::path> | preferred-active
previous-active : <Ip::V4Address>
<SwMngt::path>
|
failed-active
actual-not-active : <Ip::V4Address>
<SwMngt::path> | preferred-not-active
previous-not-active : <Ip::V4Address>
<SwMngt::path> | failed-not-active
not-used
:
<Ip::V4Address>
<SwMngt::path>
Description
optional parameter
download the database
: optional parameter
: upload the database
|
:
:
|
:
:
|
:
:
|
:
Released
829
70.4 File Management Command

Command Description
This command manages disk and descriptor files.
A disk file contains information about the different software files and descriptor files that are stored on the file disk.
It also contains information such as the file name, file size, file type, file availability status, and file format.
The operator can remove an unused file from the disk by specifying the file name, which is unique over all unit
types and over all SWP types for all releases.
User Level
Command Syntax
> admin software-mngt disk-file (path) [(remove) ]
Command Parameters
Table 70.4-1 "File Management Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(path)
Type
Description
<FilePath>
range: [.-z]length: 1<=x<256
an absolute file name
Table 70.4-2 "File Management Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
(remove)
830
Type
Description
<SwMngt::fileRemove>
optional parameter
remove the file
Released
Edition 03
70.5 SHub Software Management Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the software on the SHub.
User Level
Command Syntax
> admin software-mngt shub [select-config <SwMngt::ReqOSPDevice> ]
Command Parameters
Table 70.5-2 "SHub Software Management Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
select-config
Type
Description
<SwMngt::ReqOSPDevice>
- tftp : sets tftp version in BSP
optional parameter
select the configuration to be used
Released
831
70.6 SHub Database Management Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the database on the SHub.
User Level
Command Syntax
> admin software-mngt shub database [(save) ]
Command Parameters
Table 70.6-2 "SHub Database Management Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
(save)
832
Type
Description
<Sys::ConfigSaveValue>
optional parameter
save the database
Released
Edition 03

Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the software package on the SHub.
User Level
Command Syntax
> admin software-mngt shub sw-package (package) [(download) ]
Command Parameters
Table 70.7-1 "SHub SWPackage Administration Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(package)
Type
Description
the identification of the software package
Table 70.7-2 "SHub SWPackage Administration Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
(download)
Type
Description
<Sys::ImageValue>
optional parameter
download the package
Released
833
70.8 Update the SHub Boot ROM

Command Description
This command updates the SHub boot ROM.
User Level
Command Syntax
> admin software-mngt shub boot-rom (package)
Command Parameters
Table 70.8-2 "Update the SHub Boot ROM" Command Parameters
Parameter
(package)
834
Type
Description
optional parameter
the identification of the bootrom image
Released
Edition 03
71- OSPF Management Commands
71.1 OSPF Interface MD5 Key Management Command
71-836
Released
835
71 OSPF Management Commands
71.1 OSPF Interface MD5 Key Management

Command
Command Description
User Level
Command Syntax
> admin ospf interface (ip-addr) md5-key <Ospf::Md5KeyIndex> [accept-expires
<Ospf::MD5expiryDelay> ]generate-expires <Ospf::MD5expiryDelay>
Command Parameters
Table 71.1-1 "OSPF Interface MD5 Key Management Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(ip-addr)
md5-key
Type
Description
<Ip::V4Address>
<Ospf::Md5KeyIndex>
range: [1...5]

Table 71.1-2 "OSPF Interface MD5 Key Management Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
accept-expires
generate-expires
836
Type
Description
optional parameter
set the delay before the key expires for accepting
mandatory parameter
set the delay before the key expires for generating
Released
Edition 03
72- RIP Management Commands
72.1 RIP Interface MD5 Key Management Command
72-838
Released
837
72 RIP Management Commands
72.1 RIP Interface MD5 Key Management Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage a MD5 key for a RIP interface.
User Level
Command Syntax
> admin rip interface (ip-addr) md5-key <Rip::Md5KeyIndex> [expires
<Rip::MD5expiryDelay> ]
Command Parameters
Table 72.1-1 "RIP Interface MD5 Key Management Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(ip-addr)
md5-key
Type
Description
<Ip::V4Address>
<Rip::Md5KeyIndex>
range: [1...5]
Table 72.1-2 "RIP Interface MD5 Key Management Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
expires
838
Type
Description
<Rip::MD5expiryDelay>
optional parameter
set the delay before the key expires
- <Rip::MD5expiryDelay> : the delay
Released
Edition 03
73- Equipment Management Commands
73.1 Equipment Management Command

73.2 Slot Management Command
73.3 SHub Port Management Command
73-840
73-841
73-842
Released
839
73 Equipment Management Commands
73.1 Equipment Management Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the equipment.
User Level
privileges.
Command Syntax
> admin equipment [(prepare-shutdown) ][reboot-shub <Sys::RestartValue> ][reboot-isam
<Equipm::SystemRestart> ]
Command Parameters
Table 73.1-2 "Equipment Management Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
Type
Description
(prepare-shutdown)
<Sys::SysShutdown>
reboot-shub
optional parameter
prepare the system for shutdown
optional parameter
reboot the shub
<Sys::RestartValue>
- systemreset : restart the entire switch
- applicationreset : only restart the
application modules, excluding the BCM
driver and VxWorks
<Equipm::SystemRestart>
optional parameter
reboot the isam (without shub)
- with-self-test : restart with selftest
- without-self-test : restart without selftest
- default-no-persist : restart with all
persistent data removed
- default-no-data : restart with all data
removed
- hot-restart : reboot, but don't touch the
hardware
reboot-isam
840
Released
Edition 03
73.2 Slot Management Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage a slot and the units in the slot.
User Level
privileges.
Command Syntax
> admin equipment slot (index) [reboot <Equipm::BoardRestart> ]
Command Parameters
Table 73.2-1 "Slot Management Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(index)
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/ the identification of the slot
<Eqpt::Slot>
<Eqpt::Rack>=
range:
[1...1]/
<Eqpt::Shelf>=
range:
[1...1]/
Table 73.2-2 "Slot Management Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
reboot
Type
Description
<Equipm::BoardRestart>
optional parameter
reboot the card in the slot
- with-selftest : reboot the board with self
test
- without-selftest : reboot the board
without self test
- hot-restart : reboot but don't touch the
hardware
Released
841
73.3 SHub Port Management Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage SHub ports.
User Level
privileges.
Command Syntax
> admin equipment port (port) [copy-to-port <Shub::NetworkPort> ]
Command Parameters
Table 73.3-1 "SHub Port Management Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
Type
Description
<Shub::NetworkPort>
range: [1...7]
identification of a port
Table 73.3-2 "SHub Port Management Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
copy-to-port
842
Type
Description
<Shub::NetworkPort>
range: [1...7]
optional parameter
copy the port to another port
Released
Edition 03
74- Bridge Management Commands
74.1 Learned Unicast Mac Address Management

Command
74.2 VLAN Management Command
74.3 Port Related RSTP Management Command
74-844
74-845
74-846
Released
843
74 Bridge Management Commands
74.1 Learned Unicast Mac Address Management

Command
Command Description
User Level
Command Syntax
> admin bridge learned-unicast-mac (unicast-mac-address) vlan-id <Vlan::UVlanIndex> |
<Vlan::SVlanIndex> : <Vlan::CVlanIndex> port <Eqpt::Rack> / <Eqpt::Shelf> /
<Eqpt::LtSlot> / <Eqpt::Port> : <Atm::DefaultVpi> : <Atm::DefaultVci> [(delete) ]
Command Parameters
Table 74.1-1 "Learned Unicast Mac Address Management Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
Type
Description
(unicast-mac-address) <Vlan::MacAddr>
unicast mac address
length: 6
vlan-id
<Vlan::UVlanIndex>
| vlan id
<Vlan::SVlanIndex>
:
<Vlan::CVlanIndex>
port
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
/ identification of a port
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
:
Table 74.1-2 "Learned Unicast Mac Address Management Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
(delete)
844
Type
Description
<Vlan::DeleteUnicastMac>
optional parameter
delete a learned unicast mac address
Released
Edition 03
74.2 VLAN Management Command

Command Description
This command allows to remove the association between a VLAN and all its member ports.
This command is the only means to remove dynamic associations.
Removal of the port VLAN association includes removal of all MAC address from the filtering database for these
port-VLAN associations.
Any outstanding duplicate MAC alarms for the port are cleared.
User Level
Command Syntax
> admin bridge vlan-id (id) [(delete-member-ports) ]
Command Parameters
Table 74.2-1 "VLAN Management Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(id)
Type
<Vlan::UVlanIndex>
<Vlan::SVlanIndex>
<Vlan::CVlanIndex>
Description
| vlan id
:
Table 74.2-2 "VLAN Management Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
Type
(delete-member-ports) <Vlan::DeletePorts>
Description
optional parameter
delete all egress ports
Released
845
74.3 Port Related RSTP Management Command

Command Description
This node allows the operator to manage RSTP related to a port.
User Level
Command Syntax
> admin bridge rstp port (port) [(clear-det-proto) ]
Command Parameters
Table 74.3-1 "Port Related RSTP Management Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
Type
Description
<Shub::NetworkPort>
range: [1...7]
the identification of a network port
Table 74.3-2 "Port Related RSTP Management Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
(clear-det-proto)
846
Type
Description
<Shub::PortMigration>
optional parameter
clear the list of detected protocols
Released
Edition 03
75- Trap Management Commands
75.1 Trap Manager Management Command
75-848
Released
847
75 Trap Management Commands
75.1 Trap Manager Management Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage a trap manager.
User Level
privileges.
Command Syntax
> admin trap manager (address) [(reset-trap-buffer) ]
Command Parameters
Table 75.1-1 "Trap Manager Management Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(address)
Type
Description
the IP address of the manager
[1...65535]
Table 75.1-2 "Trap Manager Management Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
(reset-trap-buffer)
848
Type
Description
<Trap::Reset>
optional parameter
reset the trap buffer
Released
Edition 03
76- IP Management Commands
76.1 Slot Related VRF Management Command

76.2 IP VRF Interface Reset Management Command
76.3 Traceroute Management Command
76-850
76-851
76-852
Released
849
76 IP Management Commands
76.1 Slot Related VRF Management Command

Command Description
User Level
Command Syntax
> admin ip vrf-media (vrf-slot) ip-address <Ip::V4Address> [(remove) ]
Command Parameters
Table 76.1-1 "Slot Related VRF Management Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(vrf-slot)
ip-address
Type
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
<Eqpt::LtSlot> : <Vrf::VrfIndex>
<Ip::V4Address>
Description
/ equipment slot ID.
ip address
Table 76.1-2 "Slot Related VRF Management Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
(remove)
850
Type
Description
<Vrf::MediaType>
optional parameter
remove the entry
Released
Edition 03
76.2 IP VRF Interface Reset Management Command

Command Description
This command resets VRF interface counters.
User Level
Command Syntax
> admin ip vrf-stats (vrf-id) interface user port (port-interface) reset
<Vrf::AdminCounter>
Command Parameters
Table 76.2-1 "IP VRF Interface Reset Management Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(vrf-id)
(port-interface)
Type
Description
<Vrf::VrfIndex>
the vrf index
range: [1...127]
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
: identification
Table 76.2-2 "IP VRF Interface Reset Management Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
reset
Type
Description
<Vrf::AdminCounter>
optional parameter
reset the vrf interface counter
Released
851
76.3 Traceroute Management Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to initiate a traceroute action, which aims at determining the route to a
destination address.
Only one traceroute can be ongoing at any time; the traceroute action must be explicitly terminated.
The results of the traceroute can be retrieved using the companion show command.
User Level
Command Syntax
> admin ip traceroute (ip-addr) [ no max-ttl | max-ttl <Ip::TracerouteTTL> ][ no
min-ttl | min-ttl <Ip::TracerouteTTL> ][ no timeout | timeout <Ip::TracerouteTimeout>
][ no mtu-size | mtu-size <Ip::TracerouteMtu> ]
Command Parameters
Table 76.3-1 "Traceroute Management Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(ip-addr)
Type
Description
<Ip::V4Address>
the ip-address of the destination node
Table 76.3-2 "Traceroute Management Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
[ no ] max-ttl
[ no ] min-ttl
[ no ] timeout
[ no ] mtu-size
852
Type
Description
<Ip::TracerouteTTL>
range: [1...99]
<Ip::TracerouteTTL>
range: [1...99]
<Ip::TracerouteTimeout>
<Ip::TracerouteMtu>

the maximum time to wait for a response
the size of the data portion of the ping PDU
Released
Edition 03
77- DHCP Management Command
77.1 DHCP Relay User Port Management Command
77-854
Released
853
77 DHCP Management Command
77.1 DHCP Relay User Port Management Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage the DHCP relay user port commands.
User Level
Command Syntax
> admin dhcp-relay user-port (user-port) (reset-counters)
Command Parameters
Table 77.1-1 "DHCP Relay User Port Management Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(user-port)
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
: identification
Table 77.1-2 "DHCP Relay User Port Management Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
(reset-counters)
854
Type
Description
<Dhcp::CounterReset>
optional parameter
reset the user port counters
Released
Edition 03
78- Transport Management Commands
78.1 IP Net to Media Management Command
78-856
Released
855
78 Transport Management Commands
78.1 IP Net to Media Management Command

Command Description
This is used for deleting the IP address out of the ARP table.
User Level
privileges.
Command Syntax
> admin transport ip-net-to-media (interface-name) network-addr <Ip::V4Address>
phy-addr <Sys::MacAddr> [(delete) ]
Command Parameters
Table 78.1-1 "IP Net to Media Management Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
Type
Description
(interface-name)
network-addr
<Transport::ifName>
<Ip::V4Address>
phy-addr
<Sys::MacAddr>
length: 6
name of the interface

ip addr corresponding to media-dependent physical
addr
media-dependent physical addr
Table 78.1-2 "IP Net to Media Management Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
(delete)
856
Type
Description
<IP::DeleteNetToMedia>
optional parameter
delete a ip-net-to-media
Released
Edition 03
79- SNTP Management Commands
79-858
Released
857
79 SNTP Management Commands

Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage SNTP.
User Level
Command Syntax
> admin sntp [system-time <Sys::Time> ][shub-time <Sys::Time> ]
Command Parameters
Table 79.1-2 "SNTP Management Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
858
Type
Description
system-time
<Sys::Time>
shub-time
<Sys::Time>
optional parameter
set the system time
optional parameter
set the system time for the shub
Released
Edition 03
80- Transactions Management Commands
80.1 Transaction Configuration Managemant Command
80-860
Released
859
80 Transactions Management Commands
80.1 Transaction Configuration Managemant

Command
Command Description
This command allows the operator to manage transactions.
User Level
privileges.
Command Syntax
> admin transaction [configure-lock <Trans::ownerIpAddr> ]
Command Parameters
Table 80.1-2 "Transaction Configuration Managemant Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
configure-lock
860
Type
Description
<Trans::ownerIpAddr>
optional parameter
changes the status of the configuration lock
- acquire : prevents other managers from
configuring
- release : allow other managers to
configure
Released
Edition 03
81- Security Management Commands
81.1 Security 802.1x Port Authentication Management

Command
81-862
Released
861
81 Security Management Commands
81.1 Security 802.1x Port Authentication

Management Command
Command Description
User Level
Command Syntax
> admin security ext-authenticator (port) [(clear-statistics) ]
Command Parameters
Table 81.1-1 "Security 802.1x Port Authentication Management Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(port)
Type
Description
<Eqpt::Rack>
/
<Eqpt::Shelf>
<Eqpt::LtSlot>
/
<Eqpt::Port>
:
Table 81.1-2 "Security 802.1x Port Authentication Management Command" Command Parameters
Parameter
(clear-statistics)
862
Type
Description
<Aaa::PortClearStatistics>
optional parameter
clear non-accounting statistics
Released
Edition 03
82- Support Commands
82.1 Ping Command
82-864
Released
863
82 Support Commands
82.1 Ping Command

Command Description
This command allows the operator to ping another host.
User Level
Command Syntax
> ping (ip-addr) [ no timeout | timeout <Ip::PingTimeout> ][ no tries | tries
<Ip::PingTries> ][ no mtu-size | mtu-size <Ip::PingMtu> ]
Command Parameters
Table 82.1-1 "Ping Command" Resource Parameters
Resource Identifier
(ip-addr)
Type
Description
<Ip::V4Address>
the ip-address of the node to be pinged
Table 82.1-2 "Ping Command" Command Parameters

Parameter
[ no ] timeout
[ no ] tries
[ no ] mtu-size
Type
Description
<Ip::PingTimeout>
<Ip::PingTries>
range: [1...100]
<Ip::PingMtu>

the number of times the node must be pinged
the size of the data portion of the ping PDU
Command Output
Table 82.1-3 "Ping Command" Display parameters
name
Type
Description
received
<Counter>
sent
<UnsignedInteger>
loss
<UnsignedInteger>
mean-delay
<Ip::PingDelay>
unit: sec
<Ip::PingDelay>
unit: sec
<Ip::PingDelay>
unit: sec
total number of packets sent to the destination

total number of packets sent to the destination
percentage of lost packets
the average round trip delay
the maximum round trip delay
the minimum round trip delay
max-delay
min-delay
864
Released
Edition 03
82 Support Commands
Released
865
83- CLI Filters
83.1 Count Filter

83.2 Match Filter
83.3 Tee Filter
866
Released
83-867
83-868
83-869
Edition 03
83 CLI Filters
83.1 Count Filter

Command Description
The filter command counts the number of output characters, words, or lines and adds this information at the end of
the output.
User Level
This filter can be used by any user.
Command Syntax
> count [ no lines | lines ][ no words | words ][ no characters | characters ][ no
summary | summary ]
Command Parameters
Table 83.1-2 "Count Filter" Command Parameters
Parameter
Type
Description
[ no ] lines
[ no ] words
[ no ] characters
<Option::Lines>
<Option::Words>
<Option::Characters>
[ no ] summary
<Option::Summary>
optional parameter with default value: "no-lines"

optional parameter with default value: "no-words"
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"no-characters"
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"no-summary"
Released
867
83 CLI Filters
83.2 Match Filter

Command Description
This filter allows the user to filter selected lines from the output based on the contents of these lines.
The user specifies a string with exact:.
The user can choose to keep (no skip) or discard (skip) a line that contains this string, or the user can use the filter
to keep all lines before the first match (before) or after (including) the first match (after).
The matching operation can be case sensitive (no case-insensitive) or case insensitive (case-insensitive).
User Level
This filter can be used by any user.
Command Syntax
> match (pattern) [ no case-insensitive | case-insensitive ][ no (skip) ]
Command Parameters
Table 83.2-2 "Match Filter" Command Parameters
Parameter
868
Type
Description
(pattern)
exact : <PrintableString>
[ no ] case-insensitive
<Option::CaseSensitivity>
[ no ] (skip)
<Option::MatchAction>
- skip : matched lines are skipped
- match : matched lines are selected
- before : lines found before the first match
are selected
- after : lines found after the first match
are selected
optional parameter
describes
what
we
are
looking
for
(exact:|pattern:)<PrintableString>)
optional
parameter
with
default
value:
"case-sensitive"
pattern recognition is case-insensitive
optional parameter with default value: "match"
matched lines are skipped
Released
Edition 03
83 CLI Filters
83.3 Tee Filter

Command Description
This filter writes the output to a file. The file is placed in the /var/cmd directory.
The user can choose if the output is appended to the file or not.
User Level
This filter can be used by any operator.
Command Syntax
> tee (file) [ no append | append ]
Command Parameters
Table 83.3-2 "Tee Filter" Command Parameters
Parameter
(file)
[ no ] append
Type
Description
<FileName>
range: [.-z]length: 1<=x<256
<Option::Append>
optional parameter
the name of the file
optional parameter with default value: "overwrite"
append if the file exists
Released
869
84- CLI Printers
84.1 More
84.2 No-More
84.3 Discard
870
Released
84-871
84-872
84-873
Edition 03
84 CLI Printers
84.1 More
Command Description
This printer allows the user to view the command output at the user's desired pace.
User Level
This printer can be used by any user.
Command Syntax
> more
Released
871
84 CLI Printers
84.2 No-More
Command Description
This printer prints all output directly to the screen.
User Level
This printer can be used by any user.
Command Syntax
> no-more
872
Released
Edition 03
84 CLI Printers
84.3 Discard
Command Description
This printer discards all output. This can be useful in some scripts.
User Level
This command can be used by any operator.
Command Syntax
> discard
Released
873
Error List
Error List
Error list for SNMP
Error
Error Description
Number
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
No error
General error
Invalid Snmp Header
Index out of range
Community access Violation
Access violation
Invalid Type
Invalid Value
Out of Memory
Index != Index in entry
Cannot change existing row
Row not completely specified
Snmp Set During Transaction
Snmp Set while sets disabled
Error list for ATM MGT

Error
Error Description
Number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
874
Successful operation
parameter not in valid range
name & scope not unique
maximum number of profiles reached
object in use
initialization failure
object already exists
wrong Atm Interface Snmp configuration
wrong Atm Interface Type
wrong NgcrAdminWeight
wrong access profile index
Atm Itf not planned
Incoherence with Interface Management
Incoherence with ATM Mapper
Invalid object reference
Cast type mismatch
Traffic descriptor mismatch
Already crossconnected
Topology mismatch
Ctp not found
Already in requested state
Time out on LT reply
LT returned failure in reply
Wrong tp type
Ctp not crossconnected
atmItf not found
wrapper Failed
still Cross Connected
wrongly Cross Connected
max Nbr VpCtp Reached
max Nbr VpTtp Reached
max Nbr VcCtp Reached
Released
Edition 03
Error List
Error
Number
Error Description
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
90
91
92
93
max Nbr VcTtp Reached

max Nbr VpCtpDI Reached
max Nbr VcCtpDI Reached
max Nbr VcTtpDI Reached
tp Already Exist
Tp not found
invalid Tp State
VpiVci Already Used
Lb To User Side is not allowed
Lb on P2mp is not allowed
Lb on Nt Interface is not allowed
global Lb already active
link Lb already active
trafficDescrType Mismatch
frameDiscard On is not allowed
incompatible Pcr and CastType
invalid input parameter
invalid Tau2 value
wrong TdType
still Svcs present
invalid AtmItf state
VpiVci out-of-range
sigVpi not usable for Vpc
no free VpiVci
incompatible SegmEP and ItfType
incompatible SegmEP and CastType
incompatible ItfType and CastType
Police on NT interface is not allowed
Nni GFC mode not allowed on UAI interface
incompatible TdType and CastType
AtmItf already used for Sig
AtmItf already used for Ilmi
Allocation of VpiVci on internal interfaces Pb
getSegment failed
board type not found
new Signalling Vpi/Vci value rejected
wrong configuration of the Segment End Point Parameter
lack of memory (number of available context too low)
HW Wrapper failure: invalid vxl identifier
HW Wrapper failure: invalid data pointer
HW Wrapper failure: port is disabled
HW Wrapper failure: internal error occurred
HW Wrapper failure: vxl does not exist
HW Wrapper failure: already exists
HW Wrapper failure: lack of memory resources
HW Wrapper failure: invalid vxl
HW Wrapper failure: generic request error
no offboard
LT not reachable
HW Wrapper failure : service not provided
HW Wrapper failure : IOCM call error
Error occurred when getting PM info from PMH
Error occured when getting number of intervals stored in PMH
Error occurred during PMH registration
Error occurred when asking a new interval to PMH
Released
875
Error List
Error
Number
Error Description
95
96
97
98
99
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
140
141
142
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
maximum number of ctp monitor reached

ctp monitoring not allowed when loopback on
ctp monitoring not allowed on p2mp cnx
monitoring already active
ctp monitoring not supported for a ctp ending on NT board
CAC check failure: peak cell rate relative to line rate for input direction
CAC check failure: peak cell rate relative to line rate for output direction
CAC check failure: maximum number of connections per qos class for input direction
CAC check failure: maximum number of connections per qos class for output direction
CAC check failure: guaranteed bandwidth per qos class for input direction
CAC check failure: guaranteed bandwidth per qos class for output direction
CAC check failure: aggregate guaranteed bandwidth for input direction
CAC check failure: aggregate guaranteed bandwidth for output direction
CAC check failure: PVC aggregate total bandwidth for input direction
CAC check failure: PVC aggregate total bandwidth for output direction
CAC check failure: PVC+SVC aggregate total bandwidth for input direction
CAC check failure: PVC+SVC aggregate total bandwidth for output direction
CAC check failure: Buffer per qos class for input direction
CAC check failure: Buffer per qos class for output direction
CAC check failure: PCR of input alternative traffic contract needs more resources than primary
CAC check failure: PCR of output alternative traffic contract needs more resources than primary
CAC check failure: SCR of input alternative traffic contract needs more resources than primary
CAC check failure: SCR of output alternative traffic contract needs more resources than primary
CAC check failure: MCR of input alternative traffic contract needs more resources than primary
CAC check failure: MCR of output alternative traffic contract needs more resources than primary
CAC check failure: MBS of input alternative traffic contract needs more resources than primary
CAC check failure: MBS of output alternative traffic contract needs more resources than primary
CAC check failure: input maximum cell loss ratio exceeded
CAC check failure: output maximum cell loss ratio exceeded
CAC check failure: input maximum point to point cell delay variation exceeded
CAC check failure: output maximum point to point cell delay variation exceeded
CAC check failure: input maximum end to end transit delay exceeded
CAC check failure: output maximum end to end transit delay exceeded
CAC check failure: qos of primary and alternative input traffic descriptors during negotiation differ
CAC check failure: qos of primary and alternative output traffic descriptors during negotiation differ
CAC check failure: subtype of primary and alternative input traffic descriptors during negotiation differ
CAC check failure: subtype of primary and alternative output traffic descriptors during negotiation differ
CAC check failure: minimum PCR not available during negotiation in input direction
CAC check failure: minimum PCR not available during negotiation in output direction
requested object not present
cdvt profile not configured
connection admission control server stubbed
traffic contracts for input and output direction not compatible
interface type not known or not set
cac profiles not configured
qos not supported on hardware
alloc Bw rejected by infra
item not configured
modification not possible because connections are present
maximum number of LIM boards too large
maximum number of Access Profile too large
maximum number of Cac Profile too large
maximum number of Cdvt Profile too large
Fast/Interleaved config modification rejected because Ctps exist
Problem to printf LogicalIndex (Update PRLOGIDX1 macro)
876
Released
Edition 03
Error List
Error
Number
Error Description
157
158
160
161
162
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
The admin status of the Nt Interface must not be modified

IOCM error
generic or unknown error. Probably a bug in the software
invalid error code
request not supported
Wrong Svc Mode
resource currently blocked
maximum number of leafs reached
maximum number of p2mp connections reached
invalid crossconnect hierarchy
Max number of pending requests reached
ctp1 does not exist
ctp2 does not exist
The application has not subscribed to use ATM application interface yet
IQ BUS: The given QoS class is unknown
IQ BUS: The given 'requested' parameters are inconsistent
max F4F5 Loopback number reached
max F4F5 Loopback per Board reached
F4F5 Loopback not supported on p2mp connection
invalid connection admin state
invalid LLID requested
F4F5 Loopback already active
No F4F5 Loopback running
no F5 loopback on ILMI channel
Lb on Ilmi channel is not allowed
ILMI channels are only allowed on UAI interfaces
Aal profile not exists
wrong Aal category
Service profile not exists
wrong TM category
wrong TM conformance
wrong board type
not supported on SD boards
supported on UAI only
inconsistent parameters
not during audit
alarm mgt error
BCS could not allocate bandwidth
Invalid index passed to BCS
generic or unknown error. Probably a bug in the software
Loopback is not allowed when monitoring is enabled on a CTP
CTP reference is not valid to start history monitoring
ATM object creation failed
F4F5 Loopback test already in use
wrong test id
no F5 Loopback on ILMI channel
loopback invalid status
Max number of guaranteed roots reached
Cross connect creation failed due to internal segments/ctps
root and leaf shapings are different
the setOamVpiRange Infra event has not been received
Lb on Interface on MMC is not allowed
The application does not know the mcast mode yet
The policeMode is incompatible with CtpMonitor
The default profile can NOT be deleted
Released
877
Error List
Error
Number
Error Description
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
360
361
362
363
364
365
380
381
IOCM : Unknown Error

IOCM : Nok
IOCM : Invocation is still pending
IOCM : Invocation is cancelled by the application
IOCM : Invoked server doesn?t support invoking interface
IOCM : Operation not enabled
IOCM : Operation not found
IOCM : Object not found
IOCM : When trying to remove something (e.g. invocation from a set)
IOCM : Not enough space
IOCM : Timeout occurred
IOCM : Timeout Secondary Waitpoint occurred
IOCM : Returned from PW when task is killed
IOCM : Current action is not allowed
IOCM : When something is empty (messagebox, queue, invocation, ?)
IOCM : Invocation is not pending (or set doesn?t contains pending invs)
IOCM : When reply received and inv id doesn?t match
IOCM : Interface is not bound yet
IOCM : Failure while packing message (internal problem)
IOCM : Object id exists already in the router table
IOCM : Enabled
IOCM : Disabled
IOCM : Special message for freeing resources (send by GC)
IOCM : Returned by functions which are not implemented
IOCM : Internal Error
IOCM : IOCM was not able to allocate memory
IOCM : When an invocation is processed in the SW
IOCM : Object Not Registered
IOCM : Already Registered
IOCM : Task Not Registered
IOCM : Secondary Already Registered
IOCM : Secondary Not Registered
IOCM : Initial
IOCM : Attempt to call _convertToIOCMTask on an IOCM task
IOCM : Connection Not Registered
IOCM : Suspended
IOCM : Max Invocation Reached
IOCM : Finished
IOCM : Invalid Priority
IOCM : Invalid Object_Id
IOCM : Invalid Object_Group_Id
IOCM : Invalid Node_Id
IOCM : Invalid Timeout
IOCM : Invalid Scope
IOCM : Invalid Addressability
IOCM : Not Member
IOCM : Already Member
INFRA : Unknown Error
wrong Oam Vpi Range reserved by INFRA
INFRA : Generic Error
INFRA : Bw Error
INFRA : Planning Not Approved
INFRA : Not Implemented
LOGSW : Unknown Error
LOGSW : Not Supported
878
Released
Edition 03
Error List
Error
Number
Error Description
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
LOGSW : Container Disabled

LOGSW : Container Unknown
LOGSW : Lack Of Memory
LOGSW : Xconnect Unknown
LOGSW : Xconnect Already Exists
LOGSW : Xconnect Non-Term
LOGSW : Vxl Unknown
LOGSW : Generic Error
Logical Switch, Parameter out of range
Logical Switch, Generic error
RFC, Time Out in Audit
Error list for ETH MGT

Error
Error Description
Number
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
cannot set defaultType because operStatus of interface is up

cannot obtain operState of interface from driver when trying to set default type
cannot set defaultType of interface in driver
given value of default type is invalid
unable to access port stats from ethernet driver
unable to set default type during init
unable to set shaping rate during init
unable to get persistent shaping rate
unable to access ethernet shaping rate from driver
unable to set shaping rate in driver
attempt to set ethernet shaping rate outside valid range
Error list for IP MGT

Error
Error Description
Number
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
20
21
22
23
24
25
30
31
32
33
34
35
an invalid value was given to one of the parameters

attempt to pass invalid index value to SNMP
a general software error occurred
an error occurred while opening a socket
requested action is currently not supported
null pointer passed to SNMP get
creation failed because object already exists
error reading IP group counter
requested address descriptor not found
requested ipNetToMediaNetAddress not found
error reading ipAddressTable
error during deletion of address descriptor
error in ipdata_put_addr function
error reading ipNetToMediaTable
error changing route destination
error while adding new route
error in ipdata_put_route function
route type unknown
error reading ipRouteTable
could not find route destination
error reading interface descriptor
interface type unknown
error during set of adminState
error during set of MTU
error because BOOTP is active
interface hardware address error
Released
879
Error List
Error
Number
Error Description
36
37
40
50
51
52
60
61
62
persistent data present error

IP address already configured
error reading ICMP counter
error reading UDP descriptor
error reading UDP counter
error reading UDP table
error reading ARP table
VP/VC not found
error reading ATM VC Table
Error list for EQPT MGT

Error
Error Description
Number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
The equipment is not yet planned

Internal IOCM communication error
The container still contains planned equipment
Service not supported
Maximum number of shelves planned
Identifier for the equipment is unknown to the system
The container is not yet planned
The ShelfClass and ShelfType are inconsistent
Board is incompatible with the applique
The equipment is not yet installed
Plan ShelfClass not supported when unplanning shelf
Unplanning board and setting of board-attribute not supported
Invalid or not applicable request
Invalid or not supported shelf class
ShelfType/ShelfLayout Unknown
Unplanning this detected equipment not allowed
Board planning not approved due to infrastructure deficiencies
Unknown Error
Invalid, not registered or not licensed BoardType
Number of allowed Boards of this BoardType in this shelf exceeded
Number of allowed Boards of this BoardType in the asam exceeded
Board is not allowed at this slot position
Not supported BoardType
Error list for INFRA MGT

Error
Error Description
Number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Internal IOCM communication error

Not enough BW available on extension ring to plan shelf BW
Not enough BW available to plan HCL-LSM BW
Service not supported
The equipment is not yet installed
The shelf is not yet planned
The board is not yet planned
Tried to plan BW for a non HCL-LSM board
The BW of the HCL-LSM board is already planned
The BW of a shelf can't be changed because an IQ-LSM is still planned
The BW value is not allowed
Tried to plan BW for a non IQ shelf
InfraMgnt internal SW error
Not enough BW available on extension ring to plan BVB BW
Error list for XDSL MGT
880
Released
Edition 03
Error List
Error
Number
Error Description
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
Value out of range

Communication problem
No more free entries
No resource available
Profile id. already exists
Profile name/scope combination not unique
Inconsistent profile
Profile in wrong state
Profile is in use
Profile id. does not exist
Board is not created
The planned bandwidth in the XDSL Service profile was not accepted
Invalid opmode in OpModeMask
XDSL Service profile does not exist
XDSL Spectrum profile does not exist
TCA profile does not exist
Loop diagnostic test not supported
Interval out of range
Interval invalid
Inconsistent values for Noise Margin
Inconsistent values for Multi-DSL Modem Features
Inconsistent values for Multi-DSL Max Aggregate Power Level Downstream
Inconsistent values for Multi-DSL Max Aggregate Power Level Upstream
Inconsistent values for Multi-DSL PBO Mode Upstream
Inconsistent values for Multi-DSL Max Rx Aggr Power Up
VDSL Band Plan and opModes are inconsistent
VDSL PSD Shape Upstream and VDSL OpMode are inconsistent
VDSL PSD Shape Downstream and VDSL OpMode are inconsistent
VDSL PSD Shape Upstream and VDSL PSD Shape Downstream are inconsistent
Inconsistent values for Bitrate Downstream
Inconsistent values for Bitrate Upstream
Profile can not be modified
Line is in wrong state
Line is not configured
Bonding not supported
Bonding is not configured yet
Bonding has been configured
Group NT state machine error
Must remove lines from groupnt before unconfiguring group
Specified line does not exist in this bonding group
Group active, cannot add line
Group active, cannot remove line
Error list for IGMP MGT

Error
Error Description
Number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Internal error 1 encountered by IGMP subsystem

Released
881
Error List
Error
Number
Error Description
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65

Could not reserve VCI range for IGMP Channel. VCI already in use
Invalid VPI or VCI
Invalid VPI, VCI row status or sustain bit rate
Invalid Class D address
Invalid IGMP system source IP address
Invalid Multicast VPI
Invalid Multicast VCI
Invalid Multicast Service Category
Invalid IGMP Chan VPI
Invalid IGMP Chan Min VCI
Invalid Traffic Descriptor type
Invalid Service Category
Invalid package index
Invalid row status
Invalid old row status
Invalid IGMP Channel row
Invalid Multicast Class D address or clearStats column is false
Incompatible Service Category and Traffic Descriptor type
Incompatible Peak and Sustain Bit Rates
Invalid IGMP channel row status or multicast VPI or Multicast min VCI
Bad value for IGMP System Query Interval
Bad value for IGMP System Query Max response time
Bad value for IGMP System Robustness variable
Bad value for IGMP System Startup Query Interval
Bad value for IGMP System Startup Query Count
Bad value for IGMP System Last Membership Query Interval
Bad value for IGMP System Last Membership Query Count
Bad value for IGMP System Last Membership Max response time
Internal error 31 encountered by IGMP
Multicast Source objects violate in service modification rules
IGMP Channel objects violates in service modify rules
Static Leaf objects violate in service modification rules
Internal error 33 encountered by IGMP Multicast row
882
Released
Edition 03
Error List
Error
Number
Error Description
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93

Multicast Source Conversion:entry does not exist
Static Leaf : entry does not exist
Entry does not exist
Maximum Static Leaf entries exceeded
Maximum Channel entries exceeded
Empty Multicast Source Table
Emtpy IGMP Channel table
Cannot perform task. No entry exist.
IGMP Channel index, VPI and VCI already exist
No next member after the matching channel in IGMP Channel table
Maximum Multicast Source entries exceeded
Static leaf creation not allowed: VPI/VCI reserved or PVC exists
Multicast source MAC address already exists
Error list for QOS MGT

Error
Error Description
Number
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
subprofile does not exists

Profile cannot be deleted because it is in use
changing type is not allowed
Profile not supported by hardware
logical flow type incompatible with other field
Action not supported by hardware
Cac sanity check failed. Insufficient bandwidth available.
BAC check failed. Overbooking of downstream buffers.
Wrong or unsupported 'type' attribute
Policer pool exhausted
Incorrect threshold settings
warning: setting burst tolerance < 1518 causes ethernet frame discard
minimum treshold bigger than maximum
Up and Down Policer Profiles cannot be changed from NULL because it is in Use
Up and Down Policer Profiles cannot be changed to NULL because it is in Use
Some ethernet frames may get discarded since the CBS is less than 1518
Error list for DOT1X MGT

Error
Error Description
Number
0
1
2
3
Port does not exist

Table entry does NOT exist
Bad entry value for dot1xPaeSystemAuthControl
Bad entry value for dot1xAuthAdminControlledDirections
Released
883
Error List
Error
Number
Error Description
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Bad entry value for dot1xAuthAuthControlledPortControl

Bad entry value for dot1xAuthQuietPeriod
Bad entry value for dot1xAuthSuppTimeout
Bad entry value for dot1xAuthServerTimeout
Bad entry value for dot1xAuthMaxReq
Bad entry value for dot1xAuthReAuthPeriod
Bad entry value for extdot1xPaePortAuthState
Bad entry value for extdot1xPaePortInitiateAuthReq
Bad entry value for extdot1xPaePortHandshakeMode
Bad entry value for extdot1xPaePortHandshakePeriode
Error list for VLAN MGT

Error
Error Description
Number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
884
Invalid port id
Not support creation
Not support deletion
Only support active status
Nothing can be modified
Frame value only support 2 or 5 octets
The max length of protocol group name reached
The given protocol group is not existent
Only protocol group name can be modified
No change on protocol group name
Error ocurrs during saving persistent data
PVC number reached max value
Not support double vlan tagged frame
Not support default vlan for tagged frame
Not support tagged frame on port already associated RB vlan
Max num of MAC must be power of 2
Total MAC number excess the max vlaue
Static number on port is larger than the max mac num to be configured
Qos profile on port is supported only by IXP board
Priority regeneration profile is not existent
Attaching QOS profile to port is failed
Association already exist
Not support terminated vlan
CC vlan already have more than one port
CC vlan associate to the port already associated to RB vlan
Bridged port is enabled by 802.1x or IGMP or DHCP
Bridged port is already attached by PPPoE server
RB vlan only associate to only untagged frame
RB vlan associate to the port already associated to CC vlan
vlan is set as port based default, not to be deleted
vlan is set as protocol port based default, not to be deleted
Protocol port based default vlan is supported only on IXP board
Protocol port based default vlan is only for only untagged frame
Invalid vlan id
Port id is already used
fdb index not in the range from 1 to 4096
Input Mac address should NOT be 00-80-c2 or 01-80-c2
The given Vlan and Port should be created and establish association
Given mac already exist
Static mac table is full
Full zero or broadcast address or multicast address can not be set as static MAC
Exceed the MAX mac address for one port
Released
Edition 03
Error List
Error
Number
Error Description
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
Vlan number has exeeded max suported vlan number

Configure vlan to Lsm failed
When vlan is associated with port, this vlan can't be deleted
When IGMP is using Vlan, this vlan can't be deleted
When AAA is using Vlan, this vlan can't be deleted
When terminated vlan is in use, this vlan can't be deleted
The length of vlan name excess the maximum value
Can't change vlan mode
Invalid vlan group id
ExtendDot1vProtocolVlanGroup has no meaning and can not be set for a VLAN in crossConnect mode.
PPPoE Relay tag has no meaning and can not be set for terminated vlan or CC vlan
DHCP option82 has no meaning and can not be set for terminated vlan or to CC vlan
BroadcastControl has no meaning and can not be set for terminated vlan or to CC vlan
ExtendDot1vProtocolVlanGroup has no meaning and can not be set for terminated vlan or CC vlan
Invalid vpi or vci
Pvc has not been created
Priority regeneration profile can be supported only by IXP board
Not support priority regeneration profile on double vlan tagged frame
Can not get VLAN_PRIO_REMARK from capability management
Can not get QOS_PROF_PORT from capability management
Can not get MAX_MACS_PER_LSM from capability management
Can not get MAX_VLANS_PER_PVC from capability management
Can not get QOS_PROF_PORT_VLAN from capability management
Qos profile on association is supported only by IXP board
Association number excess the maximum value
Attaching qos profile on association is failed
Association between given vlan and port is not existent
Detaching qos profile from association is failed
Can not create interface for bridged port by interface management
Can not get hardware reference from interface management
Can not get customer id from interface management
Can not get VLAN_PROT_FILTER from capability management
Another vlan is already existent on the protocol group
Bridged port has not been created yet
Invalid protocol group
Given vlan has not been created yet
This type board doesn't not support untagged frame
This type board doesn't not support tagged frame
This type board doesn't not support both tagged and untagged frame
Can not get VLAN_L2TERM from capability management
Can not get MAX_VLANS_PER_LSM from capability management
Association number execess the maximum value of board
Can not get VLAN_PORT_DEFAULT from capability management
This type board doesn't not support default vlan for port
Can not get VLAN_PORT_PROTO_PPPOE from capability management
This type board doesn't not support default PPPoE vlan for port
Can not get VLAN_PORT_PROTO_IPOE from capability management
This type board doesn't not support default IPoE vlan for port
Protocol port based vlan must be RB mode
No enough MAC entry in hardware
Not consistent with the previous association
Transmit mode is not consistent with the previous configuration
Frame type is not consistent with the previous configuration
Pvc bundle is not consistent with the previous configuration
RB vlan associate to the port already associated to QosAware vlan
Released
885
Error List
Error
Number
Error Description
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
Vlan Type is invalid

PbitList conflict
This type board doesn't not support vlan stack
Invalid vlan mode
Vlan id used by PPPoAoE cant be delete by vlan module!
Static VLAN ram table entry exhausted
Invalid port based default vlan
Can not get MAX_VLANS_PER_DSL from capability management
The VlanId has been used
XCON Vlan can't use vlan id 1
Cc vlan can't share same id with none CC vlan
RB Vlan can't set SVlanID
if L2T Svlan %d is not exist,S/C vlan can't be created
Configured CBS is more than supported CBS
Configured CBS is less than supported CBS
Configured CIR is more than raw line rate
PVC's Encapstype is out of the supported encapstype type
Error list for LIAM

Error
Error Description
Number
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Bad IP Pool Index.

Pool not configured.
Pool already configured.
Missing mandatory parameter.
Bad IP address value.
Bad address type.
Bad Pool name.
Wrong input of pool size.
Vrf is not configured.
Wrong subnet mask.
Unknown admin state.
Generic error due to system call.
Pool has addresses in use.
Pool has duplicate name.
Operational Error.
Error list for LUAM

Error
Error Description
Number
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Invalid Input
Invalid Domain Range
Specified User doesn't exist
Memory allocation using inc_malloc failed
Invalid UserName Length
Missing Mandatory Parameter (Password)
Invalid Password Length
RowStatus cannot be set directly to Active
Invalid RowStatus Value
Error while writing to DM
Max. Number of users already configured
Same user already exists
Domain not configured
Error list for RADC
886
Released
Edition 03
Error List
Error
Number
Error Description
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
Domain is using this policy. Detach it before attempting to delete\r\n

Policy name length is out of range \r\n
Policy NAS-ID length is out of range \r\n
Policy NAS-Ip-Addr-Type not supported \r\n
Policy NAS-Ip-Addr Octet string size out of range\r\n
Policy Stripping Domain boolean value out of range\r\n
Policy Bool flag boolean value out of range\r\n
Policy EAP boolean value out of range\r\n
The SET on policy failed..\r\n
policy index out of range/Row not created\r\n
policy index out of range \r\n
policy with the same index already exists..\r\n
policy name is mandatory and missing here..\r\n
policy NAS-ID or NAS-IP-addr is mandatory and missing here..\r\n
Row status active from operator is not supported.\r\n
Row status value not supported.\r\n
Modification is rejected because there is no policy with this index\r\n
Policy mapping name length is out of range \r\n
One of the Set Server value is wrong \r\n
policy index is out of range/policy not created\r\n
set index is out of range/set not created\r\n
policy index is out of range \r\n
set index is out of range \r\n
Set exists with the same index\r\n
Auth server index is mandatory\r\n
Priority is mandatory\r\n
Row status active is not allowed from operator\r\n
Row status value is not supported\r\n
Row itself doesn't exist to modify\r\n
policy index is out of range \r\n
Auth server is in use. First detach from set(s)\r\n
Server name size of out of range \r\n
IP addr type not supported \r\n
IP address octet string size is out of range \r\n
The SET on authServer failed..\r\n
auth index is out of range/server not created\r\n
auth index is out of range\r\n
Auth server with the same index exists\r\n
Auth server name is mandatory\r\n
Auth server vrf is mandatory\r\n
Auth server IP addr type is mandatory\r\n
Auth server IP addr is mandatory\r\n
Auth server secret is mandatory\r\n
Row status active is not accepted from operator\r\n
Row status value not supported\r\n
Row itslef doesn't exist. Modification request failed\r\n
auth index is out of range \r\n
Vrf ID out of range\r\n
Mapping name length out of range\r\n
Vrf Index out of range\r\n
Mapping name length out of range\r\n
Server being used. Detach from the Set first\r\n
Server name length out of range\r\n
Address type not supported\r\n
Address octet string size is out of range\r\n
Released
887
Error List
Error
Number
Error Description
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
Secret size is out of range\r\n

The SET on acctServer failed..\r\n
acct index is out of range/server not created\r\n
Index is out of range\r\n
Row with the same index exists already\r\n
Server name is mandatory config. param.\r\n
Vrf Index is mandatory config. param.\r\n
Addr Type is mandatory config. param.\r\n
Address is mandatory config. param.\r\n
Secret is mandatory config. param.\r\n
Row status active is not allowed from operator\r\n
Row status value not supported\r\n
Row itself doesn't exist for modification\r\n
acct index is out of range \r\n
Vrf Index is out of range\r\n
Mapping name size is out of range\r\n
Vrf index is out of range\r\n
Dyn auth client Name length is out of size\r\n
Addr Type is not supported\r\n
Addr octet string size is out of range\r\n
Secret size is out of size\r\n
The SET on DynAuthClient failed..\r\n
Index is out of range/Dyn Auth client not created\r\n
Index is out of range \r\n
Row with the same index exists already\r\n
Name is mandatory config. param. \r\n
Vrf Index is mandatory config. param.\r\n
Addr Type is mandatory config. param.\r\n
Address is mandatory config. param.\r\n
Secret size is out of range\r\n
Row status active is not supported from operator\r\n
Row status value is not supported\r\n
Row itself doesn't exist for modification\r\n
dyn auth index is out of range \r\n
Vrf ID is out of range \r\n
Mapping name length is out of range\r\n
Vrf Index is out of range\r\n
Same index exists, deleting the record..\r\n
The retrieved record is not correct, deleting..\r\n
Vrf-ID out of range (or) not created \r\n
IP Address is not valid\r\n
UDP Port can't be more than 65535\r\n
Secret length out of range\r\n
Retry limit out of range\r\n
Timeout limit out of range\r\n
Admin state out of range\r\n
Dead Intvl out of range\r\n
Row status out of range\r\n
Server name not unique ..\r\n
IP address not unique ..\r\n
888
Released
Edition 03
Error List
Error
Number
Error Description
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151

UDP Port can't be more than 65535\r\n
Retry limit out of range\r\n
Timeout limit out of range\r\n
Dead Intvl out of range\r\n
policy name length out of range\r\n
NAS-ID length out of range\r\n
NAS-ID or NAS-IP-Address must be valid\r\n
Strip Domain flag is not valid\r\n
Boot flag is not valid\r\n
Acct Interim interval is not valid\r\n
EAP aware flag is not valid\r\n
Policy name not unique ..\r\n
auth server index is out of range \r\n
acct server index is out of range \r\n
priority value is out of range \r\n
auth server is not configured (or) duplicate \r\n
acct server is not configured (or) duplicate \r\n
This priority is used already \r\n
Error list for AAAS MGT

Error
Error Description
Number
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
invalid input
persistent data update error
row not existing - connPolicyTable
row already existing - connPolicyTable
missing mandatory parameter - connPolicyProfileIndex
wrong value - not supported - connPolicyRowStatus
wrong index - out of range - connPolicyIfIndex
wrong value - out of range - connPolicyProfileIndex
row not existing - connProfileTable
row already existing - connProfileTable
Released
889
Error List
Error
Number
Error Description
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
missing mandatory parameter - connProfileTable

wrong value - not supported - connProfileRowStatus
wrong index - out of range - connProfileIndex
wrong value - duplicate name - connProfileName
wrong value - out of range - connProfileVersionNbr
wrong value - ref object is not configured - connProfileDomainIndex
row not existing - domainTable
row already existing - domainTable
missing mandatory parameter - domainTable
wrong value - not supported - domainRowStatus
domainIndex is still in use by connProfileTable - domainTable
Active sessions are existing - domainTable
read only value - domainNumActiveSess
wrong value - out of range - domainName
wrong value - ref object is not configured - domainVrfIndex
wrong value - ref object is not configured - domainVlanIndex
wrong value - out of range - domainAddrType
wrong value - out of range - domainDnsIpAddr1
wrong value - out of range - domainDnsIpAddr2
wrong value - out of range - domainNbnsIpAddr1
wrong value - out of range - domainNbnsIpAddr2
wrong value - out of range - domainSessionTimeout
wrong value - out of range - domainQosProfileIndex
wrong value - ref object is not configured - domainQosProfileIndex
wrong value - out of range - domainAuthenticator
wrong value - ref object is not configured - domainRadPolicyIndex
wrong value - out of range - domainAdminState
wrong value - duplicate name - domainName
row not existing - connProfileMappingTable
row not existing - domainUserSessTable
row not existing - domainMappingTable
row not existing - domainIpPoolTable
wrong value - ref object is not configured - domainIndex
row already existing - domainIpPoolTable
missing mandatory parameter - domainIpPoolTable
wrong value - not supported - domainIpPoolRowStatus
wrong value - out of range - domainIpPoolPriority
wrong value - duplicate value - domainIpPoolPriority
connection profile is in use by connPolicyTable - connProfileTable
read only value - connProfileUsedStatus
Error list for USERIPMGNT

Error
Error Description
Number
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
890
VRF index is out of range

VRF is reserved
VRF exists
VRF does not exist
VRF name already exist
Invalid system IP address
System IP address already reserved
field from VRF config table out of range
field from VRF config table not supported
Client Using this VRF
Entry in IP address table does not exist
Entry in IP address table already exists
Released
Edition 03
Error List
Error
Number
Error Description
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
Invalid IP address specified for IP address table

Invalid prefix length specified
Invalid IP address / prefix length combination specified
invalid IfIndex for IP address table specified
IfIndex should not be emptye
field from IP address table out of range
field from IP address table table not supported
Maximum number of routes reached for IP address table
IPaddress is equal to next hop ip address of CIDR table
CIDR route table entry already exists
CIDR route table entry doesn't exist
Invalid route destination for CIDR route table
Invalid prefix length for CIDR route table
Invalid next hop address specified
Next hop address does not match a direct route
nexthop indicated IfIndex not match specified IfIndex
Invalid IfIndex in CIDR route table
field from CIDR route table out of range
field from CIDR route table not supported
Maximum number of routes reached for CIDR route table
Next hop IP address is same as system IP address
Invalid ThisLayerIndex
Invalid LowerLayerIndex
Maximum number of IPOX interface entries reached
Maximum number of ThisLayerIndex reached
Maximum number of LowLayerIndex per ThisLayerIndex reached
Invalid key specified for IpNetToMedia table
Entry not found in IpNetToMedia table
field from IpNetToMedia table out of range
Set Request valid only for Delete Entry
field from IpNetToMedia table not supported
Active PPPoE sessions present
Invalid Ifindex
UnnumberedFlag not specified
QoSProfileId should be zero for networkside interface
arp policy for userside/usergateway ip interface should be none
only one vrf in router mode can be created
the vrf is in use by ip interface table
the vrf is in use by ipaddress table or cidr table
the IPoX is in use by ip interface table
the IP interface is in use by ip address table
interface type not IPoX
the IP interface is in use by cidr table
vrf is routermode, only on netside ip interface supported
the ip address used by cidr table
the IP interface already exist
the IP interface not exist
the Maximum number of IP interface reached
nexhop interface should be specified if nexthop ip address is zero
can't configure ip address on unnumbered interace
the specified ip interace doesn't belong to the specified vrf
userside cidr route must belong to usergateway
userside cidr route type must be local
local route's nexthop must be zero
user side cidr dest can't be the same with ip address or networkside cidr route dest/nexthop or system IP
Released
891
Error List
Error
Number
Error Description
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
IPoX interface not exist

IPoX interface with the lowerlayer ifindex already exist
arp for networkside ip interface in routermode vrf should be trusted
arp for networkside ip interface in forwarder mode vrf should be trusted or not Trusted
networkside ip interface for routermode vrf should be unnumbered
QoSProfileId not exist or qos required can't be satisfied
can't change ip interface If index
can't change ip interface unnumbered flag
no statistics on network side interface
slot unreachable
an ip address already created on the ip interface
an cidr entry with the same network number exists
only userside direct host route to the unnumbered IP interface on the user side can be created for router
mode vrf
only one default route can be created for each vrf
a direct route from ip address table exist
Next Hop overlaps with one of IpAddrs in ip address table
prefixlen for cidr to userside interface must be 32
nexthop interface not specified
the nexthop of an cidr entry belong this network but the nexthop interface is different
create direclty connected networkside route is not permitted
a same route with a different next hop already exist
the specified IfIndex is not valid
the speicified IfIndex is not network/userside ip interface
the vlan on which ip interafce created is used by dhcp
vrf mode could not be changed
nexhop is zero, routeType must be local
userside ip interface should be unnumbered interface
usergateway ip interface should be numbered interface
arppolicy not specified
vrf can't be changed
CIDR route can't be changed
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
892
Released
Edition 03
Abbreviations
Abbreviations
IP Internet protocol
SNMP simple network management protocol
Released
893
Abbreviations
894
Released
Edition 03
Index
Index
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWX
auth-type
autofetch
availability
A
aaa
aal5-encap-type
abr-type
accept-expires
accept-frame-type
accept-starts
acc-interval
acc-server
acc-server-state
acc-stats
ack
action
activate
actor-key
actor-port-prio
actor-sys-prio
address
admin-p2p
admin-status
adsl2-plus
adsl-adsl2
ageing-time
agent
agent-ip-addr
aggregate-addr
aggregate-list
aggregation
aggregator-info
aggregator-port
alarm
alarm-changes
applique
area
area-id
arp
arp-policy
asbr-external
atm
atm-overhead-fact
atm-peak-bit-rate
atm-pvc
atm-sus-bit-rate
authentication
authenticator
auth-server
auth-stats
133
83
275
836
220
279
153
150
793
791
111
31
828
228
228
228
819
232
57
72
68
219
269
273
282
532
304
529
228
38
423
56
276
766
195
198
767
133
234
185
88
185
277
139
148
788
266
165
669
B
back
bcast-vlan
board
bonding-group
bonding-mode
boot-rom
boot-rom-status
bridge
bridgeport
bridge-port
bridge-port-fdb
burst-size
27
269
629
363
77
834
703
219
202
489
497
255
C
cac
cache-pending
cache-refresh
cache-retry-time
cache-timeout
cac-profile
capacity
carrier-data-mode
carrier-mask-down
carrier-mask-up
cc-max-age
cfg-res-time
channel
circuit-id
class
client-port
cluster
codepoint
coll-count
commands
committed-burst-size
committed-info-rate
community
community-string
config-control
config-file
configure
246
195
195
195
195
250
184
77
65
65
259
184
174
207
61
262
133
238
736
14
243
243
136
52
677
702
30
Released
895
Index
configure-lock
connection
conn-policy
conn-profile
conn-profile-name
contact
contact-person
context-lifetime
controlled-port
copy-to-port
count
counter
cpe-inventory
cpeproxy
critical
crit-log-full-act
cross-connect
current-15min
current-15min-stats
current-1day
current-day-stats
current-interval
custom
customer-id
860
642
144
143
144
125
101
273
157
842
867
706
628
311
440
43
490
553
513
557
515
604
366
88
D
d1p
d1p-alignment
d1p-dscp
d1p-dscp-contract
database
dead-interval
default-dot1p
default-dscp
default-metric
default-priority
default-route
default-severity
default-ttl
def-gateway
definition
def-ip-addr
delete
delta-log
desc
description
descriptor-files
dest
dest-ip-address
dest-proto
dhcp
diagnostics
direction
discard
disk-file
domain
domain-name
896
235
242
241
239
692
148
235
236
300
220
104
89
169
124
47
124
28
43
187
59
693
578
573
192
133
802
107
34
830
139
143
Released
dot1p-value
dot3-coll
dot3-control
dot3-pause
dot3-status
download
download-set
down-policer
dscp
dscp-contract
dscp-map-dot1p
dscp-value
dsl-bandwidth
dsl-port
dst-ip-addr
dup-mac
dup-mac-alarm
dup-vlan-id
dyn-auth-client
dyn-authclient-stats
239
736
737
738
740
828
165
247
236
237
252
238
549
250
107
502
502
502
152
794
E
eapol-stats
echo
egress-port
egress-rate
engine
entry
environment
eo-conversion
eps-quenchfactor
eqpt-holder
equipment
error
es-day-farend
es-day-nearend
es-farend
es-nearend
ether-dot3
ether-ifmau
ether-itf
ethernet
ether-shape-rate
eth-shub
exec
exit
expires
ext-authenticator
ext-vlan-id
800
17
214
253
260
39
36
359
57
336
133
99
80
80
80
80
731
734
344
449
101
454
19
26
303
159
127
F
f5-loopback-ete
far-end
fdb
fifteen-min
816
352
495
471
Edition 03
Index
file-board-type
file-name
filter
flow
forward-delay
forward-port
697
697
170
256
231
209
G
general
generate-expires
generate-starts
global
global-session
group
group-profile
183
836
279
488
259
96
307
159
278
231
24
16
581
273
103
178
176
I
icmp
id
if-table
igmp
igs-system
igs-vlan-grp
imp-noise-prot-dn
imp-noise-prot-up
in
indeterminate
indet-log-full-action
index
info
in-port
interface
interval-no
interval-num
interval-number
intvl-number
ip
ip-addr
ip-address
ip-addr-pool
ip-cfg-mode
ip-net-to-media
418
720
141
786
722
566
59
766
277
J
junk-collection
302
K
keep-alive-intvl
key
H
handshake-period
hello-interval
hello-time
help
history
hop
hops-threshold
host-ip-address
host-purge-intv
host-report-intv
ipox
ip-parameters
ip-pool
ip-pool-status
ip-route
ip-statistics
isam
itf-ip-addr
itf-type
93
101
643
133
178
750
63
63
29
424
43
734
25
109
277
608
551
509
475
91
92
148
145
124
724
266
279
L
la
lacp-mode
last-max-resp-tim
last-memb-cnt
layer2-terminated
layer3-itf
learned-unicast-mac
leave-rsp-timer
license
line
link-type
local-port
location
log
log-entry
log-full-action
logical-flow-type
login-banner
logout
log-sev-level
loop-diagnostic
lower
lsa-type
227
228
176
176
493
190
844
179
683
77
766
730
101
814
687
38
247
130
15
38
825
663
295
M
mac
mac-address
mac-filter
major
major-log-full-action
management
manager
marker
mask
match
495
654
170
436
43
103
49
544
772
868
Released
897
Index
max-age
max-agpowlev-down
max-agpowlev-up
max-bitrate
max-bitrate-down
max-bitrate-up
max-cc
max-delay-down
max-delay-up
max-dst-port
max-ingress-rate
max-mcast-bandwidth
max-nbr-pkts
max-noise-down
max-noise-up
max-num-group
max-num-session
max-num-uncfg
max-pad-attempts
max-peer
max-per-window
max-psd-down
max-psd-up
max-queue-size
max-recv-power-up
max-req
max-retries
max-retry-itvl
max-rsp-time
max-src-port
max-ttl
max-unicast-mac
mcast-addr
mcast-mac
mcast-src
md5-key
mean-bit-rate
mem-query-int
meter
metric
metric-type
mgnt-vlan-id
min-bitrate-down
min-bitrate-up
min-dst-port
min-interval
min-length
min-noise-down
min-noise-up
min-num-numeric-char
min-num-special-char
minor
minor-log-full-action
min-severity
min-src-port
min-ttl
misc
miscellaneous
898
Released
231
68
68
183
63
63
262
63
63
111
255
246
172
65
65
174
267
184
259
299
49
68
68
49
68
157
195
195
176
111
852
220
709
216
819
279
183
176
255
194
283
101
63
63
111
49
161
65
65
161
161
432
43
49
111
852
347
708
mixed-case
mode
modification
module
module-mcast-src
monitor
more
msg-code
msg-type
mtu
mtu-size
my-ipaddress
161
94
65
820
709
261
871
107
107
90
852
187
N
name
nas-id
nas-ip-address
nbr-changed-alarms
near-end
neighbour
network
network-addr
network-port
network-port-info
next-free-index
next-hop
next-hop-address
no-more
non-itf-rep-sev-level
nssa-area
number-addr
63
153
153
459
349
770
197
724
180
533
796
189
573
872
38
289
787
O
one-day
operator
optional-band
optional-endfreq
ospf
oswp
oswp-number
out-port
overflow-state-it
473
131
74
74
275
165
692
110
275
P
package
pado-timeout
pads-timeout
pae
participant-port
password
password-timeout
path-cost
path-cost-type
peer
175
259
259
156
532
131
133
232
231
772
Edition 03
Index
perm-pkg-bitmap
phy-addr
phy-itf-status
ping
pkg-memb-bitmap
pkg-mem-bitmap
plan-bitrate-down
plan-bitrate-up
planned-type
plug-in-unit
policer
policy
poll
polling-rate
poll-interval
port
port-15min-stats
port-curr-15min-stats
port-curr-day-stats
port-details
port-event
port-filter
port-info
port-prev-day-stats
port-protocol
port-to-atm-pvc
port-type
port-vlan-map
ppoe
pppoe
pppox-interface
ppp-profile
ppp-profile-name
ppp-statistics
prev-15min
prev-1day
previous-15min-stats
previous-1day
previous-interval
primary-dns
primary-file-server-id
primary-nbns
print
prio-regen-prof
priority
priority-policy
priority-regen
privilege
profile
profiles
prompt
protection-element
protection-group
protocol
protocol-filter
protocol-group
protocol-type
proxy-mode
174
856
657
864
183
185
63
63
55
339
243
153
22
105
278
86
509
505
507
807
503
119
538
511
210
482
94
499
133
265
267
266
267
645
551
555
517
610
608
139
165
139
36
220
47
206
500
136
131
583
36
58
57
119
207
210
170
311
psd-shape-down
psd-shape-up
pvc
pvid
74
74
83
220
Q
qos
qos-policy
qos-profile
query-interval
query-timer
queue
queue0-weight
queue1-weight
queue-config
queue-profile
quiet-period
133
139
201
176
180
244
253
253
253
251
157
R
rack
radius
radius-client
ra-mode-down
ra-mode-up
rate
rate-limit
re-adsl
reassem-timeout
reboot
reboot-isam
reboot-shub
receive
recv-psd-shape-up
redcy-ctrl-status
redistribution
redundancy
remote-id
report-fwd-intv
res-data-bandwidth
reserve-address
reset
residential-bridge
response-timer
res-voice-bandwidth
retransmit-itvl
retry-limit
rf-band-list
rip
robustness
route-age-out
route-dest
route-destination
route-map
router-id
router-priority
60
147
797
63
63
745
172
70
187
841
840
840
301
74
58
296
365
207
178
246
146
851
489
179
246
278
148
65
299
176
302
189
297
192
275
277
Released
899
Index
router-purge-intv
route-type
routing-table
rst
rstp
rx-pkt
178
193
772
111
231
648
S
sample
scheduler
scheduler-profile
second-dns
second-file-server-id
second-nbns
secret
secs-threshold
security
select-config
self-ip-addr
self-ip-addr-mode
send
server
server-ip-addr
server-name
server-port
servers
server-timeout
service-name
service-profile
ses-day-farend
ses-day-nearend
ses-farend
ses-nearend
session
session-stats
sess-timeout
set-log-table
severity
shelf
shelf-summary
show
shub
shub-dup-mac-alarm
shub-fdb
shub-filter-entry
shub-gen
shub-info
shub-manager
shub-port-vlan-map
shub-time
shub-vlan-name
size
sleep
slot
snap-shot
snmp
snmp-version
900
32
245
250
139
165
139
148
273
130
831
178
178
301
272
105
265
105
155
157
185
63
80
80
80
80
247
805
139
686
39
61
319
33
224
527
523
525
452
483
123
521
858
522
145
20
55
811
725
52
Released
sntp
software
software-mngt
source-proto
spectrum-profile
split-horizon
src
src-ip-addr
src-ip-address
stack
stacked-qos-vlan
stacked-vlan
start-addr
starts
state
statistics
stats
status
stub-area
sub-index
supp-timeout
sw-mgmt
swp
sw-package
swp-disk-file
sw-release-num
sw-ver-name
system
system-mac
system-parameters
system-time
105
126
133
192
65
301
185
107
176
663
492
491
145
303
790
773
647
128
283
305
157
345
696
833
697
126
126
101
101
728
858
T
table
tc-15min-int
tc-1day-int
tca-line-threshold
tca-xdsl
tc-int
tc-map-dot1p
tcp
tee
telnet
template-name
template-version
terminal-timeout
test
threshold
time
timeout
timeout-limit
time-out-value
timers
tos
total
traceroute
trace-selection
332
475
477
80
355
470
249
111
869
18
175
175
36
661
96
713
852
148
163
278
111
559
581
178
Edition 03
Index
traffic-class
transaction
transit-delay
trans-itvl
translation
trans-max-age
transport
tree
trgt-noise-down
trgt-noise-up
tries
tx-hold-count
tx-period
tx-pkt
254
163
278
289
289
259
133
21
65
65
864
231
157
650
U
uas-day-farend
uas-day-nearend
uas-farend
uas-nearend
udp
udp-parameters
udp-port
uncfg-res-time
unicast-mac
untag-port
update-timer
uplink-group
upload
upload-download
up-marker
up-policer
user
user-port
user-session
80
80
80
80
115
729
311
184
209
215
302
458
829
699
247
247
86
854
783
vrf-next-index
vrf-route
vrf-statistics
576
573
565
W
warning
warn-log-full-action
welcome-banner
wfq-q1-weight
window-size
write
428
43
130
245
49
23
X
xdsl
xdsl-int
xdsl-line
133
584
825
V
value
vdsl
vdsl-band-plan
version
vlan
vlan-bind
vlan-day-stats
vlan-filter
vlan-id
vlan-router-port
vrf
vrf-agent-stats
vrf-id
vrf-index
vrf-index-acc
vrf-index-auth
vrf-mapping
vrf-media
193
74
74
63
127
190
519
181
90
180
187
748
91
139
155
155
575
574
Released
901
Index
902
Released
Edition 03
Released
Edition 03

ISAM R2 2 CLI Command Guide

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

ISAM R2 2 CLI Command Guide

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Status

3- Environment Configuration Commands

3.1 Environment Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

4- Alarm Configuration Commands

5- Trap Configuration Commands

5.1 Trap Definition Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

6- Equipment Configuration Commands

6.1 Slot Configuration Command . . . . . . . .

7- xDSL Configuration Commands

7.1 xDSL Common Service Profile Configuration Command . . . . .

8- ATM Configuration Commands

8.1 ATM PVC Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

9- Interface Management Configuration Commands

9.1 Network Interface Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . .

10- Error Configuration Commands

11- System Configuration Commands

11.1 System Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

11.20 SHub System ID Configuration Command . . . . . . . .

12- Security Configuration Commands

12.1 Security Banner Configuration Commmand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

13- Transaction Configuration Commands

13.1 Transaction Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

14- Software Management Configuration Commands

14.1 Software Management Overall Software Package Configuration Command . . . . . . . . 165

15- Ethernet Configuration Commands

15.1 Ethernet IP Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . .

16- IGMP Configuration Commands

17- Multicast Configuration Commands

17.1 Multicast General Group Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183

18- IP Configuration Commands

18.1 VRF Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

19- VLAN Configuration Commands

19.1 VLAN General Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

20- Bridge Configuration Commands

21- Link Aggregation Configuration Commands

21.1 Link Aggregation Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227

22- Rapid Spanning Tree Configuration Commands

22.1 RSTP Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231

23- QoS Configuration Commands

23.1 QoS Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

23.10 QoS Policer profile Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . .

24- PPPoX-Relay Configuration Commands

24.1 PPPoX CC Global Configuration Command . . . . . . . . .

25- PPPoE Configuration Commands

25.1 PPPoE Server Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265

26- DHCP Relay Configuration Commands

26.1 DHCP Relay Agent Configuration Command . . . . . . . . .

27- OSPF Configuration Commands

28- RIP Configuration Commands

28.1 RIP Common Configuration Command . . . . .

29- XDSL Bonding Configuration Commands

29.1 xDSL Bonding Group Profile Configuration Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307

30- CPE Remote Configuration Commands

30.1 CPE Remote Management System Configuration Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311

31- Equipment Status Commands

32- Trap Status Commands

32.1 Trap Manager Queue Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330

33- Alarm Log Status Commands

33.1 Alarm Log Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

34- Current Alarm Status Commands

34.10 Alarm Electrical to Optical Conversion Status Command

35.1 Alarm Snap-shot Status Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

35- Alarm Snap-shot Status Commands